Mount St. Mary's College
* **
2006-2008
tit
2 ACCREDITATION
MOUNT ST. MARY'S
COLLEGE CATALOG
2006-2008
This catalog is published to aid the student in making decisions leading to the
accomplishment of academic goals. Each student is responsible for becoming acquainted
with academic requirements. The rules and regulations stated herein are for information only
and in no way constitute a contract between the student and Mount St. Mary's College. The
College reserves the right to make program changes, policy revisions, and fee adjustments at
any time and without prior notice. Every effort has been made to ensure the accuracy of the
information contained in this catalog. The student should consult the appropriate
departments, offices or the published Schedule of Classes for current information.
Accreditation Agencies
Chartered by the State of California in 1925, Mount St. Mary's College is accredited by:
The Accrediting Commission for Senior Colleges and Universities of the Western
Association of Schools and Colleges, 985 Atlantic Ave., Suite 100, Alameda, California,
94501, (510)748-9001
California Commission on Teacher Credentialing
The Commission on Collegiate Nursing Education (CCNE)
The National Association of Schools of Music
Commission on Accreditation in Physical Therapy Education (CAPTE)
Information regarding these accreditation agencies is located in the Office of the President,
12001 Chalon Road, Los Angeles, California, 90049
Nondiscrimination Policy
Mount St. Mary's College does not discriminate on the basis of race, color, creed, national
origin, age or handicap in the administration of its admission policies, scholarship and loan
programs, or in its educational programs.
The College offers equal opportunity to all members of its faculty and staff and to applicants
for employment without discrimination as to race, color, creed, sex, age, handicap or national
origin.
The older facilities of Mount St. Mary's College provide limited wheelchair access.
Mount St. Mary's College complies with the provisions of the Family Educational Rights and
Privacy Act of 1974.
In conformance with college policy, Mount St. Mary's College is an Affirmative Action/
Equal Opportunity Employer.
Inquiries regarding the College's equal opportunity policies may be directed to the Director of
Human Resources, Affirmative Action Coordinator, at (310) 954-4035.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Introduction
General Information
Academic Information
Student Affairs
Courses of Instruction
Faculty, Trustees and
Administration
Index
The Academic Calendar
4
The College
5
The Campuses
12, 14
Maps
13, 15
Admission
16
Financial Aid
21
Academic Policies
33
The Associate Degree
45
The Baccalaureate Degree
57
Graduate Degree Programs
79
Associate
51
Baccalaureate
73
Course Numbering
89
Listing of Courses by
Department
91
The Board of Trustees
358
The Administrative
Officers
362
Academic and Student
Affairs
359
Business Management and
Administrative Services
Staff
362
The Faculty
363
Cooperating Agencies and
Clinical Centers
372
Index
382
4 ACADEMIC CALENDAR
Academic Calendar
2006-2007 ACADEMIC YEAR
Fall Semester, 2006
Chalon Orientation
Doheny Orientation
Transfer Orientation
Fall Semester begins
Labor Day Holiday
Mid-Semester Break
Thanksgiving Holiday
Finals
Spring Semester, 2007
Chalon Orientation
Doheny Orientation
Spring Semester begins
Presidents Day Holiday
Spring Break
Good Friday, no classes
Easter Monday (Academic Holiday)
Finals
Graduation
July 9- 11
July 23-25
August 7
August 28
September 4
October 20
November 23-24
December 11-14
January 16
January 16
January 17
February 19
March 12-16
April 6
April 9
May 7-10
To be announced
Summer Session Calendars
Consult the Registrar's Office or the specific program office for more information regarding
the summer calendars for the Weekend College, ADN, Accelerated Nursing, and Graduate
programs offered during summer sessions.
2007-2008 ACADEMIC YEAR
Fall Semester, 2007
Chalon Orientation
Doheny Orientation
Transfer Orientation
Fall Semester begins
Labor Day Holiday
Mid-Semester Break
Thanksgiving Holiday
Finals
Spring Semester, 2008
Chalon Orientation
Doheny Orientation
Spring Semester begins
Presidents Day Holiday
Spring Break
Good Friday, no classes
Easter Monday (Academic Holiday)
Finals
Graduation
July 8-10
July 22-24
August 6
August 27
September 3
October 19
November 22-23
December 10-13
January 14
January 14
January 14
February 18
March 17-21
March 21
March 24
May 5 - 8
To Be announced
THE COLLEGE
THE COLLEGE
History of Mount St. Mary's College
Mount St. Mary's College offers a values-based liberal arts education for women, as well as
innovative programs for professional men and women on two historical Los Angeles
campuses.
Founded in 1925 by the Sisters of St. Joseph of Carondelet, the original campus was housed at
St. Mary's Academy, at Slauson and Crenshaw Boulevards in Los Angeles. Property was
purchased in the Santa Monica Mountains in 1927 and that site in Brentwood became the
Chalon Campus which is home to the Baccalaureate degree programs.
The Doheny Campus near Downtown Los Angeles, once the historic Doheny estate, opened
in 1962. It offers graduate, educational credential, physical therapy, nursing, and associate
degree programs, many in an evening and weekend format. Since its inception, the College
has granted more than 18,000 degrees. In Fall 2006 a Weekend College, that gives working
men and women an opportunity to earn a Bachelor's degree by attending classes every third
weekend, moved from the Chalon to the Doheny Campus.
While tradition remains a key component of the Mount St. Mary's College experience,
educating new generations of women for the new millennium is a major College priority.
The Sister Magdalen Coughlin Learning Complex on the Doheny Campus serves as one
example of the efforts the College is taking to provide facilities to meet the growing needs of
its students. Named for the prominent Los Angeles leader who served as Mount St. Mary's
College president from 1976-1989 and chancellor from 1989 until her death in 1994, the
complex houses a library, the Cultural Fluency Center, an academic building, and a learning
resource center.
Mission Statement
Mount St. Mary's College offers a dynamic learning experience in the liberal arts and
sciences to a diverse student body. As a Catholic college primarily for women, we are
dedicated to providing a superior education enhanced by an emphasis on building leadership
skills and fostering a spirit to serve others. Our measure of success is graduates who are
committed to using their knowledge and skills to better themselves, their environments, and
the world.
6 THE COLLEGE
The Religious Commitment
The Catholic commitment of the College manifests itself in many ways. It is found in
opportunities for worship. It is found in academic programs. It is found in the way the College
functions. Above all, it is found in the whole environment in which inquiry and learning take
place. Thus, the College embodies Christian convictions supportive of lives of commitment
and Christian concern in a secular society.
Student Affairs
The Division of Student Affairs is dedicated to educating and developing students so that the>
may embrace a life-long commitment to learning and self-reflection and enjoy satisfying and
relevant lives of leadership and service. Students on both campuses are invited to participate
in a wide variety of religious, social and leadership programs and avail themselves of services
in career counseling, on-campus living, fitness, and learning support. Details of these services
and activities are contained within the Student Affairs section of the baccalaureate prograrr
and the Student Affairs section of the associate program.
The Alumnae Association
The Alumnae Association supports the mission and goals of the College by strengthening the
bond of loyalty between the College and its former students. This relationship is maintained
by communications, continuing education, social events, and fundraising.
The Alumnae Association is a member of the Council for Advancement and Support of
Education. Its members qualify for membership in the American Association of University
Women; the International Federation of Catholic Alumnae; Kappa Gamma Pi, the honor
society for outstanding graduates from Catholic colleges; and Delta Epsilon Sigma, honor
society for graduates of Catholic universities and colleges.
Degree Programs
Associate Degree Program
Through the Associate in Arts Program students have the opportunity to develop academic
competencies and enhance their self-development through involvement on and off campus.
Faculty and staff offer excellence in their specialized fields and show concern for the
individual student.
Courses of study are offered which lead to degrees in Business Administration, Early
Childhood Education, Graphic Design, Human Services, Liberal Arts, Media Communication,
Nursing, or Pre-Health Sciences.
All students entering the Associate Degree Program are required to complete placement tests
in reading, writing, and math prior to registering for classes. Four semesters are usually
THE COLLEGE 7
required to complete the A. A. degree; students with deficiencies in mathematics or English
skills may need one or two additional semesters.
This program is designed to prepare students for transfer to a Baccalaureate program on the
Chalon Campus or another institution or direct entry into a career after graduation.
Associate Degree Nursing Program
The Associate Degree Nursing Program, located on the Doheny Campus, offers an afternoon
and evening program for working adult women and men leading to an Associate in Arts
degree in Nursing.
Baccalaureate Degree Programs
Mount St. Mary's College offers courses of study leading to the degrees of Bachelor of Arts
and Bachelor of Science. Primarily these are offered at the Chalon Campus.
Within the liberal arts tradition, the curriculum provides the student with a broad and
liberating background in the arts and sciences and aims at developing his/her ability to
communicate knowledge and to apply appropriate principles and techniques to particular
problems. During the junior and senior years, the students pursue deeper study in their major
areas of concentration and take related elective courses.
Baccalaureate Weekend College
The Weekend College on the Doheny Campus of Mount St. Mary's College is an innovative
approach to learning that provides working adults with the opportunity to earn the Bachelor of
Arts degree with majors in Liberal Arts, Sociology, Gerontology, English and Business
Administration and the Bachelor of Science degree with a major in Business Administration.
In four years, students can earn their degrees while continuing to fulfill their full-time
obligations to their careers and families.
The Weekend College is not an accelerated program. Instead, it is a complete college
experience, based on traditional curricula whose content has been organized in new ways and
then redistributed so that classes, which would traditionally be spread out evenly over a
fifteen-week semester, are concentrated into six intensive weekends. These weekends are non-
consecutive and are scheduled in such a way that there is a space of at least two weeks, and
usually three weeks, between each class weekend. Adult students, even if they work full-time
during the week and have, in addition, family and personal obligations, are nevertheless able
to perform comfortably and successfully if they have developed a reasonable degree of
maturity and motivation. Those who take the full-time load of three courses per semester
spend the whole day in classes on both Saturday and Sunday on each of the six weekend
sessions.
The program is designed for both men and women, part-time or full-time students, and for
those who bring with them transfer credits from other colleges as well as students who are just
beginning their college education. The same teachers who exemplify Mount St. Mary's
academic excellence teach small classes. Students who receive a four-year bachelor's degree
from the Weekend College spend comparable hours in the classroom, receive the same
outstanding quality of instruction, and are certified as possessing the same high level of
knowledge and skills as the graduates of Mount St. Mary's renowned weekday college.
8 THE COLLEGE
Masters Degree Programs/ Teacher Credential Programs
Since 1931, the graduate division of Mount St. Mary's College has extended and deepened the
work of the undergraduate departments by offering to qualified men and women the
opportunity to pursue advanced courses and to obtain professional preparation.
Students may earn the degrees of Master of Arts in Humanities, Master of Arts in Religious
Studies, Master of Science in Counseling Psychology, Master of Science in Education, and
Master of Science in Nursing Education.
The graduate division also offers courses and fieldwork experiences that prepare the student
for a California Teaching Credential in Elementary Education, Secondary Education, or
Special Education (Mild/Moderate Disabilities). These programs may be completed in
conjunction with a Master of Science degree in Education. An advanced program in
Instructional Leadership is offered for experienced teachers.
Doctoral Degree Program
Doctor in Physical Therapy
The Doctor of Physical Therapy (DPT) degree is an entry level professional program. It is a
three-year program (120 units) requiring full-time study. The curriculum integrates clinical
and classroom experiences to maximize development of clinical reasoning skills.
Certificate Programs
Gerontology
Gerontology is the scientific study of aging. The aging processes are studied mainly from the
aspects of biology, psychology and sociology, but there are added ethical, religious, and
humanistic dimensions as well.
The Certificate Program in Gerontology at Mount St. Mary's College is designed for students
to learn about the aging process, the elders in our society, and ways of adapting to the changes
that we all go through. This is a multidisciplinary approach which offers a solid base for those
who work with the elderly in service, health, church, or political organizations - or who are
interested in their own successful aging.
Requirements for the Certificate are listed in the Gerontology section of this catalog.
Advanced Religious Studies
This is a 36 unit program of directed course work in theology and ministry for those interested
in further religious studies, but not a graduate degree. No comprehensives/examination or
Capstone Project is required.
Hispanic Pastoral Ministry
This 1 7 unit program is designed for Hispanic leaders wishing a deeper theological
background as it relates to Pastoral Theology and ministry in the U.S. Hispanic Catholic
community. All courses are taught in Spanish for graduate credit.
THE COLLEGE
Youth and Young Adult Ministry
Designed as a 12 unit program conducted in cooperation with the Center for Youth Ministry
Development as preparation for those in youth ministry, this program is presently conducted
in as many as five dioceses in California. Entrance into the program is dependent on
acceptance by both the diocesan office and Mount St. Mary's College. Further information
about these certificate programs can be found under the graduate religious studies section of
this catalog.
Library Facilities
The Charles Willard Coe Memorial Library, located on the Chalon Campus, is the principal
library of Mount St. Mary's College. Constructed in 1947, the Coe Library houses the
majority of print library materials for both campuses and also houses the Instructional Media
Center, an Office of Institutional Technology (OIT), administered repository for non-print
media, and the hardware necessary to non-print media use. The facility is intended primarily
for individual and small group use but also circulates its sound and image collections for use
in the classroom. There is an OIT administered Computer Lab on the 4th floor.
The J. Thomas McCarthy Library on the Doheny Campus is housed in the Sr. Magdalen
Coughlin Learning Complex.
The libraries serving the two campuses currently hold over 130,000 volumes and carry
subscriptions to over 800 periodicals. Moreover, the libraries contain over 5500 titles of non-
print media material. Print and non-print materials are lent from one library to the other to
accommodate the changing curriculum and to meet the needs of faculty and students, who are
also permitted to use both collections in person. The libraries hold subscriptions to a number
of bibliographic and full-text on-line databases in a wide variety of academic subject areas.
Please consult the Libraries' Research Resources WebPages for a list of current subscriptions.
Center for Cultural Fluency
The Center for Cultural Fluency is housed within the J. Thomas McCarthy Library on the
Doheny Campus. Established by the Education Department in 1995, the Center provides
education students and teachers in Los Angeles with instructional materials for K- 1 2
classrooms that portray the experiences and perspectives of the diverse cultures of Los
Angeles. In addition to fiction and nonfiction books, the instructional materials collection
includes videos, audiocassettes, pictures, posters, and software. Through the use of these
materials, teachers expand their cultural fluency and provide more inclusive classroom
environments and curricula.
Archives
The Archives Office holds college records, both administrative and academic, and other types
of evidences, written and pictorial, associated with the history of the College. The Special
Collections comprise notable holdings of the works of Cardinal Newman and western writer
Frank Spearman. These are complemented by rare books and early editions of the Bible, St.
Augustine, missals, theology, lives of the saints, devotional treatises as well as the classics,
European and American history and literature. The Archives and Special Collections, located
on the first floor of the Coe Library, are open Tuesday through Thursday mornings and by
appointment.
10 THE COLLEGE
Academic Calendar
Mount St. Mary's College operates on a semester calendar with Fall classes beginning at the
end of August and ending before Christmas. Spring semester begins in mid January and ends
in mid-May. The College offers courses, workshops, and seminars during the summer. A
separate schedule of summer offerings is published during the Spring.
Family Education Rights and Privacy Act (FERPA)
In order to safeguard student educational records, Congress passed the Buckley Amendment
in 1976. The Buckley Amendment is the basis of the Family Educational Rights and Privacy
Act in which schools are charged with upholding the safety of student information. The
primary focus of FERPA is to ensure that a student has reasonable access to his/her
educational records and along with this openness must come the assurance of the privacy of
the record. All information belongs to the student and cannot be released without written
permission. The only exception to this written permission clause pertains to what the
institution defines as directory information. Directory information is information the
institution may publish and distribute without written consent. Mount St. Mary's College
considers the following items directory information:
Name Campus of Attendance
Address Degree Program
Phone Number Degree(s) and Awards Received
Class Enrollment Status/Dates of Attendance
Major
Students have the right to withhold all information, directory and non-directory, and can do
this by filing an Information Hold Request with the Registrar's Office. Requests to withhold
information are granted for one semester. See current Student Handbook for more
information.
Sexual Harassment
Mount St. Mary's College recognizes and values the inherent human dignity of every
individual. MSMC is committed to creating and maintaining a collegial environment which
does not allow sexual harassment within or connected to the operation of this institution.
Sexual harassment, in all its forms, will not be tolerated and MSMC is committed to ensuring
that all faculty, staff, and students are given a safe and comfortable environment in which to
develop and work to their full capacity. MSMC will take all reasonable steps to prevent
harassment: to educate members of the college community about the issue; to promptly
respond to allegations of harassment; and to discipline those who do not comply with the
MSMC policy. Faculty, staff, and students have a legal right to raise the issue of sexual
harassment without fear of retaliation. Supervisors shall take every complaint of sexual
harassment seriously, and all complaints will be appropriately investigated. Procedures for
administration of this policy are described in the appropriate section of the Faculty Handbook,
the Employee Handbook, and the Student Handbook.
For a complete description of the procedures for administration of the MSMC Sexual
Harassment Policy, see the Student Handbook or request a copy of the document from the
Office of Student Affairs.
THE COLLEGE 11
Disability Policy
Mount St. Mary's College, in compliance with the state and federal laws and regulations
including the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 (ADA) and Section 504 of the
Rehabilitation Act of 1973 (Section 504), does not discriminate on the basis of disability in
administration of its education-related programs and activities. We have an institutional
commitment to provide equal educational opportunities for students with disabilities who are
otherwise qualified. Students who believe they have been subjected to discrimination on the
basis of disability, or have been denied access to services or accommodations required by law,
should contact the appropriate campus disability services coordinator for resolution. Mount
St. Mary's AD A/Section 504 Grievance Procedure is located in the Student Handbook and
copies can be obtained upon request in the Campus Learning Centers or the Offices of Student
Affairs. The policy may also be viewed on the college web site at www.rnsmc.la.edu (key
word "disability").
Technology Policy
This policy encompasses the use of the computer network and non-networked campus
computers, e-mail, voice-mail, phone systems, Internet, Intranet, and the World Wide Web.
In support of its mission of preparing students for leadership in society and encouraging them
to develop the intellectual competence and receptivity to new ideas necessary for concerned
citizenship, the College maintains technology systems that allow students, faculty,
administrators, and staff to pursue academic excellence and innovation through technology.
The intent of this policy is to set down guidelines for all users of technology at Mount St.
Mary's College. This policy will be included in the Student Handbook, the Faculty
Handbook, and the Employee Policies and Procedures Handbook. Violations by students will
be evaluated by Student Affairs; violations by staff will be evaluated by the department head
or Human Resources; and violations by faculty will be evaluated by the Academic Vice
President. Cases potentially involving constitutionally protected free speech will be reviewed
by the Academic Freedom Committee.
In keeping with the Catholic tradition of the College, all technology users are expected to
uphold high ethical standards and adhere to the policy guidelines set out in the policy. Those
violating the Technology policy may face penalties that may include restrictions on their use
of technology or more severe sanctions, if circumstances warrant. All users of Mount St.
Mary's College computer technology must sign a User Agreement which states that they
understand and agree to abide by the policy. For a complete document of the policy, please
contact the Office of Student Affairs.
Legal Responsibility of the College
The College endeavors to safeguard students in the use of physical facilities, laboratories, and
athletic equipment. It is clearly understood that students who use college facilities do so
entirely at their own risk. The College has no legal responsibility for injury or other damages
suffered by students on or off campus, or in travel to and from such activities, or for any
expenses in connection therewith.
12 THE COLLEGE
The Chalon Campus
The Chalon Campus is an impressive multi-level complex of buildings and
gardens on a thousand-foot ridge overlooking the Pacific Ocean, the Getty
Center and close to cultural enrichment and recreation. The architecture is white
Spanish colonial, with arched walkways connecting many of the buildings.
Mary Chapel occupies the central position on campus with wide stone stairways
approaching it on two sides.
In the Charles Willard Coe Library, students have free access to library stacks
and to special collections of art, music, and literature. The rare book treasury
contains, among other rare editions, a fine collection of documents and
manuscripts relating to the Oxford Movement and to John Henry Newman.
Also housed in the library is the Instructional Media Center.
The Administration Building accommodates the offices of the President,
Academic Vice President/Provost, Registrar, Chief Financial Officer, and
science classrooms and laboratories.
The five-story Humanities Building contains classrooms, conference rooms, a
computer lab, the Admissions Office, the Office of Student Financing, the
Academic Advisement Center, special facilities for the Music Department,
faculty, student, and administrative offices, the Women's Leadership Office, the
Learning Center, and the Health Services Center. The Campus Center which
comprises nearly the entire first floor of the Humanities Building is used for
social and academic functions.
Jose Drudis-Biada Hall, the art building, contains the college bookstore, art
galleries, faculty offices, classrooms, studios, and Human Resources.
The three residence halls, Brady, Carondelet, and Rossiter, provide living
accommodations and dining facilities for 400 students. There is also student
housing in the Aldworth and Yates Buildings (formerly faculty housing).
Students may choose singles, doubles, triples and private rooms. Lounge areas,
kitchenettes and laundry facilities are conveniently arranged.
An outdoor swimming pool, tennis courts, and a fitness center are located at the
north end of the campus. A residence for the Sisters of St. Joseph is located
north of the swimming pool and tennis courts. Parking is available in various
areas on campus and in the parking structure which is located south of the
Drudis-Biada Hall.
THE COLLEGE 13
I
a *
is
- t
J'L
fill
■***
!
= 7 *
m
ilium
"in
!5Jj
2 fc | |
Il!i3:^l!£iii;
I r
1 1 1 a I
=ii
J-5-I
II
1
£ s
- "f
I «
4 I
x 3
- - /•* Z
V
e
* - >**
'-;&': ':V
,
14 THE COLLEGE
The Doheny Campus
The College expanded to a second campus in 1962. The Doheny Campus at Chester Place,
near the intersection of the Harbor and Santa Monica Freeways, is located on property
formerly owned by Edward L. Doheny and his wife, the Countess Estelle Doheny. The
campus has been named for them. The Doheny Campus supplements and extends the
educational opportunities which Mount St. Mary's College offers. This location, close to the
commercial center of Los Angeles, is an ideal location for Associate degree programs; for
undergraduate weekend college programs; for Graduate degree programs in both the
traditional and weekend college format; and for California Teacher Credential programs.
The two city blocks of Victorian residences in their setting of exotic trees and flowers have
been converted to educational purposes. In 1965, a classroom building {Building Four)
containing an auditorium, lecture rooms, and laboratories was erected. In 1984, Our Lady of
Mercy Chapel and Mclntyre Hall, a student residence and activity center, were added to the
campus. The Sr. Magdalen Coughlin Learning Complex, built in 1996, includes the McCarthy
Library, the Cultural Fluency Center, the Learning Resource Center, an IBM computer lab,
the Fritz Burns Conference Center, student health center, nursing and physical therapy labs,
classrooms and faculty offices.
Building Number One houses the Title V Program, Information Technology offices, and
student housing.
Building Number Two houses the Undergraduate Weekend College Office, the Spiritual
Development Program, Graduate Religious Studies Program, and faculty offices.
Building Number Seven houses Student Affairs offices, Counseling and Psychological
Services, Campus Ministry, and student housing.
The Doheny Mansion, Building Number Eight, houses the Da Camera Society, Alumnae
Relations, Institutional Advancement and Public Relations offices.
The Carriage House for the Mansion, Building Eight and a Half, has been renovated to house the
physical plant offices, commuter student lounge, the fitness center with access to the pool and
tennis courts, and student housing.
Building Number Ten is the administration building; it houses offices for the Deans of the
Associate in Arts and Graduate Programs, Admissions, Student Financing, Registrar, and
Business.
Building Ten and a Half 'houses a music room, a graphics arts lab, and the College's graphics
department.
Building Number Eleven, Ahmanson Commons, houses the Bon Appetit food service, dining
areas, and graduate psychology offices.
Building Number Seventeen houses the Child Development Center and the W. M. Keck Toddler
Center, state-funded day care centers for young children. These centers serve students of diverse
ethnic, linguistic, and social backgrounds from the surrounding area. Mount St. Mary's students in
the Early Childhood program fulfill assignments in child observation at the Centers. Da Camera
and faculty offices are also housed in this building.
Building Number Twenty houses the Education department and student housing. Parking areas are
on the Chester Place Mall and in Campus lots.
THE COLLEGE 15
1 Si.
5 ': =
3 ! is
i
«-» ^ -
£«_ =
*s./..y.
I,
]
* -
ii
J 1 7
1 • .
31.5 II'
fa-
? -: : - - > I
5
I
I ,
- = '
J C -
I*.
5-
*
16 ADMISSION
GENERAL INFORMATION
Admission/Financial Aid/Tuition and Fees
Admission to the Undergraduate
Degree Programs
Admission to the Associate in Arts Degree Program
The Associate in Arts Degree Program at Mount St. Mary's College is offered on the Doheny
Campus. Students may seek a traditional Associate in Arts (A. A.) degree or a specialized
A.A. degree in a professional program. All programs are open to women; men are admitted
only to the Nursing Program.
The Nursing Program specialization within the Associate Degree program has specific
requirements for admission. Please refer to the appropriate section of the catalog for these
requirements. In all cases students must be admitted to Mount St. Mary's College prior to
admission to any specialized program. A student may be admitted to the associate degree
program and begin to take the prerequisites required for this specialization.
Candidates for admission to the Associate Degree Program are evaluated on the basis of their
high school coursework and record (or either GED or High School Proficiency Exam), other
college coursework and record (for transfers), test scores, academic reference, and the essay.
Interviews are strongly recommended for serious candidates. A profile of the academic
qualifications of the most recent entering class is available from the Admissions Office. The
requirements and procedures are detailed in the next section of this catalog.
Admission to the Baccalaureate Degree Programs
The Bachelor of Arts and the Bachelor of Science degree programs are offered on the Chalon
campus. All undergraduate majors are open to women; men may be admitted only to the
Music and Nursing programs. Transfer students interested in the nursing program must meet
additional requirements for admission to that program. Please see the appropriate section of
this catalog for those requirements.
Candidates for admission to the Baccalaureate programs are evaluated on the basis of their
high school coursework and record (or either GED or High School Proficiency Exam), other
college coursework and record (for transfers), test scores, academic reference, and the essay.
Interviews are strongly recommended for serious candidates. A profile of the academic
qualifications of the most recent entering class is available from the Admissions Office. The
requirements and procedures are detailed in the next section of this catalog.
Undergraduate Admission Procedures
All documents should be sent to the Admissions Office, Mount St. Mary's College, 12001
Chalon Road, Los Angeles, CA 90049.
ADMISSION 17
Freshman Admission Procedures to the Associate or Baccalaureate
Degree Programs
Candidates' files for admission will be evaluated when the following documents have been
received. Please note: the priority date for freshman admission for the Fall semester is
February 15, for Spring admission is November 1.
1 . Applications and all supporting documents should be received in the Admission Office by
the priority date. Applicants completing files after the priority date will be considered if space
in the class remains. A completed and signed Mount St. Mary's College application form and
$40 application fee or fee waiver (from the high school counselor) is required. Information on
awards, honors, employment, etc., should be included in the proper places on the application.
The application fee is not refundable, nor is it applicable toward tuition.
2. Official transcripts of high school work should be sent directly to the Admission Office
from the high school and any colleges attended. Transcripts should show coursework through
the junior year in high school. Senior year grades may be required of some candidates.
Transcripts become the property of Mount St. Mary's College and cannot be returned to the
applicant or sent to another institution. A final high school transcript showing evidence of
graduation is required of enrolling students. A student may replace the high school transcript
with an official record of the GED or High School Proficiency Exam.
3. Scores on the Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT) or American College Test (ACT) are
required. These may be sent directly from the testing service or may be included on the
official transcript from the high school.
4. A complete essay of 200 words or more responding to one of the three questions listed in
the application for admission is required.
5. An academic reference from a high school teacher, counselor, principal or school head is
required. This may be sent from the reference to the Admission Office on the form provided
with the application, or it may be sent on school letterhead.
6. A personal statement describing a special situation may be included with the application if
the statement includes information supporting the applicant that would help the Admission
Committee reach a decision.
7. The record of a personal interview will be included in the application file. Serious
candidates are encouraged to schedule an interview with an admission counselor to discuss
goals, the high school record, and other matters that will assist the Admission Committee.
Once the documents have been received, the file will be evaluated and a decision made by the
Admission Committee. The student will be notified within two weeks of the Committee's
decision. Several decisions may be made:
1. The student is admitted, and if she is applying for financial aid, the Office of Student
Financing is notified.
2. The student applied for admission to the Baccalaureate Program at Chalon and the
Committee believes that her record shows the need for further preparation; the student may be
admitted under the Alternative Access Program to the Doheny Associate in Arts Degree
Program.
18 ADMISSION
3. The student may be denied and directed to another college to fulfill requirements before
reapplying for admission to Mount St. Mary's College.
Admitted students will be required to submit a $ 1 00 tuition deposit to hold their places in the
entering classes. For students entering the Fall semester, this tuition deposit is due by May 1 .
For Spring semester, this deposit is due in early January. The tuition deposit is not refundable
under any circumstances and will be credited directly to the student's account in the Business
Office.
Transfer Admission Procedures to the Associate or Baccalaureate Degree
Programs
Candidates' files for admission will be evaluated when the following documents have been
received. Please note the following dates:
The transfer admission applicants for the Bachelor of Science degree in Nursing are due by
February 15.
The transfer admission applicants to the Associate of Arts degree in Nursing follow the
deadlines provided by the program.
The transfer admission applicants to all other Associate and Baccalaureate Degree Programs
are due by the March 15 priority date.
Applications and all supporting documents should be received in the Admission Office by the
priority date or deadline. Programs with deadlines will adhere to these dates, and applications
received after these dates will not be considered. Applicants completing files after the priority
date will be considered on a space-available basis.
The documents required for application as a transfer are the following:
1 . A completed and signed Mount St. Mary's College application form and $40 application
fee or fee waiver. Information on awards, honors, employment, etc., should be included in the
proper places on the application. The application fee is not refundable nor is it applicable
toward tuition.
2. Official transcripts of all college work attempted from each college attended. Students who
have been academically disqualified from the most recent college or university attended are
not eligible for admission to Mount St. Mary's College. Transcripts must be sent directly
from the college(s) to the Admission Office at Mount St. Mary's College. Transcripts become
the property of Mount St. Mary's College and cannot be returned to the applicant or sent to
another institution.
3. Students who have completed more than 24 units at another college must have a
cumulative GPA of 2.4. If the GPA is below 2.4, the student may submit a letter of
explanation so that consideration be given for admittance.
4. Official high school transcripts (or the GED) and official SAT or ACT scores will be
required if the student:
is applying for admission to the Baccalaureate program and has completed fewer
than 24 transferable units at the time of application, or
is applying for admission to the Associate program and has completed fewer than 24
transferable units at the time of application.
ADMISSION 19
Transcripts become the property of Mount St. Mary's College and cannot be returned to the
applicant or sent to another institution.
5. If the student is 25 years or older, the requirement for SAT or ACT scores does not apply.
However, the student must furnish proof of high school graduation via an official transcript,
the GED, or the High School Proficiency Exam.
6. A complete essay of 200 words or more responding to one of the three questions listed on
the back page of the application for admission is required.
7. An academic reference from a professor or counselor. This may be sent from the reference
to the Admission Office on the form provided with the application, or it may be sent on
school letterhead.
8. A personal statement describing a special situation may be included with the application if
the statement includes information supporting the applicant that would help the Admission
Committee reach a decision.
Once the documents have been received, the file will be evaluated and a decision made by the
Admission Committee. The student will be notified within two weeks of the Committee's
decision if applying for a program other than nursing. In those cases, the faculty of the
programs will reach a decision based on the special requirements and prerequisites necessary
for the program, notifying the students according to the stated timelines. Several decisions
may be made:
1 . The student is admitted and, if she is applying for financial aid, the Office of Student
Financing is notified.
2. The student has applied for nursing and is not admitted directly to the program. The
student may take prerequisite courses for those programs and reapply for the appropriate term.
3. The student may be denied and directed to another college to fulfill requirements before
reapplying for admission to Mount St. Mary's College.
Admitted students will be required to submit a $100 ($300 for BS Nursing) tuition deposit to
hold their places in the entering classes, according to the deadlines included in the letter of
admission. The tuition deposit is not refundable under any circumstances and will be credited
directly to the student's account in the Business Office.
Admission to the Weekend College
Adults interested in the Weekend College may apply at any time during the year for
admission to any one of the trimesters (Summer, Fall, or Spring). Information on
application deadlines and starting dates can be obtained from the Weekend College Office.
Applicants to the Weekend College should complete the admission application and submit it
to the Weekend College Office with the $30.00 application fee.
Acceptance into the Weekend College is based upon the following:
• Receipt of a completed admissions application and fee.
• Receipt and evaluation of transcripts for any previous college courses attempted.
• An official high school transcript if the applicant has completed fewer than 24 units
of transferable college courses.
• A personal interview.
• An evaluation of all admission information by the Weekend College Admissions
Committee.
20 ADMISSION
In selecting potential candidates for the Weekend College, Mount St. Mary's College is principally
interested in those adults who are committed to completing their degree, who have the requisite
time-management skills and motivation to function successfully within the unusual weekend
format, and who are comfortable with the level of maturity required of the student body at the
Weekend College.
Procedures for International Students
Students applying for admission who are not permanent residents or U.S. citizens should refer to
the freshman or transfer sections for general instructions. In addition to the requirements stated in
those sections, the following are required:
1 . Certified original copies of all transcripts must be submitted accompanied by official
translations.
2. English as a Second Language (TOEFL) is required of all applicants for whom English was not
the language spoken in the schools they attended. An official score must be sent directly from the
testing agency or the school to the Admission Office. Note: the score required for admission to the
Associate and Baccalaureate programs is 550 if paper based and 213 if computer based.
3. A financial statement describing the resources available to the student must accompany the
application for admission. Official verification of bank funds must also be submitted along
with an English translation.
4. Students transferring from an ESL program or another US college or university must comply
with all immigration regulations necessary for transfer.
If the student is admitted to Mount St. Mary's College, she will be required to submit a US $300
non-refundable tuition deposit by May 1. If the student has coursework on the college level
completed in another country, she will also have to submit a $175 fee which will cover the official
evaluation of the student's record. A copy of the evaluation will be sent to the student. The 1-20
form will be sent to the student upon receipt of the tuition deposit, and it is the student's
responsibility to obtain the proper student visa to enter the United States.
Advanced Placement
Students who earn scores of 3, 4, or 5 on Advanced Placement Examinations, or pass the higher
level International Baccalaureate Exams with scores of 5, 6, or 7, receive college credits provided
they are accepted and enrolled at Mount St. Mary's College.
Credit award for the AP exam is as follows:
• Students who earn scores of 3 receive 3 units of elective credit.
• Students who earn scores of 4 or 5 receive credit as currently awarded in the
discipline tested.
• There is no limit placed on the number of AP units awarded to a student.
For students attending the Chalon campus, test results should be sent directly to the Baccalaureate
Dean. Students attending the Doheny Campus should send test results to the Dean of the Associate
in Arts Program.
FINANCIAL AID 21
FINANCIAL AID
Mount St. Mary's College is committed to making a college education accessible to as many
qualified students as possible, regardless of their financial means. Students and their parents
are encouraged first to consider all possible resources when planning to meet the expenses of
a college education. Through various financial aid programs, the Student Financing Office
will help in the best possible way to provide students with the difference between the family
contribution and the cost of education.
Mount St. Mary's College administers financial aid in accordance with Federal Government
guidelines. These guidelines are based on the principle that students and their parents have the
primary responsibility in meeting educational expenses to the extent they are able. Financial
aid funds are then used to fill the gap between what the family is expected to contribute
(including the student's own earnings) and the annual cost of education.
To apply for Financial Aid, all students must follow the instructions and requirements sent to
them by the Admission Office or Office of Student Financing. Financial Aid brochures giving
complete application and program information may be obtained by writing to or calling the
Office of Student Financing on the Chalon or Doheny campuses.
Types of Financial Aid
Grants and Scholarships
Grants and Scholarships are gift monies that do not require repayment. They are based on
financial need and/or academic merit. Grants and scholarships are provided to students from
one or more of the following sources: the Federal Government; the State of California;
outside organizations; and Mount St. Mary's College. Below is a listing of institutional talent
and achievement scholarships.
Alumnae Legacy Grant
Children of alumnae who are registered as full time students at Mount St. Mary's College are
eligible to receive an annual grant toward their education. To take advantage of this privilege,
contact the Alumnae Relations Office for authorization.
Dean's Transfer Scholarship
The Dean's Transfer scholarships are merit based and are available to full time transfer
students with minimum of 24 transferable units. This award ranges from $4000 to $6000 per
year depending on the quality of the course work undertaken.
Music Scholarship
Awards are made to full-time students who are enrolled as Music majors and who
demonstrate exceptional talent in music. Award amounts vary and are based on financial need
and merit. Contact the chairperson of the Music Department for further details.
First Year Merit Awards
First Year Merit Awards are awarded to incoming full-time freshmen and are based upon
academic preparation, as well as, SAT or ACT test results. The award is renewable for up to
four years and ranges from $4000 to $12,000 per year.
22 FINANCIAL AID
Intercampus Transfer Scholarship
This award is valued at $ 1 000 and is made to students who begin their academic career on the
Doheny Campus and transfer to the Chalon Campus to complete their Baccalaureate degrees.
Awards are based on academic achievement. The number of awards are limited. Students
transferring must contact the Intercampus Transfer Office.
Tuition Discounts for MSMC Graduate Students
A tuition discount of an amount specified by the College each year (2006-2007 is 35%) may
be awarded to those graduate students who fulfill one of the following requirements:
Members of religious communities, diocesan priests and deacons in good standing,
upon verification from the appropriate religious authority.
Laypersons enrolled in graduate programs who are full-time (40 hours per week)
employees of a Roman Catholic, diocese or parish as listed in the current diocesan
directory or in "The Official Catholic Directory: (P.J. Kennedy & Sons, pub.), upon
written verification of employment. This employment must be the major source of
income for the student.
Laypersons who are chaplains in hospitals or prison and who are full-time employees
of a Roman Catholic diocese or a Roman Catholic institution (according to "The Official
Catholic Directory"); written verification of employment required.
The student must maintain a 3.0 cumulative grade point average in order to qualify for the
waiver.
Workshops and Continuing Education courses are not included in this waiver.
It is the student's responsibility to complete and file a Tuition Discount Application form with
the Business Office prior to registration. At each subsequent registration period, the student
may verify eligible employment by submitting a copy of the most current paycheck stub to the
Business Office.
Scholarships through the Independent Colleges of Southern California
The Independent Colleges of Southern California (ICSC) is a nonprofit organization which
provides, through a unified annual appeal, financial contributions from corporations,
foundations and other friends to help Southern California's smaller private colleges and
universities meet the rising costs of quality higher education.
Loans
Loans are money that must be repaid, usually with interest. The interest rates and terms of the
loan vary by program. Some of the loan programs require a separate application in addition to
the free application for federal student aid. The Office of Student Financing is unable to
replace loan funds with grant funds, but students may replace loan funds with private
scholarships received from outside organizations not affiliated with MSMC.
Federal Stafford Loan
All students are eligible to receive Federal Stafford Loans. Need-based Federal Stafford
Loans are called "subsidized" because the federal government pays the interest while in
school and during deferment periods. Unsubsidized Federal Stafford Loans are not based on
financial need, and students are responsible for paying the interest while in school and during
deferment periods. A student may have a Federal Stafford Loan partly based on financial need
FINANCIAL AID 23
and partly not on need up to the annual maximum. The maximum loan is $2,625 per year for
freshmen; $3,500 per year for sophomores; $5,500 per year for juniors and seniors and $8,500
per year for graduate students. Independent students and dependent students whose parents do
not qualify for FPLUS loans (see below) may also apply for additional unsubsidized Stafford
Loans in the following amounts: $4,000.00 for Freshmen/Sophomores; $5,000.00 for
Juniors/Seniors; and $10,000.00 for graduate students. Repayment begins six (6) months after
graduating or ceasing to maintain at least half-time enrollment. The interest rate varies
depending on when the first loan was borrowed, but does not exceed 8.25%.
Federal Parent Loans for Undergraduate Students (FPLUS)
Federal PLUS Loans are not based on financial need but must be coordinated with other
financial aid where need is established. Federal PLUS loans are available for parents of
dependent undergraduate students who are enrolled at least half-time. Parents may borrow up
to their student's cost of education. The interest rate is variable, not to exceed 9.00%. Interest
and repayment begin within 60 days.
Federal Nursing Loans
There may be federal nursing loans available for the Associate Degree in Nursing program.
Contact a student financing counselor, 213-477-2562.
Institutional Loans
Through the generosity of several foundations, Mount St. Mary's College has several
institutional loan programs with varying interest rates; interest rates for these loans vary
between zero and seven percent. In addition, eligibility requirements vary by program.
Contact the Office of Student Financing for more information regarding these loans.
Short-term Loans
Two short-term loans are available to full-time students each semester: Bank of America
Emergency Loans ($150 maximum) and the Nancy Manning Loan ($50 maximum, for
Chalon students only). For information on both short-term loans, contact the Student Affairs
office.
Student Employment
On-Campus Student Employment
Work study money is earned from employment on campus. Students who qualify receive a
paycheck every two weeks for the hours worked and may use the earnings to make tuition
payments, pay for books and supplies, or pay for personal expenses.
Both Federal College Work Study and Mount Work Study (institutionally funded) provide
excellent opportunities outside the classroom. Students who participate in either program may
choose to work in a variety of on-campus sites. These include: the Office of Student
Financing, the Admission Office, Campus Ministry, the Library, departmental offices and
laboratories. Through "hands on" experiences in these offices, students develop valuable
skills which may later translate to professional settings.
24 FINANCIAL AID
Off-Campus Student Employment
The Student Placement Office at Chalon and the Career Center at Doheny have job boards
which list a wide variety of off-campus employment opportunities.
Satisfactory Academic Progress Requirements
All financial aid recipients must be regularly admitted students with degree, or in some cases
credential or certificate, objectives. While receiving financial aid, students must be advancing
toward their educational objectives at a reasonable rate and must maintain a minimum 2.0
grade point average.
EXPENSES 25
Expenses for 2006/2007
Academic Year
All tuition and fees are subject to change without notice.
Tuition, fees and room & board are payable to Business Office by the Financial Clearance
Deadline set for each term.
A. TUITION
Undergraduate {Including Accelerated BSN)
Full-time (With 12-18 units/semester) $ 23,380.00/year or
$ll,690.00/semester
Full-time (In excess of 18 units /semester) $ 900.00/unit
Part-time (Less than 12 units/semester) $ 900.00/unit
Associate Degree in Nursing (A D N) $ 580.00/unit
Weekend College - Undergraduate $ 530.00/unit
Graduate
Graduate - Others (Traditional Programs,
Weekend College & MSN) $ 630.00/unit
Graduate - RST/HPM $ 371 .00/unit
Graduate Extension $ 3 5. 00/unit
Doctor of Physical Therapy (DPT) $ 579.00/unit
Auditing Courses (Recorded on Transcript)
A student registered for auditing classes will pay the above fees in the same manner as a
student registered for credit.
B. TUITION & HOUSING DEPOSITS
Tuition Deposit
Undergraduate $ 100.00
Accelerated BSN $ 300.00
International & Baccalaureate Nursing Transfer $ 300.00
Required of all new incoming Full-time Undergraduate students as stipulated in student's
acceptance packet.
Not refundable, applied against Tuition and forfeited after two (2) calendar years.
Housing Deposit $ 100.00
Required of all incoming Full-time Undergraduate students who are requesting on-campus
College housing.
Housing Deposit is honored only when the required Tuition Deposit has also been received
(Total required Deposit - $200.00/$400.00).
26
EXPENSES
C. COLLEGE SERVICES FEE - Per Semester; Not Refundable
Undergraduate (With 7 or more units/semester) $ 385.00
This fee includes the Associated Student Body Fee for full-time students,
health services (not health insurance), and expenses inherent to orientation
and graduation, among others.
Undergraduate (With 6 or less units/semester) $ 100.00
Associate Degree in Nursing (A D N) $ 50.00
Weekend College (undergraduate) $ 75.00
Graduate (Excluding Certificate Students) $100.00
Doctor of Physical Therapy (DPT) $ 385.00
D. NURSING FEE - Per Semester; Not Refundable
This Fee includes Background & Testing Fees
Accelerated BSN, Baccalaureate Nursing (Sophomores,
Juniors & Seniors) & A D N $ 255.00
E. COURSE FEES
EDU 33 The Visual and Performing Arts for the
Young Child (Lab Fee for Materials)
Supervised Teaching Courses - For Master Teacher
EDU 1 16A, 316A, 164A, 364A, 378A (12-unit)
EDU 1 16B, 316B, 364B, 164B, 378B (6-unit)
EDU 3 16L - For Master Teacher
$ 20.00/course
$ 25.00/unit
$ 300.00/course
$ 150.00/course
$ 100.00/course
MSN 200 MSN Nursing Lab Fee
Art Lab Fee
$ 75.00/class
$ 45.00/class
Enrichment Courses
For 1 unit course
For 2 unit course
For 3 unit course
$ 125.00
$ 200.00
$ 300.00
EXPENSES 27
Applied Music {See the Music Department for further information.)
Part-Time Student $ 120.00/unit & Instructor Fee
Full-Time Student Instructor Fee Only
Course Challenge by Examination
Course Challenge Fee $ 100.00
(If successfully passed, the cost of the units awarded will be one-half the unit cost of
the course as stated in the current MSMC Catalog.)
F. GENERAL FEE
Application for Admission Fees
Undergraduate $ 40.00
ADN $ 40.00
Weekend College $ 30.00
Graduate {Education, Psychology &
Religious Studies) $ 50.00
DPT $ 75.00
Study Abroad Fee - For Study Abroad Students Only $ 1 50.00
Residence Hall Activities Fee - Per Year $ 25.00
Late Clearance Fee
Undergraduate & DPT $ 1 50.00
Graduate & Weekend College $ 1 00.00
ADN $ 40.00
{After published Financial Clearance Deadline)
Deferred Payment Plan Fee - For MSMC's Deferred
Payment Plan {Per semester) $ 100.00
Late Payment Fee -For MSMC's Deferred Pymt Plan $ 30.00
{After published payment due dates)
Course Drop Fee - Per Transaction $ 1 0.00
{After published deadline)
Graduation Fee - For Graduate, Weekend College &
ADN Students $ 100.00
Late Graduation Application Fee $ 100.00
Transcript Fee - Per Copy $ 5.00
Returned Check Fee - Per NSF Check $ 20.00
28 EXPENSES
G. PARKING PERMIT (Including LA City Tax)
Undergraduate & DPT $ 300.00/year
A D N, Accelerated BSN, Graduate &
Weekend College $ 150.00/year
Daily Parking $ 3.00/day
H. STUDENT HEALTH & ACCIDENT INSURANCE
Mount St. Mary's College does not determine student Health and Accident Insurance
Premiums. Insurance premiums are based on prevailing insurance market conditions/rates.
Undergraduate Students
Health and Accident Insurance is required of all Undergraduate Students enrolled in nine (9)
or more units. The coverage/annual insurance premium, estimated at $1,100.00, effective
from 08/25/06 to 08/25/07, will be automatically charged to the Student's Statement of
Account in the Fall 2006 Semester. Students enrolling for the first time in the Spring 2007
Semester will be charged the premium estimated at $700.00, effective from 01/09/07 to
08/25/07.
Students who have personal insurance may elect not to participate in this plan. As such, an
Insurance Waiver Form, together with the proof of coverage, must be submitted to the
Business Office no later than the published Financial Clearance Deadline set for each term for
this charge to be removed from the Student's Statement of Account. The Insurance Waiver
must be renewed in the Fall Semester of each new academic year.
DPT & ADN Students - Coverage is available on a voluntary basis. For voluntary
enrollment, contact the Business Office.
International Students are required by law to carry a minimum of $75,000.00 in Health
and Accident Insurance. Proof of adequate insurance must be provided prior to admission.
I. ROOM & BOARD
Residence (Chalon & Doheny) Per Year Per Semester
Board and quadruple room $ 7,567.00 $3,783.50
Board and triple room $ 8,125.00 $4,062.50
Board and small double room $ 8,747.00 $4,373.50
Board and large double room $ 9,162.00 $4,581.00
Board and single room $ 9,772.00 $4,886.00
Board, single room, and half-bath $10,201.00 $5,100.50
Board, single room with full bath $1 1,154.00 $5,577.00
A Housing Deposit of $100.00 is required to activate the housing application. New students
should send the Housing Deposit to the Admission Office. Currently enrolled students should
pay the deposit at the Business Office upon notification from the Residence Life Office
EXPENSES 29
A Housing Deposit may be refunded upon permanent termination of the Residence Living
License Agreement subject to deductions for any loss, damage, excessive room cleaning, or
failure to meet the deadlines described below:
Residents must be full-time students (12 units or more) for the entire time that they are living
in the Residence Halls.
Prior to Fall Occupancy
$100 deposit will be refunded if the Residence Life Office has been notified in writing
by May 1 st that the student opted not to live in the residence halls for that semester.
$50 will be refunded if the Residence Life Office is notified by May 15th.
After May 15th, no deposit will be refunded.
Prior to Spring Occupancy
$ 1 00 deposit will be refunded if the Residence Life Office has been notified in writing
by November 1 st that the student opted not to live in the residence halls for that
semester.
After November 1 st, no deposits will be refunded.
This policy is applicable to students currently in residence and new applicants to
residence for the Spring semester.
Housing Termination Forms - These forms are available at the Residence Life Office.
Residence Hall Activities Fee- This non-refundable fee, to be used for hall programming and
events, will be charged to all Residents who are housed at Chalon or Doheny.
1 . If housed at any time during the Fall semester, the fee of $25.00 is payable
at the beginning of each academic year.
2. If housed at any time during the Spring semester, the fee is $12.50.
Residence Living License Agreement - Each resident is required to sign this
agreement, which begins two (2) days prior to the first day of classes for the Fall semester and
extends through the day immediately following the last day of final exams for the Spring
semester.
The Residence Halls are closed for the Winter Break but open during Thanksgiving and
Spring Break. The Dining Hall is closed when the Residence Halls are closed, and meals are
not provided.
Residents have three (3) Meal Plan options to choose from:
A - Platinum Plan: A weekly rate of $98.00 to be used in the dining room. This is perfect
for the student who spends the majority of the time on campus.
B - Gold Plan: A weekly rate of $90.00 to be used in the dining room along with $50.00
Flex Funds per semester. This is perfect for the student who desires alternative meal dining
choices at times.
C - Silver Plan: A weekly rate of $85.00 to be used in the dining room along with $75.00
in Flex Funds per semester. This is perfect for the student who may eat less than two meals a
day.
30 EXPENSES
Flex Fund — This fund can be used to purchase additional meals if the student desires more
than the allotted daily rate to purchase sandwiches, snacks, etc., at the Chalon Deli. There will
be no refund of any unused Flex Funds and funds do not carry over to the next semester.
Munch Money — Residents may choose to add on to their Meal Plan with a Munch Money
Account, which is a debit account that can be accessed via the ID card. Munch Money will
carry over from the Fall semester but must be used prior to the end of the school year.
J. STATEMENT of ACCOUNT:
A Statement of Account (the "Statement") is a summary of expenses (tuition, fees/charges,
and room & board), payments, waivers, financial aid credits and tuition deposits. The
Statement shows the Net Amount Due to MSMC or a credit balance due to the student
(Refunds). A Pending Financial Aid section is also provided in the Statement to assist
students in planning their education expenses. The Statement, which is generated for all
registered students on a regular basis or at any time upon request, is mailed through (a) the
campus mail system for a student-in-residence, and (b) the U.S. Postal system for the
commuting student to the designated preferred address. The student is responsible for making
payment in accordance with the commitment the student made when completing the Financial
Obligation Agreement Form, Payment Form or the Clearance Form.
K. FINANCIAL OBLIGATION
Failure to make payments of tuition, fees, room & board or other amounts due to MSMC, or
failure to set-up payment arrangement before the due dates is considered sufficient cause
(a) to bar/prevent the student from registering for classes,
(b) to drop the student from registered classes and housing assignment,
(c) to withhold diploma, scholastic certificate, or official transcript of record, and/or
(d) to suspend the student.
L. PAYMENT OPTIONS
Methods of payment for tuition, fees and room & board to MSMC are as follows:
1 . Payment in Full by mail, by phone or in person at the Business Office no later
than the Financial Clearance Deadline as indicated in the Financial Obligation
Agreement Form, Payment Form or the Clearance Form. Types of payments are
check, cash, money order, and some major credit cards.
2. Payment Plan is available through Tuition Management Systems (TMS), a partner
of MSMC in providing an education expense payment plan. It allows interest-free
monthly payments at a varying number of months for a minimal fee. For more
information, please call the Business Office.
3 . Deferred Payment Plan with MSMC can be arranged for a fee of $ 1 00.00 per
semester. The student must complete and submit to the Business Office the Deferred
Payment Plan Note contained in the Payment Form on or before the Financial
Clearance Deadline. Upon signing of the Note, a 25% down payment of the Net
Amount Due must be made by the Financial Clearance Deadline. The balance to be
deferred is payable in equal installments on the predetermined Payment Due Dates.
EXPENSES 31
M. FINANCIAL CLEARANCE
Students must clear their financial obligations with the Business Office prior to registering for
classes and receiving services at MSMC.
Financial Clearance means:
1 . Payment in Full is made or letting the Business Office know which Method/s of
Payment (via TMS Set-up, Financial Aid Credits, Direct Application of Work Study
Earnings and/or Waivers) will be used to settle/clear the student's account no later
than the published Financial Clearance Deadline.
2. Return to the Business Office of the completed Financial Obligation Agreement
Form, a Payment Form or Clearance Form and Health Insurance Waiver Form,
together with Proof of Insurance (if applicable), among others, for the current
academic year, on or before the published deadline whether or not the student has an
amount due.
3. Student, who avails of the TMS Payment Plan, must have remitted to TMS all
payments due prior to the start of semester. Throughout the year, the student must
maintain current payments status with TMS.
4. Student, who avails of the Deferred Payment Plan, must maintain current payment
status with MSMC.
N. FINANCIAL CLEARANCE DEADLINES
These are published deadlines established to ensure that the students clear their financial
obligations with the Business Office. They are established -
1 . Prior to start of the semester, and the dates are contained in the Financial Obligation
Agreement Form, Payment Form or Clearance Form; and
2. Prior to end of the semester, and the dates are given to the students via e-mail,
messages in the Statement of Account or posted on Business Office bulletin board.
O. FINANCIAL RESTRICTIONS
Financial Restrictions or Holds are placed on a student's account when the -
1 . Student has not met the financial obligations to MSMC by the published
deadline.
2. Student has an amount due at the end of each semester.
3. Student with an amount due is not allowed to register or to make room reservation for
the following semester and the grade reports, official transcript and/or diploma will
not be released.
P. REFUND POLICY
The following formula will calculate the tuition/room & board refund amount and will credit
a student's account accordingly. A refund table with specific refund dates will be published in
the student newspaper, distributed to student processing departments and posted on the
Business Office Website/bulletin board during the academic year. Refunds will be issued
ONLY when there is a credit balance on the student's account.
Enrollment or Room Occupancy period % of Refund
Withdrawal/drop on or before first day of class or first day 1 00%
After first day, through first 1 0% of period of enrollment 90%
Between 1 1 % and 25% of period of enrollment 50%
Between 26% and 50% of period of enrollment 25%
32 EXPENSES
Tuition Refimd
The last date of attendance indicated on the Withdrawal/Leave of Absence (LOA) form that is
filed with the Registrar's Office will be used to calculate reduction of charges for tuition.
Room & Board Refund
The date on which residents remove all belongings from their residence hall rooms and return
the keys is used to calculate reduction of charges for room and board.
Reductions will first be credited against a student's financial aid, if any, before a balance
accrues to the student. Refunds will not be made in cases of suspension or dismissal.
Tuition for all students, including those whose tuition payments have been deferred, becomes
an obligation in accordance with the provisions of the reduced charges.
When outside agencies, grants, scholarships or loans do not cover the withdrawal or change of
tuition charge, the individual will be responsible for the amount due.
UNDERGRADUATE ACADEMIC POLICIES 33
ACADEMIC INFORMATION
Academic Policies
All Undergraduate Programs
Grades
At the end of each term, the student receives a grade in every course of enrollment. All
grades, with the exception of I, IP, and RD are final when reported to the registrar at the end
of the term. The grade indicates results of examinations, term reports, and general scholastic
standing in the entire course, and becomes a part of the student's permanent college record.
Once submitted, grades may not be changed unless the result of clerical or procedural error.
A student must request a review/change of grade within 30 days after the end of a
semester, or within 30 days following the distribution of the grade report containing the
grade that the student wishes to challenge. (See procedure in the Student Handbook)
The student's grade point average is computed according to this scale:
Student performance is clearly outstanding.
Performance indicates sharp insights and an ability to integrate and
generalize material beyond the context of the course.
Student performance is above average, demonstrating a knowledge of facts
and an ability to integrate and apply material within the context of the
course.
A
4.0
A-
3.7
B+
3.3
B
3.0
B-
2.7
C+
2.3
c
2.0
c-
1.7
D
1.0
Student performance is average, demonstrating knowledge of course
content and exhibiting an ability to apply basic concepts within the context
of the course.
Student performance is below average, partially fulfilling minimum course
requirements. This level of performance may not prepare the student to
progress to a more advanced level of study within the subject content or the
major. (A grade of D does not satisfy General Education requirements.)
F 0.0 Student performance is unacceptable and does not meet minimum course
requirements.
The following are not computed in the GPA:
AU Audit
CR Credit given; work C - or better. For field experience and supervised teaching
offered by the Education and Psychology Departments, CR signifies B or better in
quality.
I Incomplete
IP In Progress; deferred grading for graduate thesis, senior project, or undergraduate
research work in progress
NC No Credit given; work of D or F in quality
NG No Grade received; issued by the Registrar pending receipt of the final grade
* Course was repeated at a later date
34 UNDERGRADUATE ACADEMIC POLICIES
U Unauthorized withdrawal
W Withdrawn
RD Report Delayed
X Courses taken for Associate degree credit only; not computed in the Baccalaureate
degree
Grading Policies
All lower division courses required by the major must be completed with no grade lower than
a C- and an overall departmental GPA of 2.0 or above. An exception to this college policy
occurs when a grade of C (2.0) for departmental prerequisites/requirements is mandated by an
outside licensing board, e.g., California Board of Registered Nursing.
All upper division courses required by the major must be completed with a grade of C (2.0) or
above.
All courses being used to fulfill General Studies requirements must be passed with a grade of
C- or better. Courses passed with a grade of D can still count as elective units toward
graduation.
Academic Standing
As of Spring 2004, academic standing appears on official transcript of Mount St. Mary's
College.
Audit
The grading selection of Audit should be requested when a student wishes to preview a course
for which he/she will be enrolled at a later date for a grade or to review a course that has
already been successfully completed as preparation for further study, or for intellectual
curiosity and enrichment. Auditors attend class sessions regularly but are not obligated to take
examinations. They receive no credit for courses audited. Tuition is charged for courses
taken as audit.
Procedures/Requirements for an Audit:
Students must register for an Audit by the end of the second week of the semester on a space-
available basis.
Once requested, the Audit status cannot be reversed.
Students must attend a reasonable number of classes in order to receive an AU on their
transcript.
Faculty have the option of requesting other requirements in addition to reasonable attendance
such as class participation of students requesting to audit. A space will be provided on the
Audit Request Form where faculty can stipulate the conditions agreed upon for the Audit.
If the conditions of the Audit are not met, the instructor may use the grading option of U
(Unauthorized Withdrawal).
UNDERGRADUATE ACADEMIC POLICIES 35
Credit/No Credit
To encourage a wider choice of courses by lessening the student's concern for the grade point
average, selected courses may be taken for CR/NC. The following regulations apply to this
option:
Courses used to fulfill General Studies requirements may not be taken CR/NC.
No more than six (6) elective units taken on a CR/NC basis can be applied to the 124 units
required for the Baccalaureate degree.
Courses which are only offered on a CR/NC basis are not counted as part of the six units.
The deadline for changing the grading in a course to CR/NC is the tenth (10th) week of the
semester. Consult the academic calendar or the Registrar's Office for the specific date.
Courses taken on a CR/NC basis may not be applied to requirements for the student's major
except at the discretion of the major department.
Once requested and approved the request for CR/NC cannot be reversed.
Incomplete
An Incomplete in a course can be granted only when a student:
• has fulfilled the majority of the course requirements,
• has a passing grade in course work,
• is prevented from completing the assigned work for serious medical/personal
reasons,
• can, in the opinion of the instructor, complete the work within one semester.
Procedures/Requirements for Requesting an Incomplete:
A student requesting an incomplete must obtain the signature and consent of the instructor
and the department chairperson before the last day of class and prior to the day of the final
exam.
Faculty must assign a default grade when approving an incomplete. This default grade will be
recorded on the student's transcript when a completed grade is not assigned by the instructor
within one- semester and/or an extension of the incomplete is not processed. If a default grade
is not provided by the instructor and the work is not completed, the / will revert to an F.
An incomplete may only be extended for one additional semester with the approval of the
instructor, the department chairperson, and the appropriate academic dean.
Repetition of Courses with C-/D/F/NC Grades
Only courses for which C-, D, F, and NC were assigned may be repeated for a higher grade or
CR. Courses that are required for a student's major/minor may only be repeated one time,
either at MSMC or at another institution if approved by the department chairperson. In cases
of repeated courses, the units are counted once, and the higher grade is computed in the GPA
if the course is repeated at MSMC.
Unauthorized Withdrawal
The designation of Unauthorized Withdrawal or U may, at the discretion of the instructor, be
assigned in lieu of a grade of F, when a student does not attend a course but fails to officially
withdraw, or does not attend a sufficient number of class meetings.
36 UNDERGRADUATE ACADEMIC POLICIES
Withdrawal from Courses
The grade of W indicates withdrawal from a course. Students wishing to withdraw from a
class must meet the following requirements:
• The deadline for withdrawing from a class with a grade of W is the end of the tenth
(10th) week of the semester.
• The withdrawal deadline for the Weekend College is the end of the fourth weekend.
• In cases where a class is offered on a split-semester basis, the deadline for
withdrawing is one week after the midpoint of the course.
• Consult the academic calendar or the Registrar's Office for the specific date.
After the deadline for withdrawal, a student may request permission to be allowed to
withdraw from all of her/his classes because of a medical emergency or extraordinary
circumstance by submitting an Academic Petition to the appropriate Academic Dean.
The W designation carries no connotation of quality of student performance and is not
calculated in the grade point average.
Summer School
Matriculated MSMC students may enroll for a maximum of nine (9) units each summer at
another accredited institution until their last year at MSMC. Courses must be approved by the
Academic Advisement Center and a Transfer of Credit Form must be completed and approved
by the student's advisor before the student enrolls. The College's residency requirement
which requires that 30 of the last 39 units prior to graduation need to be taken at Mount St.
Mary's College must be honored. Grades received by Mount students for summer school
courses are not included in a student's MSMC grade point average. The units for courses
passed with a grade of C- or above are accepted and the units are counted toward units
required for graduation.
Honors
Dean's List
To give public recognition to academic achievement, the Deans of undergraduate programs
post a list each term with the names of full-time students who have obtained a grade point
average of 3.5 or higher for the preceding semester. To qualify for the Dean's List, a student
must have completed at least 1 2 letter-graded units in the preceding semester or 9 units per
semester for Weekend College. Students who have Incompletes (I), Report Delayed (RD),
and/or No Grade (NG) on their semester grade reports will not be eligible for the Dean's List
until grade(s) are awarded.
Commencement
In order to participate in commencement exercises, a student must be registered for all the
courses required to complete degree requirements for graduation. If a student is granted
permission to enroll in a course prior to graduation, at an institution other than Mount St.
Mary's College, the transcript must be received by June 30 in order to have the degree posted
for Spring.
UNDERGRADUATE ACADEMIC POLICIES 37
Honor Societies
Alpha Mu Gamma
National Foreign Language Honor Society
Alpha Tau Delta
National Honor Fraternity in Nursing
Delta Epsilon Sigma
National Scholastic Honor Society
Kappa Gamma Pi
National Catholic College Graduate Honor Society
Lambda Iota Tau
National Literature Honor Society
Phi Alpha Theta
International History Honor Society
Pi Delta Phi
National French Honor Society
Pi Theta Mu
Service Honor Society
Psi Chi
National Honor Society in Psychology
Sigma Delta Pi
National Spanish Honor Society
Attendance
Attendance and punctuality are important for successful study. Therefore, the number of a
student's absences may be taken into account in determining academic grades. Students may
be expected to explain to the instructor the reason for any absences from class and, in some
cases, be asked to provide appropriate documentation.
There is no provision for a system of allowed cuts and absences. Students may be dropped
from a class for excessive absences (Excessive is defined as missing 20% of the classes.)
when, in the opinion of the instructor, further enrollment in the class would be of little value
to the student.
Occasionally, a student is excused from class attendance by the Provost for the purpose of
representing the College. In such cases, the student is responsible for securing and completing
any assignments.
Placement Examinations
All incoming freshmen and transfer students are required to complete placement tests in order
to assist them in selecting appropriate courses. Information regarding placement testing will
be sent to incoming students prior to the beginning of each semester.
Examinations used to place a student at a level of study may result in lower levels of study
being waived. No credit will be awarded as a result of these placement examinations. (See
Credit by Exam.)
Algebra and calculus math placement exam scores will be valid for two years only. If
students do not take a math course to fulfill their general studies math requirement within two
years, they will have to retake the math placement exam.
38 UNDERGRADUATE ACADEMIC POLICIES
Academic Internship
The academic internship provides the student with an educational, hands-on experience
outside the classroom setting. This experience provides an opportunity to apply classroom
theory and sharpen skills in problem-solving. Ordinarily, interns do not get compensated, but
they do earn academic credit while participating. Ordinarily, a maximum of six units may be
earned through internships. Each academic internship unit is equivalent to 40 hours of
supervised time spent in the professional setting. Criteria for evaluation are determined by the
faculty sponsor prior to the student's internship. These may include an experience journal,
oral reports, and written reports.
Independent Study
A course by Independent Study provides students with the opportunity to initiate and custom
design a course of study within their major or minor areas of study. An Independent Study
course may not include the content of a regularly scheduled classroom course.
Guidelines for Independent Study: Students assume the responsibility for implementing and
presenting the proposed course of study to the sponsoring faculty member for approval and
signature through completion of an Independent Study Approval and Application Form
(available at the Registrar's Office). When signed by the sponsoring faculty member,
academic advisor and student, the document becomes a contract and upon registration
becomes an official document within the student's academic file. During the semester,
students are responsible for initiating at least four contacts with the supervising faculty
member as well as presenting the final independent study project to the faculty member by the
end of the semester of registration. The following apply:
• Lecture and laboratory courses listed in the catalog may not be taken through
Independent Study.
• At least 30 student study/work hours equals one unit of credit, e.g., students enrolled
in a 3 unit course will be expected to devote at least 90 hours to the independent
study.
• Independent Study course enrollments are not available to freshmen.
• No more than two Independent Study and/or Directed Study courses may be taken
during a semester.
• Students must submit the all paperwork for a registration through independent study
on or before the end of the add/drop period.
Directed Study
Directed Study provides a means, at the discretion of the regular course instructor, for
students to complete a regularly scheduled classroom course when prevented from attending
the course for specific reasons. The official catalog course number, followed by DS will be
used (e.g., HIS 124 DS: Title). Under the directed study mode, faculty members share the
responsibility with students, including the planning of readings and/or projects, and agree to at
least six instructional/review meetings during the semester.
UNDERGRADUATE ACADEMIC POLICIES 39
Guidelines for Directed Study. Enrollment in regular classroom courses through Directed
Study requires the completion of the Directed Study Application and Approval Form. With
the consent and assistance of sponsoring faculty members, students complete the
learning/study goals, content and criteria for evaluation sections of the form or attach a copy
of the regular course syllabus. Upon receipt of required signatures and when filed in the
Registrar's Office, these documents become official records within the student's academic
file. The following apply:
• Introductory courses within a discipline may not be taken through Directed Study.
• Directed Study course enrollments are not available to freshmen.
• No more than two Directed Study and/or Independent Study courses may be taken
during a semester.
• Ordinarily, regularly scheduled courses are not taken through Directed Study.
• Students must submit all paperwork for registration through Directed Study on or
before the end of the drop/add period.
Academic Integrity
The academic environment is predicated on truth and integrity. Acts of dishonesty constitute
a serious offense to the Mount Community. Acts of academic dishonesty include, but are not
limited to, the following:
1. Cheating: Cheating of any kind is dishonest. This includes copying other's essays or
exams, stealing exams, buying or otherwise procuring new or used exams, having someone
else take an exam or write an essay for which you take credit, and any other way you might
receive credit for work that is not your own.
2. Failing to hand in original work: Using one essay for two different classes is also
dishonest. If you have a topic appropriate for two classes, original and separate work must be
done for each class, unless approval of both instructors has been obtained. Moreover, co-
writing an essay without both obtaining the instructor's permission and acknowledging the
other person's help is dishonest.
3. Plagiarism: Plagiarism is an act of academic dishonesty. It is a serious academic offense.
Plagiarism is using anyone else's ideas and representing them as your own (i.e., not giving
appropriate credit). Acts of plagiarism include the following:
• failure to document and give credit to an original source,
• paraphrasing another person's ideas without giving credit,
• using direct quotes without proper recognition of the source,
• using statistics, facts, or information from a source other than your own
original research without giving credit.
4. Falsification or misrepresentation: Falsification of lab or clinical data, clandestine
collaboration with others in class presentations or laboratory experiments, alteration of
College documents, alteration of instructor's grade sheets/books, misrepresentation on
admissions materials, falsification of academic records, forgery, entering computer accounts
other than one's own without prior consent of the owner, entering or deleting information
without permission are all academic offenses.
5. Theft: Theft or mutilation of library or media materials, computer or media equipment,
records or other College documents (such as examinations, assignments, gradebooks or other
course materials), or theft from any member of the academic community are all acts of
academic dishonesty.
40 UNDERGRADUATE ACADEMIC POLICIES
Consequences: Actions such as these should incur, in proportion to the gravity of the
offense, appropriate action on the part of the instructor or College representative. The penalty
for an act of dishonesty could range from a grade of F on an examination or assignment, a
reduced or failing grade for the course in question, probation, suspension or expulsion from
the College. Repeated acts of academic dishonesty will be treated more gravely.
Appeal Procedure: Any student of the College has the right to appeal any decision resulting
from a perceived act of academic dishonesty. The Academic Integrity Board should be
consulted in the case of an appeal or whenever a case involving academic dishonesty has not
been resolved at a lower level.
Probation and Dismissal
Academic Probation
A student is placed on probation for failing to maintain a 2.0 GPA for all courses undertaken
in a term. A student must achieve a GPA of 2.0 or higher, based on a minimum of 12 letter-
graded units, during the following term in order to continue in the college.
Academic Dismissal
A student is subject to dismissal for the following reasons:
I Failure to maintain a minimum GPA of 1 .0 during any term,
I Failure to maintain a minimum GPA of 2.0 during a probationary term, or
I Failure to maintain a minimum cumulative GPA of 2.0.
Students are notified by the appropriate academic dean of their dismissal. When extenuating
circumstances, such as prolonged illness, account for the disqualification, the student may be
permitted, on petition to the appropriate academic dean, to continue on probation for the next
term.
Enrollment in the College implies willingness on the part of the student to comply with the
requirements and regulations of the College. If the student fails to comply with these
requirements and regulations, or if it is determined by the dean that the student is not able to
benefit from the opportunities offered by the College, withdrawal may be requested even
though no specific breach of discipline is charged.
Withdrawal from College
Students thinking of withdrawing from the College should schedule an interview with the
Coordinator of the Advisement Center in order to explore other options or assistance.
Students who must withdraw from the College at any time must file a withdrawal notice in the
Office of the Registrar. Forms are available from the Advisement Center on both campuses.
Students who leave the college for two consecutive semesters without filing appropriate forms
are considered withdrawn. Students wishing to re-enter must file an application for re-
admission with the Admission Office. (See Business Office for reduced charges which apply
when withdrawing from the College.)
UNDERGRADUATE ACADEMIC POLICIES 41
Leave of Absence
Students in good academic standing may request a Leave of Absence from the College for one
semester. However, after the deadline to withdraw with a W, a Leave of Absence cannot be
granted for the current term. Students on a Leave of Absence may not enroll in another
institution during the period of Leave of Absence.
Upon request, a Leave of Absence can be extended for one additional semester by the
appropriate academic dean. Students on a Leave of Absence are considered continuing
students and may pre-register for the next semester at the allotted time and must contact their
advisor.
Weekend College students may petition to take a Leave of Absence for three consecutive
semesters and will not be required to change their catalog. Also, with the approval of the
advisor or director, Weekend College students may petition to enroll at another institution
while on a Leave of Absence with the understanding that they may not complete more than 6
units during any semester and no more than a total of 15 units.
Transcripts
Transcripts are issued at the written request of students or graduates to the Office of the
Registrar. At the close of each term, transcripts for registered students must be held for
inclusion of grades for the term, and therefore will not be available for approximately three
(3) weeks. Partial transcripts will not be issued. At times other than the close of the term, the
normal period required for processing transcripts is 5 working days. No transcript will be
released unless all indebtedness to the college has been satisfied. All transcripts are $5.00
each. Upon completion of degree, students are entitled to a complimentary transcript.
The Registrar's Office at Mount St. Mary's College will only accept transcripts that have been
mailed directly to MSMC from another institution. Transcripts that are hand-delivered or
mailed by the student to MSMC will not be accepted as "official" and can only be used for
purposes of "unofficial evaluation."
Academic Petitions
Students may petition to waive or modify any academic policy or regulation, for good reason,
which must be documented. The petition must be approved by the appropriate academic dean.
Students file the approved petition in the Office of the Registrar for placement in their
permanent file.
Students with Disabilities
Mount St. Mary's College, in compliance with the state and federal laws and regulations
including the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 (ADA) and Section 504 of the
Rehabilitation Act of 1973 (Section 504), does not discriminate on the basis of disability in
administration of its education-related programs and activities. The College has an
institutional commitment to provide equal educational opportunities for students with
disabilities who are otherwise qualified. Students who believe they have been subjected to
discrimination on the basis of disability, or have been denied access to services or
accommodations required by law, should contact the appropriate campus disability services
coordinator for resolution. Mount St. Mary's AD A/Section 504 Grievance Procedure is
located in the Student Handbook and copies can be obtained upon request in the Campus
Learning Centers or the Office of Student Affairs. The policy may also be viewed on the
college website at www.msmc . la. edu, key word, "disability."
42 UNDERGRADUATE ACADEMIC POLICIES
Transfer Students
Students transferring into the College bring different backgrounds, goals, education, and
experiences. In recognizing this, special efforts are made to provide academic advisement and
program planning that build on the learning the student has already acquired. Careful attention
is paid to provide assistance in the scheduling of classes so that major requirements as well as
college general education requirements are fulfilled.
Transfer students are assigned an academic advisor in the area of their major; the services of
the Academic Advisement Center are available to all students.
Appeals of academic regulations and curriculum requirements are possible where such action
seems warranted. Students seeking to appeal regulations other than course requirements in
their major should obtain a petition from the Academic Advisement Center. The completed
form should be taken to the appropriate dean for approval. Students seeking a substitution or
waiver of requirements in their major should obtain the written approval of the departmental
chairperson. Copies of this approval should be placed in the students' permanent files.
Students who wish to challenge their Transfer of Credit Evaluation must do so by the
end of their first semester at MSMC.
Credit by Exam
In selected departments, course credit by challenge examination is available on a limited basis
and at the discretion of the department chairperson. The student must file the approved form
in the Office of the Registrar. Only units of CREDIT will be awarded for these examinations
(No record of failures will appear on a student's transcript.). All credit awarded in this manner
will be so noted on the student's transcript. A course may only be challenged by
examination once. Students may also take externally administered standard proficiency
exams such as CLEP (College-Level Examination Program from CEEB) and PEP
(Professional Equivalency Program from ACT) in those areas approved by the College.
Information about these exams and a current list of approved exams are available from the
office of the baccalaureate dean. Credit for CLEP or PEP exams taken prior to enrolling at
Mount St. Mary's College and which appear on the transcript of record from another college
or university will be accepted according to the transfer of credit procedure. If there has been
no official awarding of credit, an original transcript from ACT or CEEB must be presented.
Students who have taken courses sponsored by the armed forces or other non-collegiate
agencies may apply for an evaluation of these learning experiences.
For the Baccalaureate degree, a maximum of 12 units may be secured through CLEP/PEP
exams in areas approved by the College. All units earned in this manner are held in escrow
until the student has successfully completed 30 units of course work at Mount Saint Mary's
College.
For the Associate degree, a maximum of 8 units of credit may be secured through credit by
departmental exam and/or CLEP/PEP exams in areas approved by the College. All units
earned in this manner are held in escrow until the student has successfully completed 24 units
of course work at Mount St. Mary's College.
UNDERGRADUATE ACADEMIC POLICIES 43
Advanced Standing
Advanced standing is determined on an individual basis and is not decided until an evaluation
of all previous academic work has been completed. Original transcripts must also be
submitted for all proficiency or advanced placement credit awards (CLEP, PEP, AP). A
maximum of 36 semester units for course work taken in an accredited college is transferable
toward the Associate degree. No more than 66 transferable community college units may be
applied toward the units required for a Baccalaureate degree.
Students transferring from foreign schools, colleges, and universities must submit original
copies of their academic records and translations from an approved translating service. The
Admission Office can provide a list of approved agencies.
Credit for courses taken at other accredited colleges or universities is transferable provided
that the transferred courses satisfy curriculum requirements at Mount St. Mary's College. The
following courses ordinarily do not transfer:
Cooperative Education Freshman Orientation
Continuing Education Pre-college Math, Writing, Reading
Directed and Independent Studies English as a Second Language
Special Studies Business Skills (typing, shorthand, etc.)
Selected/Special Topics Vocational and Technical
Internships, Practicums, Field Work
No more than 2.0 units in physical education and 6.0 units in applied art may be transferred
from any college or university.
In the case of courses in which grades of C-, D, or F are repeated, only the better grade will be
transferred. In cases where a course in which a grade of C or better has been repeated, only
the C will be accepted.
Courses are evaluated by the Advisement Center for general studies applicability. The
determination of whether courses transferred into the College may serve as fulfillment of
major or minor requirements is made by the appropriate department. Those courses not
accepted in the major or minor may count as general electives.
A transfer credit summary and determination of advanced standing will be prepared by the
Advisement Center after all transcripts of all previous college work have been submitted. A
final credit summary will be prepared during the first semester of attendance once all final
transcripts have been submitted. Failure to submit required transcripts may prevent students
from enrolling in classes. Students may not receive credit for transcripts of prior work
submitted after the first semester of attendance. Students who wish to challenge the
transfer credit summary must do so by the end of their first semester at Mount St.
Mary's College.
44 UNDERGRADUATE ACADEMIC POLICIES
Concurrent Enrollment Policy and Transfer of Credit
Once admitted to and enrolled in the College, students are normally expected to pursue study
only at Mount St. Mary's College during the Fall and Spring semesters. Students seeking an
exception to Concurrent Enrollment Policy must file an Academic Petition and Transfer of
Credit Clearance Form in the Office of the Registrar prior to registration at another institution.
Classification of Students
To be classified as a sophomore, a student must have satisfactorily completed 30 semester
units towards the Mount St. Mary's College undergraduate degree, and have 1-2 more
semesters of work to complete before fulfilling Associate degree requirements or 5-6 more
semesters of work to complete before fulfilling Baccalaureate degree requirements or the unit
equivalent; as a junior, a minimum of 60 semester units and 3-4 semesters of work to
complete; as a senior, 90 semester units and 1-2 semesters of work to complete.
A student with full-time status must carry 12-18 units per semester. Part-time students carry
less than 1 2 units per semester. Foreign students (with non-immigrant F- 1 student status)
enrolled in beginning ESL (on or off campus) plus nine semester units may be considered as
students with full-time status.
Non-matriculating students may take a course or courses for academic credit without
following a prescribed curriculum toward a degree.
Ordinarily a student should be a sophomore before enrolling in upper division courses. It is
the student's responsibility to be aware of prerequisites or requirements for enrolling in upper
division courses.
Application for Graduation with a Degree
Students applying for graduation must file a graduation application in the Registrar's Office
before the end of the semester prior to the term of project completion. See the Registrar's
Office for specific dates and forms.
Degree Completion:
Associate of Arts Students
Full-time traditional students continuously enrolled in the MSMC Associate of Arts degree
program must complete all degree requirements in six semesters, excluding Leaves of
Absence. Failure to complete degree requirements within this time frame would result in
dismissal from the College.
Baccalaureate Students
Full-time traditional students continuously enrolled in the MSMC Baccalaureate degree
program must complete all degree requirements in six years and/or twelve semesters,
excluding Leaves of Absence. Failure to complete degree requirements within this time
frame would result in dismissal from the College.
Returning Students
A student who wishes to return to MSMC to complete his/her degree (either Associate or
Baccalaureate) after an absence of six or more years must return under the catalog in effect
when the readmission is granted. All General Studies requirements must be completed. The
department chair will determine requirements necessary to complete the major.
ASSOCIATE DEGREES 45
Associate in Arts Degrees
Through the Associate in Arts Program students have the opportunity to develop academic
competencies. Faculty and staff offer excellence in their specialized fields and show concern
for the individual student. The fundamental goal of this program is to provide knowledge and
skills for an enriched life and the possibility for further education. Students in the
AA Program also are able to explore various options in determining a career and the skills
necessary for employment.
All courses are transferable to the Mount St. Mary's College Baccalaureate degree program
unless otherwise stated. Students wishing to transfer to other four year campuses should
consult with their advisors about the transferability of courses.
Students who enter the Associate Degree Program are required to complete a series of tests
including reading, writing and math prior to registering for classes. These proficiency tests
must be passed before students can receive their AA degree or transfer to Chalon.
The specializations are designed to prepare students for transfer to a Baccalaureate program or
employment upon graduation.
Four semesters are usually required to complete the A. A. degree. Students with academic
deficiencies may need an additional semester. Students may continue in the AA program for
6 semesters in order to fulfill requirements to graduate or to transfer to the Chalon Campus.
Students must be enrolled in an English class every semester until they have successfully
completed ENG 6A and 6B and/or ENG 1 A and IB.
Majors Offered
Mount St. Mary's College confers the Associate in Arts degree with the
following majors:
Business Administration
Early Childhood Education
Graphic Design
Health and Human Services
Liberal Arts
Media Communication
Nursing
Pre-Health Science
A complete description of the requirements for each major as well as course descriptions may
be found in the Courses of Instruction section of this catalog.
46 ASSOCIATE DEGREES
Students are governed by the catalog under which they enter MSMC. If subsequent catalogs
have changes in major/minor or general studies requirements which are in the students' favor,
they may be substituted at the option of the students.
Academic Policies: Associate Degree
Degree Requirements
1. Completion of at least 60 semester units with a grade point average of 2.0 (a C average)
for all college work undertaken at Mount St. Mary's College.
2. Residency Requirement: 30 of the last 39 units must be taken at MSMC
3. Required courses:
I. Communication Skills (minimum of 6 units):
ENG6ABorENG 1AB/C
(Students planning to transfer to the Chalon Campus must be enrolled in an English
class every semester until they have successfully completed English IB.)
II. Arts and Sciences (minimum of 9 units):
(At least one course must be taken from three of the following categories.)
A. Art, Music, Literature
ART 2 Design I (3)
ART 5 Fundamentals of Art (3)
MUS 6 The Fine Arts: Music (3)
ENG 12 Literary Analysis (3)
ENG 15 Literature & Society (3)
ENG 16 Literature & the Human Experience^)
ENG 17 Literary Focus (3)
ENG 25 Mythmaking: Quest for Meaning (3)
ENG 27 Women in Quest (3)
ENG 28 Contemporary Issues in World
Literature (3)
B. History, Contemporary Economics, Politics
HIS 1 A Western Civilization I (3)
HIS IB Western Civilization II (3)
HIS 25 Cultural Geography (3)
HIS 75 Contemporary America (3)
ECO 2 Macroeconomics (3)
POL 1 American Government (3)
C. Natural, Physical Sciences
BIO 5 Life Science (3)
BIO 10 Health Science (3)
BIO 40A Anatomy (4)
BIO 50B Physiology (4)
PHS 1 Scientific Concepts (3)
ASSOCIATE DEGREES
47
D. Social, Behavioral Sciences
ECO 1
Microeconomics
(3)
POL 2
Comparative Government
(3)
POL 10
Political Concepts
(3)
PSY 1
General Psychology
(3)
PSY 12
Child/Human Development
(3)
SOC5
Sociological Perspectives
(3)
SOC6
Family, Child and Community
(3)
III.
Philosophy
(3)
IV.
Religious Studies
(3)
V.
Intro to College Studies
(1)
SPR85
(1)
VI. Outreach
SPR60A Social Action (1)
-or-
Fieldwork or clinical experience required by specific majors
-or-
Successful completion of a service learning class (SL)
VII. Diversity (3 units)
ART 5 Fundamentals of Art (3)
ENG 27 Women in Quest (3)
HIS 25 Cultural Geography (3)
MUS6 The Fine Arts: Music (3)
PHI 15 Challenges in Philosophy (3)
PHI 21 Moral Values (3)
PHI 92 Business Ethics (3)
POL 2 Comparative Government (3)
RST61 World Religions (3)
RST78 Death and Afterlife (3)
SOC 5 Sociological Perspectives (3)
SOC 6 Family, Child and Community (3)
VIII. Quantitative Literacy (3 units)
(a minimum of 3 units, taken from either category, QL1 or QL2)
A. Quantitative Literacy 1(QL1)
BUS 16AB Accounting Principles 1,11 (4,4)
MTH 50 Elementary Number Systems (3)
NUR 20 Adaptation Model Nursing Theory (2)
NUR 30 Pharmacology (2)
PHI 5 Introduction to Logic (3)
B. Quantitative Literacy 2 (QL2)
MTH 10 Quantitative Reasoning and Mathematical Ideas (3)
MTH 28 Mathematical Analysis for Business (3)
MTH 38 Elements of Probability and Statistics (3)
MTH 51 Elements of Geometry and Statistics (3)
PHS 1 Scientific Concepts (3)
48 ASSOCIATE DEGREES
4. Completion of program requirements. (Listed under departments.)
5. For the Associate degree, 24 semester units must be completed during the last two
semesters at Mount St. Mary's College. Of these, a minimum of 12 semester units must be in
students' major and earned in regular course work.
6. In order to participate in commencement exercises, students must have completed all
requirements for graduation.
7. Skill in writing, reading, and basic math evidenced by passing scores in proficiency tests.
8. The student must file a graduation application in the Registrar's Office by the end of the
term prior to the term of completion.
Credit Load
A full-time student is defined as a student who is enrolled in a minimum of 1 2 units and a
maximum of 1 8 units per semester.
Graduation With Honors (Associate in Arts Degree)
Graduation With Honors shall be granted to a student who has earned the Associate in Arts
degree while maintaining a cumulative 3.5 grade point average prior to the final semester.
The overall GPA at the end of the fall semester of the academic year is used in determining
honors. The student's grade point average will be calculated on the basis of grades earned at
Mount St. Mary's College, as well as college course credits and grades earned prior to the
time of matriculation.
Courses completed at another institution after matriculation are not computed into the
cumulative grade point average with the exception of approved exchange programs.
Intercampus Transfer
Mount St. Mary's College offers students who begin their studies in the Associate degree
program the opportunity to transfer to the Baccalaureate program. Students wishing to
transfer must have completed two semesters at MSMC with a 2.4 grade point average, have
passing scores on the proficiency tests, have completed ENG 1 A, and take the following
steps:
1 . Request a Program Change Application from the Academic Advisement Center, the
Intercampus Transfer Office or the Registrar's Office; obtain the signatures of the
academic advisor, the testing coordinator, and the intercampus transfer coordinator.
2. If requesting to transfer to the Nursing or Liberal Studies majors, have the transfer
form approved by the department.
3. Have completed ENG 1 A and be enrolled in ENG IB or 1C (if not already completed)
during the first semester at the Chalon Campus.
4. Submit this form to the Intercampus Transfer Office to obtain verification of
transferable units and cumulative GPA.
Students who transfer prior to receiving their AA degree cannot request it retroactively.
Students will be notified of their preliminary acceptance into the Baccalaureate program by
the Intercampus Transfer Office. Students will be notified of final approval after the
verification of semester grades.
ASSOCIATE DEGREES 49
Integration of Theory and Practice
Experience endeavors to relate personal growth and learning to the more practical aspects of
life. Opportunities for experience can occur both inside and outside the college.
The Intro to College Studies course facilitates the incoming student's adjustment to the
demands of college life by teaching skills for personal effectiveness and presenting strong
female role models in various careers. Students work in small groups with staff and peer
counselors to discuss concerns, explore values and goals, and practice communication skills.
Social Action/Fieldwork extends the learning process beyond campus limits. The student
becomes aware of important issues in society. Opportunities are offered for career-related
experiences and the blending of theory and practice. In Social Action or Service Learning
courses, the student performs supervised volunteer services such as tutoring, hospital
volunteer work, child care, home visiting, and the like. In Field Work the student engages in
supervised fieldwork as determined by the major.
Academic Support Services
Academic Advisement
The Doheny Academic Advisement program for the Associate of Arts degree is coordinated
through the Academic Advisement Center. The Doheny Advisement program consists of
faculty advisors, Academic Advisement Center advisors, first year Orientation Advising and
several workshops providing information about summer school attendance and Study Away
programs.
Each student is assigned an advisor who will assist in clarifying program requirements, class
schedules, and academic and career goals. The students meet with their advisor at least once a
semester for advisement and registration purposes. However, students are encouraged to visit
their advisors to build a positive advisor-student relationship. To further serve the students'
advisement needs, the Academic Advisement Center also functions as a drop-in office for on-
going guidance and referral services.
Although the individual faculty advisors and the Advisement Center staff make every effort to
provide advisement for the student, it is ultimately the student's responsibility to see that all
procedures are followed and all requirements are fulfilled.
Learning Resource Center
The Learning Resource Center oversees the English classes' Skills Labs, supervises students
still working for reading, writing, and math proficiencies, and provides tutors for most areas
of the undergraduate curriculum. Students in developmental English classes spend an
assigned hour a week receiving instruction in diagnosed grammatical and compositional skills
not yet mastered. With tutors, computer or AV aids, students also work to acquire a certain
proficiency in reading, writing, and basic math. Students may also request a tutor or organize
a study group for other areas of the curriculum, e.g., psychology, sociology, geography, etc.
Students are encouraged to make appointments for any extra time they may need, but
occasionally drop-ins can also be accommodated.
50 ASSOCIATE DEGREES
Library Facilities
The Charles Willard Coe Memorial Library, located on the Chalon Campus, is the principal
library of Mount St. Mary's College. Constructed in 1947, the Coe Library houses the
majority of print library materials for both campuses and also houses the Instructional Media
Center, an Office of Institutional Technology (OIT), administered repository for non-print
media, and the hardware necessary to non-print media use. The facility is intended primarily
for individual and small group use but also circulates its sound and image collections for use
in the classroom. There is an OIT administered Computer Lab on the 4th floor.
The J. Thomas McCarthy Library on the Doheny Campus is housed in the Sr.
Magdalen Coughlin Learning Complex.
The libraries serving the two campuses currently hold over 130,000 volumes and carry
subscriptions to over 800 print periodicals. Moreover, the OIT administered IMTC contains
over 5500 titles of non-print media material. Print and non-print materials are lent from one
library to the other to accommodate the changing curriculum and to meet the needs of faculty
and students, who are also permitted to use both collections in person. The libraries hold
subscriptions to a number of bibliographic and full-text on-line databases in a wide variety of
academic subject areas. There are three book databases as well as numerous journal article
and proprietary materials databases. Please consult the Libraries' Research Resources
WebPages for a list of current subscriptions.
Skills Programs
The ability to communicate is one of the basic tools of learning. A student must be able to
receive and to transmit information accurately. This process involves reading, writing,
speaking, and listening, as well as understanding non-verbal messages. A student must be able
to think logically and apply knowledge to problems and situations at hand. In order to
facilitate the acquisition of these tools, the following programs are offered:
College Skills
Specialized courses in areas such as study skills, reading, math, and English are provided for
students whose previous performance and/or test results indicate they might experience
academic difficulty. These courses are required for students who are academically
underprepared.
Summer Skills Workshop
The Workshop in Study Skills, offered prior to freshman year, enables interested students to
get a better start in their college careers. Students receive one unit of AA credit for
successfully completing a class in study skills and two other classes chosen from classes in
writing, math, reading, and studying the sciences.
ASSOCIATE DEGREES 51
Computer Labs
The Doheny Campus has two complete computer labs. Each has laser printers available.
Macintosh Lab, located in room 120, Bldg. 4, has 18 iMac, networked computers. Each has
the Microsoft Office software suite and web browsing capabilities. The lab is open daily for
student and faculty use.
The main student computer lab in Bldg. 3, room B-104, has 25 networked Dell workstations.
Each has a ZIP drive for large file access and storage, the Microsoft Office software suite and
web browsing capabilities. The lab is open daily for student and faculty use.
Title V grant-funded labs, located in Bldg. 4, rooms 111,119, 206, 209, and 21 1, have
networked Dell computers. Each has the Microsoft Office software suite and web browsing
capabilities. The labs are also used as classrooms and are open daily for student and faculty
use when there are no classes in session.
A.A. Student Cross-Enrollment at Chalon
Associate of Arts students may take a limited number of units at Chalon. Ordinarily students
admitted to the AA Program do not take classes at Chalon during their first semester.
However, if there is need for a sequence course such as biology, chemistry, math, or music, a
maximum of eight units may be taken during the first two semesters. Unless noted in
program requirements, AA students do not take upper division courses until completion of
ENG IB. (Chalon students have priority registration for Chalon classes; Doheny students for
Doheny classes.)
After two (2) semesters in the A A Program, students with a 2.4 cum GPA may take a
maximum of seven (7) units during their third semester and as many as nine (9) units during
their fourth semester at the Chalon Campus.
Student Affairs
Mount St. Mary's College provides students with programs and experiences conducive to
personal, cultural, ethical, social, physical, spiritual, and intellectual growth. Student initiative
and responsibility are encouraged in an atmosphere of close interrelation among students,
faculty, administration and staff.
Campus Ministry
Campus Ministry seeks to develop and sustain awareness of the spiritual dimension of life
which is at the heart of the College's mission, assisting students, faculty and staff to grow
spiritually in accordance with their own religious traditions. Catholic in our roots and vision,
we welcome an opportunity to be of service to persons of every religious persuasion or none
at all, and commit ourselves to respect for the freedom of each person's conscience and
unique path.
The Campus Ministry team consists of a director, two coordinators (each focused on one of
our two campuses), student coordinators and office staff. Together, they are responsible for a
number of areas: Prayer and Spirituality; Liturgy (including Sunday Mass, reconciliation
services and other prayer services); the Rite of Christian Initiation for Adults (for those who
wish to become Catholic); preparation for Confirmation, Eucharist and other sacraments;
Bible Study and other educational efforts; retreats; campus festivities and observances; and
52 ASSOCIATE DEGREES
community service opportunities, including action and reflection for Social Justice.
Individual counseling and conversations are also available to any member of the campus
community.
Our Lady of Mercy Chapel is the central place for worship and prayer on the Doheny campus.
People of all faith backgrounds are welcome there, whether for an afternoon Mass, an evening
Rosary with friends, or for personal quiet reflection.
You are always welcome to the Campus Ministry office, whether you are a student, faculty or
staff member, whatever your religious tradition.
Career Center
The Career Center provides the opportunity for students to find the major and career best
suited for them by learning how to identify their unique skills, interests, values and
personality traits, and how to research the world of work. Students are encouraged to enroll
in the one unit Career Planning seminar (required for business majors) offered in the Spring
semester, the Career Exploration course (for undeclared or major changers) offered during the
Fall semester or the Careers in Health (required for pre-health majors) course offered in the
Fall.
The Career Center includes a career library with books on interviewing, resume writing,
major and career options and job search information. Off-campus full-time and part-time job
listings, the "Volunteer Works" internship database with over 300 internship listings, and
"Choices," a computerized career planning tool, can be found in the Career Center.
A variety of activities are offered by the Career Center. Annual events include an etiquette
dinner and major fair. Alumnae Career panels focusing on different majors and occupations
are held throughout the school year. The Center also sponsors trips to various off-campus
career fairs, career-related conferences and workshops.
The Career Center staff is available for individual counseling appointments to assist students
with skills assessment, resume writing, and interviewing techniques. Staff also help students
to research information on career positions and internship options. The Career Center staff
foster on-going relationships with a variety of organizations and corporations in order to
develop internship and employment opportunities for students.
Service Learning and Community Engagement
In the spirit of the mission and strategic planning of Mount St. Mary's College, community
engagement opportunities exist to offer MSMC students off-campus service and learning
experiences at community organizations that promote human and community development.
Service-Learning faculty, Career Development staff, the Women's Leadership Program and
the office of Experiential Learning work collaboratively with MSMC students to promote
healthy, socially-just communities in the greater Los Angeles area. In order to gain knowledge
and understanding, assess their own learning through reflection and structured experiences,
and become life-long committed advocates for social justice in our world, all Mount students
are encouraged to participate in a variety of community engagement and service-learning
opportunities.
ASSOCIATE DEGREES 53
Counseling and Psychological Services (CPS)
MSMC recognizes that emotional health and personal growth are essential components of a
successful academic experience. The mission of CPS is to enhance the emotional growth of
students by promoting balanced lifestyles, positive self-esteem, and essential life skills with
an emphasis on the development of the whole person. CPS provides psychological
counseling services and psycho-educational programs for students, as well as responsive
consultation to the college community. In counseling, students discuss issues such as anxiety,
depression, stress management, academic concerns, family and relationship problems, grief,
loneliness, eating disorders, substance abuse, dating violence and self-esteem difficulties.
Counseling services are available to current, full-time MSMC undergraduates and doctor of
physical therapy graduate students. After the initial appointment, a recommendation will be
made for individual counseling, group sessions, or referrals to services in the community.
Our counseling is short-term, including up to twelve sessions per academic year.
All sessions are confidential in keeping with professional ethics and state laws. No
information about student clients is shared with family members, the faculty, college
administrators, or anyone else without written permission. The exception to this policy is
when limited disclosure is required by law to protect the student or another individual from
harm. CPS is staffed by licensed psychologists and advanced doctoral level interns.
Fitness Education
Mount St. Mary's College is committed to graduating well-balanced women with a strong
sense of self and physical well being. The Fitness Education Department offers two programs
that complement the academic program: the physical education courses offered for academic
credit, and a wellness and fitness program, including nutrition. The two programs together
provide students with the opportunity to attain, improve and/or maintain their physical fitness,
attend informative workshops on wellness and fitness, participate in recreational activities on
or off the campus, and participate in intramural volleyball, basketball, and tennis programs.
Facilities include a pool, fitness center equipped with cardiovascular and weight training
equipment, and a tennis-basketball-volleyball court.
Institute for Student Academic Enrichment (ISAE)
ISAE is a federally funded Student Support Services/TRIO program designed to assist first-
generation, low-income and/or disabled students in achieving their maximum potential in
higher education. ISAE provides eligible students academic advisement, peer tutoring and
mentoring, career and personal counseling, financial aid information, workshops and
leadership and cultural enrichment opportunities. ISAE is located in the Doheny Career
Planning/Advisement Center.
54 ASSOCIATE DEGREES
Orientation / First- Year Seminar
The Orientation program is designed to assist entering students with their transition to Mount
St. Mary's College and to enhance their success at college. Orientation includes an
introduction to both the academic and student life aspects of the College and provides for the
interaction of new students with faculty, staff, and current students. Orientation for new first-
year students is held in July with separate activities for parents. Orientation activities include
a comedy show, movie night, and service-learning project. In addition, placement testing,
advisement, and course registration are available.
First-year students continue their orientation to the College in SPR 85 (Introduction to
College Studies), a one-unit seminar course taught in the Fall semester. This class is designed
to facilitate the transition from high school to the college environment and provides
opportunities to become more familiar with college resources, policies and procedures, study
skills, and other strategies for college success.
Residence Life
Primary emphasis in the residence halls is on a close interrelationship of full-time students
and staff to create a living and learning environment that fosters the formation of personal
values and integrity. On-campus living affords increased opportunities to develop personal
relationships and to participate in the many enriching programs which Mount St. Mary's
College offers. Student residence life is largely self-regulated, under the direction of the
Residence Life Staff which is composed of the Director, Assistant Director, Administrative
Assistant, Graduate Housing Assistant, Head Resident Assistants, and Resident Assistants.
The residence staff gives much time and attention to assigning rooms and roommates. They
strive to provide students both privacy and the freedom to develop relationships conducive to
social, educational and spiritual growth.
An off-campus housing referral listing is available through the Student Activities and
Commuter Services Office.
Student Activities
College involvement gives the student the opportunity to become a vital part of the institution.
Students are encouraged to serve on college committees and to initiate religious, cultural, and
social activities. The small college atmosphere offers many opportunities for participation in
student government and campus organizations.
Many organizations are open to the Mount students in an effort to broaden their experiences.
Among these, the Associated Student Body sponsors a wide range of social, cultural,
recreational, volunteer, and religious activities. The ASB meets regularly to discuss student
issues and to promote student involvement. Several occasions arise each year for interaction
with Baccalaureate students at Chalon as well as with students of surrounding colleges.
Special interests are represented in various clubs and organizations.
ASSOCIATE DEGREES 55
Student Ambassador Program
The Student Ambassador Program is one of MSMC's partnership programs designed to
motivate inner-city high school students to complete high school and aspire to a college
education. The ambassadors help high school students understand what skills they need to
acquire and what courses to take to qualify for college admission, and assist them with
identifying appropriate colleges to which they can apply, completing admissions applications
and researching financial aid. The program provides leadership and service opportunities to
Mount students by engaging them in outreach in the Los Angeles area. Currently,
ambassadors serve in 40 high schools, 5 middle schools, and several Los Angeles City
housing developments. By helping these high school students to plan for college, improve
study skills and envision satisfying and rewarding careers, Mount students are able to give
back to the community while developing their own counseling and time-management skills.
The Student Ambassador Program continues a long-standing Mount tradition of service to the
local and world community.
Student Health Services
Mount St. Mary's College Health Services Department offers a broad range of services to
both resident and commuter students. Emphasis is placed on preventive medicine and on
positive health practices which will become a part of each student's lifestyle. Health
education programs designed to assist students in developing values and skills related to
achieving a high level of health are presented each semester.
Regular, full-time students at the Doheny Campus who pay the Comprehensive Student Fee
may access both the Doheny Student Health Office and the Chalon Student Health Center.
The Doheny Health Office is staffed by a registered nurse who is available to provide
treatment of minor illness and injuries, health references, health teaching, immunizations and
laboratory testing. Appointments are also available with the Nurse Practitioner who is
scheduled at the Doheny campus weekly.
The Chalon Health Center is staffed by physicians, nurse practitioners, nurses and specially
trained students. Services include diagnosis and treatment of illnesses and minor injuries,
physical examinations, health teaching, immunizations, and laboratory testing. Appointments
may be made throughout the week. Students who pay the Comprehensive Student Fee may
see a medical provider or nurse at no expense. There may be minor charges for laboratory
testing and medications.
When the Student Health Center is closed, a Medical Provider is on-call and available for
consultation by contacting the Resident Assistant on duty.
Incoming freshmen and transfer students, both resident and commuters, must submit a current
health history and physical examination prior to entrance. Proof of current immunizations and
TB skin testing are also required for admission. Additional health requirements exist for
students enrolled in programs with clinical affiliations.
56 ASSOCIATE DEGREES
All full-time, regular students are required to carry Health and Accident Insurance. Please see
the expense listings at the beginning of this catalog for additional information regarding
health insurance available through Mount St. Mary's College.
Women's Leadership Program
The Women's Leadership Program offers many opportunities for leadership skill building and
development in order to prepare students as leaders in their communities and future careers.
Students are encouraged to develop and strengthen their skills at the Mount. The Program
supports students in developing leadership skills through co-curricular activities, workshops,
internships, and participation in national conferences.
All MSMC students have the opportunity to document their co-curricular activities in the
form of a Leadership Transcript. Students who are part of the Leadership program have
opportunities to develop their leadership potential by taking courses and participating in group
service projects and other developmental experiences.
For course offerings in Leadership, please see the Leadership and Women's Studies Minor
under the Courses of Instruction section of this catalog.
BACCALAUREATE DEGREES 57
Baccalaureate Degrees
Mount St. Mary's College confers the following Baccalaureate degrees:
The Bachelor of Arts with majors in:
American Studies
Art
Biological Sciences
Business Administration
Chemistry
Child Development
Documentary Film and Social Justice
English {including Weekend College)
English and Business Administration (including Weekend College)
French Studies
Gerontology
History
Liberal Arts ( Weekend College only)
Liberal Studies (for elementary teaching credential students)
Mathematics
Music
Philosophy
Political Science
Psychology
Religious Studies
Social Science
Sociology (including Weekend College)
Spanish and Business Administration
Spanish Studies
The Bachelor of Science with majors in:
Biochemistry
Biological Sciences
Business Administration (Weekend College only)
Chemistry
Nursing
Social Work
Individually Designed Major
The Individually Designed Major is available to students interested in giving further creative
direction to their own education. This student is encouraged to utilize alternative modes of
education and to assume leadership in initiating educational and cultural experiences.
Admission to the Individually Designed Major presumes the ability on the part of the student
to engage in independent study. Freshmen are eligible to pursue an IDM after the successful
completion of their first semester at Mount St. Mary's College.
Information is available in the Advisement Center and from the Baccalaureate dean.
58 BACCALAREATE DEGREES
Baccalaureate Degree Requirements
Degree Requirements
1 . Completion of at least 124 semester units with a grade point average of 2.0 (C
average) for all college work undertaken at Mount St. Mary's College. A minimum of 45
semester units must be in upper division work.
2. Completion of a major, as designated by the major department.
3. Satisfaction of the senior residence requirement. Residence is defined as 30 of the
last 39 units before graduation must be taken at Mount St. Mary's College. A minimum of 12
upper division units must be in the student's major and earned in regular course work at
Mount St. Mary's College.
4. Completion of a Mount St. Mary's College general studies program.
5. Required Course: Introduction to College Studies (SPR 85) is required of all
freshmen entering college with fewer than 24 units.
6. Must file a graduation application in the Registrar's Office by the end of the term
prior to the term of projected completion.
In order to participate in commencement exercises students must be registered for all courses
needed to complete degree and college requirements. If a student is granted permission to
enroll in a course prior to graduation at an institution other than Mount St. Mary's College, the
transcript must be received by June 30.
All general studies courses must be passed with a C- or better
A student is governed by the catalog under which he/she enters MSMC. If subsequent
catalogs have changes in major/minor or general studies requirements which are in the
student's favor, they may be substituted, by the department chair, at the option of the student.
Changes in College policies and procedures apply to all students.
The General Studies Curriculum
An educated person is one who is not only academically prepared in an area of specialization
but also one who has knowledge and appreciation of the diverse fields of human endeavor. To
achieve this, a student is expected to explore areas of learning outside the major through the
General Studies curriculum. The College has adopted the following components of a liberal
education as fundamental in developing excellence of mind and spirit. The components are
integrated into the educational program, and into the General Studies Curriculum, in a way
that enables the growth of students as free, imaginative, and responsible human beings,
sensitive and responsive to the needs of the human person and human society. These
components are:
1 . effective written expression of ideas;
2. effective oral communication;
3. analysis of assumptions, methods of argumentation, values;
4. problem-solving: defining problems, identifying issues; organizing, analyzing,
synthesizing ideas; comparing, contrasting ideas; decision-making;
5. understanding of personal and group behavior;
6. effective participation in a group or organization;
7. sense of history as providing perspective for interpreting human events;
8. sense of literature as reflecting and interpreting human experience;
9. understanding of and appreciation for music and the visual arts;
BACCALAUREATE DEGREES 59
10. curiosity about and a spirit for investigating the natural universe;
1 1 . ability to recognize patterns of thought used in science and mathematics;
12. understanding of the impact of advancing technology on human society and culture;
13. understanding of social classes and social structures in diverse societies;
14. understanding of contemporary economic, social, and political issues;
15. understanding of criteria and standards to assess personal moral values and ethical
judgments;
16. openness to understanding of and respect for philosophical, religious, and ethnic
diversity;
17. awareness of the religious and spiritual dimensions of human existence.
General Studies Requirements
The following structure and content for the General Studies Curriculum applies to Bachelor
degrees except that there is no modern language requirement for the Bachelor of Science
degree. Students may not take general studies courses on a credit/no-credit basis. All
courses used to fulfill General Studies requirements must be passed with a grade of C-
or above.
The college policy on challenge examinations will prevail in the General Studies Curriculum.
I. Communication Skills (minimum 7 units)
A. Written (6 units)
ENG 1 A B/C Freshman English (3,3)
ENG 5H Freshman Honors English (3)
B. Oral (1-3 units)
SPE 10 Introduction to Communication (2)
SPE 12 Business and Professional Communication (1)
POL 133 Moot Court (1-3)
POL 134 International Organization-MUN (3)
POL 135 Selected Problems in International Organization (3)
SOC 30/130 Human Communication (3)
II. Critical Thinking (minimum 3 units)
BIO 1 5 1 Medical Physiology (4)
ENG 1C Freshman English (3)
NUR 138 Research in Nursing (3)
PHI 5 Introduction to Logic (3)
PHI 10 Critical Thinking (3)
PHI 155 Symbolic Logic (3)
III. Arts and Sciences (minimum 21 units)
At least one course must be taken in each of the following categories (A - G):
A. Art or Music
ART 2 Design I (3)
ART 3/103 Visual Thinking (3)
ART 5 Fundamentals of Art (3)
ART 7/107 Experiences in the Visual Arts (3)
ART 170 History of Art: Ancient thru Medieval (3)
60
BACCALAUREATE DEGREES
ART 171
History of Art: Renaissance thru Romanticism
(3)
ART 172
History of Art: Modern World
(3)
ART 173
Multiculturalism and the Visual Arts
(3)
ART 174
Women in Contemporary Art
(3)
MUS 6/106
Varieties of Music
(3)
MUS 25/125
Music Masterpieces
(3)
INT 93AB/193AB Guided Experiences in the Arts
(1.5,1.5)
INT 95/195
Study/Travel: European History and Culture
(3)
B. Literature
ENG 12/112
Literary Analysis
(3)
ENG 15
Literature and Society
(3)
ENG 16
Literature and the Human Experience
(3)
ENG 17
Literary Focus
(3)
ENG 18/118
Great Works in World Literature
(3)
ENG 19/119
Great Works in British Literature
(3)
ENG 20/120
Great Works in American Literature
(3)
ENG 21/121
Classical Epic and Drama
(3)
ENG 25/125
Mythmaking: The Quest for Meaning
(3)
ENG 26
Literature of the American West
(3)
ENG 27/127
Women in Quest
(3)
ENG 28/128
Contemporary Issues in World Literature
(3)
ENG 32/132
Literature of Los Angeles
(3)
ENG 70/170
Western Literary Heritage
(3)
ENG 73
Shakespeare
(3)
ENG 122
Love in World Literature
(3)
ENG 123
Women's Voices in Literature
(3)
ENG 124
Fiction to Film
(3)
ENG 126
The American Experience
(3)
ENG 129
Ethnic Literature in America
(3)
ENG 130
Faith and Fiction
(3)
ENG 131
Russian Literature
(3)
ENG 156H
The Modern Temper
(3)
ENG 164
American Drama
(3)
ENG 165
Novels of the Americas: Latino Voices
(3)
ENG 173
Shakespeare
(3)
C. History
HIS 1AB
Western Civilization
(3,3)
HIS 3/103
World History
(3)
HIS5H
European Leaders and Ideas in Ferment and Flux
(3)
HIS 6/106
American Cultural History
(3)
HIS 25
Cultural and Historical Geography
(3)
HIS 45/145
Europe:Renaissance to the Enlightenment 1300-1789 (3)
HIS 46/146
Europe: Age of Revolution and Nationalism, 1789-1871 (3)
HIS 47/147
Europe: 1871-1945
(3)
HIS 50/150
Introduction to Asian History
(3)
HIS 75
Contemporary America
(3)
HIS 112/112H
Economic History of Europe
(3)
HIS 115AB
History of Political Theory
(3,3)
BACCALAUREATE DEGREES
61
HIS 116
Classical Civilization
(3)
HIS 118
The World of Medieval Europe
(3)
HIS 151
Advanced Studies in History of Modern Japan
(3)
HIS 152
Advanced Studies in History of Modern China
(3)
HIS 171
The U.S. From Colony to Republic
(3)
HIS 173
The U.S. in the Nineteenth Century
(3)
HIS 175
The U. S. in the 20th Century
(3)
HIS 179
Constitutional History of the U.S.
(3)
HIS 180
Current Constitutional History
(3)
HIS 181
Modern Presidential History
(3)
HIS 184
Radicalism and Dissent
(3)
HIS 185 A
African American History: American Slavery, 1619-1865 (3)
HIS 185B
African American History: Emancipation to Modern Era (3)
HIS 185C/H
Race and Racism in American Life and Thought
(3)
HIS 191
Major Issues in US Women's History
(3)
POL 2
Comparative Government and Politics
(3)
POL 108
American Constitutional Law
(3)
POL 109
Individual Rights
(3)
POL117AB
History of Political Theory
(3,3)
POL 152 A
History of Modern Japan
(3)
POL 152B
History of Modern China
(3)
D. Natural and Physical Sciences
BIO 1AB
Biological Dynamics
(4,4)
BIO 3/103
General Microbiology
(4)
BIO 5
Life Science
(3)
BIO 10
Health Science
(3)
BIO 40A
Human Anatomy
(4)
BIO 50A
Human Anatomy
(4)
BIO 50B
Human Physiology
(4)
BIO 67/167
Environmental Science
(3)
CHE 1A/1AL
General Chemistry/Laboratory
(3,1)
CHE 3
Foundations of Chemistry
(3)
PHS 1
Scientific Concepts
(3)
PHS 2AB
General Physical Science
(4)
PHS 4
Elementary Environmental Studies
(3)
PHY 1A
Introductory Physics
(4)
PHY 11A
Mechanics
(4)
E. Mathematics
BUS 28
Mathematical Analysis for Business
(3)
BUS 38
Elements of Probability and Statistics
(3)
MTH 1
College Algebra and Trigonometry
(4)
MTH5A
Calculus I
(4)
MTH5B
Calculus II
(4)
MTH 10
Quantitative Reasoning and Mathematical Ideas
(3)
MTH 20
Programming
(3)
MTH 28
Mathematical Analysis for Business
(3)
MTH 38/H
Elements of Probability and Statistics
(3)
MTH 50
Elementary Number Systems
(3)
MTH 51
Elements of Geometry and Statistics
(3)
PSY40
Basic Statistical Methods
(3)
62
BACCALAUREATE DEGREES
F. Social and Behavioral Sciences
ECO 1
Microeconomics
(3)
ECO 112/112H
World Economic History
(3)
POL 2
Comparative Government
(3)
POL 10
Political Concepts
(3)
PSY 1
General Psychology
(3)
PSY 12/102
Child/Human Development
(3)
PSY 52/152
Biological Psychology
(3)
SOC5
Sociological Perspectives
(3)
SOC6
The Family, Child and Community
(3)
SOC 104
The Family
(3)
SOC 195
Sociology of Religion
(3)
G. Contemporary Economics or Politics
BUS 5
Business Law I
(3)
BUS 133
Money, Politics and Business
(3)
BUS 140
Women's Issues in Business and Economics
(3)
ECO 2
Macroeconomics
(3)
ECO 195
International Economics
(3)
HIS 75
Contemporary America
(3)
HIS 178
Diplomatic History of the United States
(3)
HIS 179
Constitutional History of the United States
(3)
HIS 180
Current Constitutional History
(3)
HIS 188
California History
(3)
LWS 1 1 1
Women's Issues in Business and Economics (3)
POL 1
American Government and Institutions
(3)
POL 5
Business Law I
(3)
POL 102
Women and the Law
(3)
POL 108
American Constitutional Law
(3)
POL 109
Individual Rights
(3)
POL 125
Foreign Relations of the U. S.
(3)
POL 131
International Relations
(3)
POL 134
International Organizations-MUN
(3)
POL 135
Selected Problems in International
Organizations
(3)
POL 137
Ethnic Conflict and Civil War
(3)
POL 171/H
Presidents and Personality
(3)
POL 179
California Politics
(3)
POL 180
State and Local Government
(3)
POL 192
Plays and Politics
(3)
IV. Language & Culture
Required for B. A. degree only.
FRE 1 Elementary French I (or equivalent)
FRE 2 Elementary French II (or equivalent)
FRE 3 Intermediate French III
FRE 4 Intermediate French IV
FRE 33A/B French Culture and Civilization
JPN 1 Elementary Japanese I (or equivalent)
JPN 2 Elementary Japanese II (or equivalent)
(4)
(4)
(3)
(3)
(3) Weekend College only
(4)
(4)
BACCALAUREATE DEGREES 63
SPA1
Elementary Spanish I (or equivalent)
(4)
SPA 2
Elementary Spanish II (or equivalent)
(4)
SPA3A
Accelerated Spanish
(3)
SPA3B
Intermediate Spanish III
(3)
SPA 4
Intermediate Spanish
(3)
SPA 33A
Civilizations and Cultures of Spain
(J) Weekend College only
SPA 33B
Civilizations and Cultures of Hispanic
America
(3) Weekend College only
SPA 44/144 Hispanic Civilizations and Cultures (3)
B.S. degree programs do not require a second language because of the additional science
courses required by the related departments or outside professional accrediting agencies.
However, all students are strongly encouraged to take a second modern language to enhance
their personal and professional communication in our current multilingual society.
V. Philosophy and Religious Studies
(minimum 15 units* - must include 3 units of Ethics and 3 units of Philosophical Ideas .)
A. Religious Studies (6-9 units)
Ordinarily courses must be taken in at least two of the following areas:
1. Scripture
RST 1 1 Introduction to Hebrew Scriptures (3)
RST 15 Introduction to Christian Scripture (3)
2. Christian Thought
RST 21 Introduction to Catholicism (3)
RST 23 Spiritual Journeys of Women (3)
RST 25/125 Marriage Issues: Catholic Perspectives (3)
RST 70 Faith and Human Development (3)
RST 131 Jesus (3)
RST 135 Women and Christianity (3)
RST 137 Challenges in Contemporary Theology (3)
3. Christian Ethics
RST 41 Introduction to Christian Ethics (3)
RST 45/145 Contemporary Issues in Christian Ethics (3)
RST 50 Social Issues in Christian Ethics (3)
RST 49/149 Biomedical Issues in Christian Ethics (3)
RST 146 The Catholic Justice and Peace Tradition (3)
4. Religion and Religions
RST 61/161 Introduction to World Religions (3)
PHI 1 60 Philosophy of Religion (3)
RST 78/178 Death and Afterlife (3)
RST 1 72 Jesus & the Buddha (3)
SOC 195 Sociology of Religion (3)
64
BACCALAUREATE DEGREES
B. Philosophy (6-9 units)
At least one course from among those listed under Philosophical Ideas must be
taken.
1. Philosophica
Ideas
PHI 15
Introduction to Philosophy
PHI 24
Socrates, Plato, Aristotle
PHI 126
Descartes to Kant
PHI 130
Existentialism
PHI 134
American Philosophy
PHI 150
Metaphysics
PHI 152
Theory of Knowledge
PHI 158
The Scientific Method
PHI 160
Philosophy of Religion
PHI 162
Philosophy & Native Cultures
PHI 165
Philosophy & Law
PHI 167
Ethics and Film
PHI 169
Philosophy of Technology
PHI 170
Social and Political Philosophy
PHI 172
Marxism
PHI 174
Philosophy of Art
PHI 175
Philosophy of Film
PHI 176
Philosophy in Literature
PHI 178
Philosophy of Woman
PHI 179
Women and Values
PHI 180
Chinese Philosophy
2. Ethics
PHI 21
Moral Values
PHI 92/192
Business Ethics
PHI 167
Ethics & Film
PHI 168 A
Contemporary Moral Problems
PHI 168B
Bioethics
PHI 179
Women and Values
3. Other
PHI 5
Introduction to Logic
PHI 10
Critical Thinking
PHI 155
Symbolic Logic
PHI 158
The Scientific Method
(3)
(3)
(3)
(3)
(3)
(3)
(3)
(3)
(3)
(3)
(3)
(3)
(3)
(3)
(3)
(3)
(3)
(3)
(3)
(3)
(3)
(3)
(3)
(3)
(3)
(3)
(3)
(3)
(3)
(3)
(3)
* Students transferring into the College who will graduate in two years or less will
fulfill General Studies V., A and B, by completing two courses in each area, a total
of twelve (12) units; one course must be Ethics and one must be Philosophical Ideas.
BACCALAUREATE DEGREES
65
VI. Diversity (6)
ART 5
ART 173
BUS 140/140H
BUS 189
CUL 107
EDU 150/250
ENG26
ENG 27/127
ENG 28/128
ENG 123
ENG 126
ENG 129
FRE4
FRE 128
HIS 25
HIS 162
MUS 6M/106
NUR 160
PHI 15
PHI 21
PHI 92/192
PHI 160
PHI 162
PHI 168 A
PHI 174
PHI 175
PHI 176
PHI 178
PHI 179
POL 2
POL 192
PSY 113
PSY 144
RST 61/161
RST 78/178
RST 172
SOC5
SOC6
SOC49
SOC 104
SOC 125
SOC 161
SPA 4
SPA 33B
SPA 140
SPA 146
Fundamentals of Art (3)
Multiculturalism and the Visual Arts (3)
Women's Issues in Business and Economics (3)
International Management (3)
Theory and Practice of Culture (3)
Elementary Instruction: Theory and Practice (3)
Literature of the American West (3)
Women in Quest (3)
Contemporary Issues in World Literature (3)
Women's Voices in Literature (3)
The American Experience (3)
Ethnic Literatures of America (3)
Intermediate French (3)
Twentieth Century Literary Trends (3)
Cultural and Historical Geography (3)
History & Civilization of Latin America (3)
Varieties of Music (3)
Adaptation Nursing: Childbearing Family (2.5)
Introduction to Philosophy (3)
Moral Values and Ethical Decisions (3)
Business Ethics (3)
Philosophy of Religion (3)
Philosophy and Native Cultures (3)
Contemporary Moral Problems (3)
Philosophy of Art (3)
Philosophy of Film (3)
Philosophy in Literature (3)
Philosophy of Woman (3)
Women and Values (3)
Comparative Government (3)
Plays and Politics (3)
Learning in Children and Adolescents Across
Cultures (3)
Psychology of Prejudice (3)
Introduction to World Religions (3)
Death and Afterlife (3)
Jesus and the Buddha (3)
Sociological Perspectives (3)
The Family, Child, and Community (3)
Multicultural Issues for Health Care Professionals (3)
The Family (3)
Cultural Anthropology (3)
Dynamics of Majority-Minority Relations (3)
Intermediate Spanish TV (3)
Civilizations and Cultures of Hispanic America (3)
Contemporary Literature of Hispanic America (3)
Women in Hispanic Literature (3)
66 BACCALAUREATE DEGREES
VII. Quantitative Literacy (6 units)
Baccalaureate students must take six (6) units of Quantitative Literacy (QL). The six
units must come from either two QL2 courses OR one QL 1 course and one QL2
course, but NOT two QL1 courses.
A. QL1
BIO 1A & 1 AL Biological Dynamics with lab (4)
BI0 1A&1AH Biological Dynamics with honors lab (5)
BIO 130 Genetics (4)
BIO 1 5 1 Medical Physiology (4)
BUS 15AB Accounting Principles 1,11 (3)
BUS 16AB Accounting Principles 1,11 (4)
CHE 107 Biochemistry (3)
MTH 50 Elementary Numbers (3)
NUR 5 1 Nursing Practicum: Adult (0.5)
NUR61 Nursing Practicum: Adult (0.5)
NUR 138 Research in Nursing (3)**
NUR 162 Adaptation Nrsng: Children (3)**
PHI 5 Introduction to Logic (3)**
PHI 1 65 Philosophy and Law (3)
PHS 2 General Physical Sciences (3)
PSY 106/L Basic Research Methods (4)
SOC117 Quantitative Research Methods (3)
(**Note: These courses satisfy one QL unit. Students will need two more QL1
units.)
B. QL2
CHE1AB General Chemistry (3,3)
CHE 107L Biochemistry Laboratory (1)
CHE 1 1 0AB Physical Chemistry (4,3)
MTH 1 College Algebra and Trigonometry (4)
MTH 5ABC Calculus I/II/III (4,4,4)
MTH 10 Quantitative Reasoning and Mathematical Ideas (3)
MTH 28 Mathematical Analysis for Business (3)
MTH 38 Elements of Probability and Statistics (3)
MTH 51 Elements of Geometry and Statistics (3)
MTH 120 Discrete Mathematics (3)
PHI 155 Symbolic Logic (3)
PHS 1 Scientific Concepts (3)
PHY 1AB Introductory Physics (4,3)
PHY11A Mechanics (4)
PHY 1 IB Electricity, Magnetism, and Optics (3)
POL 101 Research Methodology (3)
PSY 40 Basic Statistical Methods (3)
BACCALAUREATE DEGREES 67
Double Counting Courses
A course must have received a General Studies designation from the Curriculum Committee
for the area(s) for which it might be double counted to fulfill General Studies requirements.
The following conditions apply to double counting:
• A course may not fulfill more than one category in Area III. At most six units of the
21 unit minimum in Area III may be double counted in other General Studies areas.
• With the exception of Phi 5 and Phi 10, no course from Areas I through IV may
double count to satisfy a requirement in Area V.
• When completing a double major, no more than 9 upper division units may be
double counted to satisfy requirements for both majors.
Language Fulfillment Alternative
This requirement may be satisfied by any of the following alternatives:
• A student who begins a language must complete French 1 and 2, Japanese 1 and 2, or
Spanish 1 and 2, or their equivalent. For other languages, students must complete
the equivalent of the second semester or third quarter.
• Re-entry students may choose to complete the requirement by taking two courses in
either Spanish or French culture (The courses are only offered in Weekend College).
• Students whose native language is not English may demonstrate academic
proficiency in English as a second language by passing the TOEFL examination with
scores above 550.
• Students may take placement exams offered by MSMC's Language and Culture
Department in Spanish or French to fulfill the requirement. Successful completion
will waive the Modern Language Requirement but no units will be awarded.
Graduating with a Double Major
Students who wish to earn a degree with a double major must observe the following
requirements:
• The two majors may be in the same or different degree programs. The student must
determine the primary major and satisfy the general studies requirement for the
degree of that major. The other major is considered the secondary major.
• All requirements for both majors must be met, including all upper division work,
foreign language, and any additional requirements.
• The department chairpersons of both major areas must approve the student's
completion of the requirements for the major.
• A second major may be earned in the same academic area, but no more than 9 upper
division units may satisfy requirements in both majors.
68 BACCALAUREATE DEGREES
Second Baccalaureate
In order to receive a second Baccalaureate degree, a student must fulfill the following
requirements:
• Completion of a minimum of 24 semester units in residence beyond the requirements
for the first Baccalaureate degree.
• Completion of all departmental requirements, including a modern language if
necessary, in the area of the major for the second degree.
• Completion of all other institutional requirements if the first degree has been earned
elsewhere.
Minor Policy
A minor should enrich a student's major, allow for specialization within a major, broaden a
student's career options, and encourage exposure to other academic disciplines. While most
disciplines require 18 units to complete a minor, some departments require additional units.
In addition to the requirements for individual academic disciplines, a student must complete
three upper division courses (9 units) for a minor that are not also being used to fulfill
requirements for the major, general studies, or another minor. The deadline for declaring a
minor will be the end of the student's junior year.
Graduation with Honors (Baccalaureate Degree)
• Summa cum laude shall be granted to a student who has earned a cumulative grade
point average of 3.85 or higher.
• Magna cum laude shall be granted to a student who has earned a cumulative grade
point average of 3.7 or higher.
• Cum laude shall be granted to a student who has earned a cumulative grade point
average of 3.5 or higher.
The College's criteria for eligibility to graduate with honors will be determined by a student's
overall GPA at the end of the term prior to the last term of attendance. To be eligible, the
student must have completed 45 letter-graded units at Mount St. Mary's College by the end of
the term prior to the last term of attendance. The student's grade point average will be
calculated on the basis of grades earned at Mount St. Mary's College and grades earned at
transfer institutions. Courses at another institution after matriculation are not counted into the
cumulative grade point average, with the exception of approved junior year abroad and
exchange programs.
Weekend College students must be full-time students (9 units per semester) to be eligible to
be considered for honors at graduation.
BACCALAUREATE DEGREES 69
The Honors Program
The Honors Program at Mount St. Mary's College is designed to offer special challenges to
students who have an outstanding high school GPA and SAT scores and/or who maintain a
3.4 or better cumulative college GPA.
The Honors Program enables students to explore in greater depth and breadth various areas of
study, with possibilities of completing their college work with alternative modes and
approaches to learning. Students may select among courses specially designed for the Honors
Program, honors sections of regularly offered courses, and courses or course components
designed by contract with an instructor. All honors courses are designated with an H
following the course number.
Honors students may take as many honors courses as they choose. An honors certificate is
awarded at graduation to students who have completed a minimum of 1 8 units of honors
work, including at least two regularly scheduled honors courses, and representing at least
three disciplines. Included in the 18 units of honors work required for the certificate is a
senior thesis which is a major research project of the student's choosing, involving at least two
disciplines. The thesis work is supervised by two faculty sponsors. Presentation of the senior
thesis is open to the college community.
70 BACCALAUREATE DEGREES
Academic Support Services
Academic Advisement Center and Services
The Chalon campus advisement program is coordinated through the Academic Advisement
Center. All students are assigned a Faculty Advisor with whom they plan their academic
programs. The advisor assists in clarifying the requirements in the general studies program
and major department. Students meet with their advisor at least once each semester to register
for classes. Entering students meet with a Faculty Advisor, are advised and registered at
Orientation for their first semester at the Mount. Placement testing sessions are held during
the month of June, and Orientation is held in July for all new freshmen and transfers. Out-of-
area students are advised by the Advisement Center via e-mail and phone. Information
regarding Orientation is sent to new students after tuition deposits have been made. Students
entering in the Spring semester should contact the Advisement Center for registration and
placement testing information.
To further serve the student's advisement needs, the Academic Advisement Center functions
as a drop-in office for on-going guidance and referral services. Help in understanding and
following college policies is always available. The staff, along with student assistants,
provides information on many aspects of college life and can clarify many academic
procedures. Although the individual faculty advisors and the Advisement Center staff make
every effort to provide advisement for the student, it is ultimately the student's responsibility
to see that all procedures are followed and requirements fulfilled.
Library Facilities
The Charles Willard Coe Memorial Library, located on the Chalon Campus, is the
principal library of Mount St. Mary's College. Constructed in 1947, the Coe Library houses
the majority of print library materials for both campuses and also houses the Instructional
Media Center, an Office of Institutional Technology (OIT), administered repository for non-
print media, and the hardware necessary to non-print media use. The facility is intended
primarily for individual and small group use but also circulates its sound and image
collections for use in the classroom. There is an OIT administered computer lab on the
4th floor.
The J. Thomas McCarthy Library on the Doheny Campus is housed in the Sr. Magdalen
Coughlin Learning Complex.
The libraries serving the two campuses currently hold over 130,000 volumes and carry
subscriptions to over 800 print periodicals. Moreover, the OIT administered IMTC contains
over 5500 titles of non-print media material. Print and non-print materials are lent from one
library to the other to accommodate the changing curriculum and to meet the needs of faculty
and students, who are also permitted to use both collections in person. The libraries hold
subscriptions to a number of bibliographic and full-text on-line databases in a wide variety of
academic subject areas. There are three book databases as well as numerous journal article
and proprietary materials databases. Please consult the Libraries' Research Resources
WebPages for a list of current subscriptions.
BACCALAUREATE DEGREES 71
Study Away/ Study Abroad Opportunities
As a traditional liberal arts college, Mount St. Mary's recognizes the value of the study away
experience. Students who participate are given the opportunity to gain knowledge and
cultural awareness as an integral part of their liberal arts education. The Mount allows
qualified students to participate in four approved programs. The study away programs are the
Washington Semester Program, the Sisters of St. Joseph College Consortium Exchange (CSJ
Exchange), and the BorderLinks program. A study abroad opportunity is available through
the American Institute for Foreign Study (AIFS). Each program provides students with
unique and valuable experiences at other institutions while earning Mount credit.
Qualified students may study in one of these programs for one semester in their junior or
senior year. The minimum GPA requirement to participate is a cumulative 3.0. Students may
pick up applications and course information in the Advisement Center. Students interested in
studying away/abroad must attend a mandatory information session during the semester prior
to their desired semester away/abroad. The institutional deadlines to file an application and a
Transfer of Credit form are April 1 , for Fall semester, and November 1 , for Spring semester.
All students who study away must obtain approval from the Chalon Advisement Center in
order to be eligible for financial aid. Finally, students who participate in one of these
programs must attend a pre-departure session.
Mount St. Mary's College encourages students to participate in the Study Away /Abroad
Program. Students must complete the appropriate academic year Free Application for Federal
Student Aid (FAFSA) and have the information sent to Mount St. Mary's College as well as
the Aid Renewal Request Form. Study Away/ Abroad students must follow the same
deadlines as students not participating in the program. Students must provide the Office of
Student Financing with a breakdown of costs for their semester. They will be reviewed as a
"resident" student and their cost of housing will be taken into consideration during the
analysis of their file. Study Away students do not qualify for Federal Work Study or Mount
Work funds while away, but may be awarded work monies when they return to campus. If a
student receives any type of outside award, including a scholarship or stipend from their
Study Away /Abroad program, they must report it to the Office of Student Financing so it can
be considered in the evaluation of their aid. Any questions regarding funding of Study Away
programs should be directed to the Office of Student Financing.
The GPA earned by a student on these programs is included in the student's overall GPA, and
is also used for the conferral of honors at graduation. Each program may have additional
requirements. Please consult the Advisement Center for more information.
American Institute for Foreign Study (AIFS)
Mount St. Mary's College offers students the opportunity to study abroad with the American
Institute for Foreign Study (AIFS). AIFS has programs in the following countries:
Argentina, Australia, Austria, Czech Republic, England, France, Holland, Ireland, Italy,
Japan, Russia, South Africa, and Spain. Most countries provide students with intensive
language classes and each has specific requirements regarding language fluency.
There is a variety of courses offered in this program. Most courses are in the humanities and
social science areas. Biology, Biochemistry, and Chemistry majors will find an assortment of
72 BACCALAUREATE DEGREES
science and math courses offered in London, England. England also offers a variety of
internships for qualified students. For more information visit: www.aifsabroad.com.
Washington Semester
Mount St. Mary's College is affiliated with the American University in Washington, DC,
making it possible for Mount students to spend a semester in the nation's capitol and pursue
study in one of eleven areas: American Politics, Economic Policy, Foreign Policy,
International Business & Trade, International Environmental & Development, Justice, Justice:
Law Enforcement, Peace & Conflict Resolution, Print & Broadcast Journalism, Public Law,
and Transforming Communities. To participate in the program students must be nominated
by a full-time faculty member in their major department. Since a major portion of a
Washington semester consists of internship experience, students who study in Washington are
not normally permitted to enroll in additional internship units. For more information visit:
www.washingtonsemester.com.
Sisters of St. Joseph College Consortium (SS JCC) Exchange
Mount St. Mary's College is one of twelve Sisters of St. Joseph Colleges. The consortium
agreement allows students from the Mount to attend any of the other schools for one semester
The member schools are: Aquinas Junior College at Milton (MA), Avila College (MO),
Chestnut Hill College (PA), Elms College (MA), Fontbonne College (MO), Mater Dei
College (NY), Nazareth College (NY), Regis College (MA), The College of St. Catherine
(MN), The College of St. Joseph (VT), and The College of Saint Rose (NY). The SSJCC
Student Exchange Program allows students to take advantage of the rich learning experience
of being with students from a different part of the country on a campus with unique academic
resources. Each school offers students an enriching learning opportunity as well as increased
exposure to faculty specialists and curricula.
Border Links
Mount St. Mary's College is affiliated with BorderLinks, a semester on the border program.
The BorderLinks experience is more than academic; it offers students a dynamic experiential
learning experience and community living along the U.S. Mexico border in Tucson, Arizona,
and Nogales, Sonora. The main focus of the program is to enlighten students on the impact of
globalization. Available to students on the program are the following courses: Liberation
Theology, Culture of the Borderlands, Peace and Justice Studies, History of Mexico, and
Spanish Language courses. For more information visit: www.borderlinks.org.
i
i
UCLA Cross-Registration Agreement
Mount St. Mary's College has a cross-registration agreement with the University of California
at Los Angeles (UCLA), the purpose of which is to supplement and enrich the MSMC
academic program and to provide an opportunity for UCLA students to take Mount courses.
Full-time Mount Baccalaureate students who have sophomore, junior, or senior standing and a
cumulative grade point average of 3.2 or better may, with the permission of the College
Registrar, take one undergraduate course at UCLA per semester, but no more than four
courses toward the degree. No more than two such courses will count toward the MSMC
residency requirement; courses taken at UCLA must not be among those available at MSMC.
Courses taken at UCLA under this arrangement will be included in the student's load at the
College, and, except for specific course laboratory or studio fees, no additional tuition or fees i
BACCALAUREATE DEGREES 73
will be charged. Transportation to such courses and parking fees are the responsibility of the
student enrolled. For information and procedures, consult the Office of the Registrar on the
Chalon campus.
University of Judaism (UJ) Cross-Registration Agreement
Mount St. Mary's College has a cross-registration agreement with the University of Judaism,
the purpose of which is to supplement and enrich the MSMC academic program and to
provide an opportunity for UJ students to take Mount courses. The following conditions and
requirements must be met:
• The student must meet all prerequisites/criteria required for courses.
• No visiting student may displace a student from the registration of a course at the
student's home institution.
• The student is responsible for obtaining all appropriate signatures and returning the
completed form to the student's home institution.
• The student is responsible for meeting all registration deadlines, regulations, and
penalties of MSMC.
A student who wishes to withdraw from a course(s) must notify the Registrar at both MSMC
and UJ. Students who do not formally withdraw will receive a grade of U or F.
Student Affairs
Mount St. Mary's College provides students with programs and experiences conducive to
personal, cultural, ethical, social, physical, spiritual, and intellectual growth. Student initiative
and responsibility are encouraged in an atmosphere of close interrelation among students,
faculty, administration and staff.
Campus Ministry
Campus Ministry Office seeks to develop and sustain awareness of the spiritual dimension of
life which is at the heart of the College's mission, assisting students, faculty, and staff to grow
spiritually in accordance with their own religious traditions. Catholic in our roots and vision,
we welcome the opportunity to be of service to persons of every religious persuasion or none
at all, and commit ourselves to respect the freedom of each person's conscience and unique
path.
The Campus Ministry team consists of a director, two coordinators (each focused on one of
our two campuses), student coordinators and office staff. Together, they are responsible for a
number of areas: Liturgy (including Sunday Mass, reconciliation services and other prayer
services); the Rite of Christian Initiation for Adults (for those who wish to become Catholic);
preparation for Confirmation, Eucharist and other sacraments; Bible Study and other
educational efforts; retreats; campus festivities and observances; and community service
opportunities, including action for social justice. Individual counseling and conversations are
also available to any member of the campus community.
The Mary Chapel, located in the heart of the campus, is the central place for worship and
prayer at Chalon, and people of all faith backgrounds are welcome there, whether for a
Sunday evening Mass, a Noon Prayer service, a Rosary with friends, or for personal quiet
reflection.
74 BACCALAUREATE DEGREES
Career Center
The Career Center provides the opportunity for students to find the major and career best
suited for them by learning how to identify their unique skills, interests, values and
personality traits, and how to research the world of work. Students are encouraged to enroll
in the one unit Career Planning course (required for business majors) offered in the Fall
semester or the Career Exploration course (for undeclared or major changers) offered during
the Spring semester.
The Career Center includes a career library with over 400 books on interviewing, resume
writing, major and career options and job search. More then 200 graduate school catalogs and
information on preparing for various graduate and professional entrance examinations can
also be found in the library. Off-campus full-time and part-time job listings, the "Volunteer
Works" Internship database with over 300 internship listings, and "Choices," a computerized
career planning tool can be found in the Career Center.
A variety of events are offered by the Career Center. Annual events include an etiquette
dinner, a major fair, and a faculty panel addressing graduate studies. Alumnae Career panels,
focusing on different majors and occupations, are held throughout the school year. The
Center also sponsors trips to various off-campus career fairs as well as professional and
graduate school information sessions, and other career-related conferences and workshops.
The Career Center staff is available for individual counseling appointments to assist students
with skills assessment, resume writing, interviewing techniques, and information regarding
graduate studies. Staff also help students to research information on career positions and
internship options. The Career Center staff fosters on-going relationships with a variety of
organizations and corporations in order to develop internship and employment opportunities
for students.
Service Learning and Community Engagement
In the spirit of the mission and strategic planning of Mount St. Mary's College, community
engagement opportunities exist to offer MSMC students off-campus service and learning
experiences at community organizations that promote human and community development.
Service-Learning faculty, Career Development staff, the Women's Leadership Program and
the Office of Experiential Learning work collaboratively with MSMC students to promote
healthy, socially-just communities in the greater Los Angeles area. In order to gain knowledge
and understanding, assess their own learning through reflection and structured experiences,
and become life-long committed advocates for social justice in our world, all Mount students
are encouraged to participate in a variety of community engagement and service-learning
opportunities.
BACCALAUREATE DEGREES 75
Counseling and Psychological Services (CPS)
MSMC recognizes that emotional health and personal growth are essential components of a
successful academic experience. The mission of CPS is to enhance the emotional growth of
students by promoting balanced lifestyles, positive self-esteem and essential life skills with an
emphasis on the development of the whole person. CPS provides psychological counseling
services and psycho-educational programs for students, as well as responsive consultation to
the college community. In counseling, students discuss issues such as anxiety, depression,
stress management, academic concerns, family and relationship problems, grief, loneliness,
eating disorders, substance abuse, dating violence and self-esteem difficulties. Counseling
counseling, group sessions, or referrals to services in the community. Our counseling is short-
term, including up to twelve sessions per academic year.
All sessions are confidential in keeping with professional ethics and state laws. No
information about student clients is shared with family members, the faculty, college
administrators, or anyone else without written permission. The exception to this policy is
when limited disclosure is required by law to protect the student or another individual from
harm. CPS is staffed by licensed psychologists and advanced doctoral level interns.
Disability Services
Please see Disability Policy under the Undergraduate Academic Policies for additional
information.
Fitness Education
Mount St. Mary's College is committed to graduating well-balanced women with a strong
sense of self and physical well-being. The Fitness Education Department offers two programs
that complement the academic program: the physical education courses offered for academic
credit, and a wellness and fitness program, including nutrition. The two programs together
provide students with the opportunity to attain, improve and/or maintain their physical fitness,
attend informative workshops on wellness and fitness, participate in recreational activities on
or off the campus, and participate in intramural volleyball, basketball, and tennis programs.
Facilities include a pool, fitness center equipped with cardiovascular and weight training
equipment, and a tennis-basketball-volleyball court.
Institute for Student Academic Enrichment (ISAE)
ISAE is a federally funded Student Support Services/TRIO program designed to assist first-
generation, low-income and/or disabled students in achieving their maximum potential in
higher education. ISAE provides eligible students academic advisement, peer tutoring and
mentoring, career and personal counseling, financial aid information, workshops and
leadership and cultural enrichment opportunities. ISAE is located in the Chalon Learning
Center.
Learning Assistance Programs / Learning Center
In order to enable each student to achieve maximum benefit from the academic programs at
the College, Learning Assistance Programs offers a variety of academic support services for
all MSMC students. Services include peer tutoring in all subject areas, workshops in study
and organizational skills, structured study groups, writing and analytical skill development,
and books and computer tutorials to assist in developing skills to prepare for standardized
graduate examinations. Learning Assistance Programs is located in the Chalon Learning
Center, Humanities Bldg., Rm. 207.
76 BACCALAUREATE DEGREES
Orientation / First-Year Seminar
The Orientation program is designed to assist entering students with their transition to Mount
St. Mary's College and to enhance their success in college. Separate orientation programs
specifically designed for new and transfer students are held in the summer. Orientation
includes an introduction to both the academic and student life aspects of the College and
provides for the interaction of new students with faculty, staff, and current students.
Orientation for new first-year students is held in July with separate activities for parents.
Orientation activities include a comedy show, movie night, and service-learning project. In
addition, placement testing, advisement, and course registration are available. Students
entering for the Spring semester are provided a one-day orientation program.
First-year students continue their orientation to the College in SPR 85 (Introduction to
College Studies), a one-unit seminar course taught in the Fall semester. This class is designed!
to facilitate the transition from high school to the college environment and provides
opportunities to become more familiar with college resources, policies and procedures, study I
skills, and other strategies for college success.
Residence Life
Primary emphasis in the residence halls is on a close interrelationship of full-time students
and staff to create a living and learning environment that fosters the formation of personal
values and integrity. On-campus living affords increased opportunities to develop personal
relationships and to participate in the many enriching programs which Mount St. Mary's
College offers. Student residence life is largely self-regulated, under the direction of the
Residence Life Staff which is composed of the Director, Assistant Director, Administrative
Assistant, Head Resident Assistants, and Resident Assistants.
The residence staff gives much time and attention to assigning rooms and roommates. They
strive to provide students both privacy and the freedom to develop relationships conducive to
social, educational and spiritual growth.
An off-campus housing referral listing is available through the Student Activities and
Commuter Service Offices.
Scholar Mentor Program
President's Scholars, Dean's List students, and others recommended by their professors may
participate in the Scholar Mentor Program. Through this program students are trained as peer
tutors and provide tutoring to other Mount students in a variety of subjects. Scholar Mentors
may receive academic credit by enrolling in the Scholar Mentor Seminar (SPR 25). In
addition, they may earn compensation for training and tutoring hours.
Short Term Loans
Two short-term loans are available to full-time students each semester: First Interstate Bank
Emergency Loans ($150 maximum) and the Nancy Manning Loan ($50 maximum, for
Chalon students only). For information on both short-term loans, contact the Student Affairs
office.
BACCALAUREATE DEGREES 77
Student Activities and Commuter Services (SACS)
The Office of Student Activities and Commuter Services coordinates numerous co-curricular
events, programs and activities on campus. SACS provides students of Mount St. Mary's
College a variety of options for involvement through participation in student clubs, student
government, and other leadership opportunities.
Commuter students are an active and vital part of the Mount St. Mary's College community.
SACS is dedicated to meeting the needs of commuter students by providing various programs
and services. These services include off-campus housing referrals, lockers, a carpool program,
designated carpool parking, Commuter Cafe, social events, and a commuter lounge.
The Associated Student Body is also housed in the SACS Office. ASB is the student
governing body which is comprised of an Executive Board, the Senate, and the Student
Activities Council. The Senate provides students with the opportunity to participate in various
College committees and to play an important role in the College's decision making process.
The Student Activities Council sponsors many campus-wide events, including the Christmas
Social, Mount Community Night-Talent Show, and Spring Carnival.
Student Ambassador Program
The Student Ambassador Program is one of MSMC's partnership programs designed to
motivate inner-city high school students to complete high school and aspire to a college
education. The ambassadors help high school students understand what skills they need to
acquire and what courses to take to qualify for college admission, and assist them with
identifying appropriate colleges to which they can apply, completing admissions applications
and researching financial aid. The program provides leadership and service opportunities to
Mount Students by engaging them in outreach in the Los Angeles area. Currently,
ambassadors serve in 40 high schools, 5 middle schools, and several Los Angeles City
housing developments. By helping these high school students to plan for college, improve
study skills and envision satisfying and rewarding careers, Mount students are able to give
back to the community while developing their own counseling and time-management skills.
The Student Ambassador Program continues a long-standing Mount tradition of service to the
local and world community.
Student Health Services
Mount St. Mary's College Health Services Department offers a broad range of services to
both resident and commuter full-time students who pay the Comprehensive Student Fee.
These services include diagnosis and treatment of illness and minor injuries, physical
examinations, health teaching, and laboratory testing. The Health Clinic on the Chalon
campus is staffed by physicians, nurse practitioners, nurses, and specially trained students.
Emphasis is placed on preventive medicine and on positive health practices which will
become a part of each student's lifestyle. Programs designed to assist students in developing
values and skills related to achieving a high level of health are presented each semester.
78 BACCALAUREATE DEGREES
Incoming freshmen and transfer students, both residents and commuters, must submit a
current health history and physical examination prior to entrance. Proof of current
immunizations and TB skin testing are also required for admission. Additional health
requirements exist for students enrolled in programs with clinical affiliations.
Chalon students are eligible to use the student Health Clinic on the Chalon campus.
Appointments may be made with physicians or nurses throughout the week. There is no cost
to a student for provider visits; however, supplemental fees for laboratory testing and
medications may be assessed. Referrals for specialty services and emergency services will be
made through the Student Health Center.
When the Student Health Center is closed, a Medical Provider is on-call and available for
consultation by contacting the Resident Assistant on duty.
All full-time students are required to carry Health and Accident Insurance. Please see expense
listings at the beginning of this catalog for additional information regarding health insurance
available through Mount St. Mary's College.
Women's Leadership Program
The Women's Leadership Program offers many opportunities for leadership skill building and
development in order to prepare students as leaders in their communities and future careers.
Students are encouraged to develop and strengthen their skills at the Mount. The Program
supports students in developing leadership skills through co-curricular activities, workshops,
internships, and participation in national conferences.
All MSMC students have the opportunity to document their co-curricular activities in the
form of a Leadership Transcript. Students who are part of the Leadership program have
opportunities to develop their leadership potential by taking courses and participating in group
service projects and other developmental experiences.
For course offerings in Leadership, please see the Leadership and Women's Studies Minor
under the Courses of Instruction section of this catalog.
GRADUATE DEGREES 79
Graduate Degrees
The liberal arts tradition and the Catholic nature of the College give direction to Mount St.
Mary's College Graduate Division. Graduate programs flow from the College mission
statement and presuppose the components of a liberal arts education, as is evident in the
following objectives, developed by the Graduate Council for the teaching and preparation of
students at the graduate level.
Women and men at the graduate level are prepared as leaders for society and are given the
means, as well as the confidence, to:
a. create and contribute to a society in which respect for individuals permeates all
professional structures and personal interactions;
b. assist those with whom they work to recognize and use their own talents, skills,
and resources;
c. envision and facilitate personal responsibility for the direction of society as it
grows toward a greater global interaction, culturally, socially, and politically;
d. expand one's own knowledge of and contribution to a field through the tools of
research and academic development.
Each graduate program, in ways appropriate to the preparation for a particular profession,
strives to attain these objectives by:
a. individualized and personal advisement;
b. careful curriculum planning and scheduling;
c. selection of competent, caring faculty who are well prepared in their fields and
sensitive to the needs of the adult student population;
d. challenging students to investigate a wide range of related resources beyond those
presented in classes;
e. providing a welcoming environment that suggests harmony, peace and concern
for the well-being of all persons.
Programs in the Graduate Division include disciplinary, interdisciplinary, and professional
graduate degrees. Degree nomenclature appropriately reflects the type of degree.
Master of Science in Education with concentrations in:
Elementary Education
Secondary Education
Special Education: Mild/Moderate Disability
Instructional Leadership
(Seep. 155)
Master of Arts in the Humanities with concentrations in:
English, History, Political Science, and Cultural Studies.
(Seep. 198)
Master of Science in Nursing Education
The Master of Science in Nursing (MSN) is conferred with a specialization in
Nursing Education. (See Graduate Nursing Section)
(Seep. 253)
80 GRADUATE DEGREES
Master of Science in Counseling Psychology with concentrations in:
Marriage, Family and Child Counseling
Community and Interpersonal Relations
(See p. 294)
Psychology Certificates of Specialization:
Counseling the Spanish-Speaking Client
Pastoral Counseling Emphasis
(See p. 296, 297)
Master of Arts in Religious Studies with Certificate Programs in:
Advanced Religious Studies
Hispanic Pastoral Ministry
Youth and Young Adult Ministry
(Seep. 312)
Doctor of Physical Therapy
(See p. 269)
GRADUATE DEGREES 81
Admission Policies
A student who holds a Bachelor's or higher degree from a regionally accredited college or
university is eligible to apply for admission. The student's previous academic record must
give evidence of the ability and the preparation necessary for successfully pursuing graduate
study. Admission will be based on an evaluation of the applicant's potential for success in
both the program and the profession.
Application Procedures
Applications, with all supporting documents, must be completed before or during the first
semester of enrollment. (For application procedures for Doctor of Physical Therapy
Admission, see p. 269.)
The applicant forwards the following to:
The Graduate Division Office
Mount St. Mary's College
10 Chester Place
Los Angeles, CA 90007-2598
1. Application and application fee.
2. One official, sealed, transcript of all previous college work, both undergraduate and
graduate, sent directly from each institution to the Graduate Division Office. These records
should demonstrate a minimum GPA of 3.0 for applicants to all graduate programs.
3. Letters of recommendation from persons who have had ample opportunity to judge the
applicant's academic ability, achievement and professional potential. (Personal references
from family members, close friends, and neighbors are discouraged.)
a) For applicants for the M. A. in Religious Studies: Two letters from individuals
who can assess potential for graduate study in theology and potential in counseling or
religious leadership in parish or school; or ministry in the Hispanic community.
b) For applicants for the M. S. in Education: Two letters from individuals who can
assess appropriate professional potential for teaching.
c) For applicants for the M.S. in Counseling Psychology: Two letters from
individuals who can assess appropriate professional potential as a counseling psychologist.
d.) For applicants for the MSN Nursing: Two letters from individuals who can
assess appropriate professional potential for success in advanced studies in nursing.
e.) For applicants for the Doctor of Physical Therapy: Three references are
required-one academic, one from a physical therapist, and one from an individual who can
assess the applicant's interpersonal skills.
4. Statement of interest/application essay (see Graduate Application).
5. Official scores of the Miller Analogies Test (Religious Studies) or the Graduate Record
Exam (Psychology and Physical Therapy), or the California Subject Examination for
Teachers (Education).
6. An Admission interview with graduate faculty.
82 GRADUATE DEGREES
Graduates of foreign universities at which English is not the primary
language must:
7. Submit results of the TOEFL test with required minimum score of 550.
8. Have their transcripts sent to an approved credential evaluation service agency for
equivalency evaluation.
International students must:
9. Submit a notarized statement and supporting documents guaranteeing financial support
during the period of study at Mount St. Mary's College.
10. Submit a medical certificate.
1 1 . Complete necessary visa documents.
Further details are published in "Information for Prospective Graduate Students From Other
Countries," included with the application forms.
Note: Exceptions to the requirements listed above may be requested by academic petition to
the graduate advisor and Graduate Dean.
Admission and Acceptance
After all requirements for admission have been fulfilled, the application and supporting
documents will be forwarded to the department housing the graduate program to which the
applicant has applied. The evaluation process will be conducted by the Program Advisor or
Director, Department Chair, Graduate Dean, and occasionally the Graduate Council.
A written decision of acceptance, conditional acceptance, or non-acceptance will be rendered
on the Admission Evaluation Form. A copy of the form will be mailed to the applicant from
the Graduate Division Office.
In the event that the applicant's undergraduate record does not include all the required courses
or a satisfactory grade point average, supplementary undergraduate work may be required to
fulfill the prerequisites of the major department.
After official acceptance into a graduate degree program, masters and doctoral degree
students may apply for financial aid from the Financial Aid Office of Mount St. Mary's
College.
An applicant may complete up to 6 units in one semester at MSMC while applying for
admission to a Graduate Program in the areas of Education and Humanities (see Non Degree-
Seeking Graduate Students section). For Religious Studies requirements, see Graduate
Religious Studies. Under certain circumstances a student may petition to complete an
additional 3 units prior to the acceptance to any of these programs. No more than nine units
taken at Mount St. Mary's College before acceptance into a program may be applied to the
degree program. Enrollment in courses as a non-matriculating student is subject to the
approval of the program advisor, director and/or the Graduate Dean. Permission to enroll
under a non-matriculating status does not guarantee acceptance to a graduate program at
Mount St. Mary's College.
GRADUATE DEGREES 83
Readmission Policy
A student wishing to return to the University after one year in which he or she was not
enrolled must reapply for admission through the Graduate Admission Office and will be
evaluated on the same conditions as all other new students.
Academic Policies for Graduate Division
Residence and Time Limit
After acceptance into a degree program the student is expected to remain continuously
enrolled each regular semester up to and including the semester in which the degree is
awarded. The degree must be earned within seven years after the first graduate level course is
posted on the transcript. Note: courses applicable to credentials are subject to California
Commission on Teacher Credentialing limitations.
A graduate student who is eligible but who chooses not to enroll continuously may petition
for a leave of absence for a semester and may renew the leave for another semester but no
more than three consecutive semesters. At the end of the period of leave, the student may
enroll without filing an application for re-admission. After a lapse of time extending beyond
the leave, the student will follow the same procedures as those for new applicants.
Thesis or Project Completion
If a student, after one semester enrollment in EDU 296B, HUM 296B, PSY 295 or 296, or
RST 290 or 291, has not completed the project or thesis, the student will be required to enroll
in a one-unit thesis project continuation course (EDU 297A,B,C; HUM 297A,B,C,
PSY297A,B,C or RST 290A,B,Cor 291 A) for the subsequent semesters until the
thesis/project is completed. Once three project continuation courses are completed, no other
options for completing the Masters degree are available.
Unit Load
The number of semester units of work taken in the respective semester or summer session is
determined in consultation with departmental advisors. The number of semester units for a
full-time load is six (6) semester units.
Student Responsibility
Students are held individually responsible for information contained in the College catalog,
Graduate Student Handbook, program handbooks, and College email correspondence. Failure
to read and understand these policies and regulations will not excuse students from their
observance. In addition they are responsible for the information contained in the official class
schedules and other data sent or posted on the MSMC website by the Graduate Division
Office. College catalogs are available in the Graduate Division Office, and students are
advised to obtain and keep their catalogs.
Academic Integrity - Graduate students are expected to follow Mount St. Maryes policy
regarding academic integrity. Plagiarism and other forms of academic dishonesty are treated
as extremely serious violations of ethical conduct and may result in suspension or expulsion
from the University. (See Catalog, Undergraduate Academic Policies, Academic Integrity
section, page 36; and Graduate Student Handbook, Academic Integrity section.)
84 GRADUATE DEGREES
Graduation
Application for Graduation: Candidates for the Masters and Doctoral degrees must file a
formal degree application and pay the required fee at the beginning of their final semester.
The specific date for this application is published in the current Graduate College calendar.
It is the responsibility of the student to apply for graduation. Graduation application forms are
available in the Doheny Registrar's Office. The application must be signed by the advisor.
The graduation fee is required, in order for the degree to be awarded, regardless of attendance
at the graduation ceremonies. Candidates should check with the appropriate program advisor
or director to affirm that all requirements have been met.
Education Credential candidates are responsible for submitting Credential applications to the
MSMC Department of Education for processing.
Graduation Exercises
Candidates receiving degrees are invited to participate in the graduation exercises. In order to
participate in commencement exercises, students must be registered for all courses needed to
complete degree and college requirements. These ceremonies are held each year at the end of
the Spring semester. All graduates who have completed their programs since the previous
Spring are included in these exercises.
Readmission of Students Who Have Already Completed a Graduate
Degree
Graduates who wish to enroll for another credential or degree will follow the same procedure
as new applicants. New recommendations and other records may be required, depending upon
changed circumstances. An application fee is not charged unless a period of five or more
years has elapsed since the completion of the previous program
Non Degree-Seeking Graduate Students (Non-Matriculating Status)
Students who hold a Baccalaureate degree from accredited colleges or universities are eligible
to take courses for unit credit at the College without the intention of pursuing a graduate
degree or credential. They may take either undergraduate courses in subjects of special
interest or graduate courses for personal or professional development. Students complete an
application and registration form and may be required to provide evidence of possessing a
Baccalaureate degree at the time of registration. Their registration is approved by the program
advisor. They are expected to observe all policies and procedures of the College while in
attendance. If, after taking courses at the College, a student should become an applicant for a
degree, a limited number of graduate credit courses (no more than nine units) may be applied
to the individual degree program, after the student has been admitted to the Graduate
Program. These courses must satisfy the requirements of the program and meet the approval
of the program advisor/director and the Graduate Dean. Permission to enroll under a non-
matriculating status does not guarantee acceptance to a graduate program at Mount St. Mary's
College.
GRADUATE DEGREES 85
Course Numbers
Although all of the work counted toward a graduate degree is of a distinctly advanced
character, not all of the courses need be taken from the 200-level. With the approval of the
graduate advisor/director in the major field, upper division courses suitable for a well rounded
program may be included, provided that the student earns at least a grade of B. A maximum
of upper division units that may be included are nine semester units for the Master of Arts in
Humanities and the Master of Science in Education degrees. Courses required for a Doctoral
degree in Physical Therapy have 400-499 numbering.
Grading Policies
Once submitted, grades may not be changed unless the result of clerical or procedural error.
A student must request a review/change within 30 days after the end of a semester, or within
30 days following the distribution of the grade report containing the grade which the student
wishes to challenge. (See process in Graduate Handbook.)
Grades
The grade point average for all work presented for an advanced degree, credential, or
certificate must be at least 3.0 or B average. A required course in which a grade of D or F has
been received must be repeated. See specific program requirements for exceptions.
The student's grade point average is computed according to this scale:
A 4.0
A- 3.7
B+ 3.3
B 3.0
B- 2.7
C+ 2.3
C 2.0
C- 1.7
D 1.0
F 0.0
The following grades are not computed in the GPA:
AU Audit
CR CRedit given (see below)
I Incomplete (see below)
IP In Progress: deferred grading for graduate thesis or field experience
NC No Credit given (see below)
NG No Grade received, issued by the Registrar pending receipt of the final grade
R Course was Repeated at later date
U Unauthorized withdrawal
W Withdrawal
86 GRADUATE DEGREES
Credit/No Credit
CR/NC ordinarily applies only to the Supervised Field Experience in graduate programs. For
field experiences, practica, and supervised teaching offered by the Education, Counseling
Psychology, Nursing and Physical Therapy Departments, CR signifies B or better work.
Incomplete
An Incomplete is given only when a student:
• has fulfilled the majority of the course requirements,
• has a passing grade in the classwork,
• is prevented from completing the assigned work for serious reasons,
• has consulted the instructor prior to the grading period, and
• has been assessed by the instructor that he/she can realistically complete the work
within one semester.
A student requesting an Incomplete must file a Petition for Incomplete with the signature of
the instructor and the department chairperson prior to the day of the final exam. The instructor
will assign a default grade when approving an incomplete. This default grade will be recorded
on the student's transcript when a completed grade is not assigned by the instructor and/or an
extension of the incomplete is not processed. An incomplete may only be extended for one
additional semester with the approval of the instructor, the department chairperson, and the
appropriate academic dean. (Students may not be given more than two semesters to complete
any course.)
Repetition of courses
Only courses for which unacceptable grades have been assigned may be repeated for a higher
grade or CR. (See specific program for definition of unacceptable grades.) Courses may be
repeated only once. The units are counted only once and the higher grade computed in the
GPA. A student must repeat required courses in which unacceptable grades were assigned if
the student is eligible to remain in the program.
Transfer of Credit
A maximum of six semester units of graduate work taken in an accredited graduate program is
transferable to Mount St. Mary's College provided that:
• the transfer courses satisfy curriculum requirements at Mount St. Mary's College
and a grade of B or better was earned;
• the courses are transferred after the student has been accepted into the program
and prior to the last semester of graduate study; transfer credit forms are
available in the Graduate Office;
• correspondence and extension courses are not transferable;
• courses were taken within seven years of the date on which the student was
accepted in a Mount St. Mary's College graduate program.
Once admitted to a graduate program students are expected to pursue study only at Mount St.
Mary's College.
GRADUATE DEGREES 87
Credit by Exam
In selected departments, course credit by challenge examination is available on a limited basis
and at the discretion of the department chairperson. The student must file the approved form
in the Office of the Registrar. Only units of CREDIT will be awarded for these examinations
(No record of failures will appear on a student's transcript.). All credit awarded in this manner
will be so noted on the student's transcript. A course may be challenged by examination
only once.
Unauthorized Withdrawal
The designation of Unauthorized Withdrawal (U) may, at the discretion of the instructor, be
assigned in lieu of a grade of F, when the student does not attend a course but fails to
officially withdraw, or does not attend a sufficient number of class meetings.
Withdrawal From Courses
The grade W indicates withdrawal from a course, according to the following policy:
Withdrawal (W) indicates that the student was permitted to withdraw from a class during the
period scheduled on the College calendar with the approval of the instructor and advisor.
After the scheduled date, a student may petition the Graduate Dean for an exception. The W
carries no connotation of quality of student performance and is not calculated in the grade
point average.
Withdrawal from Programs
When students withdraw from a graduate program, they must file a withdrawal notice in the
Graduate Division Office.
Academic Probation
Failure of a graduate degree or credential student to maintain a 3.0 cumulative GPA (2.50 for
Doctor of Physical Therapy students) places the student on probation. The student will be
notified in writing from the Office of the Graduate Dean regarding the probation. A student
on probation must achieve a semester GPA of 3.0 or higher (except for DPT students) during
the next two semesters in order to be reinstated to regular standing and may be required to
take fewer units of work while on probation. See individual departments for specific
probation policies.
GRADUATE DEGREES
Academic Dismissal
A student is subject to dismissal for failure to maintain a 3.0 GPA (2.50 for Doctor of
Physical Therapy students) during the probationary period. Failure to comply with the
requirements and regulations of the graduate program and College may also subject a student
to dismissal. The Graduate Dean and/or the Graduate Council have the authority to dismiss
students and to suspend dismissal.
Academic Petitions
A petition may be submitted to cover certain exceptions to stated policies. A petition may not
be retroactive, but must be submitted before the exception is to be considered.
Grievance Procedure
The Mount St. Mary's College Student Bill of Rights and Grievance Procedure are available
on the MSMC website or by request from the Graduate Division Office.
The Graduate Council
The Graduate Council is an advisory body, composed of the graduate program directors,
student representatives and the Graduate Dean, whose function is to recommend
modifications or changes in graduate policy to the Provost. The main objectives of the
Graduate Council are to promote excellence in research and scholarship beyond the
undergraduate level and to strengthen existing graduate programs. Among their concerns are
admission standards, degree requirements, and program review and approval.
COURSE NUMBERING 89
Courses of Instruction
Designation of Credits and Courses
Courses numbered 1-99 are lower division courses, generally taken by freshmen and
sophomores; those numbered 100-199 are upper division courses, generally taken by juniors
and seniors, or majors. In order to enroll in any upper division course, a student must first
successfully complete English 1 A and 1B/1C or English 5H. Students must also have
sophomore standing or the approval of the instructor to enroll in an upper division class.
Students must be enrolled in an English composition class each semester until they complete
the General Studies written communication skills requirement IA.
Credit for courses whose course numbers include the letter X may not be applied to the
Baccalaureate degree.
Courses numbered 200-299 are graduate level, those numbered 300-399 are professional
courses, and those between 340-349 are professional credit courses that may be submitted for
equivalency evaluation to be applied to a credential or Masters program. Courses numbered
400 are used to fulfill DPT requirements.
Courses listed as upper division/graduate (100/200) may be taken for either.
Courses approved for fulfillment of the General Studies curriculum requirements are
identified after the course description in each department:
GS-IA Written Communication Skills
GS-IB Oral Communication Skills
GS-II Critical Thinking
GS-HIA Art or Music
GS-IIIB Literature
GS-IIIC History
GS-HID Natural and Physical Sciences
GS-IIIE Mathematics
GS-IIIF Social and Behavioral Sciences
GS-IIIG Contemporary Economics or Politics
GS-IV Modern Language
GS-VA1 Religious Studies: Scripture
GS-VA2 Religious Studies: Christian Thought
GS-VA3 Religious Studies: Christian Ethics
GS-VA4 Religious Studies: Religion and Religions
GS-VB1 Philosophy: Philosophical Ideas
GS-VB2 Philosophy: Ethics
GS-VB3 Philosophy: Other
GS-VI Diversity Perspectives
GS-VII Quantitative Literacy
After the last day to add a course as published in the schedule of classes, no changes may be
made respective to the level of study.
90 AMERICAN STUDIES
American Studies
Departmental Affiliation: Philosophy
What is distinctive about American culture? What issues and concerns face America in terms
of the global realities of war, terrorism, international economics, poverty vs. wealth, and
public policy? What values do Americans treasure? The major in American Studies provides
opportunity to focus on the influences of the past and present which affect American
character, experience, and institutions.
This major draws from a variety of disciplines, such as Philosophy, English, History,
Business, Art, and Political Science. It provides a strong foundation for careers in law, public
policy, teaching, writing, philosophy, politics, and international relations. Double majors with '
Philosophy, English, History, Art, or Political Science are possible and encouraged.
The principal criterion for determining whether a course is applicable to an American Studies '
major is that it gives insight into American thought and culture: the nation's history, social
structure, politics, commerce, all that comprises The American Experience, including its
reflection in literature, art, and music.
Many regularly offered courses clearly fulfill this requirement and are listed as
interdisciplinary electives in the following sections. Other courses that a department may
occasionally offer will also apply, with approval of the American Studies Program Director.
Interdisciplinary Requirements:
A minimum of thirty-six units in American Studies is required. To ensure a wide exploration
of the American Experience, at least three upper division courses must be taken in the
humanities (literature, philosophy, art) and three in the social sciences (history, political
science, sociology, economics).
Business
BUS 4
BUS 5
BUS 92
BUS 106
BUS 133
BUS 140/H
BUS 160
BUS 161
BUS 184
BUS 185
BUS 194
English
ENG 20/120
ENG26
ENG 108
ENG 126
ENG 129
ENG 145
ENG 146
ENG 164
Business Foundations & Analysis (3)
Business Law I (3)
Business Ethics (3)
Business Law II (3)
Money, Politics and Business (3)
Women's Issues in Business & Economics (3)
Principles of Marketing (3)
Principles of Advertising (3)
Organizational Behavior (3)
Principles of Management (3)
Consumer Behavior (3)
Great Works in American Literature (3)
Literature of the American West (3)
The News Media (3)
The American Experience (3)
Ethnic Literatures of America (3)
American Literature: Beginnings to 1914 (3)
American Literature: 1914 to Present (3)
American Drama (3)
AMERICAN STUDIES
91
History
HIS 6/106
HIS 171
HIS 173
HIS 175
HIS 178
HIS 179
HIS 180
HIS 181
HIS 184
HIS 185 A
HIS 185B
HIS 185C/185CH
HIS 186/186H
HIS 188
Philosophy
PHI 92
PHI 134
PHI 162
PHI 165
PHI 168 A
PHI 168B
PHI 170
PHI 174
PHI 175
PHI 176
PHI 179
Political Science
POL 1
POL 5
POL 93ABCD
POL 105 '
POL 107
POL 109
POL 116
POL 125
POL 137
POL 170
POL 171/H
POL 175AB
POL 176
POL 179
POL 180
POL 186
POL 191
American Cultural History (3)
The United States from Colony to Republic, 1607-1800 (3)
The United States in the 19th Century (3)
The United States in the 20th Century (3)
Diplomatic History of the U. S. (3)
Constitutional History of the U. S. (3)
Current Constitutional History (3)
Modern Presidential History (3)
Radicalism and Dissent (3)
African American History: American Slavery, 1619-1865 (3)
African American History: Emancipation to the Modern Era (3)
Race and Racism in American Life and Thought (3)
Gender in American Life and Thought (3)
California History (3)
Intro to Business Ethics (3)
American Philosophy (3)
Philosophy and Native Cultures (3)
Philosophy of Law (3)
Contemporary Moral Problems (3)
Bioethics (3)
Social and Political Philosophy (3)
Philosophy of Art (3)
Philosophy in Film (3)
Philosophy of Literature (3)
Women and Values (3)
American Government & Institutions (3)
Business Law (3)
Selected Problems and Projects in Political Science (1-3)
Advanced Business Law (3)
Criminal Law (3)
Individual Rights (3)
Democracy and Democratic Theory (3)
Foreign Relations of the U. S. (3)
Ethnic Conflict and Civil War (3)
American Party Politics (3)
Presidents and Personality (3)
Selected Topics in the American Political Structure (3,3)
Public Policy (3)
California Politics (3)
State and Local Government (3)
Intro to Public Administration (3)
Internship in Government Service (3)
92
AMERICAN STUDIES
Psychology
PSY 110
PSY 128
PSY 139
PSY 144
PSY 145
PSY 148
PSY 151
PSY 185
PSY 186
Sociology
SOC 104
SOC 110
SOC 1 1 1
SOC 112
SOC 125
SOC 135
SOC 160
SOC 161
SOC 175
SOC 180
SOC 189
SOC 190
SOC 191
SOC 195
Gender Issues in Psychology (3)
Adulthood and Aging (3)
Child Abuse and Family Violence (3)
Psychology of Prejudice (3)
Social Psychology (3)
Industrial/Organizational Psychology (3)
Divorce and Remarriage (3)
Psychology of Law (3)
Violence Against Women (3)
The Family (3)
Juvenile Delinquency (3)
Criminology (3)
Medical Sociology (3)
Cultural Anthropology (3)
Mass Media (3)
Diversity in Society (3)
Dynamics of Majority-Minority Relations (3)
Urban Sociology (3)
Social Stratification (3)
Gerontology (3)
Social Change (3)
Social Movements (3)
Sociology of Religion (3)
Total Units in American Studies: 36
Courses are described in the respective departmental listings.
Plus General Studies requirements and electives totaling 124 semester units, including
Modern Language requirement. At least 1 5 upper division American Studies units must be
completed at MSMC.
The Minor in American Studies
A minimum of six courses that meet the American Studies criteria described above.
ART 93_
Art
Baccalaureate Programs
Fine Arts and Graphic Design
A student majoring in art may choose between two emphases, Fine Arts or Graphic Design.
In both the goal is to provide the undergraduate student with a thorough and comprehensive
understanding of art as an essential human activity. It prepares students who wish to
continue as professional artists, graphic designers, teachers, or in a related field.
The Bachelor of Arts Degree with a major in Art offers the students a thorough
foundation through applied course work. As applied proficiency is gained, a personal
direction is encouraged and a conceptual foundation is developed.
Art courses are offered on both the Chalon and Doheny campuses with the purpose of
enriching the liberal arts experience, expanding the General Studies offerings, and providing a
comprehensive program for the major.
Courses Required for a B.A. Degree in Art
Lower Division Prerequisites:
ART 1 Drawing I (3)
ART 2 Design I (3)
ART 4 Painting I (3)
ART 11 PrintmakingI (3)
ART12 Ceramics I (3)
ART 15 Computer Graphics I (3)
One course from the following:
ART 7/107 Experiences in the Visual Arts (3)
ART 170 History of Art: Ancient through Medieval (3)
ART 171 History of Art: Renaissance through Romanticism (3)
ART 1 72 History of Art: The Modern World (3)
ART 173 m History of Art: Multiculturalism and the Visual Art (3)
ART 174 History of Art: Women in Contemporary Art (3)
Students are encouraged to take all Art History courses
Upper Division Required Courses for an Emphasis in Fine Arts:
ART 122 Drawing II (Figure) (3)
and
Five additional upper division courses in art: (15)
and
ART 193 Senior Projects and Exhibition * (3)
(*must be completed during final year)
Total units, emphasis in Fine Arts: 42
94 ART
Students with an Emphasis in Fine Arts are encouraged to take a minimum of three semesters
in at least one of the following mediums: drawing, painting, printmaking, photography,
ceramics, plus General Studies requirements and electives totaling 124 semester units,
including Modern Language requirements.
Upper Division Required Courses for an Emphasis in Graphic Design:
ART 106 Design II (3)
ART 1 15 or 1 16 Computer Graphics II or World Wide Web (3)
ART 130 Graphic Communication (3)
ART 131 Graphic Production (3)
ART 133 or Art 4 Illustration or painting (3)
ART 164 Drawing II (Figure) (3)
ART 193 Senior Project and Exhibition* (3)
(*must be completed during final year)
Total units, emphasis in Graphic Design: 42
Plus General Studies requirements and electives totaling 124 semester units,
including Modern Language requirements.
Requirements for the Minor in Art
A minimum of six courses (18 units) in Art:
Required Courses:
ART 1 Drawing I (3)
ART 2 Design I (3)
Any Fine Arts course: (3)
One course from the following:
ART 7/107 Experiences in the Visual Arts (3)
ART 170 History of Art: Ancient through Medieval (3)
ART 171 History of Art: Renaissance through Romanticism (3)
ART 1 72 History of Art: The Modern World (3)
ART 173 History of Art: Multiculturalism and the Visual Arts (3)
ART 174 History of Art: Women in Contemporary Art (3)
Any two additional courses (6 units) in Art:
Total units in Art: 18
Requirements for the Minor in Graphic Design
Required Courses:
ART 1 Drawing I (3)
ART 2 Design I (3)
ART 15 Computer Graphics I (3)
A minimum of three courses(9 units) from the following:
ART 102 Design II (3)
ART 1 1 5 Computer Graphics II (3 )
ART 1 1 6 Design for the World Wide Web (3)
ART 130 Graphic Communication (3)
ART 1 3 1 Graphic Production (3)
ART 133 Illustration (3)
Total of 18 units
ART
95
Requirements for the Minor in Art History
A minimum of six courses (18 units) including one applied Art course:
ART 7/107 Experiences in the Visual Arts
(3)
ART 170 History of Art: Ancient through Medieval
(3)
ART 171 History of Art: Renaissance through Romanticism
(3)
ART 1 72 History of Art: Modern World
(3)
ART 1 73 Multiculturalism and the Visual Arts
(3)
ART 1 74 Women in Contemporary Art
(3)
ART 175 Critical Theories in the Visual Arts
(3)
ART 199 Independent Study: Research Paper in Art History
(3)
One additional course in Art
(3)
Total units in Art: 18
Associate Programs
Mount St. Mary's College Associate in Arts program in Graphic Desig
n and Media
Communication will prepare the diligent student for a career in a varied world of visual
media. These include graphic design, publishing, film and television, and related careers from
corporate to freelance. At the end of the two-year program, students will be prepared to
present a portfolio based upon their choice of Graphic Design or Media Communication that
will show competence in publishing, graphic production, visual communication including
film, all with an emphasis in visual literacy. A strong foundation in design, competence with
computer literacy, a continuous development of drawing skills and the understanding of
mass media are central to the programs.
The A.A. Degree Program in Graphic Design or Media Communication
Students entering both programs are urged to work with an advisor to plan a two-year
schedule to clearly understand the best sequencing of courses. Depending on date of entry to
the program and student's interests and goals, students entering the program in the second
semester may need to attend summer school to complete the program.
Requirements for the A.A. in Graphic Design
Degree Requirements:
First Year Fall
Art I Drawing I (3)
Art 2 Design (3)
Art 5 Art Fundamentals or any Art History course (3)
Nine courses from the list below
Art 164 Drawing II (3)
Art 1 5 Computer Graphic I (3)
Art 1 or 39 Photography I or Documentary Production (3)
Art 102 Design II (3)
96 ART
Art 4 or 133
Illustration or Painting I (3)
Art 130
Graphic Communications (3)
Art 115 or 116
Computer Graphics II or Design for the World Wide Web (3)
Art 131
Graphic Production (3)
Art 35
Graphic Arts Internship* (1-3)
* Graphic Arts
Internship - transfer students from the A. A. program to the B.A. program are
not required to take Graphic Arts Internship, Art 35.
Graphic Arts Internship may be taken either Fall and/or Spring of the second year.
In addition, General Studies requirements and electives totaling 60 semester units are needed
for the degree.
Requirements for the A.A. in Media Communication
Art 1 Drawing I
Art 2 Design I
Art 1 0 Photography I
Art 1 5 Computer Graphics I
Art 39 Documentary Production
Art 102 Design II
Art 130 Graphic Communication
SOC 5 Sociological Perspectives
SOC 33 or 133 Culture, Music and Broadcasting
SOC 35 or 135 Mass Media
SOC 132 Film and Television
PHI 10 or 21 Critical Thinking or Moral Values
PHI 167 or 175 or 174 Ethics in Film or Philosophy of Film or
Philosophy of Art
ART 35* Graphic Arts Internship
Total of 39 - 42 units plus additional units sufficient to complete the A.A. degree. Note
that many of the courses required in the major will also double count for the A.A. degree.
* Graphic Arts Internship - transfer students from the A.A. program to the B.A. program are
not required to take Graphic Arts Internship, Art 35.
Graphic Arts Internship may be taken either Fall and/or Spring of the second year.
In addition, General Studies requirements and electives totaling 60 semester units are needed
for the degree..
All ART courses below marked with * carry a $45 Laboratory Fee.
*ART 1 Drawing I (3)
Beginning drawing class for those just starting and for those who need to renew skills.
Development of basic drawing skills. Emphasis on fundamentals of form, structure, and
composition. Various black and white media are explored.
(3)
(3)
(3)
(3)
(3)
(3)
(3)
(3)
'
(3)
(3)
(3)
(3)
(3)
(1-3)
ART 97
*ART 2 Design I (3)
An investigation of the elements and principles of design through specific visual problems.
Color theories are explored and subsequent interaction of color is studied through application.
GS-IIIA
*ART 3/103 Visual Thinking (3)
Exploring the use of visual imagery as a form of communication and problem solving. Right
brain thinking and the creative process will be considered. Understanding the language of
vision and developing skills pertaining to the use of these visual elements and principles of
design will be emphasized. The course seeks to develop a broader sense of self and the
potential for using visual thinking as an alternate mode of knowing. It complements analytical
skills and is applicable to creative problem solving in all disciplines. GS-IIIA.
*ART 4 Painting I (3)
The development of skills relative to composition, color and other structural elements of
painting. Primarily acrylic or oil paint will be used although various materials can be
considered. Building a stretcher bar and stretching canvas will be included.
* ART 5 Fundamentals of Art (3)
Illustrated lecture through the use of slides and videos on the development of art forms from
around the world. History from earliest time periods through contemporary life. Various
modes of painting, sculpture, architecture, and crafts will be studied. A few of the classes will
be devoted to a hands on exploration of some of these art forms. GS-IIIA, VI
*ART 7/107 Experiences in the Visual Arts (3)
The aim of this course is to help students develop a greater aesthetic awareness through
direct exposure to the visual arts. Emphasis on visits to artists, studios, museums, and
galleries. GS-IIIA
*ART 10 Photography I (3)
A laboratory and theory course that is concerned with a working understanding of a 35mm
format camera, techniques of shooting, developing, and printing. Photo projects in this course
will have an emphasis with issues dealing with contemporary society and social issues. This
is a black and white course. The art department will loan 35mm cameras to students with a
need.
*ART 11 Printmaking I (Intaglio) (3)
A laboratory course involving etching, monotype, relief printing processes and computer
generated photo etching. Historical development and the aesthetic value of the print image
will be considered. Creative experimentation with materials and technique is emphasized.
*ART 12 Ceramics I (3)
Beginning course with emphasis on gaining skills through manipulation and facility of the
material clay. Students will be introduced to beginning techniques of hand-building including
coil and slab construction with an emphasis toward the ability to create complex volumetric
forms. Personal development of visual concepts through given projects will be encouraged.
*ART 15 Computer Graphics (3)
This course will introduce various graphics programs such as Quark Xpress, Adobe
Illustrator, and Adobe Photoshop while exploring a range of design issues. The computer will
serve as a tool for learning and expressing ideas through visual means. This course is taught
both on a PC and Mac platform.
98 ART
*ART 22/122 Watercolor (1-3)
Watercolor is a perfect medium for sketching and on-the-scene record. It has been the
preferred medium of travelers since the time of Albecht Durer in the sixteenth century
Germany. It is a favorite medium for illustration. Due to its interpretive qualities, it is often
considered a poetic medium capable of conveying delicate emotion. Beginning with line and
wash, the student will be guided through the basic techniques and subjects most suitable to
this extraordinary painting medium. Color mixing, value, glazes, brush techniques and wet
into wet painting will be covered through a series of exercises and demonstrations. More
advanced students will be encouraged to inventive uses of combined techniques and subject.
*ART 23/123 Introduction to Bookmaking (1-3)
This class will teach basic binding techniques as well as open possibilities for creating
personal books with content. Students will be introduced to different structures while
learning folding, cutting, stitching, adhesive, and non-adhesive binding techniques.
*ART 24 Wood (1-3)
This class will explore the nature of wood and how the material can be shaped and formed.
Students will be introduced to techniques such as sawing, planing, joinery, and finish work
with both hand and power tools.
ART 94 Study/Travel (1-6)
*ART 99 Special Experience (3)
An individually designed course combining field experience with studio projects. May be
repeated for credit.
*ART 102 Design II (3)
This course further investigates the application of elements and principles of design. Included
are graphic processes and techniques. Topics include an introduction to typography, layout,
advanced color theory and an introduction to 3-D Design. Prerequisite: ART 2
* ART 1 1 5 Computer Graphics II (3)
Advanced skill using Quark Xpress, Adobe Illustrator, and Adobe Photoshop for both print
and the web. Emphasis will be on development of successful design concepts, combining text
and images, along with solid production skills. Prerequisite: ART 15
* ART 1 1 6 Design for the World Wide Web (3)
What it takes to make a successful web site from start to finish. Creation of a web site
through the writing of HTML code. Course work will include class discussion and work on
advanced Adobe Photoshop file creation techniques, integrating forms, layout options,
JavaScript, animation, and FTP. Prerequisites: Art 15
*ART 130AB Graphic Communication (3,3)
The development of visual language for the purpose of communicating social, industrial and
institutional concerns. Using pictogram, symbol, and logo design, students create visual
identity for organizations, business, and personal concerns. Students learn the language of
design as they develop the skills to communicate as a designer with a client and to put into
visual language the needs of the client. A variety of techniques and graphic processes will be
explored. Prerequisite: ART 2
*ART 131 Graphic Production (3)
Advanced studies in professional print production. Continued work in Adobe Photoshop,
Adobe Illustrator, and Quark Xpress. Students will learn the inside and outside of what it
takes to prepare files and successfully work with professional image setters and printers.
Prerequisite: Art 15
ART 99
*ART 133AB Illustration (3,3)
The study of contemporary illustrators and their work for both content and style in
publications and media. Emphasis is placed on developing skills applicable to illustrations and
communicating your ideas with a convincing message and technique. Assignments may cover
material such as CD covers, book jackets, stories or magazine articles. Prerequisites: ART 1
and ART 164.
ART 35/135 Graphic Art/Media/Film Internship (1-3)
Development of skills in the graphic arts as used in contemporary electronic printing, or
other modes of printing as interest dictates. Emphasis will be on design, layout, and copy
production and the step-by-step preparation of artwork from design to press. Prerequisite:
ART 2. (Same as FLM 197.)
*ART 136 Visual Thinking II (3)
The further development of skills and understanding pertaining to the use of visual thinking as
a method of creative problem solving. Emphasis will be placed on conceptual development,
presentation and verbal analysis. The application of the visual elements and principles of all
art will continue. Prerequisite: ART 3.
*ART 139ABC Documentary Production I (3)
Both a lab and field work class. This course introduces all aspects of beginning filmmaking
including screenwriting, shooting, editing, and sound. Students use digital cameras. {Same as
SOC 139 and FLM 139.)
ART 140 ABC Documentary Production (3)
Advanced production class. Perfecting of all aspects of production encountered in
Documentary I with the addition of lighting skills. Students use both digital cameras and
professional feature quality cameras in conjunction with edition program Final Cut Pro.
Expected outcome is feature quality documentary films. {Same as FLM 140.) J*-
ART 141 Documentary Production Lab Assistant (3)
The purpose of this course is to give students a chance to hone understandings of production
and content with regard to editing and story through helping other students in the editing lab.
Assistant will work with an instructor in researching equipment, trouble-shooting and
advanced research. Prerequisite: ART 139 with a grade of A. (Same as FLM 141.)
*ART 145 Arts and Crafts in the Classroom (1-3)
A variety of skills for the elementary and secondary grades to demonstrate arts or crafts
activities to the group. Students become acquainted with classroom methods. They will use
art education processes as a method to enhance reading, writing, arithmetic, and social
studies. Students investigate problems such as group and individual motivation, self-
motivation, and attitudes of self expression typical of different ages and temperaments.
*ART 146 Three-Dimensional Design (3)
An introduction into basic design vocabulary and concepts through the use of exciting use of
basic materials to explore three-dimensional form and space. A variety of materials will be
explored that are directly applicable to this exploration.
*ART 149 Sculpture I (3)
An introduction into basic sculpture processes and techniques. Emphasis on the creative
development of three-dimensional form in space. A variety of materials, including industrial
and alternative, will be explored.
100 ART
*ART 150 ABC Photography II (3,3,3)
The further development of camera and dark-room techniques. Emphasis will be placed on
the study and creative use of controlled lighting. Advanced students will explore
contemporary photo processes. Understanding of photography in a historical perspective will
be a component of this course. Personal direction and development of photography as an art
form will be emphasized. Prerequisite: ART 10.
*ART 151 ABC Printmaking II (3,3,3)
Further development of printmaking skills including etching, computer/photo cimage one
intaglio, and multiple plate color printing and monotype. Personal direction will be
encouraged. Prerequisite: ART 11.
ART 159 ABC Sculpture II (3,3,3)
Advanced problems which encourage conceptual development and technical control.
Individual direction and choice of materials are encouraged. Prerequisite: ART 12.
*ART 162 ABC Ceramics II (3,3,3)
Development of personal vocabulary will be emphasized. Sequential addition of new skills
coupled with refinement of existing skills. Emphasis will be on learning the potteres wheel.
Glaze formulation and kiln operation will be introduced. Individual direction through
selective problems will be encouraged. Prerequisite: ART 12.
*ART 164 ABC Drawing II (Figure) (3,3,3)
Drawing from life in various media, preceded by introductory anatomical studies. The
accurate and creative use of the figure in composition will be an objective of the course.
Advanced students will concentrate on composition and individual development using the
figure. Prerequisite: ART 4.
*ART 166 ABC Painting II (3,3,3)
Contemporary modes of painting will be explored and traditional approaches re-examined.
Emphasis will be on the further development of skills and techniques. Various painting
materials will be investigated. Individual problems in painting will be coordinated.
Prerequisite: ART 4.
ART 170 History of Art: Ancient through Medieval (3)
Illustrated lecture. Art from the prehistorical period to 1400 A.D., including Egypt, Greece,
Rome, and the late middle ages. Relationships of painting, sculpture, and architecture to the
social and cultural environment. GS-IIIA
ART 171 History of Art: Renaissance through Romanticism (3)
Illustrated lecture. The arts in Europe from 1400 to 1850. Study of major styles and artists
including Michelangelo, Rubens, Rembrandt, Delacroix, and their relationship to their culture
GS-IIIA
Art 172 History of Art: Modern World (3)
Illustrated lecture. Major art movements and personalities from 1850 to the present, including
Impressionism, Cubism, Surrealism, the Mexican muralists, Abstract Expressionism, and
current trends. Emphasis on the cultural trends which provide the visual and theoretical
background of contemporary art. GS-IIIA
ART 173 Multiculturalism and the Visual Arts (3)
Illustrated lecture and discussion. A study of art from the diverse cultures which make up the
pluralistic character of the United States. African American, Asian American, Hispanic
American and Native American art will be examined along with the contemporary social and
cultural implications. GS-IIIA, VI
ART 101
ART 174 Women in Contemporary Art (3)
Illustrated lecture and discussion. An art history course that will include women as artists and
the position of the female vis-J-vis the art world. A study of women in the arts considers the
history of women artists in a social, political and economic context. This course can fulfill a
Womenes Studies minor requirement. GS-IIIA
ART 175 Critical Theories in the Visual Arts: Seminar (3)
A systematic approach to art theory, criticism, and evaluation. Includes visits to museums,
galleries, and exhibits. Lecture and discussion. Prerequisite: Major or minor in art.
*ART 90/190 Workshop (1-3)
May be repeated for credit.
ART 191 Directed Readings (1-3)
ART 192 Special Studies in Art (1-3)
A series of courses designed to provide breadth to the course offerings within areas of art.
May be repeated for credit.
ART 193 Senior Project and Exhibition (3)
Open to all graduating seniors majoring in art. Students will complete and coordinate a body
of work to be exhibited and documented for use in an exit portfolio. The course includes the
installation and all organizational aspects of the exhibition to be held in Jose Drudis-Biada Art
Gallery. Prerequisite: Senior with an art major.
ART 195 Internship (1-3)
ART 196H Senior Honors Thesis (3)
Open only to students admitted to the Honors Program.
*ART 199 Independent Study (1-3)
Advanced individual problems. May be repeated for credit.
102 BIOCHEMISTRY
Biochemistry
Departmental Affiliation: Physical Sciences and Mathematics
The major in biochemistry offers the student an interdisciplinary study of chemistry, biology,
mathematics and physics. It provides excellent preparation for all graduate work/research in
biochemistry and the molecular sciences, and professional areas leading into the health
sciences.
Courses Required for a B.S. Degree in Biochemistry
Lower Division:
BIO 1AB
Biological Dynamics
(4,4)
CHE 1AB
General Chemistry
(4,4)
CHE 1AL/1BL
General Chemistry Laboratory
(1,1)
CHE 6AB
Organic Chemistry
(4,4)
CHE 6AL/6BL
Organic Chemistry Laboratory
(1,1)
MTH 5AB
Calculus I/II
(4,4)
PHY11AB
Mechanics/Electricity, Magnetism and Optics
orPHYlAB
Introductory Physics IA/IB
(4,3)
PHY 1BL
Physics Laboratory
(1)
Recommended Courses:
MTH 38
Probability and Statistics
(3)
CIS 2
Intro to Computer Programming
(2)
Upper Division:
BIO 130
Genetics
(4)
BIO 135
Techniques in Molecular Biology
(4)
Or BIO 152
Cell and Molecular Physiology
(4)
CHE 107
Biochemistry
(3)
CHE 107L
Biochemistry Laboratory
(1)
CHE 109
Advanced Biochemistry
(3)
CHE110AB
Physical Chemistry
(4,3)
CHE 111
Physical Chemistry Laboratory
(2)
CHE 120
Instrumental Methods
(3)
or CHE 130
Biochemical Methods
(31
CHE 199
Research
(3)
Plus one course
from the following:
BIO 105, BIO 125, BIO 135, BIO 151, BIO 152, BIO 180.
(3)
Total units in chemistry, biology, mathematics, and physics: 77
Plus General Studies requirements and electives totaling 124 semester units. An overall grad
point average of 2.0 in major courses is required for the degree. Courses are described in th
respective department listings.
BIOCHEMISTRY 103
Pre-Medical/Pre-Dental Preparation
Biochemistry Major with a B.S. Degree
Medical Schools accept students from any degree program. A strong background in science,
including chemistry, biology and mathematics, is recommended for successful performance
on the Medical College Admissions Test (MCAT) and for admission to medical programs.
Successful completion of the B.S. degree with a major in biochemistry provides excellent
preparation for medical, dental or pharmaceutical studies.
104 BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES
Biological Sciences
The major in Biological Sciences is designed to provide students with a broad background in
biology and exposure to related fields such as chemistry, physics and mathematics. The
program offers a strong science foundation balanced with a well rounded Liberal Arts
education required for successful entrance into Schools of Medicine, Dentistry, Pharmacy,
and doctoral degree programs in the biological sciences.
Courses Required for a B.A. Degree in Biological Sciences
Core Required Courses:
BIO 1AB
Biological Dynamics
(4,4)
CHE 1AB
General Chemistry
(5,5)
CHE 6AB
Organic Chemistry
(5,5)
MTH38
or PSY 40
Statistics
(3)
MTH5A
Calculus I
(4)
PHY1A
Physics
(4)
CHE 107
Biochemistry
(4)
BIO 130
Genetics
(4)
BIO 135
Molecular Biology
(4)
BIO 195
Senior Seminar in New Biology
(3)
Plus four additional Upper Division Biology courses, at least two must have labs.
Total units required for B.A. in Biological Sciences: 68
Plus General Studies requirements and electives totaling 124 semester units
including Modern Language requirement.
Courses Required for a B.S. Degree in Biological Sciences
Core Courses:
BIO 1AB
Biological Dynamics
(4,4)
CHE 1AB
General Chemistry
(5,5)
CHE 6AB
Organic Chemistry
(5,5)
MTH38
or PSY 40
Statistics
(3)
MTH 5AB
Calculus I/II
(4,4)
PHY 1AB
Physics
(4,4)
CHE 107
Biochemistry
(4)
BIO 111
Ecology
(4)
BIO 130
Genetics
(4)
BIO 135
Molecular Biology
(4)
BIO 152
Cell Biology
(4)
BIO 195
Senior Seminar in Biology
(3)
BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES 105
Pius two additional Upper Division Biology courses, one of which must have a lab, selected
from the following:
Bio 103 Microbiology (4)
Bio 105 Immunology (3)
Bio 125 Developmental Bio (4)
Bio 151 Medical Physiology (4)
Bio 160 Neurobiology (4)
Bio 180 Endocrinology (3)
Research Requirements:
BIO 197 Research Methods (2) - must be completed prior to senior year
BIO 198 Biological Research (2) - must be completed prior to senior year
Total units required for B.S. in Biological Sciences: 81
PRE-PHYSICAL THERAPY EMPHASIS
The Pre-Physical Therapy Program will meet the needs of MSMC undergraduate students
interested in pursuing post-Baccalaureate professional education in Physical Therapy or other
health-science related fields.
Students selecting this major will complete the required general education coursework (45
units), as well as a core of major requirements (55 units) as outlined below. Grades of C or
above must be received in core courses.
Core Required Courses:
BIO 1AB Biological Dynamics (4,4)
CHE 1AB
General Chemistry
(5,5)
CHE 6AB
Organic Chemistry
(5)
CIS 1
MTH38
or PSY 40
Computer Processes
and Applications (3)
Statistics
(3)
MTH5A
Calculus I
(4)
PHY 1AB
Physics
(4,4)
BIO 50A
Human Anatomy
(4)
BIO 115 A, B
Research
(2)
BIO 151
Medical Physiology
(4)
BIO 135
Molecular Biology
(4)
Total 55 units
Students will have three core-required courses in both psychology and sociology/gerontology.
An additional two courses will be chosen from either a psychology or a gerontology
emphasis.
106 BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES
Psychology core requirements:
PSY 1 General Psychology
(3)
PSY 12 Developmental Psychology
(3)
PSY 168 Abnormal Psychology
(3)
Gerontology core requirements:
i
SOC 160 Diversity in Society
(3)
GER 189 Gerontology
(3)
and/or PSY 128 Adulthood and Aging (3)
GER 188 Caregiving and Adaptation for Elders (3)
emphasis: (Choose any 2 courses)
Psychology
PSY 110 Gender Issues in Psychology (3)
PSY 129 Motivation (3)
PSY 132 Personality (3)
PSY 134 Learning and Memory (3)
PSY 139 Child Abuse/ Family Violence (3)
PSY 144 Psychology of Prejudice (3)
PSY 145 Social Psychology (3)
PSY 165 Behavioral Psychopharmacology (3)
PSY 186 Violence Against Women (3)
PSY 188 Crisis Intervention (3)
i
Gerontology emphasis: (Choose any 2 courses)
SOC 104 The Family (3)
SOC 1 12 Medical Sociology (3)
SOC 161 Dynamics of Majority /Minority Relations
PHI 168B Bioethics
orRST149 Biomedical Issues/Christian Ethics (3)
(3)
The Minor in Biological Sciences
A minimum of 24 units in the biological sciences including:
BIO 1AB Biological Dynamics (4,4)
BIO 135 Molecular Biology (4)
BIO 130 Genetics (4)
Plus two additional upper division courses in the Biological Sciences.
BIO 1A Biological Dynamics (4)
This course is an introduction to the biological sciences at the cellular and subcellular level.
Topics include the biochemistry and energetics of life, anatomy of the cell, metabolism, cell
cycle, and molecular mechanisms of inheritance. Historical perspective and current findings
are incorporated into these units of study. The laboratory allows students to become
proficient in the scientific methods of investigation for each major topic. Lecture 3 hrs.
Laboratory 3 hrs. GS-III, VIIA
BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES 107
BIO IB Biological Dynamics (4)
This course is an introduction to the study of biology and the variety of organisms at the
organismic, population, and environmental levels. Included are topics dealing with the
structures and coordination of functions of complex multicellular organisms, biological
factors that support community life systems, ecological interrelationships of plants and
animals, and human impact upon the environment. Lecture 3 hrs. Laboratory 3 firs.
Prerequisite: Grade ofC- or above in BIO I A. GS-IIID
BIO 1AH Freshman Honors Biology (1)
Emphasis on application of concepts learned in biological dynamics course. Students will be
required to use quantitative reasoning, and problem solving skills. Student must be eligible for
honors courses. Departmental approval required. Offered every Fall semester.
Lecture/discussion 1 hr. GS-VIIA
BIO 1BH Freshman Honors Biology (1)
Exploration of the scientific research enterprise with reflection on ethics in research and
misconduct in science. Critical thinking and problem solving will be emphasized throughout
the course. Students must be eligible for honors courses or be recommended by the
department. Offered every Spring semester. Lecture/discussion lhr.
BIO 3/103 General Microbiology (4)
Basic principles of microbial growth and metabolism, morphology, taxonomy, pathogenicity,
immunity, and control. Microorganisms as agents of disease and normal inhabitants of our
environment. Techniques of isolation, cultivation and identification of these organisms.
Offered every semester. Lecture 3 hrs. Laboratory 3 hrs. May be taken for upper division
credit if approved by instructor. GS - HID
BIO 5 Life Sciences (3)
This is a one-semester introduction to biology for the non-biology major. Fundamentals of
biology are covered in the context of real-life situations, emphasizing the relevance of
biological principals to personal, social and civic issues. Topics include evolution of the
kingdoms of life, their similarities and distinctions, structure-function relationships within the
human body as they pertain to daily living, a survey of the macromolecules required for life,
cell structure and function, energy production, the genetic basis for inheritance and
photosynthesis. The laboratory will illuminate these topics and provide opportunities for
hands-on experiences. Offered every semester. Lecture: 2 hrs. Laboratory: 2 hrs. GS-IIID
BIO 10 Health Science (3)
An introductory course designed to provide the student with a basic understanding of the
functioning of the human body as it relates to health problems. Included are such topics as
nutrition, infectious disease, cancer, cardiovascular disease, reproduction, and the effects of
alcohol, drugs, and tobacco. Offered every semester. Lecture 3 hrs. GS-IIID
BIO 40A Human Anatomy (4)
The study of the structure of the human body. A systemic approach is used beginning with the
molecular level and progressing to the organism as a whole to demonstrate the
interrelationships at each level of organization, Emphasis is placed on the skeletal, muscular,
nervous, and cardiovascular systems. Laboratory exercises are used to expand and clarify the
concepts presented in lecture. These include microscopic reviews, dissections and other
multiple teaching/ learning media. Offered every Fall semester. Lecture 3 hrs. Laboratory 3
hrs. Prerequisite: Successful completion of a high school General Biology course. GS-IIID
108 BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES
BIO 50A Human Anatomy (4)
The study of the structure of the human body. A systemic approach is used beginning with the
molecular level and progressing to the organism as a whole to demonstrate the
interrelationships at each level of organization. Laboratory exercises are used to expand and
clarify the concepts presented in lecture. These include microscopic reviews, dissections and
other multiple teaching/learning media. Offered every Fall semester. Lecture 3 hrs.
Laboratory 3 hrs. Prerequisites: Successful completion of a high school General Biology
course. GS-IIID
BIO 50B Human Physiology (4)
An introduction to physiological principles with emphasis on organ systems. An integrative
approach is used beginning with the molecular and progressing to the organism as a whole to
demonstrate the interrelationships at each level of organization. Laboratory exercises include
measurements of physiological activities from the molecular level to the whole organism.
Offered every Spring semester. Lecture 3 hrs. Laboratory 3 hrs. Prerequisites: A grade of
C- or above in BIO 50 A or BIO 40 A. GS-IIID
BIO 87 Fundamental Concepts (1-3)
An acyclic series of basic concepts in the field of biological sciences which present an
introductory understanding of living systems. GS-IIID
BIO 105 Immunology (3)
Exploration of fundamental concepts of immunology. Topics include basic mechanisms of
innate and adaptive immunity, host:pathogen interactions, regulation of immune responses,
antibody and T-cell receptor structure and function, autoimmunity, immunodeficiency and
vaccines. Emphasis is placed on biochemical and molecular approaches to studying the
immune system and applications in medicine and research. Offered every other year. Lecture
3 hrs. Prerequisites: A grade ofC- or above in Bio 1A/B and Chem 1A/B
BIO 111 Ecology (3)
This course provides an introduction to the study of interrelationships among plants, animals
and their respective environments. Topics include single species population biology,
competition, predation and mutualism, community and organization, behavioral ecology and
evolutionary ecology. Offered every fall semester. Lecture 3 hrs. Laboratory 3 hrs.
Prerequisite: A grade ofC- or above in BIO 1A/B.
BIO 112 Human Nutrition (3)
A study of different nutrients with emphasis on nutritional requirements for health and
prevention of chronic diseases which are major causes of death in the United States today.
Topics include healthy lifestyle including daily meal planning, weight control and exercise,
harmful effects of alcohol and drugs. Special needs during pregnancy and lactation, infancy
and childhood, adulthood, and old age will also be considered. Offered every semester.
Lecture 3 hrs.
BIO 115AB Research Methods (1,1)
Introduction to the philosophy and principles of scientific methods of inquiry used in research
and problem solving. Includes identification of problems, construction of hypotheses and
initial development of research questions and proposal. Second semester emphasizes oral
presentation of published literature.
BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES 109
BIO 125 Developmental Biology (4)
This course focuses on the patterns, processes and mechanisms by which a single cell changes
and is transformed into a fully organized individual. We will explore - at the cellular and
molecular levels — the mechanisms involved in fertilization, morphogenesis, organogenesis,
and sex determination, emphasizing the experimental bases for generalizations whenever
appropriate. In the laboratory, students will use several model systems including sea urchin,
frog, and chick to investigate aspects of developmental mechanisms. Offered every other
year. Lecture 3 hrs. Laboratory 3 hrs. Prerequisites: A grade ofC- or above in BIO IA/B.
BIO 130 Genetics (4)
This course conducts a discussion of genes, their organization, maintenance, function and
inheritance. The course covers such topics as Mendelian inheritance, bacterial and viral
genetics, mutation, gene replication, expression, and regulation, as well as population
genetics. In addition, the course includes discussions of genetic disorders, the relationship of
genetics to environmental influences, and an introduction to both current and historical
techniques in used in the field. Offered every Spring semester. GS-VIIA
Lecture 3 hrs. Laboratory 3 hrs. Prerequisite: A grade ofC- or above in BIO IA/B and
BIO 135.
BIO 135 Molecular Biology (4)
An overview of the techniques used in genetic engineering. Emphasis will be placed on the
structure, handling and manipulation of nucleic acids. Current topics in genetic engineering
such as transgenic animals and human gene therapy will be discussed. Laboratory studies
include isolation and analysis of DNA, cloning genes, preparation and screening of genomic
libraries, and hybridization techniques such as Southern and Northern blotting. Offered every
Fall semester. Lecture 3 hrs. Laboratory 3 hrs. Prerequisites: A grade ofC- or above in
BIO IA/B.
BIO 151 Medical Physiology (4)
This lecture portion of this course will cover the physiology of cells, organs and organ
systems with an emphasis on biophysical and biochemical principles and how they contribute
to homeostasis. The laboratory component will involve performing experimental
investigations of physiological phenomena using both animal and human model systems.
Offered every Fall semester. Lecture 3 hrs. Laboratory 3 hrs. Prerequisites: A grade ofC -
or above in BIOIA/B and CHE IA/B. GS-II. VIIA
BIO 152 Cellular Biology (4)
A detailed analysis of eukaryotic cell structure and function. This course aims to give students
an in-depth understanding of protein structure and function, translational mechanisms,
membrane dynamics, cell communication, and cell cycle regulation. An emphasis is placed on
historic and current research findings in each topic. Laboratory techniques cover current
methods in cell biology and include cell fractionation, electrophoresis, immunoassays,
histology and microscopy. Lecture 3 hrs. Laboratory 3 hrs. Prerequisites: A grade ofC- or
above in BIO IA/B and BIO 135.
BIO 160 Neurobiology (3)
An introduction to fundamental concepts in neurobiology. An emphasis is placed on the
molecular organization, biochemistry and physiology of nerve cells and how the organization
of these cells underlies the functional properties of the brain and behavior. Lecture 3 hrs.
Prerequisites: A grade of C- or above in BIO IA/B; CHE IA/B; PHY 1A and completion or
concurrent enrollment in PHY IB. Recommended: BIO 152; BIO 151; CHE 107.
110 BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES
BIO 180 Endocrinology (3)
A study of the molecular synthesis and physiological functions of hormones in living systems
especially as they are understood in humans. The course will cover neuroendocrine controls,
genetics of hormone synthesis, mechanisms of hormone action, reproductive physiology,
somatic growth and development, thyroid and adrenal gland physiology, glucose and calcium
homeostasis, and the integration and assessment of endocrine functions with the use of
clinical examples throughout the course. Offered every other year. Lecture 3 hrs.
Prerequisites: A grade ofC- or better in BIO 135, 151, CHE 6A/B.
BIO 187 Selected Topics in Biology (1-3)
An acyclic series of topics of current interest in the biological sciences which presents receni
developments in the field.
BIO 195 Senior Seminar in Biology (3)
In depth literature search on an approved topic of current research significance. The research
study should culminate in a class presentation, discussion and research paper. Topics will
focus on the most recent research and discoveries in the biological sciences. Offered every
Spring semester. Prerequisite: Senior standing.
BIO 196H Senior Honors Thesis (3)
Open only to students admitted into the Honors Program.
BIO 197 Research Readings (2)
A seminar style course that will use current literature in a biological topic to teach students
how to read and critically evaluate scientific manuscripts. An emphasis is placed on analyzing
research design and methodology, data presentation and developing conclusions. Topics will
be chosen by the instructor. Must be completed by the end of the junior year. Offered every
semester.
BIO 198 Biological Research (1-2)
Directed research project. Must be taken under the guidance of a faculty member presently
engaged in laboratory research. Two semesters of research are required and must be
completed by the end of the junior year. Students are encouraged to continue research until
graduation.
BIO 199 Independent Study (1-3)
The initiation or continuation of a project under departmental faculty direction.
Work should culminate in a research paper or report.
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 111
Business Administration
The Business Administration Department at Mount St. Mary's College is committed to
developing leaders who are capable of making complex business decisions and appreciate the
significance of their responsibilities to the companies and communities they serve.
Consistent with the liberal arts tradition of the College, the Department emphasizes a broad-
based, interdisciplinary curriculum that provides the knowledge, skills and values necessary to
accomplish these goals. Four key themes are infused through all department course offerings
that nurture a continuing curiosity and a receptivity to new ideas:
• Global Business
• Management Communication
• Business Ethics
• Innovative Management
Hallmarks of the program include a high level of interaction with faculty and peers, academic
rigor and the translation of theory into practice. The Business Administration Department
offers the following degrees:
• Bachelor of Arts (in the traditional day program)
• Bachelor of Science (in the Weekend College program)
• Associate of Arts
• Minor in Business
The Bachelor of Arts in Business Administration
The Bachelor of Arts program in Business Administration prepares students for professional
careers by stimulating rigorous, imaginative, analytical, and inquisitive attitudes. An emphasis
on teamwork and problem solving is evident at all levels of education in the Business
Administration major. The department offers four areas of emphases. Each emphasis is
described below:
Accounting
The emphasis in Accounting qualifies students to enter private, public and governmental
accounting. Students are prepared in the practical areas of tax accounting, cost accounting and
auditing as well as the application of computer techniques to corporate accounting systems.
Graduates will be qualified for professional employment in corporate accounting departments,
public accounting firms, and governmental agencies.
International Business
The emphasis in International Business prepares students for the many opportunities available
in the fields of international management and government service. The International Business
112 BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
emphasis is designed for individuals with an interest in business on a global scale. The
program concentrates on the social, political, and economic aspects of the international
marketplace.
Management
The emphasis in Management offers a curriculum based on practical, applied courses that
qualify students to enter administrative positions immediately after graduation. Courses cover
the broad spectrum of business activity and allow students to choose from a variety of
possible career opportunities in large, midsize and small organizations.
Marketing
The emphasis in Marketing provides students with a "strategic orientation" in the areas of
advertising, public relations, designs, sales, research and marketing management. The
program is designed to prepare students for marketing related careers in the public and private
sectors.
The requirements for the B.A. Degree with a Major in Business Administration include the
completion of all Lower Division Core Requirements (33-35 units), all Upper Division Core
Requirements (21 units), and an emphasis (18-20 units). (Some Accounting courses are four-
unit courses.) Students are required to declare the emphasis of choice in writing by the end of
the sophomore year. Students completing a double major are not required to complete an
emphasis but may elect to do so. (See Double Major Program, page 67) An emphasis is
required for all other Business Administration majors in the B.A. Degree program.
!
The B.A. Degree in Business Administration
Lower Division Core Requirements:
BUS 4 Business Foundations and Analysis (3)
BUS 5 Business Law I (3)
BUS 15 A/BUS 16A Accounting Principles I (3,4)
BUS 15B/BUS 16B Accounting Principles II (3,4)
ECO 1 Microeconomics (3)
ECO 2 Macroeconomics (3)
MTH/BUS 28 Mathematical Analysis for Business (3)
MTH/BUS 38 Elements of Probability and Statistics (3)
CIS 1 Computer Processes and Applications (3)
PHI 92/192 Business Ethics (3)
SPE 10 Introduction to Communication (2)
SPR 1 8 Career Planning Seminar ( 1 )
Total: 33-35 lower division units
Upper Division Core Requirements:
BUS 122 Managerial Communications (3)
(Required for Management Emphasis)
or
BUS 106 Business Law II (3)
(Cannot double count in core and emphasis)
BUS 130 Principles of Finance (3)
BUS 160 Principles of Marketing (3)
BUS 177 Management Information Systems (3)
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
113
BUS 185 Principles of Management
BUS 190 Business Administration Internship
BUS 192 Business Policy and Strategy
Accounting Emphasis
BUS 137 Intermediate Accounting I
BUS 138 Intermediate Accounting II
BUS 131 Managerial Accounting
BUS 1 86 Tax Accounting
BUS 188 Auditing
BUS 198 Advanced Accounting
(3)
(3)
(3)
(4)
(4)
(3)
(3)
(3)
(3)
Total: 41 upper division units
International Business Emphasis
BUS 1 89 International Management
BUS 195 International Marketing
ECO 195 International Economics
(Plus three courses from the following:)
ECO/HIS 1 1 2 World Economic History
SOC 125
POL 125
POL 134
or
POL 135
POL 138
BUS 183
Comparative Social Structures
Foreign Relations of the United States
International Organizations
Selected Problems in International Organization
International Law
Management Seminar
Total: 39 upper division units
(3)
(3)
(3)
(3)
(3)
(3)
(3)
(3)
(3)
Management Emphasis
BUS 106
Business Law II
BUS 170 •
Real Estate
or
BUS 171
Real Estate Law and Management
BUS 157
Human Resource Development
BUS 176
Small Business Management
BUS 184
Organizational Behavior
BUS 183
Management Seminar
(3)
(3)
(3)
(3)
(3)
(3)
Total: 39 upper division units
Marketing Emphasis
BUS 161 Principles of Advertising
BUS 163 Marketing Research
BUS 175 Sales Management
(3)
(3)
(3)
114
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
BUS 183 Management Seminar
BUS 194 Consumer Behavior
BUS 195 International Marketing
Total: 39 upper division units
(3)
(3)
(3)
For students transferring in business courses upon admission to Mount St. Mary's College, at
least 21 units of the upper division business courses must be completed at Mount St. Mary's
College. BUS 192 Business Policy and Strategy must be taken at Mount St. Mary's College.
Once enrolled at Mount St. Mary's College, all upper division business courses must be
completed at the College.
Suggested Sequence of Courses: Bachelor of Arts
The following is a model for completing the Business Administration major in four years.
Only Business Administration courses are listed.
FRESHMAN YEAR
Fall Semester
BUS 4 Business Foundations and Analysis
BUS 15A Accounting Principles I
CIS 1 Computer Processes and Applications
MTH/BUS 28 Mathematical Analysis for Business
(3)
(3)
(3)
(3)
Spring Semester
BUS 15B
MTH/BUS 38
Accounting Principles II
Elements of Probability and Statistics
ECO 2
SPE 10
SPR18
SOPHOMORE YEAR
Fall Semester
Macroeconomics
Introduction to Communication
Career Planning
ECO 1
BUS 5
PHI 92/192
Spring Semester
Microeconomics
Business Law I
Business Ethics
JUNIOR YEAR
Fall Semester
BUS 1 60 Principles of Marketing
BUS 185 Principles of Management
Upper Division Emphasis Course
Spring Semester
BUS 122 Managerial Communications
BUS 1 77 Management Information Systems
Upper Division Emphasis Course
(3)
(3)
(3)
(2)
(1)
(3)
(3)
(3)
(3)
(3)
(3)
(3)
(3)
(3)
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 115
SENIOR YEAR
Fall Semester
BUS 130 Principles of Finance (3)
BUS 190 Business Administration Internship (3)
Upper Division Emphasis Course (3)
Upper Division Emphasis Course (3)
Spring Semester
BUS 192 Business Policy & Strategy (3)
Upper Division Emphasis Course (3)
Upper Division Emphasis Course (3)
Double Major Program
The Department of Business Administration offers a program for students who desire to major
in both Business Administration and another discipline at the College.
Lower Division Core Requirements:
BUS 4 Business Foundations and Analysis (3)
BUS 5 Business Law I (3)
BUS 15A Accounting Principles I (3)
BUS 15B Accounting Principles II (3)
ECO 1 Microeconomics (3)
ECO 2 Macroeconomics (3)
MTH/BUS 28 Mathematical Analysis for Business (3)
MTH/BUS 38 Elements of Probability and Statistics (3)
CIS 1 Computer Processes and Applications (3)
PHI 92/192 Business Ethics (3)
SPR 1 8 Career Planning Seminar ( 1 )
Total: 31 lower division units
Upper Division Core Requirements:
BUS 122 Managerial Communications
or (3)
BUS 106 Business Law II (3)
BUS 130 Principles of Finance (3)
BUS 160 Principles of Marketing (3)
BUS 177 Management Information Systems (3)
BUS 185 Principles of Management (3)
BUS 190 Business Administration Internship (3)
BUS 192 Business Policy and Strategy (3)
Total: 21 upper division units
Students in the Double Major who wish an emphasis within the Business Administration
major must complete all courses in the emphasis.
For students transferring in business courses upon admission to Mount St. Mary's College, at
least 21 units of the upper division business courses must be completed at Mount St. Mary's
College. BUS 192 Business Policy and Strategy must be taken at Mount St. Mary's College.
116 BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
Once enrolled at Mount St. Mary's College, all upper division business courses must be
completed at the College.
B.A. Degree with a Major in English and Business Administration:
(A cooperative program offered through the Departments of English and Business
Administration)
Courses Required for a B.A. Degree in English and Business
Administration
English Preparation:
ENG1AB/C Freshman English (3,3)
HIS 1AB Western Civilization (3,3)
SPR 1 8 Career Planning Seminar ( 1 )
Requirements:
24 additional units in English, at least 18 of which are upper division, including:
ENG 1 8 1 Theory and Criticism (3)
ENG 195 English Seminar (3)
Recommended:
One course in American literature (3)
Business Administration Preparation:
Lower Division Core Requirements:
BUS 4 Business Foundations and Analysis (3)
BUS 5 Business Law I (3)
BUS 15A Accounting Principles I (3)
BUS 15B Accounting Principles II (3)
ECO 1 Microeconomics (3)
ECO 2 Macroeconomics (3)
MTH/BUS 28 Mathematical Analysis for Business (3)
MTH/BUS 38 Elements of Probability and Statistics (3)
CIS 1 Computer Processes and Applications (3)
PHI 92/192 Business Ethics (3)
SPE 1 0 Introduction to Communication (2)
Total: 32 lower division units
Strongly Recommended:
PSY 1 General Psychology (3)
SOC 5 Sociological Perspectives (3)
PHI 5 Introduction to Logic (3)
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 117
Upper Division Core Requirements:
BUS 122 Managerial Communications
or (3)
BUS 106 Business Law II
BUS 130 Principles of Finance (3)
BUS 160 Principles of Marketing (3)
BUS 177 Management Information Systems (3)
BUS 185 Principles of Management (3)
BUS 190 Business Administration Internship (3)
BUS 192 Business Policy and Strategy (3)
Total: 21 upper division units in Business Administration
Total units in English and Business: 90
At least 12 upper division units must be completed in the MSMC English Program.
For students transferring in business courses upon admission to Mount St. Mary's College, at
least 21 units of the upper division business courses must be completed at Mount St. Mary's
College. BUS 192 Business Policy and Strategy must be taken at Mount St. Mary's College.
Once enrolled at Mount St. Mary's College, all upper division business courses must be
completed at the College.
B.A. Degree with a Major in Spanish and Business Administration:
(A cooperative program offered through the Departments of Modern Languages and Cultures
and Business Administration)
Courses required for a B.A. in Spanish and Business Administration
Spanish Preparation:
Elementary Spanish I and II (or equivalent) (4,4)
Intermediate Spanish III and IV (or equivalent) (3,3)
Theory and Practice of Culture (3)
Spanish Writing Lab (3)
Translation/Interpretation (3)
Business Communication and Culture (3)
Culture and Civilization of Latin America (3)
Culture and Civilization of Spain (3)
Internship (3)
Choose one course from the following:
BUS 189 International Management (3)
BUS 195 International Marketing (3)
ECO 195 International Economics (3)
POL 1 3 1 International Relations (3)
SPA 1 and 2
SPA 3 and 4
Requirements:
SPA 107 •
SPA 109
SPA 114
SPA 149
SPA 144
SPA 112
SPA 190
118 BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
Lower Division Core Requirements
BUS 5
Business Law I
(3)
BUS 15A
Accounting Principles I
(3)
BUS 15B
Accounting Principles II
(3)
ECO 1
Microeconomics
(3)
ECO 2
Macroeconomics
(3)
MTH/BUS 28
Mathematical Analysis for Business
(3)
MTH/BUS 38
Elements of Probability and Statistics
(3)
CIS1
Computer Processes and Applications
(3)
PHI 92/192
Business Ethics
(3)
Total:
27 lower division units in Business Administration
Upper Division Core Requirements:
BUS 122
Managerial Communications
(3)
BUS 130
Principles of Finance
(3)
BUS 160
Principles of Marketing
(3)
BUS 177
Management Information Systems
(3)
BUS 185
Principles of Management
(3)
BUS 192
Business Policy and Strategy
(3)
Total: 18 upper division units in Business Administration
Students with a major in Spanish and Business Administration are strongly encouraged to do
a junior semester in Europe or Latin America.
For students transferring in business courses, at least 2 1 units of the upper division business
courses must be completed at Mount St. Mary's College. BUS 192 Business Policy and
Strategy must be taken at Mount St. Mary's College.
Once enrolled at Mount St. Mary's College, all upper division business courses must be
completed at the College.
Bachelor of Science in Business Administration
(Weekend College)
The Bachelor of Science Program in Business Administration, offered in the Weekend
College, is designed for adult professionals who wish to advance and solidify their
careers in business. Built on the strong liberal arts foundation provided through General
Studies requirements, the Business Administration major is generalist in scope and covers key
functional areas in business-management information systems, organizational behavior,
business law, accounting, marketing and finance. Courses emphasize discussion, case studies,
group projects and communication exercises. The program has been structured to incorporate
workplace experience into the fabric of the classroom.
For students transferring in business courses, at least 21 units of the upper division business
courses must be completed at Mount St. Mary's College. BUS 192 Business Policy and
Strategy must be taken at Mount St. Mary's College.
Once enrolled at Mount St. Mary's College, all upper division business courses must be
completed at the College.
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 119
B.S. Degree in Business Administration
Lower Division Core Requirements:
BUS 5 Business Law I (3)
BUS 15A Accounting Principles I (3)
BUS 15B Accounting Principles II (3)
ECO 1 Microeconomics (3)
ECO 2 Macroeconomics (3)
MTH/BUS 28 Mathematical Analysis for Business (3)
MTH/BUS 38 Elements of Probability and Statistics (3)
CIS 1 Computer Processes and Applications (3)*
PHI 92/192 Business Ethics (3)
Total: 27 lower division units in Business Administration
* Students may waive the CIS 1 requirement by passing a standardized exam, such as CLEP,
that demonstrates proficiency in course content.
Upper Division Core Requirements:
Managerial Communications (3)
(Required for Management Emphasis)
Business Law II (3)
(Cannot double count in core and emphasis)
Principles of Finance (3)
Principles of Marketing (3)
Management Information Systems (3)
Organizational Behavior (3)
Principles of Management (3)
Business Policy and Strategy (3)
Total: 21 upper division units in Business Administration
In addition to core requirements, eighteen (18) upper division business units are required for
the major in Business Administration.
Students who wish to pursue a specific business area concentration may do so by completing
twelve (12) of these eighteen (18) units as follows:
Accounting Concentration
BUS 137 Intermediate Accounting I (3)
BUS 138 Intermediate Accounting II (3)
BUS 131 Managerial Accounting (3)
BUS 186 Tax Accounting (3)
BUS 188 Auditing (3)
BUS 198 Advanced Accounting (3)
Marketing Concentration
BUS 161 Principles of Advertising (3)
BUS 163 Marketing Research (3)
BUS 175 Sales Management (3)
BUS 122
or
BUS 106
BUS 130
BUS 160
BUS 177
BUS 184
BUS 185
BUS 192
120 BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
BUS 194 Consumer Behavior (3)
BUS 195 International Marketing (3)
Management Concentration
BUS 157 Human Resources Development (3)
BUS 187 Management Seminar (3)
BUS 189 International Management (3)
And any one of the following courses:
BUS 133 Money, Politics and Business (3)
BUS 170 Real Estate (3)
BUS 171 Real Estate Law and Management (3)
BUS 176 Small Business Management (3)
International Business Concentration
BUS 189 International Management (3)
BUS 195 International Marketing (3)
ECO 195 International Economics (3)
And three units from the following:
ECO/HIS 1 12 World Economic History (3)
BUS 193 Special Studies in Economic Development (1)
(One unit in each of the following areas: China, European Union, Eastern Europe,
Mercusor, Africa and the Four Tigers)
BUS 1 93 Managing Diversity ( 1 )
The Associate in Arts in Business Administration
The Associate in Arts degree in Business Administration is a two-year program that provides
students with a strong business background invaluable in the modern work environment. In
addition, the Business Administration Program prepares students with the foundation
necessary to successfully transfer to a four-year business program. The courses in the A.A.
Business Administration program focus on business fundamentals commensurate with lower
division instruction while also stressing the communication and critical thinking skills
necessary to succeed and advance in a business career. General Studies courses contribute to
the broad-based education of students which not only makes them more attractive to
employers but exposes them to the spectrum of knowledge and ideas that are the hallmark of a
liberal arts education.
Upon completion of an A.A. Degree, students may wish to pursue a B.A. degree in Business
Administration, or they can choose to terminate their education. Given the current business
environment, students are strongly encouraged to continue their studies for a four-year degree.
Many students who complete the two-year A.A. program in Business Administration choose
to transfer to the four-year B.A. program at Mount St. Mary's College.
To be accepted into the A.A. Business Administration Program, students must have a
cumulative high school GPA of at least 2.5 in all college preparatory courses. SAT or ACT
scores are required and will be considered during the application process. Students who have
at least 12 units of previous college course work must have a minimum GPA of 2.25 in order
to be considered for admission into the program.
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 121
The A.A. Degree in Business Administration
Business Administration Requirements:
BUS 4
Business Foundations and Analysis
(3)
BUS 5
Business Law I
(3)
BUS 16A
Accounting Principles I
(4)
BUS 16B
Accounting Principles II
(4)
ECO 1
Microeconomics
(3)
ECO 2
Macroeconomics
(3)
MTH/BUS 28
Mathematical Analysis for Business
or
MTH/BUS 38
Elements of Probability and Statistics
(3)
CIS 1
Computer Processes and Applications
(3)
PHI 92/192
Business Ethics
(3)
Suggested Sequence of Courses
Only Business Administration courses are listed.
First Year
Fall
Business Foundations and Analysis
(3)
Computer Processes and Applications
(3)
Spring
Macroeconomics
(3)
Mathematical Analysis for Business
(3)*
Second Year
Fall
Microeconomics
(3)
Accounting Principles I
(4)
Elements of Probability and Statistics
(3)*
BUS 4
CIS 1
ECO 2
MTH/BUS 28
ECO 1
BUS 16A
MTH/BUS 38
Spring
BUS 5 Business Law I (3)
BUS 16B Accounting Principles II (4)
PHI 92/192 Business Ethics (3)
Total units to graduate: 60
Overall G.P.A. needed to graduate: 2.0
Overall G.P.A. needed to transfer to Chalon: 2.40
The Minor in Business Administration
The Minor in Business Administration has been specially designed for liberal arts, science,
health science and other non-business majors.
A minimum of 21 units selected from Business Administration offerings is required for a
minor. A minimum of 12 units must be completed in the Business Administration Department
at Mount St. Mary's College.
122 BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
Once enrolled at Mount St. Mary's College, all upper division business courses must be
completed at the College.
All minors are required to complete the following courses:
4
Business Foundations and Analysis
2
Macroeconomics
5
Business Law I
15A
Accounting Principles I
160
Principles of Marketing
185
Principles of Management
Business Elective
Total:
21 units
(3)*
(3)
(3)
(3)
(3)
(3)
(3)
*Note: To achieve the 21 unit minor requirement, those matriculated in the Weekend College
Program may replace BUS 4 with another course within the area of Business Administration.
Entrepreneurship Certificate Program
A total of 12 semester units in qualified courses must be successfully completed by the
student to qualify for the Entrepreneurship Certificate. These courses are identified below:
Section One Courses
One of the following is required:
I
BUS 145 Entrepreneurship (3)
BUS 176 Small Business Management (3)
Students are required to take three courses from Section Two, or two courses from Section 2
and three one-unit courses from Section Three
Section Two Courses
*BUS 106 Business Law II (3)
*BUS 195 International Marketing (3)
BUS 157 Human Resources Development (3)
*BUS 175 Sales Management (3)
Section Three Courses
Accounting and Finance for Small Business
Accounting Systems for Small Business
Managing Diversity
Leadership
Negotiation Skills
Personal Finance
*These courses have a prerequisite.
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 123
BUS 4 Business Foundations and Analysis (3)
An analytical survey of the principles and skills necessary for accounting, economics,
marketing, finance, human resources, management, and government policies as they apply to
business in the United States and globally. Through the course students develop a framework
for analyzing business issues and develop critical thinking skills to solve organizational
problems. This course will include an introduction of the case method.
BUS 5/POL 5 Business Law I (3)
An introduction to the development of legal principles for business activity, as found in
common law, statutory laws, and the Uniform Commercial Code. Use of case studies for
practical applications. Introduction to legal reasoning and legal writing; concentration on
contracts and their use throughout all business negotiations; introduction to issues of
commercial liability and sales transactions. GS-IIIG (Same as POL 5)
BUS 15A Accounting Principles I (3)
Course emphasis is on the measurement, valuation, and the accumulation of accounting data.
Topics include the accounting cycle through financial statements, accounting for
merchandise, internal control, notes, bad debts, inventories and accounting for tangible and
intangible assets. Focus is on the sole proprietorship. GS-VIIA
BUS 15B Accounting Principles II (3)
Course emphasis is on the measurement, valuation and the accumulation of accounting data.
Topics include accounting for partnerships, corporations, bonds, cash flow statements, present
value, annuities, financial statement and analysis and an introduction to managerial
accounting. Prerequisite: BUS 15 A. GS-VIIA
BUS 16A Accounting Principles I (4)
Course emphasis is on the measurement, valuation, and the accumulation of accounting data.
Topics include the accounting cycle through financial statements, accounting for
merchandise, internal control, notes, bad debts, inventories and accounting for lived tangible
and intangible assets. Focus is on the sole proprietorship. Faculty-guided lab experiences are
provided for additional reinforcement of course concepts. GS-VIIA
BUS 16B Accounting Principles II (4)
Course emphasis is on the measurement, valuation and the accumulation of accounting data.
Topics include accounting for partnerships, corporations, bonds, cash flow statements, present
value, annuities and financial statement analysis. Faculty guided experiences are provided for
additional reinforcement of course concepts. Prerequisite: BUS 16A. GS-VIIA
BUS 28 Mathematical Analysis for Business (3)
Topics in algebra including solutions of systems of equations and inequalities; exponential
and logarithmic functions; linear programming and mathematics of finance. Emphasis is
placed on the application of mathematics to problems in business. (See MTH 28.)
Prerequisite: Satisfactory score on the Mathematics Placement Exam. GS-IHE, VIIB
BUS 38 Elements of Probability and Statistics (3)
Elementary probability theory, properties of distributions, sampling, hypothesis testing,
correlation. Prerequisite: Satisfactory score on the Mathematics Placement Exam.
(See MTH 38.) GS HIE, VIIB
124 BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
BUS 92/PHI 92 Business Ethics (3)
A case study approach to business ethics, taking into consideration the perspectives of
management, labor, consumer or public, governmental agencies, and environmental or other
special interest groups. Using a basis in ethical theory, the course will cover areas such as
public welfare, issues in hiring (affirmative action, quotas) and business practices (product
liability, honesty, business bluffing, advertising, sexual harassment, racism), environmental
concerns, global issues (apartheid, social injustice, exploitation of the third world), corporate
decision-making and responsibility. Students who take this course may not take PHI 21 for
credit. Honors students should take PHI 21H, not PHI 92. GS-VB2, VI
BUS 93 Special Topics (1-3)
Course or seminar in current issues in business administration. Topics change each semester.
BUS 97 Independent Study (1-6)
Lower division course, independent study or directed readings on business-related topics.
Prerequisite: Consent of faculty member and approval of department chairperson.
BUS 104 Investment Analysis and Management (3)
Survey of investments including corporate and government securities, real property and
financial intermediaries. Study of financial investments with emphasis on security analysis,
valuation and portfolio management. Prerequisite: BUS ISO.
BUS 106/POL 105 Business Law II (3)
Upper level study of business law. Applications to areas of agency, partnerships, corporate
law, sales, criminal and civil liability, product liability and insurance. Prerequisite: BUS 5.
BUS 122 Management Communications (3)
This course develops both oral and written business communications skills through the study
of communications theory in conjunction with practical communication assignments. Specific
content areas include management and decision-making case studies, internal and external
written communications, business proposals, group dynamics, interviews and business
presentations.
BUS 123 Travel and Study Abroad (3)
This course is designed to acquaint participants with the business, historical, cultural, and
social environments of the countries visited. Visits will be arranged to business organizations
as well as with government officials connected with economic and business development.
Areas visited may include South America, China or East Asia. The class can be repeated for
credit.
BUS 125 E-Commerce/E-Business (3)
This course will cover the current status of electronic public transactions (E-Commerce) and
business to business (E-Business). Topics will include the internet, intranet, extranet, security
and the impact of the World Wide Web on marketing, business relationships, and changing
supplier, customer relationships.
BUS 127 Accounting and Finance for Small Business (1)
This course will focus on the selection and formation of various business entity types. We
will explore diverse sources of business capitalization including, but not limited to, venture
capitalists, corporate angels, and assistance available through the Small Business
Administration. We will analyze financial statements and study government reporting
requirements for the most frequently selected business entity types.
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 125
BUS 128 Accounting Systems for Small Business (1)
Students are introduced to the latest versions of various automated accounting systems used
today in small business. They are subsequently immersed in a thorough hands-on application
of commonly used software such as Quick Books or Peachtree. Students will enter
transactions, prepare general ledgers, process payroll, and prepare and analyze financial
statements.
BUS 130 Principles of Finance (3)
This course is designed to provide students with a broad-based understanding of financial
concepts and their applications. The course will explore (a) the financial system: -
components, institutions, and functions; (b) business finance and management application of
financial principles on a micro and macro level; (c) financial policy: the methods and effects
of government debt and fiscal policy. Prerequisites: BUS 4 (except for Weekend College),
ECO 1, ECO 2, BUS 15 A, BUS 15B, MTH 38.
BUS 131 Managerial Accounting (3)
The application of accounting analysis to business decision, planning and control. Integrating
information systems with specific emphasis on cost concepts and applications, budget, cost
volume profit relationships and decision making from the capital investment and pricing
viewpoints. Prerequisites: BUS 15 A and BUS 15B.
BUS 133 Money, Politics, and Business (3)
This course explores the relationship between business and government in the United States—
the influence of environmental forces on business institutions and the impact of corporations
on their environment. Through this course, students develop an analytic framework for
exploring political institutions and practices, social and ethical responsibilities, regulation and
the policy making process, environmental issues, consumer concerns, workplace
multiculturalism and diversity, global issues, and institutional reform. GS-IIIG
BUS 137 Intermediate Accounting I (3-4)
The beginning of the in-depth study of financial accounting. Topics include the conceptual
framework, financial statement preparation, concept of future and present value, revenue and
expense recognition, accounting for cash and receivables, inventory and fixed asset
accounting. Prerequisites: BUS 15 A, BUS 15B.
BUS 138 Intermediate Accounting II (3-4)
The conceptual and procedural aspects of some of the more complex topics of financial
accounting are studied. Topics include long-term debt, leases, pensions, error corrections and
the statement of cash flows. Prerequisite: BUS 137.
BUS 139 Managing Non-Profit Organizations (3)
This course will introduce managerial theories to lead non-profit organizations. The learning
experience includes review of literature, class presentations and active sponsorship of service
organizations. A service-learning project integrates theory with practice, requiring team
cooperation, planning, and accountability. Also, EDU 138C, GER 138, PSY 138 and
SOC 138.
BUS 140/BUS 140H Women's Issues in Business and Economics (3)
Survey of issues that affect women in business and review of the feminist critique of classical
economic theory. Topics surveyed may include women's labor history, Marxist feminism,
socialist feminism, feminist organizational theory, women in management, the wage gap, the
glass ceiling, gendered economic roles, women's issues in business law, affirmative action,
and sexual harassment. GS-IIIG, VI
126 BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
BUS 144 Legal Issues in Entrepreneurship (3)
This course will discuss legal issues which an entrepreneur encounters while forming and
running a start-up enterprise, including real estate purchases, leasing, employment law, human
relations procedures, franchising, supply contracts and governmental administrative
regulations.
BUS 145 Entrepreneurship (3)
Introduction to the basic concepts and skills required of entrepreneurs. This course uses an
applied approachNteaching students to recognize opportunity; screen ideas and develop a
business concept, test that concept and create a new venture. Topics include entry strategies,
business forms, franchising, entrepreneurial mindsets, management, marketing, capital
requirements, financing sources and site analysis. An entrepreneurial internship is required.
Prerequisite: BUS 4 (except Weekend College).
BUS 148/PSY 148 Industrial Organization and Consumer Psychology (3)
Study of the psychological principles and techniques used in a business setting. Topics
include the psychology of work, personnel selection, appraisal, job analysis, placement
training, production efficiency, and consumer behavior.
BUS 150 Strategic Management of Nonprofit Organizations (3)
This course is designed to study, discuss, and debate issues facing managers of nonprofit
organizations. The goal of this course is to integrate skills in organizational behavior,
marketing, finance, and analytical disciplines into strategic decision making in the nonprofit
context. Topics explored include mission definition, competing internal and external
demands, resource scarcity and uncertainty, governance systems, and managing strategic
change. While the principal thrust of the course is on nonprofit organizations, there will be
opportunities to examine areas where public, for-profit, and nonprofit organizations interact.
Prerequisite: BUS 185.
BUS 154 Cost Accounting (3)
Budgeting responsibility accounting; inventory planning; performance measurement; costing
methods; job order and standard costs; direct vs. full costing; cost allocation; cost-volume
profit analysis; analytic cost reports. Prerequisites: BUS 15A and 15B.
BUS 155/POL 185 Public Personnel Administration (3)
The process of formulating and administering public personnel policies; concepts and
principles utilized in selected governmental personnel systems. Special emphasis on
collective bargaining in public employment.
BUS 156/POL 186 Introduction to Public Administration (3)
The executive function in government, principles of administrative organization, personnel
management, financial administration, administrative law, and problems and trends in
government as a career.
BUS 157 Human Resources Development (3)
This course explores the contributions made by the modern human resource department to the
success of business organizations. Particular areas of focus include job analysis, recruitment,
training, compensation analysis, performance analysis, legal issues and workforce diversity.
The course content weaves the underlying theories of human behavior in organizations with
the practical applications of these theories pertinent for future managers or human resource
professionals.
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 127
BUS 158/POL 187 Organizational Theory and Governmental
Management (3)
Organizational structure, human factors in organization, dynamics of organizational change,
internal adaptability to external environment, problems, limitations, and trends in
governmental organization and management.
BUS 160 Principles of Marketing (3)
This course is designed to introduce students to the fundamentals of marketing. Through this
course, (a) the foundations of marketing will be explored—product issues, pricing decisions,
distribution channels and promotional strategies; (b) the users of marketing will be identified;
(c) the role of marketing in the organization and society will be examined; (d) marketing
objectives, tools and resources will be assessed; and (e) components of strong marketing
strategy will be evaluated. Prerequisite: BUS 4 (except Weekend College).
BUS 161 Principles of Advertising (3)
This course examines the major components of modern advertising and promotion. Key areas
explored include the social and economic role of advertising; controls over advertising;
planning of the campaign; the role of research; media strategy and coordination with other
elements of the marketing communication mix. Prerequisite: BUS 160.
BUS 163 Marketing Research (3)
Fundamentals of marketing and industrial research as an approach to problem solving.
Business cases are used to develop the student's analytical ability and to demonstrate the
application of business research fundamentals. Prerequisites: BUS 38, BUS 160.
BUS 164 Accounting, Taxes and Finance for the Small Business (3)
This course aims to prepare the new entrepreneur with a thorough, real world understanding
of the accounting requirements for external and governmental reporting. This will involve
making decisions in entity formation, establishing appropriate records and controls, and
hands-on experience in preparing required financial statements, tax reporting documents and
financial analysis. Students will be introduced to state-of-the-art accounting software in this
endeavor and will learn how to research and find sources of business financing. Upon
completion of this course, the student should have a strong understanding of the required
administrative aspects of business formation, reporting requirements and business financing.
BUS 168 Marketing Seminar: Selected Topics (3)
An in-depth seminar in marketing. Primary activities include the exploration of advanced and
specialized topics and issues in the field. Weekend College only. May be repeated once.
BUS 169 Issues of Corporate Responsibility (3)
Application of theories developed in Business Ethics to issues arising in the practice of
modern business. Topics will vary by semester but the course will focus on newsworthy items
that reflect the state of corporate business ethics. These issues may include marketing ethics,
product liability, socially responsible investing, employee welfare and concerns of race and
gender. Extensive case analysis is utilized to apply critical thinking skills to real business
dilemmas. Introduction to Business Ethics (PHI 92) highly recommended.
BUS 170 Real Estate (3)
Introduction to economics of land ownership and use; fundamentals of ownership; financing;
appraisal; management and transfer of residential and other real property, including an
introduction to real estate investment issues. Prerequisite: BUS 5.
128 BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
BUS 171/POL 106 Real Estate Law and Management (3)
This course develops those skills necessary to purchase, sell or lease real estate in commercial
transactions: Business and legal aspects, purchase and sales contracts, conveyances, mortgage
and trust deed transactions, property taxes, landlord and tenant law, wills and inheritance, and
estates in land. Prerequisite: BUS 5.
BUS 173 Real Estate Investment (3)
Emphasizes problems and methodology for making the real estate investment decisions.
Includes real estate versus other investments; real estate user and investor requirements;
decision models; tax factors and syndication.
BUS 175 Sales Management (3)
This course explores the function of sales and the relationship to the overall marketing
program. Topics considered include setting sales objectives, formulation of sales strategy,
development of a sales organization, selecting and working with distributors and dealers,
measurement of salesmen's performance, evaluation of sales management performance,
control of sales operations, and integration of sales and other marketing activities.
Prerequisite: BUS 160.
BUS 176 Small Business Management (3)
This course comprehensively covers all activities required for the formation of new
enterprises and certain aspects of managing growing organizations. The course explores the
new venture creation process: business idea generation and evaluation, resource acquisition,
customer identification and selling, developing a business plan, organization building,
networking, and the technical issues entrepreneurs face in tax, legal, and accounting areas.
BUS 177 Management Information Systems (3)
This course is designed to familiarize the student with the fundamentals of information system
development and use—giving students the competitive edge in the workplace of tomorrow.
The course explores (a) conceptual foundations; (b) information systems applications; (c)
systems technology—processing, software, programming; (d) systems analysis; (e)
management and societal issues. Prerequisite: BUS 4 (except Weekend College).
BUS 180AB Advanced Advertising Seminar (3,3)
An advanced seminar covering selected topics in copywriting, graphics, media and buying,
advertising, budgeting, planning and management. Prerequisites: BUS 160 and BUS 161.
BUS 181 Global Business (3)
Global Business will explore the reasons trade takes place and the role of international
organizations in the promotion of trade. The geographical, cultural, technological, economic
and political factors influencing multinational business are discussed in detail. International
management, finance, marketing, accounting, human resources and law are part of the
curriculum.
BUS 182 Advanced Finance (3)
Case studies in financial management and capital budgeting. Strategies in debt and equity
financing. Portfolio management. Prerequisite: BUS 130.
BUS 183 Management Seminar (3)
This course is an in-depth seminar in areas of management and organization. Primary
activities include the exploration of advanced and specialized issues in the field.
Prerequisite: BUS 185.
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 129
BUS 184 Organizational Behavior (3)
This course brings the insights into human behavior in organizations brought forth by
psychology and sociology and centers them on their implications for business organizations.
Issues pursued in this course include group dynamics, communications, motivation,
leadership, and decision making as well as organizational design, culture, development and
change. The discipline of organizational behavior is unique in its combined goals of seeking
organizational success while advocating employee empowerment.
BUS 185 Principles of Management (3)
This course discusses the four principal functions of management: planning, organization,
leadership and control, including quality control, managing cultural diversity, motivation and
other leadership issues, decision making, group communication and organization. Case
studies explore these topics within the context of business ethics and corporate responsibility
to the community. Prerequisite: BUS 4 (except Weekend College).
BUS 186 Tax Accounting (3)
Statutes, regulations, administrative rulings, and court decisions relating to federal and
California income taxes. Audit procedures; partnership and corporate tax returns.
Prerequisites: BUS 15 A, BUS 15B.
BUS 187 Management Seminar: Selected Topics (3)
An in-depth seminar in the area of management and organization. Primary activities include
the exploration of advanced and specialized topics and issues in the field. Weekend College
only. May be repeated once.
BUS 188 Auditing (3)
Audit functions of the CPA. Nature of audit evidence, audit procedures, audit work papers,
audit reports, evaluation of internal controls and internal auditing, statistical sampling in
auditing; problems of auditing computer-based accounting records. Prerequisites: BUS 15 A,
BUS 15B.
BUS 189 International Management (3)
Application of modern management theory to the administration of international business.
The course will study the impact of multi-governmental policies upon the management of
international enterprises. Prerequisite: BUS 185. GS-VI
BUS 190 Business Administration Internship (1-6)
An intensive supervised work experience related to the student's major emphasis. Students
are responsible for setting up the internship in conjunction with an appropriate faculty
member and the Office of Career Planning and Placement. Internships must be approved by
the Chair. Prerequisite: SPR 18.
BUS 192 Business Policy and Strategy (3)
This course is the capstone course for Business Administration majors. It provides an
opportunity to integrate previous studies in functional areas— marketing, finance, economics,
accounting, and management. Organizations are analyzed with respect to the effectiveness
and appropriateness of strategies and goals in each of the functional areas and the synergies of
the functional areas for achieving optimal results consistent with their respective missions.
The major topics covered include (a) competitive analysis, (b) the strategic management
process, (c) the role of the chief executive officer, (d) strategy formulation and decision
making, and (e) strategy implementation and control. Prerequisites: Lower Division and
Upper Division Core Courses.
130 BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
BUS 193 Selected Topics (1-3)
Course, independent study, seminar, or directed readings in current issues in business
administration.
BUS 194 Consumer Behavior (3)
This course is designed to explore the complexities of consumer behavior. Through this
course students will (a) develop an understanding of the key role of consumer needs and
wants; (b) understand the role of marketing information systems, marketing research, buyer
behavior and competitive forces; (c) explore target market selection, market positioning, and
marketing strategies; and (d) examine the consumer perception in the market planning process
of product, pricing, promotion and distribution. Prerequisites: BUS 160, BUS 185.
BUS 195 International Marketing (3)
The role of marketing in the global business environment will be studied from the viewpoint
of both the small business enterprise and the multinational corporation. Special emphasis will
be given to how small business can get information and assistance for its efforts to enter the
global marketplace. Topics covered will include the political, legal, economic, and cultural
factors that impact businesses going global as well as issues of product development, pricing,
promotion and distribution. Prerequisite: BUS 160.
BUS 196H Senior Honors Thesis (3)
Open only to students admitted to the Honors Program.
BUS 197 Independent Study (1-3)
Opportunity for independent study is available to qualified students. The student has
responsibility for planning, implementing, and presenting the project; the faculty member
approves the project, meets with the student several times during the term, and evaluates the
final results.
BUS 198 Advanced Accounting (3)
Problems associated with preparation of consolidated financial statements, foreign currency
translation, partnerships, and governmental fund accounting. Prerequisites: BUS 137, BUS
138.
BUS 199 Directed Study (1-3)
Opportunity for directed reading is available to qualified students. The faculty member shares
the responsibility with the student, generally planning the readings and/or projects and
meeting with the student regularly.
CHEMISTRY 131
Chemistry
Departmental Affiliation: Physical Sciences and Mathematics
A student majoring in chemistry receives a comprehensive view of the principles of this
science and participates in personalized laboratory instruction and individual research.
A major in chemistry is excellent preparation for graduate studies, medical studies, health
science careers, education, scientific writing, and careers in food, petroleum, and textiles. The
B.A. degree in chemistry is designed for those interested in secondary science teaching,
chemical technology, and other broadly-based careers requiring a science background.
Courses Required for a B.A. Degree in Chemistry
Lower Division:
CHE 1 AB General Chemistry (4,4)
CHE 1 AL/ 1 BL General Chemistry Laboratory (1,1)
CHE 6AB Organic Chemistry (4,4)
CHE 6AL/6BL Organic Chemistry Laboratory (1,1)
MTH5ABC Calculus I/II/III (4,4,4)
CIS 2 Introduction to Computer Programming (3)
PHY 1 AB Introductory Physics IA/IB (4,3)
or PHY 1 1 AB Mechanics/Electricity, Magnetism, and Optics (4,3)
PHY 1BL Physics Laboratory (1)
Upper Division:
CHE 107 Biochemistry (3)
CHE 107L Biochemistry Laboratory (1)
CHE 1 10AB Physical Chemistry (4,3)
Plus two additional upper division courses in Chemistry. An overall grade point average of
2.0 in major courses is required for the degree.
Total units in Chemistry: 37
Total units in Mathematics and Physics: 19
Plus General Studies requirements and electives totaling 124 semester units, including
Modern Language requirement.
Courses Required for a B.S. Degree in Chemistry
Lower Division:
CHE 1AB
General Chemistry
(4,4)
CHE 1AL/1BL
General Chemistry Laboratory
(1,1)
CHE 6AB
Organic Chemistry
(4,4)
CHE 6AL/6BL
Organic Chemistry Laboratory
(1)
MTH 5ABC
Calculus I/II/III
(4,4,4)
CIS 2
Introduction to Computer Programming
(3)
PHY 11AB
Mechanics/Electricity, Magnetism, and Optics
(4,3)
PHY 1BL
Physics Laboratory
(1)
Upper Division:
CHE 107
Biochemistry
(3)
CHE 107L
Biochemistry Laboratory
(1)
132 CHEMISTRY
CHE 1 1 OAB Physical Chemistry (4,3)
CHE 1 1 1 Physical Chemistry Laboratory (2)
CHE 199 Research in Chemistry (3)
Three additional upper division courses in Chemistry (9)
Total units in Chemistry: 46
Total units in Mathematics and Physics: 25
Plus General Studies requirements and electives totaling 124 semester units. An overall grade
point average of 2.0 in major courses is required for the degree.
Pre-Medical/Pre-Dental Preparation
Chemistry Major
Medical schools accept students from any degree program. A strong background in science,
including chemistry, biology and mathematics, is recommended for successful performance
on the Medical College Admissions Test (MCAT) and for admissions to medical programs.
Successful completion of the B.S. or B.A. degree with a major in chemistry provides excellent
preparation for medical, dental or pharmaceutical studies.
The Minor in Chemistry
CHE 1AB General Chemistry (4,4)
CHE 1 AL/ 1 BL General Chemistry Laboratory (1,1)
CHE 6AB Organic Chemistry (4,4)
CHE 6AL/6BL Organic Chemistry Laboratory (1,1)
CHE 107 Biochemistry (3)
CHE 107L Biochemistry Laboratory (1)
Plus one additional upper division course in Chemistry selected from: CHE 1 10 A, 120 or 190
An overall grade point average of 2.0 in requisite courses is required for the minor.
Total units in Chemistry: 27
CHE 1A General Chemistry (4)
Atomic theory, atomic structure and the periodic table; molecular structure and bonding;
structure and properties of solids, liquids, and gases; kinetic theory and colligative properties.
Lecture, three hours; discussion, one hour. Prerequisites: High school chemistry, three years
of high school mathematics, and satisfactory score on Chemistry Placement Examination, or
grade ofC or better in CHE 3 or PHS 1. GS-II, HID, VIIB
CHE 1AL General Chemistry Laboratory (1)
Quantitative techniques including gravimetric and volumetric analyses; qualitative techniques
including isolation of compounds and descriptive chemistry of inorganic compounds.
Laboratory, four hours per week. Prerequisite: Concurrent enrollment in CHE 1A
(recommended) or completion of CHE 1A with a grade ofC or better.
CHE IB General Chemistry (4)
Equilibria, kinetics, thermodynamics, oxidation-reduction reactions and electrochemistry.
Lecture, three hours; discussion, one hour. Prerequisite: Grade ofC- or better in CHE 1A.
GS-VIIB
CHE 1BH General Chemistry: Honors Section (1)
Acid-base behavior, thermodynamics concepts, transition metal complexes, and kinetics.
Emphasis will be on research approaches to problem solving and data analysis. Laboratory,
four hours per week. Prerequisite: CHE 1A with grade ofB or better or consent of instructor.
Open only to students admitted to the Honors Programs.
CHEMISTRY 133
CHE 1BL General Chemistry Laboratory (1)
Calorimetry and thermodynamics experiments, instrumental methods, including
spectrophotometers and pH meters; transition metal chemistry. Laboratory, four hours per
week. Prerequisite: C- or better in CHE 1A and concurrent enrollment in CHE IB
(recommended) or completion of CHE IB with a grade ofC- or better.
CHE 3 Foundations of Chemistry (3)
An introduction to the principles and laws of chemistry including atomic structure and the
periodic table, bonding, nomenclature, stoichiometry, gases, solutions, and introductory
organic chemistry. Lecture, three hours. Note: This course is a prerequisite to CHE 1A if the
student fails to qualify for CHE 1A on the Chemistry Placement Examination. GS-IIID
CHE 4 Foundations of Chemistry in the Laboratory (1)
Application of fundamental concepts including measurements, empirical formulas, energy in
reactions, physical states of matter, and solution behavior. Laboratory, 2 hours. Prerequisite:
Past or concurrent enrollment in CHE 3. It is highly recommended that students take this
course concurrently with CHE 3.
CHE 6A Organic Chemistry (4)
Nomenclature, bonding, structure, and stereochemistry of organic molecules. Introduction to
reactions, reaction mechanisms, and organic synthesis. Lecture, three hours; discussion, one
hour. Prerequisite: Grade of C - or better in CHE IB.
CHE 6AL Organic Chemistry Laboratory (1)
Methods of separations, purification, and identification of organic compounds; introduction to
synthesis, and fundamentals of scientific writing. Laboratory, four hours per week.
Prerequisite: Concurrent enrollment in CHE 6 A (recommended) or completion of CHE 6 A
with a grade of C - or better.
CHE 6B Organic Chemistry (4)
Continuation of Chemistry 6A. Reactions of functional groups and aromatic compounds;
synthesis. NMR and IR spectroscopy. Lecture, three hours; discussion, one hour.
Prerequisite: Grade of C - or better in CHE 6 A.
CHE 6BL Organic Chemistry Laboratory (1)
Synthesis and reactions of typical organic compounds; scientific writing; introduction to
qualitative analysis, infrared spectroscopy and mass spectrometry. Laboratory, four hours per
week. Prerequisite: Concurrent enrollment in CHE 6B (recommended) or completion of CHE
6 A with a grade ofC- or better.
Except where noted, a grade of C or better in prerequisite courses or consent of the
department is required for any upper division Chemistry course.
CHE 104 Qualitative Organic Analysis (3)
Microtechniques, separation of mixtures, derivatives, identification of unknown organic
compounds, spectroscopic methods. Lecture, one hour; laboratory, eight hours. Prerequisite:
CHE 6B.
CHE 107 Biochemistry (3)
The study of the molecular components of cells with emphasis on physical and chemical properties
and biological functions. An introduction to enzyme kinetics, bioenergetics and the central
pathways of carbohydrate metabolism. Lecture 3 hours. Prerequisite: CHE 6B. GS-VIIA
134 CHEMISTRY
CHE 107L Biochemistry Laboratory (1)
Techniques in the isolation and characterization of biomolecules with an emphasis on
proteins. Introduction to enzyme kinetics. Laboratory, four hours per week. Prerequisite:
Concurrent enrollment in CHE 107 (recommended) or completion of CHE 107 with a grade
of C- or better. GS-VIIB
CHE 109 Advanced Biochemistry (3)
Gluconeogenesis, photosynthesis, metabolism of fatty acids and cholesterol, biosynthesis of
nucleic acids and proteins. Topics from among the following: biophysical spectroscopy, DNA
damage and repair, neurochemistry, biochemistry of vision, metals in biochemistry. Lecture,
three hours. Prerequisite: CHE 107 with a grade ofC- or better.
CHE 110A Physical Chemistry: Thermodynamics (4)
Laws of thermodynamics, chemical equilibria and cell emf. Lecture, four hours.
Prerequisites: CHE IB, MTH SB, PHY 1 IB (or IB), CIS IB. GS-VIIB
CHE HOB Physical Chemistry: Dynamics (3)
Kinetic theory, transport processes, chemical kinetics and quantum mechanics. Use of the
computer for the analysis of problems in the preceding areas. Lecture, three hours.
Prerequisite: CHE 11 0A. GS-VIIB
CHE 111 Physical Chemistry Laboratory (2)
Chemical and phase equilibria, electrochemistry, kinetics and transport processes,
conductance, diffusion. Laboratory, six hours. Prerequisite: CHE 110 A.
CHE 120 Instrumental Methods of Analysis (3)
Theory and applications of modern instrumental methods including gas chromatography,
various spectroscopic methods and selected electrochemical methods. Lecture, one hour;
laboratory, eight hours. Prerequisite: CHE 6B or consent of instructor.
CHE 130 Biochemical Methods (3)
Experimental techniques in biochemistry. Chromatography, electrophoresis, and
spectroscopic methods applied to the preparation and measurement of biochemical
substances. Lecture, one hour; laboratory, eight hours. Prerequisite: CHE 107
CHE 190 Inorganic Chemistry (3)
Chemistry of inorganic systems with emphasis on reaction mechanisms, metal complexes,
bonding and periodic relationships. Lecture, three hours. Prerequisite: CHE IB.
CHE 195H Senior Honors Thesis (3)
Open only to students admitted to the Honors Program.
CHE 196 Internship (1-3)
An intensive work-study program for qualified upper division students. The student is
responsible for setting up the internship in conjunction with the appropriate faculty and the
office of Career Planning and Placement. The internship must be approved by the department
chairperson.
CHE 197 Seminar (1-3)
CHE 98/198 Topics in Chemistry (1-3)
Prerequisite: Consent of chemistry staff.
CHE 199 Research in Chemistry (1-3)
Research problems to be arranged with individual faculty members. Prerequisite: Consent of
chemistry staff.
CHILD DEVELOPMENT 135
Child Development
Departmental Affiliation: Psychology
The Child Development major provides an interdisciplinary approach to the understanding of
young children as individuals and as members of society. Courses in this major are those
specifically relevant to child development in the departments of psychology, education,
sociology, art, music and English. The Child Development Major is recommended primarily
for individuals who seek careers working with children and their families in child care,
educational, or social service settings. Students who plan this major at the outset of their
college careers may elect to take courses in their first two years through the Education
Department at the Doheny Campus to qualify for the Child Development Teacher Permit.
(See the Early Childhood Education Program under the Education Department listing.)
Course Requirements for a B.A. Degree:
I. Psychology (9 to 21 upper division units, including the following):
PSY 1 Introduction to Psychology (3)
PSY12 Child/Human Development (3)
PSY 1 12' Careers and Observations in Child Development Settings (3)
PSY 113 Learning in Children & Adolescents Across Cultures (3)
PSY 1 1 8 Intervention of Children with Multiple Impairments (3)
PSY 1 39 Child Abuse and Family Violence (3)
PSY 191 Child Development Practicum (3)
II. Sociology (1 of the following courses required; 3 upper division units required):
SOC 6 The Family, Child and Community (3)
SOC 104 The Family (3)
III. Art and/or Music (minimum 3 units, chosen from the following):
ART 145 Art and Crafts in the Classroom (1-3)
ART 5 Fundamentals of Art (3)
ART 1 73 Diversity and the Visual Arts (3)
MUS 130 Creative Music Experience (1)
MUS 116 Music of World Culture (3)
MUS 6/106 Varieties of Music (3)
INT 194 A Introduction to the Visual and Performing Arts (3)
IV. Education (minimum 3 units, chosen from the following):
EDU 33/133 Visual and Performing Arts for the Young Child (3)
EDU 36 Emergent Math and Science Experiences
in the Preschool Classroom (3)
136 CHILD DEVELOPMENT
V. English (minimum
6 units, chosen from the following):
ENG 104
Expository Writing
orENG 105
Advanced Composition
or ENG 106
Creative Writing
(3)
ENG 34
Literature for the Young Child
or ENG 134
Children's Literature
(3)
VI. Biology (minimum 3 units, chosen from the following):
BIO 10
Health Science
(3)
BIO 112
Human Nutrition
(3)
Needs approval of advisor
VII. Additional upper division courses, chosen in consultation with an advisor, from the
departments of Psychology, Sociology, Art, Music, Education, English, and Biology
(Minimum 30 upper division units, including the required courses listed above).
Recommended Courses:
Especially for Students Interested in Pursuing Graduate Study:
PSY 40 Basic Statistical Methods (3)
PS Y 106 Basic Research Methods (3)
PSY 1 06L Basic Research Methods Lab ( 1 )
PSY 134 Learning and Memory Processes (3)
Especially for Students Interested in Counseling and Social Services:
PSY 125 Introduction to Counseling (3)
PSY 168 Abnormal Psychology (3)
PSY 172 Developmental Pathopsychology (3)
PSY 139 Child Abuse and Family Violence (3)
PSY 188 Crisis Intervention (3)
SOC 1 1 5 Sociology of Violence (3)
SOC 120 Case Management in Health & Human Services (3)
SOC 180 Social Stratification (3)
SOC 110 Juvenile Delinquency (3)
SOC 161 Dynamics of Majority-Minority Relations (3)
SOC 175 Urban Sociology (3)
Especially for Students Interested in Working with Children with Special Needs:
PSY 1 14 Psychological Aspects of Children with Chronic Impairments(3)
PSY 116 Introduction to Children with Visual Handicaps (3)
PSY 1 1 8 Intervention of Children with Multiple Impairments (3)
Especially for Students Interested in Child Care and Education:
EDU 3 1 Intro to Early Childhood Education: Profession and Programs (3)
EDU 32 Early Childhood Education: Observation/Curriculum Planning (3)
EDU 37 Infant and Toddler Development and Care (3)
EDU 138C Organization and Administration of Early Childhood Education
Programs: Managing Non-Profit Organizations (3)
CHILD DEVELOPMENT 137
Students may petition the Child Development Program Advisor to substitute
other relevant courses in the program.
Total units in the interdisciplinary major areas: 39
Plus General Studies requirements and electives totaling 124 semester units
including the Modern Language requirement.
All courses are described in the respective department listings.
Requirements for the Child Development Minor
18 units from the following (12 units must be upper division):
Child/Human Development (3)
Family, Child, and Community
The Family (3)
Child Development Practicum (3)
PSY 12
SOC6
orSOC 104
PSY 191
Electives:
PSY 112
PSY 113
PSY 139
MUS 130
ART 145
INT 194 A
ENG 134
Careers and Observations in Child Development Settings (3)
Learning in Children & Adolescents Across Cultures (3)
Child Abuse and Family Violence (3)
Creative Music Experience ( 1 )
Arts & Crafts in the Classroom (1-3)
Introduction to the Visual & Performing Arts (3)
Children's Literature (3)
Other appropriate courses may be submitted with the permission of the Child Development
Program Advisor.
138 COMPUTER INFORMATION SCIENCE
Computer Information Science
Department Affiliation: Mathematics
The Minor in Computer Information Science
The minor in Computer Information Science (CIS) is designed to complement any major by
providing students with an understanding of computing, networking, multimedia, electronic
information resources, systems and the Internet. Using the knowledge, skills and experience
from these technologies, students will be able to solve problems in a variety of contexts.
This minor will assist students in acquiring valuable skills to enable them to cope with the
rapid changes in technology that are affecting, and will continue to affect, their personal and
professional lives. Ever-changing hardware and software continue to permeate research
laboratories and offices throughout the world. The growing need to understand and use the
Internet in research and commerce further increases the importance of this course of study.
This is a very dynamic minor and requirements will change as needed due to the ever-
changing state of technology.
Required Courses (22-24 units)
CIS 1 Computer Process and Applications (3)
CIS 2 Introduction to Computer Programming (3)
CIS 87 Technology Internship (3)
One course from the following list:
PHI 169 Philosophy of Technology (3)
PHI 192 Business Ethics (3)
Three courses from the following list:
MTH 20 Programming (3)
MTH 25 The Linux/Unix Environment (3)
MTH 135 Structure & Comparison of Computer Language (3)
BUS 125 E-Commerce/E-Business (3)
BUS 177 Management Information Systems (3)
CIS 120 Communication Protocols (3)
At least one course from the following list:
ART 15 Computer Graphics I (3)
ART 1 1 5 Computer Graphics II (3)
BIO 1 1 5 AB Research Methods (1,1)
BIO 1 1 5C Independent Study ( 1 )
BIO 1 1 5D Directed Research ( 1 )
BIO 1 97 Research Readings ( 1 )
BIO 198 Biological Research (3)
CHE 198 Topics in Chemistry (1-3)
CHE 199 Research in Chemistry (3)
HIS 101 Historical Methods & Historiography (3)
COMPUTER INFORMATION SCIENCE 139
MTH 120 Discrete Mathematics (3)
MTH 128 A Numerical Analysis (3)
POL 101 Research Methodology (3)
PSY 106 Basic Research Methods (3)
PS Y 1 06L Basic Research Methods Lab ( 1 )
SOC 117 Research Methods and Social Statistics (3)
CIS 1 Computer Processes and Applications (3)
Description of the computer and its logical structure and functioning including hardware
(processors, storage, and communications), networking, and levels of software. Introduction
to BASIC programming languages and binary systems. Use of application programs for word
processing, spreadsheets, databases, presentations, Internet, and e-mail.
CIS 2 Introduction to Programming (3)
An exploration of computer processes: data and file structure; databases and retrieval of
information; programming using various languages (which may include BASIC, Fortran90,
C++, Perl, Java, or Prologue). Prerequisite: Grade ofC or higher in CIS 1 or consent of
instructor.
CIS 87 Technology Internship (1)
This course is a one-year experience during which a student participates by assisting faculty
and various academic and administrative departments in using technology effectively and
efficiently. (Taken at sophomore level or later.)
CIS 120 Communication Protocols (3)
This course will cover current communication protocols and will include TCP/IP, Routers,
Data Packets and Security. Prerequisite: CIS 2.
140 CULTURAL STUDIES MINOR
Cultural Studies Minor
Department Affiliation: Language and Culture
Culture courses are primarily interdisciplinary and intended to complement language
acquisition, as well as to inform about global cultural diversity. They are generally taught in
English.
Required courses: 26 units
SPA 1 or FRE 1 or JPN 1 Elementary Spanish, French or Japanese (4)
SPA 2 or FRE 2 or JPN 2 Elementary Spanish, French or Japanese (4)
CUL 107 Theory and Practice of Culture (3)
The course addresses the growing domestic and global necessity for understanding and
communication across cultural boundaries. This is a theoretical and practical approach to
understanding cultural differences as well as similarities. GS-VI
CUL 110 Culture through Films (3)
This course uses a thematic approach to analyze a selected number of cultures from different
parts of the world through films.
or PHI 162 Philosophy and Native Cultures (3)
CUL 114 Faces of Spirituality (3)
The focus of this course is to survey and gain an understanding of how different cultures
approach spirituality.
or RST 161 Introduction to World Religions (3)
CUL 117 Women's Literature in Translation (3)
In search of similarities and differences in women's conditions, aspirations and
accomplishments as seen through literature written by women from around the globe.
or ENG 123 Women's Voices in Literature (3)
ART 173 Multiculturalism & the Visual Arts(3)
MUS 106 Varieties of Music (3)
or MUS 116 Music of World Cultures (3)
ECONOMICS 141
Economics
Departmental Affiliation: Business Administration
ECO 1 Microeconomics (3)
An exploration of the economic affairs of industries and the individual business firm. This
course introduces the price system, the law of supply and demand and economic analysis of
individual markets such as labor or international trade. GS-IIIF
ECO 2 Macroeconomics (3)
An introductory analysis of the aggregate economic system. This course discusses methods of
recording and determining gross national product, employment, price stability, fiscal and
monetary policy. GS-IIIG
ECO 44/144 Personal Finance (3)
Emphasis on the principles underlying financial security and investment planning; the study
of credit institutions, the stock market, and home buying through special projects and
experiences in the field. Does not count as an upper level business requirement for Business
students.
ECO 112/112H World Economic History (3)
This course will offer a unified explanation for the growth of Western Europe from AD 900 to
1900, with particular emphasis on the evolution of economic institutions. These institutions
include property rights, banking and credit, public finance, forms of business organizations
and wage labor. Also HIS 1 12/1 12H. GS-IIIF. (Formerly Economic History of Europe)
ECO 123 Travel and Study Abroad (3)
This course is designed to acquaint participants with the business, historical, cultural, and
social environments of the countries visited. Visits will be arranged to business organizations
as well as with government officials connected with economic and business development.
Areas visited may include South America, China or East Asia. The class can be repeated for
credit. Also BUS 123.
ECO 193 Selected Problems (1-3)
Courses, workshops, seminars, or directed readings. May be repeated for credit.
ECO 195 International Economics (3)
The general principles of international regulations and trade; the problems of developing
countries and theories of growth and development; progress toward economic integration and
cooperation in Europe, Latin America and Africa. GS-IIIG
142 EDUCATION
Education
The Education department offers undergraduate and graduate programs for the preparation of
teachers:
Undergraduate
Early Childhood Education in conjunction with the Associate degree.
Elementary Teacher Preparation Program in conjunction with a Baccalaureate degree and a
Liberal Studies major.
Secondary Teacher Preparation Program in conjunction with a Baccalaureate degree and an
academic major.
Graduate
Preliminary Teacher Preparation (Credential) Program:
Elementary (2042)
Secondary (2042)
Education Specialist Mild/Moderate Disabilities
Professional Clear Teacher Preparation (Credential) Programs:
Level II Professional Clear Education Specialist: Mild/Moderate Disabilities
Fifth Year Professional Clear Multiple and Single Subject Credentials
Master of Science in Education with concentrations in:
Elementary Education
Secondary Education
Special Education: Mild/Moderate Disabilities
Instructional Leadership
EDUCATION 143
Early Childhood Education Program
A.A. Degree with a Specialization in Early Childhood Education
The Associate Degree Program with a specialization in Early Childhood Education is
designed for the student who wishes to enter the field of preschool teaching directly upon
graduation. At the completion of the two-year program, the student is qualified to teach in
child development programs (pre-kindergarten) or to transfer to a four-year program to
complete a Bachelor of Arts degree in Child Development, or to complete the requirements
for a Bachelor of Arts degree in a related field and to apply for admission to the Preliminary
Multiple Subject Teacher Preparation Program.
Program Requirements
Core Courses
EDU 3 1 Intro to Early Childhood Education: Profession and Programs (3)
EDU 32 E. C. E.: Observation and Curriculum Planning (3)
EDU 33 The Visual and Performing Arts for the Young Child (3)
EDU 36 Emergent Math and Science Experiences in Preschool Classroom (3)
EDU 39 Supervised Field Work: Preschool (taken during last semester) (6)
PSY 12 Child/Human Development (3)
PSY 36 Language and Literacy Development in the Young Child (3)
SOC 6 Family, Child, and Community (3)
General Requirements
PSY 1 General Psychology (3)
BIO 10 Health Science (3)
PHI 15 Challenges in Philosophy or
PHI 10 Critical Thinking (3)
A.A. Program Requirements
SPR 85 Intro to College Studies ( 1 )
ENG 6AB Written and Oral Communication or
ENG1AB Freshman English (3,3)
Religious Studies course (3)
Humanities course (3)
Quantitative Literacy course (3)
Recommended Electives
Courses in Spanish and Physical Education
The two-year program at the Doheny Campus fulfills coursework and fieldwork requirements
for a Child Development Teacher Permit.
144 EDUCATION
The requirements as established by the California Commission on Teacher Credentialing are
the following:
• Completion of an Associate of Arts degree or higher in early childhood education.
• A supervised field experience (EDU 39) in an early childhood education setting.
• The candidate must have earned a C or above in each course used for the permit.
This permit is issued for five years and is renewable for successive five-year periods with the
completion of 105 hours of professional growth. A Child Development Teacher Permit
authorizes the holder to provide service in the care, development, and instruction of children
in a child development program, and supervise a Child Development Permit Associate
Teacher, a Child Development Permit Assistant, and an aide.
As Title 5 California Administrative Code Regulations pertaining to revisions in the Child
Development Permit are enacted, notification of such revisions are made to students who are
enrolled in the program, as well as those who make inquiry regarding it. It is recommended
that those reading this section for the first time inquire as to whether the regulations stated
here have undergone revision by the state.
Admission Requirements
To be accepted as an Early Childhood Education major, a student entering Mount St. Mary's
College must have a high school GPA of 2.5. SAT or ACT scores are also considered; an
interview may be required. Transfer students applying for the Early Childhood Education
program after college experience must have a GPA of 2.25 in college-level courses, grades of
C or better in all Early Childhood Education courses accepted for transfer, and a grade of C or
better in a college-level (non-remedial) English course.
Specific Program Requirements
The student must complete all Early Childhood courses with a grade of C or better. A grade of
C or better must also be achieved in ENG 6AB or ENG 1 AB. Because of a demand in
Southern California for preschool teachers who can demonstrate speaking and writing ability
in the Spanish language, students are encouraged to take courses in Spanish in conjunction
with the program.
Students in the Early Childhood Education specialization must be able to establish rapport
with very young children and their families. They must be able to create an environment
where children can discover themselves; to do this, they need broad knowledge of children's
physical, social/emotional and cognitive development. Coursework, including observation,
participation, and supervised teaching of children, is designed to enable students to
demonstrate expertise in these areas within the two-year period.
Elementary Teacher Preparation Program in Conjunction
with a B.A. Degree with a Liberal Studies Major
Preparation for certification as an elementary teacher in California consists of two
components, (1) academic preparation and (2) professional preparation. In addition, other
state requirements must be met, as in (3) below. The Mount St. Mary's College Elementary
Teacher Preparation Program is a California Commission on Teacher Credentialing approved
program for the preparation of students for the Preliminary Multiple Subject Teaching
Credential as defined by SB 2042. It is possible to complete both the academic and
professional preparation as an undergraduate and graduate with a preliminary teaching
credential.
EDUCATION 145
(1) Academic Preparation. The undergraduate student interested in elementary school
teaching completes a Liberal Studies major as described on page 213. Students must satisfy
the academic preparation requirement for a teaching credential b achieving a passing score on
the state-required Multiple Subject CSET examinations. This requirement must be satisfied
prior to enrollment in supervised teaching.
(2) Professional Preparation. Simultaneously with the Liberal Studies major, undergraduate
students complete the Elementary Teacher Preparation Program courses to satisfy
professional requirements. Fieldwork in public schools affiliated with the Education Program
is required in each professional preparation class. The student must be able to arrange for
transportation to fieldwork sites. Contact with program advisors is especially important for
students planning to complete preparation for a teaching credential as undergraduates.
Refer to page 148-149 for the Elementary Teacher Preparation Program course list. Also see
page 147 for teacher preparation program requirements and pages 151 and 152 for supervised
teaching policies. Units taken in the Teacher Preparation Program may count toward the
Baccalaureate degree but are not required for graduation.
(3) Other Requirements. Students who wish to teach at the elementary level in California
must also fulfill the requirement related to the United States Constitution and pass a state-
required examination on the teaching of reading (RICA), Political Science I, American
Government and Institutions, currently meets the U.S. Constitution requirement. If a student
wishes to fulfill this requirement by taking a course off-campus, she must submit for approval
an equivalency petition to the Education Department prior to enrollment. Education 156,
Language and Literacy: Elementary Curriculum, will prepare students for the RICA exam.
This exam is taken at the end of the program, prior to filing for the credential. Students must
be officially admitted to the Elementary Teacher Preparation Program with a passing score on
the CBEST examination to enroll in advanced professional preparation coursework: EDU 155
Social Studies and the Arts and EDU 156 Language and Literacy. Finally, all teacher
credential candidates must pass the state-required Teacher Performance Assessment (TPA)
administered during the supervised teaching experience.
For additional information about the Elementary Teacher Preparation Program requirements,
contact the Education Department. It is particularly important to obtain individual advisement
because the California Commission on Teacher Credentialing (CCTC) regulations are subject
to change. "
Secondary Teacher Preparation Program in Conjunction with
a B.A. Degree with an Academic Subject Matter Preparation
Program
Preparation for certification as a secondary school teacher in California consists of two
components: (1) academic preparation and (2) professional preparation. In addition, other
state requirements must be met, as in (3) below. The Mount St. Mary's College Secondary
Teacher Preparation Program is a California Commission on Teacher Credentialing approved
program for the preparation of students for the Preliminary Single Subject Teaching credential
as defined by SB 2042. It is possible to complete both the academic and professional
preparation as an undergraduate and graduate with a preliminary teaching credential.
146 EDUCATION
(1) Academic Preparation. The undergraduate student interested in secondary school teaching
majors in the academic subject she plans to teach. Students must satisfy the academic
preparation requirement for a teaching credential by achieving a passing score on the state-
required CSET examination in the academic subject they intend to teach. This requirement
must be satisfied prior to enrollment in supervised teaching.
(2) Professional Preparation. Simultaneously with the academic studies, undergraduate
students complete the Secondary Teacher Preparation Program courses to satisfy professional
requirements. Fieldwork in public schools affiliated with the Education Program is required
in each professional preparation class. The student must be able to arrange for transportation
to fieldwork sites.
Refer to page 149 for the Secondary Teacher Preparation Program course list. Also see page
147 for teacher preparation program requirements and pages 151 and 152 for supervised
teaching policies. Units taken in the Teacher Preparation Program may count toward the
Bachelors degree but are not required for graduation.
(3) Other Requirements. Students who wish to teach in California must also fulfill the
requirement related to the United States Constitution. Political Science 1, American
Government and Institutions, currently meets this state requirement. If a student wishes to
fulfill this requirement by taking a course off-campus, she must submit for approval an
equivalency petition to the Director of Secondary Education prior to enrollment. Students
must be officially admitted to the Secondary Teacher Preparation Program with a passing
score on the CBEST examination to enroll in advanced professional preparation coursework:
EDU 1 66 Principles of Secondary Education, EDU 1 67 Principles of Secondary Curriculum
and EDU 168 Content-Based Reading Instruction. Finally, all teacher credential candidates
must pass the state-required Teacher Performance Assessment (TPA) administered during the
supervised teaching experience.
Students interested in the Secondary Teacher Preparation Program are urged to contact the
Education Department as early as possible to obtain individual advisement.
EDUCATION 147
Preliminary Teacher Preparation Programs
The Teacher Preparation Programs at Mount St. Mary's College offer coursework and
fieldwork leading to a California Preliminary Teaching Credential for elementary, secondary,
or special education: mild/moderated disabilities. Students may already be teaching in their
own classrooms in public or private schools, or be completing the program prior to
employment as a teacher. Coursework is grounded in the California Standards for the
Teaching Profession and emphasizes a cycle of planning, teaching, and reflecting that
provides students with an ever-deepening understanding of how to provide all students with
rigorous academic learning. The programs prepare teachers who are committed to working
with diverse student population in urban settings. Theory and practice are infused throughout
the coursework with discussion and readings augmenting early fieldwork experiences in
exemplary teacherse classroom in Mount St. Mary's College associated schools. Courses and
fieldwork provide essential knowledge and skills that students need to pass the California
Teacher Performance Assessment and qualify for a Preliminary Teaching Credential. Other
state and program requirements apply, and students are urged to maintain regular contact with
their program advisor. Students may complete a Master of Science degree in Education in
conjunction with the teacher preparation coursework.
Admission to Teacher Preparation Programs
Undergraduate applicants for a Teacher Preparation Program apply directly to the Education
Department for admission. Graduate applicants apply through the Graduate Division (See
Graduate Degree Admissions Policies, p. 81.). Ongoing contact with program directors and
advisors is important, as teacher preparation requirements are subject to change.
Requirements for admission include:
• completion of the appropriate application form and payment of fee
• an application essay
• completion of statements affirming the moral character of the candidate according to
guidelines provided by the California Commission on Teacher Credentialing
• a minimum grade point average of 2.5 on a four-point scale, documented by official
transcripts
• two letters of recommendation indicating suitability for teaching and potential for
success in the Teacher Preparation Program
• interview with an Education department advisor related to professional attitude,
goals, and personal qualifications
• a passing score on the California Basic Skills Test (CBEST)
• verification of medical clearance for tuberculosis
• for graduate students, an official score report from at least one subtest of the
appropriate CSET examination
• for graduate students, a Baccalaureate degree from an accredited college or
university. Degrees earned outside the United States must be evaluated for
equivalency by an agency approved by the California Commission on Teacher
Credentialing. The Graduate Division provides a list of approved agencies.
• for students applying to a Professional Clear program, verification of employment as
a full-time teacher in a setting appropriate to the credential, a copy of a valid
Preliminary teaching credential, and documentation that an approved induction
program is not available to them.
148 EDUCATION
Applications are accepted at any time. Students may enroll in one course as a non-
matriculating student prior to program acceptance.
Admission to a teacher preparation program does not guarantee that a credential will be
granted. The Committee on Admissions reserves the right to dismiss from a teacher
preparation program a student who does not meet program requirements.
Elementary Teacher Preparation Program
The Elementary Teacher Preparation Program at Mount St. Mary's College has been
approved by the California Commission on Teacher Credentialing under the 2001 SB 2042
Standards for Professional Preparation. This program prepares teachers to work with students
in elementary (typically K-6) classrooms. Students begin the program with prerequisite
courses in foundational areas such as development, culture, and language acquisition. They
complete four professional preparation courses that include early fieldwork in exemplary
teacherse classroom in Mount St. Mary's College associated schools. Students finish the
program with supervised teaching and a culminating seminar. Coursework and fieldwork
provide the essential knowledge and skills students need to pass the state-mandated California
Teacher Performance Assessment and the Reading Instruction Competence Assessment
(RICA). Upon successful completion of all requirements, students apply for the Preliminary
Multiple Subject Teaching Credential. Other state and program requirements apply; students
are urged to maintain regular contact with their program advisor. Graduate students may
complete a Master of Science degree in Education in conjunction with the preliminary teacher
preparation coursework.
Prerequisite Coursework (15-17 units)*
EDU 106-206 School and Society (3)
PSY 113 /EDU 251 Development and Learning Across Cultures (3)
SOC 161 Majority/Minority Relations (3)
or EDU 252 Diversity and Schools (3)
ENG 1 02 Structure of Modern English (3)
or EDU 253 Language Competence and Education (3)
EDU 170 A/2 70 A Intro to the Education of Exceptional Learners (1)
BIO 10 Health Science (3)
or EDU 2 1 3 Health Related Issues in Education ( 1 )
PED 1 00/EDU 2 1 2 Physical Education: Elementary Curriculum ( 1 )
Preliminary Professional Preparation Coursework (12 units)*
EDU 150/250 Elementary Instruction: Theory & Practice (3)
EDU 154/254 Mathematics and Science: Elementary Curriculum (3)
EDU 155/255 Social Studies and the Arts: Elementary Curriculum (3)
EDU 156/256 Language and Literacy: Elementary Curriculum (3)
Supervised Teaching (8-14 units)*
EDU 116/316 Supervised Teaching: Elementary Fieldwork (6- 1 2)
EDU 3 1 6L Intensive Fieldwork: Elementary (0)
EDU 123/323 Supervised Teaching Seminar (2)
*Undergraduate program includes 100 level courses; Graduate program includes 200/300
level courses.
EDUCATION 149
Secondary Teacher Preparation Program
The Secondary Teacher Preparation Program at Mount St. Mary's College has been approved
by the California Commission on Teacher Credentialing under the 2001 SB 2042 Standards
for Professional Preparation. This program prepares teachers to work with students in middle
and high school classrooms. Students begin the program with prerequisite courses in
foundational areas such as development, culture, and language acquisition. Content area
coaches are assigned to work with students in each of the three professional preparation
courses. This experience includes fieldwork in Content Area Coaches' secondary classrooms.
Students finish the program with supervised and teaching and a culminating seminar.
Coursework and fieldwork provide the essential knowledge and skills students need to pass
the California Teacher Performance Assessment and qualify for the Preliminary Single
Subject Teaching Credential. Other state and program requirements apply, and students are
urged to maintain regular contact with their program advisor. Graduate students may complete
a Master of Science degree in Education in conjunction with the preliminary teacher
preparation coursework.
Prerequisite Coursework (15-17 units)*
EDU 106-206 School and Society (3)
PSY 113 /EDU 251 Development and Learning Across Cultures (3)
SOC 161 Majority/Minority Relations (3)
or EDU 252 Diversity and Schools (3)
ENG 1 02 Structure of Modern English (3)
or EDU 253 Language Competence and Education (3)
EDU 170A/270A Intro to the Education of Exceptional Learners (1)
BIO 10 Health Science (3)
or EDU 2 1 3 Health Related Issues in Education ( 1 )
Preliminary Professional Preparation Coursework (12 units)*
EDU 166/266 Principles of Secondary Education & Content Area Modules (4)
EDU 167/267 Principles of Secondary Curriculum & Content Area Modules (4)
EDU 168/268 Content-Based Reading Instruction & Content Area Modules (4)
Supervised Teaching (8-14 units)*
EDU 164/364 Supervised Teaching: Secondary Fieldwork (6-12)
EDU 123/323 Supervised Teaching Seminar (2)
* Undergraduate program includes 100 level courses; Graduate program includes 200/300
level courses.
150 EDUCATION
Education Specialist: Mild/Moderate Disabilities Teacher
Preparation Program
The Education Specialist Credential program at Mount St. Mary's College prepares teachers
to work with K-12 students with mild/moderate disabilities which includes students with
learning disabilities, mental retardation, serious emotional disturbance, and health
impairments. These teachers may be employed in their own classroom, in a resource specialist
position, or in an inclusion specialist position serving special education students in general
education settings. The Preliminary Education Specialist program is open to graduate students
only.
Students begin their preparation in the Preliminary Level I program with general and special
education course-work and field experiences, and conclude the program with supervised
teaching. For the general education requirements, students select an elementary or a
secondary emphasis. Courses include fieldwork experiences in general and special education
classrooms. The fieldwork requirements may be completed in the student's own classroom or
in exemplary teachers' classroom in Mount St. Mary's College associated schools. Prior to
applying for a credential, students must pass the state-mandated Reading Instruction
Competence Assessment (RICA).
General Education Requirements (9-10 units)
EDU 253 Language Competence and Education (3)
EDU 250 Elementary Instruction: Theory & Practice (3)
or
EDU 266 Principles of Secondary Education & Content Area Modules (4)
EDU 256 Language & Literacy: Elementary Curriculum (3)
Special Education Requirements ( 15 units)
EDU 270B Education of Exceptional Learners (3)
EDU 271 Educational Assessment-Student with Disabilities (3)
EDU 272 Classroom Management for Student
w/ Learning & Behavior Problems (3)
EDU 275 Literacy Instruction for Struggling Readers and Writers (3)
EDU 276 Content Area Instruction for Student with Special Needs (3)
Supervised Teaching Requirements (13 units)
EDU 378 Supervised Teaching: Special Education (6-12)
EDU316L/364L Intensive Fieldwork: General Education (0)
EDU 320 Supervised Teaching Seminar (1)
Upon completion of all requirements, students apply for either a Certificate of Eligibility for a
Preliminary Education Specialist Credential or, if employed in a special education setting, a
Preliminary Education Specialist Credential. When students complete the Preliminary
Education Specialist program and obtain a special education teaching position, they must
begin the Professional Level II Education Specialist Credential program.
EDUCATION 151
Supervised Teaching Policies
The supervised teaching experience in the Teacher Preparation Programs is structured to
address candidates' diverse levels of teaching experience of the credential candidates. An
important part of candidates' initial advisement is the determination of how they will fulfill
the supervised teaching requirement based on their previous experience and present situation.
Those planning to register for supervised teaching must meet with their advisor at least one
semester before the beginning of the semester in which they plan to register for this
experience and complete an Application for Supervised Teaching.
Prerequisites for Supervised Teaching
1. Official admission to the Teacher Preparation Program (includes passage of the CBEST).
2. Official passing score report on the appropriate CSET examination
3. Successful completion of the appropriate prerequisite coursework and professional
preparation coursework with at least a 3.0 GPA.
4. Application for a Certificate of Clearance.
5. In-Service Teachers: Approved Equivalency Petition forms for waiver of 6 units of
supervised teaching.
Options to Meet Equivalency for Supervised Teaching
Option I: Supervised Teaching for Pre-Service Candidates
Pre-Service candidates are required to complete a full-time supervised teaching experience of
12 units over one semester (See EDU 1 16A/316A, EDU164A/364A, or EDU/378A below.).
Students are placed in Mount St. Mary's College Teacher Centers (Mount St. Mary's-
affiliated local public schools) with cooperating teachers for two six-to-seven week
assignments. Students do not make their own arrangements for the supervised teaching
placement. Students are guided in teaching techniques by the cooperating teacher and the
college supervisor through two assignments at varying grade levels and with culturally and
linguistically diverse student populations. A bi-weekly seminar supports the supervised
teaching experience.
Option II: Supervised Teaching for In-Service Teachers/Individualized Intern Certificate
Candidates
Option II is available only to candidates whose schools are located in Los Angeles County.
Candidates who are full-time, contracted teachers may fulfill the supervised teaching
component in their own classroom (See EDU 316C/D, EDU 364C/D, or EDU 378C/D.).
In-service candidates must complete 12 units of supervised teaching, 6 units a semester for
two semesters. Multiple Subject candidates must be teaching multiple subjects in a self-
contained classroom in grades K-8. Single Subject candidates must be teaching in a
departmentalized setting, in the subject area in which they are pursuing a credential, typically
in grades 6-12. Education Specialist candidates must be teaching in a Special Day Class,
Full Inclusion Program or Resource Specialist Program for students with mild/moderate
disabilities. A bi-weekly seminar supports the supervised teaching experience.
152 EDUCATION
Teachers who have taught successfully on a full-time, contracted basis in the appropriate
subject area and level for at least two years prior to the supervised teaching semester may
petition to have six of the required 12 units of supervised teaching waived. For those who
successfully waive six units of supervised teaching, the remaining six units may be fulfilled in
their own classroom in one semester. (If waived, units are not awarded.) Students must
submit documentation that their teaching assignment has been, and continues to be, a full-
time, paid teaching position and that the subject matter and level are congruent with the
credential sought. For secondary credential candidates, other requirements apply; please see
the Program Director. Equivalency petitions are available from the education advisor and
must be approved by the program director prior to enrollment in supervised teaching.
Intensives: Private school teachers are required to complete fieldwork in a public school
classroom. Secondary candidates satisfy this requirement during the early fieldwork
assignments in the methods courses (EDU 266, 267, 268). Elementary candidates satisfy this
requirement during a two-week intensive in a public school classroom (See EDU 316L.).
Education Specialist candidates are required to complete field work in a general education
classroom. This requirement is satisfied by completing a two-week intensive in an elementary
or secondary classroom (See EDU 316L.).
Option HI: Private School Teachers with Three or More Years of Experience
State regulations under SB 57 allow private school teachers with three or more years of
appropriate experience to waive all of the supervised teaching requirement for the Preliminary
Multiple Subject or Single Subject Credential. State guidelines and procedures are available
from the program advisors.
Professional Clear Credential Programs
Professional Clear Multiple Subject and Single Subject Teacher
Credential Programs
New regulations and guidelines for the Professional Clear Multiple Subject and Single
Subject Credentials have been developed by the California Commission on Teacher
Credentialing. There are now several options for completion of the professional clear
requirements. Students should see a program advisor to determine the most appropriate
program for them to pursue. The Education Department has a California Commission of
Teacher Credentialing approved fifth year program of study for the Multiple and Single
Subject Professional Clear Credential. This program requires 30 semester units of post-
Baccalaureate coursework including the following advanced courses. A total of 15 units of
coursework must be taken in residence at Mount St. Mary's College to be eligible for a
college recommendation for a professional clear credential. The "fifth year" option for a
professional clear credential is only available to candidates working in school settings that do
not have a CCTC approved induction program.
Advanced Courses
EDU 270B Education of Exceptional Learners (3)
EDU 205 Technologies for Educators (3)
EDU 289 English Learners: Supporting Educational Equity and Access (3)
EDU213B Healthy Environments for Student Learning (3)
EDUCATION 153
Professional Level II Education Specialist:
Mild/Moderate Disabilities Credential Program
Students are eligible to begin the Professional Education Specialist program when they
complete the Preliminary Education Specialist program and obtain a special education
teaching position working with students with mild/moderate disabilities. This must be a full-
time, long-term position. Teachers in day-to-day substitute or long-term substitute positions
are not eligible for this program.
In the Professional Education Specialist program, students work with a district support
provider and a college advisor to develop a Professional Induction Plan that includes
advanced coursework, professional experiences, and a one-year mentorship under an assigned
support provider. The program is designed to meet the studentes individual needs and
professional development goals. The plan must be developed within the first 120 days of
employment. Students may complete a CLAD certificate, a Masters degree, a multiple or
single subject credential, or non-college professional development activities as a part of their
Professional Education Specialist program. The program, including 30 post-Baccalaureate
degree units, must be completed within five years of the issuance date of the preliminary
credential.
The Professional Education Specialist Program is offered in collaboration with Loyola
Marymount University.
Core Special Education Requirements (10 units)
EDU 321 Professional Induction Planning Seminar (0.5)
EDU 281 Advanced Issues in Assessment and Instruction of Students with Special
Needs (3)
EDU 282 Consultation and Collaboration for Students w/ Special Needs (3)
EDU 283 Supportive Environments for Students with Behavioral and Emotional
Needs (3)
EDU 322 Professional Educator Evaluation Seminar (0.5)
Elective (3 units) or Non-University Option (45 hours)
Depending on their individual needs and professional goals, students may elect to complete
their Level II special education requirements by taking a three-unit elective course or by
completing 45 hours of approved professional development activities. Students who choose
to take a three-unit elective are encouraged to select a course that will enable them to pursue
a, CLAD certificate, Multiple Subject Credential, Single Subject Credential, or Masters
degree in conjunction with the Level II program.
Additional Professional Clear Requirements (5 units)
EDU 205 Technologies for Teachers (3)
EDU 2 1 3 A Health-Related Issues in Education ( 1 )
and CPR
154 EDUCATION
Teacher Preparation Course Equivalency
Candidates who have had previous courses/experience which are equivalent to the Mount St.
Mary's College teacher preparation requirements may petition through the program advisor to
have such courses/experience accepted in lieu of the prescribed coursework for a teaching
credential. Courses for which equivalency is granted must have been completed no more than
seven years previous to the date of petition, with a grade of B- or better. Courses must have
been taken for a letter grade. Narrative assessment will be considered. Pass/Fail or Credit/No
Credit courses are not accepted for course equivalency. It is the candidate's responsibility to
obtain, complete, and submit the required petition forms and supporting documents to the
program director. The program director makes a recommendation in consultation with the
instructor who is responsible for the course for which the candidate is seeking equivalency.
The department chair reviews this recommendation. No grades or unit credits are granted or
indicated on the candidate's transcript as a result of this process. However, completion of the
equivalency is indicated in the candidate's advisement file. No more than six units may be
fulfilled in this manner to qualify for the Mount St. Mary's College recommendation for the
credential.
EDUCATION 155
Master of Science in Education
Master of Science in Conjunction with a Preliminary Teacher
Preparation Program
Programs leading to the degree of Master of Science in Education in conjunction with a
preliminary teaching credential are available with the following areas of concentration:
Elementary Education
Secondary Education
Special Education: Mild/Moderate Disabilities
Master of Science in Conjunction with a Professional Clear
Credential Program
Candidates may pursue a Master of Science in Education in conjunction with a professional
clear credential in the above areas of concentration.
Master of Science in Education with a Concentration in
Instructional Leadership
This advanced Masters degree program is designed for candidates with teaching experience
who wish to obtain the skills and knowledge that will prepare them to assume instructional
leadership roles. Program options are available for candidates who wish to also prepare for
National Board Certification.
Application Requirements
The same application requirements for a Teacher Preparation Program apply to the Master of
Science in Education in conjunction with a preliminary teaching credential. For the
Instructional Leadership Program, candidates must hold a valid NCLB compliant teaching
credential and be employed in an educational setting. Candidates apply through the Graduate
Division and must meet all admission requirements within the first semester of enrollment
(See Graduate Degree Admission Policies, p. 81, for application requirements.).
Program Requirements
Candidates for the degree of Master of Science in Education must complete 30 units of
graduate coursework including six semester units of core course requirements and other
coursework required for the area of concentration.
Core Course Requirements (6 units)
EDU 200 Research Methods (3)
EDU296A Masters Project Proposal Seminar (1)
EDU 296B Masters Project Seminar (2)
156 EDUCATION
Elementary Education Concentration Requirements
In addition to the core course requirements, candidates complete the coursework required for
the Multiple Subject Teacher Preparation Program. (See pp. 147, 152.)
Secondary Education Concentration Requirements
In addition to the core course requirements, candidates complete the coursework required for
the Single Subject Teacher Preparation Program. (See pp. 147, 152.)
Special Education: Mild/Moderate Disabilities Concentration
Requirements
In addition to the core course requirements, candidates complete the coursework required for
the Education Specialist: Mild/Moderate Disabilities Teacher Preparation Program. (See
pp. 150, 153.)
Instructional Leadership Concentration Requirements
The Masters in Education with a concentration in Instructional Leadership is designed to
prepare experienced teachers to assume leadership roles in curriculum and instruction. In
addition to the 6 units of core masters courses (EDU 200, 296), candidates complete 24 units
of graduate coursework. Several options are available that will allow teachers to combine
their graduate degree work with preparation for a Professional Clear Credential or National
Board Certification. This new program will be available beginning Fall 2006. Program and
course descriptions are available from the Education Department as a supplement to the 2006-
2008 catalog.
Masters Project
The Masters Project is a classroom-based project designed to improve the candidate's
teaching practice through the implementation of research-based practice. Qualitative and
quantitative research methodologies are acceptable. An emphasis is placed on reflective,
evidence-based practice. The project must be grounded in current research in education.
To enroll in EDU 296 A and begin work on the Masters project, students must have passed all
subtests of the appropriate CSET examination, have a grade of B or better in EDU 200 and
have no more than three units of required coursework outstanding. Candidates are required to
prepare and obtain approval of the masters project proposal before enrolling in EDU 296B,
Masters Project Seminar. Candidates who have completed the first three chapters of their
project, collected and analyzed their data and presented their project findings at the Masters'
Sharing event will be permitted to walk in the graduation ceremony, but they will not receive
their degree until all requirements, including the approval of the final project, have been met.
Candidates who are not able to complete their project during the semester in which they
reenrolled in EDU 297B will be required to enroll in a one-unit project continuation course
(EDU 297 A,B, C) for the subsequent semesters (excluding the summer session), until the
project is complete. Once three project continuation courses are completed, no other options
for completing the Masters degree are available.
NOTE:
All post-Baccalaureate programs of study offered by the Education Department are graduate
level programs, whether leading to a Masters degree or not (e.g., Elementary and Secondary
Teacher Preparation Programs). As such, these programs are governed by policies and
procedures for graduate degree programs in all applicable areas. Since credential regulations
and legislation are subject to change, it is important to contact the Education Department for
up-to-date information.
EDUCATION 157
Grading Policies
All education program courses, liberal studies courses, and subject matter preparation courses
must be taken on a letter grade basis, except EDU 39, 100, 101, 102 and supervised teaching
which are Credit/No Credit courses.
Undergraduate students must maintain an overall grade point average of 2.5. Failure to
maintain the 2.5 GPA places a student on probation. (See p. 79 for the College probation
policy).
Students must maintain a GPA of 3.0 in education program courses, including prerequisites. If
a student's GPA in education classes drops below 3.0 in any semester, the student is placed on
probation for the next semester. If the student does not attain a GPA of a 3.0 in the program,
including prerequisites, within two semesters on probation, the student will be disqualified
from the program. Students may repeat education courses in which a grade of C- was earned
to raise the GPA to 3.0.
Course credit is not granted for a grade of D or F in an education course. A student may
repeat the first course in which a grade of D or F is received. Receiving a second D or F,
either in the repeated course or in another course in the program, results in disqualification
from the program. This policy includes the courses required for the professional clear
teaching credential. For supervised teaching, students will be assigned credit (CR) for the
experience if their performance in the Supervised Teaching course is evaluated as C quality or
better. If a student's work is evaluated as work of below C quality, no credit (NC) will be
awarded. Students receiving a grade of NC may petition to re-register for 6 to 12 units of
supervised teaching.
EDU 31 Introduction to Early Childhood Education: Profession and
Programs (3)
A study of the history, scope, and current philosophies of programs for young children.
Observations in a variety of local early childhood programs, and exploration of the education
and licensing requirements for such programs. Ethical and value issues in working with
children and their families, as well as the importance of becoming an advocate for upgrading
the profession and improving the quality of children's services, are stressed.
EDU 32 Early Childhood Education: Observation and Curriculum
Planning (3)
Introduction and use of alternative formats for recording observations of children. Use of
observational data and portfolios to diagnose children's interests, developmental levels, and
learning needs. Review of basic principles of child development and their application in the
early childhood setting by means of observation and curriculum planning. Opportunities to
create environments that enhance cultural pluralism. Includes opportunity for observation and
participation in an early childhood setting. Prerequisite: Departmental approval.
EDU 33/133 The Visual and Performing Arts for the Young Child (3)
A study of the visual arts (basic concepts, theories, and techniques); dance (basic concepts,
and improvisations including philosophical and practical differences among the various
disciplines of dance); music (singing, listening and improvisational activities); theatre arts
(creative drama, role playing, improvisation and story enactment). Lab fee of $20.00 required.
158 EDUCATION
EDU 36 Emergent Math and Science Experiences in the Preschool
Classroom (3)
An exploration of ways to enhance children's natural interest in mathematics and their
disposition to use it to make sense of their physical and social worlds. Students will also learn
to create preschool science programs based on the premise that young children develop
science knowledge as they observe and act on the world, ask questions, make predictions, test
those predictions, and reflect on their experience. Piaget's theory of cognitive development
will be studied in detail.
EDU 37 Infant and Toddler Development and Care (3)
This course presents an in-depth study of infant and toddler development. The principles of
infant and toddler care-giving with an emphasis on the environment and appropriate learning
activities will be explored. Health, safety, nutrition, and parent relations will also be
discussed. Observation of infants and toddlers and programs for them is required.
EDU 39 Supervised Field Work: Preschool (6)
Instruction of children in an early childhood setting under the direction of a master teacher.
Conferences with teachers and supervisors accompany this work. Weekly seminars include
methods of curriculum planning and child guidance, as well as content related to children's
health, safety, and nutrition. Prerequisite: Departmental approval. This course is taken for
CR/NC.
EDU 99 Special Studies (.5-3)
May be repeated for credit.
EDU 100 Introduction to Liberal Studies and the Concurrent
Program of Undergraduate Teacher Preparation (1)
Introduction to the study of the liberal arts and sciences and to the concurrent program of
teacher preparation. Students are introduced to the interrelationships among subject matter
areas and to the essential connection between subject matter preparation and pedagogy
(methods of teaching and assessment of learning). Integrating themes of diversity and
technology are introduced. Other topics include the philosophy of the liberal studies major
and the goals of the concurrent program of teacher preparation and the California Content
Specifications included in the program of study. The MSMC Liberal Studies Portfolio and the
California Subject Matter Examination for Teachers (CSET), as components of the final
assessment of the major and the subject matter preparation program, are introduced and
explained.
EDU 101 Introduction to the Concentration: Liberal Studies Major (.5)
This seminar provides: (1) an introduction to the concentration selected as part of the Liberal
Studies Major and (2) a continuing focus on the program in relation to topics introduced in
EDU 100. Students focus on: a) the coherent relationship among the courses, b) the role of
technology in society and of ethical issues surrounding the impact of technology on society, c)
an understanding of the diverse ethnic, gender, cultural, and disability perspectives, and d)
organization of knowledge in the major and the various teaching strategies experienced in the
areas of study. Prerequisite: Successful completion of EDU 100.
EDUCATION 159
EDU 102 Integrative Seminar in Liberal Studies (1)
Culminating course required to complete the Liberal Studies Major. Students examine the
relationships among the disciplines included in their program of study, synthesize the major
themes, and compare the forms of inquiry. Requirements for the Liberal Studies Portfolio are
reviewed and selected requirements discussed and submitted as class assignments. Course
includes review of application procedures for supervised teaching, including the California
Subject Matter Examination for Teachers (CSET) as a required component.
EDU 106/206 School & Society (3)
The course explores major concepts and principles regarding the historical and contemporary
purposes, roles and functions of formal education in American society. Three primary areas
are examined: (1) the social and cultural conditions of K-12 schooling, especially as it relates
to persistent inequalities in schools and the role of teachers in the creation of equitable
classrooms; (2) the underlying principles, values, and history of the content areas taught in K-
12 schools in the U.S.; and (3) legal and ethical obligations of teachers and schools in todayes
society.
EDU 116A/316A Supervised Teaching: Elementary Fieldwork (6, 12)
(Additional fieldwork fee of $300) Fall or Spring in Teacher Center.
EDU 116B/316B Supervised Teaching: Elementary Fieldwork (6)
(Additional fieldwork fee of $150) Fall or Spring in Teacher Center.
EDU 316C Supervised Teaching: Elementary Fieldwork (6)
Fall or Spring in candidatees own classroom.
EDU 316L Intensive Fieldwork: Elementary (0)
Fall, Spring or Summer in Teacher Center (Additional fieldwork fee of $150.)
Supervised teaching is designed as the culminating experience in the teacher preparation
program and provides opportunities for the candidate to integrate and refine the many
competencies acquired throughout the program. The goal of supervised teaching is to ensure
that the candidate is prepared to assume the full-time responsibilities of a classroom.
In EDU 116A/316A, the candidate assumes the responsibilities of the classroom teacher and
is under the direct supervision of an experienced and effective teacher and a college
supervisor. The supervised teaching involves two assignments, each spanning one-half of the
semester in two schools, and at two grade levels (primary and intermediate). Full-time
teaching is required along with participation in the bi-weekly seminar (EDU 23/323) [See
Option I, p. 151.]. The candidate must have access to daily transportation to the fieldwork site.
In EDU116B/316B, the candidate assumes the responsibilities of the classroom teacher and is
under the direct supervision of an experienced and effective teacher and a college supervisor.
The supervised teaching involves one assignment over one semester in one school and at one
grade level (primary or intermediate). Full-time teaching is required along with participation
in the bi-weekly seminar (EDU 123/323) [See Option I, p. 151.]. The candidate must have
access to daily transportation to the fieldwork site.
160 EDUCATION
In EDU 316C, candidates teach in their own classrooms over one or two
semesters (6 units per semester) and are supervised by an on-site supervisor
and a college supervisor. Full-time teaching is required along with
participation in the bi-weekly seminar (EDU 123/323). [See Option II, p.
151].
In EDU 316L, Intensive Fieldwork, provides private school teachers and special education
candidates with the opportunity to observe and participate in a general education, elementary
public school setting. Prerequisites: Satisfactory completion of all program courses with a
3.0 GPA, completion of an Application for Supervised Teaching one semester before
supervised teaching, verification of passing scores on CBEST and CSET Multiple Subject
examinations, application for a Certificate of Clearance
Seminar (2)
This course is the final seminar in the Teacher Preparation Program. Taken concurrently with
the supervised teaching fieldwork, if required, it provides a culminating forum for discussion,
reflection, and goal-setting toward developing professionalism as a teacher. Course activities
will extend candidates' understanding of key concepts and principles in the California
Standards for the Teaching Profession and allow candidates to demonstrate competence on
the Teaching Performance Assessment.
EDU 138A Organization and Administration of Early Childhood
Education Programs: Program Development and Curriculum (3)
Various program structures and curricula will be examined together with administrative styles
relevant to the operation of early childhood education programs. Development and
implementation of appropriate curricula will be stressed as will environmental planning.
Course will partially fulfill administrative requirement for Child Development Director
Permit.
EDU 138B Organization and Administration of Early Childhood
Education Programs: Financial and Legal Aspects (3)
Examination of various funding and legal requirements in the operation of early childhood
programs with special focus on budgeting, staffing, licensing and compliance with Federal
and State requirements. Course will partially fulfill administrative requirement for Child
Development Director Permit.
EDU 138C Organization and Administration of Early Childhood
Education Programs: Management of Non-Profit Programs (3)
This course will introduce non-business majors to managerial theories to lead non-profit
organizations. The learning experience includes review of literature, class presentations and
active sponsorship of service organizations. A service-learning project integrates theory
with practice, requiring team cooperation, planning and accountability.
(Also BUS 139, GER 138, PSY 128 and SOC 138)
EDUCATION 161
EDU 150/250 Elementary Instruction: Theory and Practice (3)
This course is designed to develop effective instructional and management methods within the
context of a multilingual society and is the introductory professional preparation course for
the Elementary Teacher Preparation Program. Students develop effective educational
practices through observation and participation in an elementary school classroom, inquiry-
based research carried out by the teacher candidates themselves, the use of technology tools
and curriculum resources, and the study of educational and language learning theories. Course
content includes classroom management, standards-based lesson planning, and an emphasis
on content instruction for students learning English as a new language. GS-VI
Note: On-site school observations require a minimum commitment of several hours a week
during the teaching day, as well as travel time to and from Teacher Centers. Candidates must
have access to transportation to the fieldwork site.
EDU 252 Culture and Cultural Diversity (3)
This course is designed for teacher candidates to explore the role that culture plays and has
played in our lives, classrooms, city and country. Students analyze the nature and
manifestations of culture, the concepts of cultural contact, and the history of cultural diversity
in the United States and California. The dynamics of prejudice are studied, and emphasis is
placed on delineating curriculum and practices that honor, motivate, and empower all
students. Examination of personal biases and identification of areas of deficient knowledge is
encouraged. Use of the Los Angeles community as a powerful resource will be explored.
EDU 154/254 Mathematics and Science: Elementary Curriculum (3)
This course examines mathematics and science concepts and theories and their application in
teaching. A major focus is on constructivist learning and inquiry and related instructional
methods and assessment procedures. Concrete, manipulative materials critical to the learning
of mathematics and science are used throughout the course. Emphasis is placed on both
individual and group participation. Note: Observation and participation in exemplary-
mathematics and science elementary school classrooms plus travel time is required.
Candidates must have access to transportation to the fieldwork site Prerequisite:
EDU 150/250.
EDU 155/255 Social Science and The Arts: Elementary Curriculum (3)
This course introduces curriculum and instructional methods for teaching social studies and
the arts in elementary school. Course content addresses the scope and sequence of the social
science and arts curricula; thematic teaching and the integration of the social science and arts
disciplines in relation to California Content Standards and Frameworks; the use of technology
resources; and support for English language learners. Candidates use backwards design to
create an original curriculum unit. Note: Observation and participation in community
instructional settings plus travel time is required- Candidates must hare access to
transportation to the fieldwork site. Prerequisites: EDU 150/250 and, for undergraduates,
official acceptance in the Elementary Teacher Preparation Program with a passing CBEST
score.
EDU 156/256 Language and Literacy: Elementary Curriculum (3)
This course encompasses language and literacy learning in the elementary grades and
methods for teaching a balanced literacy program to multiethnic, multilingual student
populations. Current theoretical and practical aspects of the reading, writing, and related
language arts curriculum will be learned. These include explicit instruction and strategies for
developing a balanced literacy program for native English speakers and English language
learners; observational skills necessary for helping individual students; and exploring
appropriate materials. Methods and principles for developing proficient readers and writers
162 EDUCATION
and for analyzing students" strengths and areas of needed growth will be studied and
practiced, including use of technological tools and resources. Note: Fifteen hours of focused
observations and participation (plus travel time) are required in an exemplary elementary
school classroom during language arts instruction. Candidates must have access to
transportation to the fieldwork site. Prerequisites: ENG 102/EDU 253 and EDU 150/250
and, for undergraduates, official acceptance in the Elementary Teacher Preparation Program
with a passing CBEST score.
EDU 164/364-A Supervised Teaching: Secondary Fieldwork (12)
Fall or Spring in Teacher Center
(Additional fieldwork fee of $300)
EDU 164/364-B Supervised Teaching: Secondary Fieldwork (6)
Fall or Spring in Teacher Center
(Additional fieldwork fee of $150)
EDU 164/364-C Supervised Teaching: Secondary Fieldwork (6)
Fall or Spring in candidate's own classroom
EDU 364L Intensive Fieldwork: Secondary (0)
For Education Specialist candidates only.
Fall, Spring or Summer in Teacher Center (Additional fieldwork fee of $150)
Supervised teaching is designed as the culminating experience in the teacher preparation
program and provides opportunities for the candidate to integrate and refine the many
competencies acquired throughout the program. The goal of supervised teaching is to prepare
the candidate to assume the full-time responsibilities of a classroom.
In EDU 164/364A, the candidate assumes the responsibilities of the classroom teacher and is
under the direct supervision of an experienced and effective teacher and a college supervisor.
The supervised teaching involves two assignments, each spanning one-half of the semester in
two schools, and at two grade levels (middle school and high school). Full-time teaching is
required along with participation in the bi-weekly seminar (EDU 123/323). [See Option I,
p. 151.]. Candidates must have access to transportation to the fieldwork site.
In EDU164B/364B, the candidate assumes the responsibilities of the classroom teacher and is
under the direct supervision of an experienced and effective teacher and a college supervisor.
The supervised teaching involves one assignment over one semester in one school and at one
grade level (middle school or high school). Full-time teaching is required along with
participation in the bi-weekly seminar (EDU 123/323). [See Option I, p. 151.] Candidates
must have access to transportation to the fieldwork site.
In EDU 364C, candidates teach in their own classrooms over one or two semesters (6 units
per semester) and are supervised by an on-site supervisor and a college supervisor. Full-time
teaching is required along with participation in the bi-weekly seminar (EDU 123/323). [See
Option II, p. 151]
EDUCATION 163
EDU 166/266 Principles of Secondary Education and Content Area
Modules (4)
Principles of Secondary Education is the initial professional preparation course in the
Secondary Teacher Preparation Program. This course provides opportunities to assess student
development and to design and deliver instruction informed by contemporary learning theory
and research, practical experience, and inquiry. The role of the teacher is examined as one
who assists student performance, with special attention to the needs of adolescents, English
learners, and urban populations and settings. Content Area Modules for each of the content
areas are integrated into this course. These modules address content-specific instructional and
curricular strategies. Each candidates is enrolled in his/her specific content area module and
works with a Content Area Coach, a current expert teacher in that discipline. Note:
Approximately 15 hours offieldwork in the Content Area Coach's classroom is required.
Candidates must have access to transportation to the fieldwork site. Prerequisite: For
undergraduates, official acceptance in the Secondary Teacher Preparation Program with a
passing CBEST score.
EDU 167/267 Principles of Secondary Curriculum and Content Area
Modules (4)
Principles of Secondary Curriculum is a continuation of EDU 166/266 and focuses on the
teacher as curricular decision-maker and instructional designers. Students deepen their
knowledge of assessment of student development, design and delivery of instruction, and
educational equity. Students use backwards design to create units of instruction and develop
performance assessments anchored in the California content standards for their discipline.
Content Area Modules for each of the content areas are integrated into this course. These
modules address content-specific instructional and curricular strategies. Each candidate is
enrolled in his/her specific content area module and works with a Content Area Coach, a
current expert teacher in that discipline.
Note: Approximately 15 hours offieldwork in the Content Area Coach's classroom is
required. Candidates must have access to transportation to the fieldwork site. Prerequisite:
EDU 166/266.
EDU 168/268 Content-Based Reading Instruction and Content Area
Modules (4)
Content-Based Reading Instruction encompasses language and literacy development in
secondary curricula and methods for enhancing that development with multiethnic,
multilingual student populations. The interwoven nature of speaking, reading, writing, and
listening in content area instruction will be explored, with emphasis on the importance of
content-based discourse in the development of disciplinary understanding and critical
thinking. Course content includes instructional and assessment strategies for students learning
English. Content Area Modules for each of the content areas are integrated into this course.
These modules address content-specific instructional and curricular strategies. Each
candidate is enrolled in his/her specific content area module and works with a Content Area
Coach, a current expert teacher in that discipline
Note: Approximately 15 hours offieldwork in the Content Area Coach's classroom is
required. Candidates must have access to transportation to the fieldwork site. Prerequisite:
ENG 102/EDU253, EDU 166/277, and EDU 167/267.
164 EDUCATION
EDU 170/270A Introduction to the Education of Exceptional Learners (1)
This course is designed to introduce teacher preparation candidates to the general educators'
role and responsibilities in the education of exceptional learners in the general education
classroom. Characteristic of students with disabilities and gifted and talented students are
explored as candidates visit programs for exceptional learners. Candidates develop basic
skills in the assessment of the learning and language abilities of exceptional learners and
apply their knowledge of the state and federal laws pertaining to the education of the students
with disabilities during a class simulation of an Individualized Education Plan (IEP) meeting.
Special attention is given to modifying instruction to meet the needs of exceptional learners.
Fulfills the California Commission on Teacher Credentialing Level I special education
requirement for the Preliminary and Professional Clear Credential.
EDU 270B Education of Exceptional Learners (3)
This course reviews the historical and philosophical significance of special education and the
education of gifted and talented students. The legal and administrative framework for
education of exceptional learners in California is addressed with an emphasis on the policies
and procedures in the candidates' school district for identifying and providing services for
these students. Coursework will emphasize the development of positive, inclusive classrooms
with differentiated instruction designed to enable all students to achieve at high performance
levels. All course requirements will be applied in the teachers' current teaching assignment.
Fulfills the California Commission on Teacher Credentialing Level II special education
requirement for the Professional Clear Credential. Prerequisite: Acceptance in a
Professional Clear Credential Program and a current teaching position.
EDU 271 Educational Assessment of Students with Disabilities (3)
This course examines the educational assessment of students with disabilities including
statistical concepts in measuring abilities, principles of assessment, methods of administration
and interpretation, and the relationship of assessment results to the determination of eligibility
for special education services and the development of an Individualized Educational Plan.
Standardized educational assessment instruments and informal curriculum-based
measurements are examined. Particular emphasis is placed on the appropriateness of
standardized and informal assessment instruments and procedures for culturally and
linguistically diverse students.
Fieldwork Requirements: 10 hours assessing a K-12 student experiencing significant
academic difficulty. Candidates must have access to transportation to the fieldwork site.
Prerequisites: General Education Requirements and EDU 27 OB.
EDU 272 Classroom Management for Students with Learning and
Behavior Problems (3)
This course provides an overview of behavioral disturbances in the classroom. Medical,
behavioral and socio-cultural interventions will be explored with an emphasis on creating
positive classroom environments that enable students with learning and behavior problems to
participate productively in the classroom learning community. The historical, theoretical and
legal bases for identification and treatment of students with behavior disorders, serious
emotional disturbances, and attention deficit disorders will be addressed.
Fieldwork Requirements: 10 hours in a classroom for students with learning and behavior
problems. Candidates must have access to transportation to the fieldwork site
Prerequisites: General Education Requirements and EDU 27 OB.
EDUCATION 165
ECU 275 Literacy Instruction for Struggling Readers and Writers (3)
This course is designed to meet the competencies required for language arts instruction for the
Education Specialist: Mild/Moderate Disabilities Credential and to prepare general educators
to meet the language arts instructional needs of general education students who experience
literacy development problems. Assessment and instructional strategies drawn from diverse
perspectives (e.g., behavioral, cognitive, social-interaction) are presented and examined
relative to their effectiveness. Reading and writing difficulties are examined across the K-12
continuum. Emphasis is on application of literacy assessment and instructional strategies in
actual teaching settings with students experiencing reading delays.
Fieldwork Requirements: 10 hours assessing and instructing a K-12 student experiencing
significant reading delay. Candidates must have access to transportation to the fieldwork site.
Prerequisites: General Education requirements and ECU 27 OB.
ECU 276 Content Area Instruction for Students with Special Needs (3)
In this course the candidate draws upon the knowledge and skills requisite for effective
content area instruction in the general education classroom with necessary adaptations to
make the curriculum accessible to students with special needs. Emphasis is placed on the
creation of curriculum units that incorporate learning strategies approaches to the instruction
of students with mild/moderate disabilities and instructional modifications for students with
limited English proficiency. Content area instruction in math, science and social studies for
students with mild to moderate disabilities in grades kindergarten through twelve is addressed.
Fieldwork requirements: Ten hours in a special education setting for students with
mild/moderate disabilities at the intermediate to high school levels Candidates must have
access to transportation to the fieldwork site, Prerequisites: General Education
Requirements and ECU 270 A/B.
ECU 378A Supervised Teaching: Mild/Moderate Disabilities (12)
Fall or Spring in Teacher Center. Candidates must have access to transportation to the
fieldwork site. (A dditional fieldwork fee of $3 00) .
ECU 378B Supervised Teaching: Mild/Moderate Disabilities (6)
Fall or Spring in Teacher Center. Candidates must have access to transportation to the
fieldwork site. (Additional fieldwork fee of $150)
ECU 378C Supervised Teaching: Mild/Moderate Disabilities (6)
Fall or Spring in candidates own classroom
ECU 378D Supervised Teaching: Mild/Moderate Disabilities (2,3)
Fall or Spring in candidates own classroom
Individualized Intern Certificates candidates only
Supervised teaching is designed as the culminating experience in the credential program and
provide opportunities for the candidate to integrate and refine the many competencies
acquired throughout the program. The goal of supervised teaching is to prepare the candidate
to assume the full-time responsibilities of a classroom. Supervised teaching provides
experiences in the major aspects of teaching students with mild/moderate disabilities:
assessment, programming, instruction, management, record maintenance, evaluation of
progress, and collaboration with general educators, families and community resources. The
candidate refines and synthesizes the skills and knowledge acquired in previous course work
to demonstrate competency as a teacher of culturally diverse students with mild/moderate
disabilities. General Education field experience is also required (ECU 316L, 364L).
Concurrent registration in the Supervised Teaching Seminar, ECU 320, is required.
166 EDUCATION
Students who have no teaching experience complete two seven-week assignments in a
special education setting for students with mild/moderate disabilities in one of the MSMC
affiliated schools (EDU 3 78 A, 12 units) and a two-week intensive in a general education
classroom (EDU 316L, 364L).
Students who have a general education teaching credential or two years or more of
general education teaching experience may petition to waive the 6 units of the supervised
teaching requirement on the basis of their experience. These students complete a seven-week
assignment in a special education classroom in one of the MSMC affiliated schools (EDU
378B, 6 units) or one semester of supervision in their own special education classroom (EDU
378C, 6 units) if they have a mild/moderate special education teaching assignment.
In EDU 378A, the candidate assumes the responsibilities of the classroom teacher and is
under the direct supervision of an experienced and effective teacher and a college supervisor.
The supervised teaching involves two assignments, each spanning one-half of the semester in
two schools, and at two grade levels. Full-time teaching is required along with participation
in the bi-weekly seminar (EDU 200) [See Option 1, p. 151.].
In EDU 378B, the candidate assumes the responsibilities of the classroom teacher for a seven
week assignment in a classroom for students with mild/moderate disabilities under the direct
supervision of an experienced and effective teacher and a college supervisor. Full-time
teaching is required along with participation in the bi-weekly seminar (EDU 320) [See Option
I.p.151].
In EDU 378B, the candidate teaches in his/her own classroom for students with
mild/moderate disabilities over one semester. The candidate is supervised by an on-site
supervisor and a college supervisor. Full-time teaching is required along with participation in
the bi-weekly seminar (EDU 320) [See Option II, p. 151].
Prerequisites: Satisfactory completion (3. 0 GPA) of coursework required for the Preliminary
Education Specialist: Mild/Moderate Disabilities credential, verification of a passing score
on CB EST and the CSET Multiple Subject Examination, application for a Certificate of
Clearance, and approval of the Program Director. An Application for Supervised Teaching
must be filled with the Program Director one semester before supervised teaching experience.
EDU 196H Senior Honors Thesis (3)
Open only to students admitted to the Honors Program.
EDU 199 AB Special Studies (0.5-3; 0.5-3)
May be repeated for credit.
Prerequisite: Senior or graduate standing or consent of department.
EDU 200 Research Methods (3)
A study of the various approaches to educational research including historical, qualitative, and
quantitative. Intended to develop facility in reading research articles and applying knowledge
gained through research to one's own teaching practice and to issues of importance in
education. Candidates prepare a review of the literature in an area of interest.
EDUCATION 167
EDU 205 Technologies for Educators (3)
This course is an advanced seminar in which students study the pedagogical implications of
technology in education and gain practical experience in integrating technology into
classroom instruction. In addition to applying common software (word processing,
spreadsheets, database, multi-media) to educational objectives, students will be engaged in
projects utilizing collaborative dialogue tools (email, discussion groups), teleconferencing,
internet research, electronic portfolios and distance learning. The course meets the California
Commission on Teacher Credentialing Level II technology requirements for the Professional
Clear Credential. Prerequisites: Demonstration of general technological knowledge and skill,
acceptance in a Professional Clear Credential Program and a current teaching position.
EDU 212 Physical Education: Elementary Curriculum (1)
This course is designed to introduce elementary teacher preparation candidates to the
California Physical Education Framework and specific teaching strategies for the
development of students' motor skills, a healthy lifestyle, student knowledge of rules and
strategies of games and sports, and student self-confidence and self-worth in relation to
physical education and recreation.
EDU 2 13 A Health-Related Issues in Education (1)
The course addresses major laws, concepts and principles related to creating a supportive,
healthy environment for K-12 student learning. Credential candidates will study the effects of
student health and safety on learning, teachers' legal responsibilities, and how to access
school and community resources to meet individual student needs. They will practice means
for working constructively with students, families, and community members on health and
safety issues.
EDU 213B Healthy Environments for Student Learning (3)
This advanced course for teachers is designed to build upon the preliminary preparation for
creating a supportive and healthy environment for student learning. Teachers will identify
health and safety factors that influence student well-being and become knowledgeable about
school and community resources that support health and safety including accident prevention
strategies, violence prevention, the school's crisis response plan, the adopted health
curriculum, and school and community health and mental health resources. Major state and
federal laws and local policies and procedures related to student health and safety will be
reviewed to ensure that teachers will be able to act in compliance with these guidelines. All
course assignments will be applied to the teaching assignment. Fulfills California
Commission on Teacher Credentialing Level II health requirement for the Professional Clear
Credential. Prerequisite: Acceptance in a Professional Clear Credential Program, and a
current teaching position.
EDU 251 Child and Adolescent Development and Learning Across
Cultures (3)
Analyzes learning and development in children and adolescents across cultures and explores
the complementary and interdependent relationships of biology and culture. Historical and
global comparisons will be made to contemporary Angelino children as well as to the
educator's personal experience. Emphasis is placed on developing a personal philosophy of
how we, as a society and as individuals, can work to give children healthy foundations that
support growth and learning.
168 EDUCATION
EDU 253 Language Competence and Education (3)
This course is designed to provide general and special educators with a foundational
background in applied linguistics as it relates to K-12 instruction with applications for
students with limited English proficiency and students with language learning disabilities.
Topics to be covered include the structure of English; linguistic variation; language
development in first- and second-language learners; disorders of language development, and
implications for creating classroom environments that promote language development.
EDU 270B Special Populations: Supporting Educational Equity and
Access (2)
This course reviews the historical and philosophical significance of special education and the
education of gifted and talented students. The legal and administrative framework for the
education of exceptional learners in California is addressed with an emphasis on the policies
and procedures in the candidate's school district for identifying and providing services for
these students. Coursework will emphasize the development of positive, inclusive classrooms
with differentiated instruction designed to enable all students to achieve at high performance
levels. All course requirements will be applied in the teacher's current teaching assignment.
Fulfills California Commission on Teacher Credentialing Level II special education
requirement for the Professional Clear Credential. Prerequisite: Acceptance in a
Professional Clear Credential Program and a current teaching position.
EDU 281 Advanced Issues in Assessment & Instruction of Students
with Special Needs (3)
In this advanced course, candidates acquire knowledge and skills to appropriately assess and
instruct students with Mild/Moderate Disabilities. Course content includes selecting and
administering a variety of formal and informal assessment procedures in order to be able to
teach, adapt and integrate curriculum appropriate to the educational needs of students.
Prerequisite: Preliminary Level I Education Specialist: Mild/Moderate Disabilities
Credential
EDU 282 Consultation and Collaboration for Students with Special
Needs (3)
This course will provide opportunities for candidates to develop skills in communication,
collaboration and consultation with teachers and other school personnel, community
professionals and parents. A specific area of emphasis will be on the communication of
relevant social, academic, and behavioral information in the areas of assessment, curriculum,
behavior management, social adjustment and legal requirements. At the completion of the
course, candidates will be prepared to coordinate the process involved in special
education placements. Prerequisite: Preliminary teaching credential.
EDUCATION 169
EDU 283 Supportive Environments for Students with Behavioral and
Emotional Needs (3)
In this advanced course, candidates develop systems for academic and social skills instruction
for students with complex behavioral and emotional needs including attention disorders,
conduct disorders, depression and suicidal behavior, psychotic behavior, anxiety and related
disorders, and delinquency and substance abuse. Course content includes advanced study of
behavioral supports, social skills instruction, crisis management, and positive learning
environments. Collaborative work with other professionals and community agencies is
emphasized in the development of comprehensive support programs for these students.
Prerequisite: Preliminary teaching credential and EDU 272
EDU 289 English Learners: Supporting Educational Equity and
Access (3)
This advanced course for teachers focuses on the delivery of specialized instruction for
English learners that will support equity in access to the core curriculum. Teachers will
become knowledgeable about instructional programs, school organizational structures, and
resources designed to meet the needs of English learners, particularly those in their own
district. They will develop skills in designing, implementing and evaluating instructional
programs to support English language development and access to the core academic
curriculum for English learners. Teachers will use assessments of English learners, including
the English Language Development Test, to diagnose students' language abilities relative to
the core academic curriculum and plan appropriate instruction. Course assignments require
application of principles in the teacher's current teaching context. Prerequisite: Preliminary
teaching credential Fulfills California Professional Clear Level II requirements for teaching
English language learners.
EDU 295 Independent Study (1-3)
A student-designed course of study. See Guidelines for Independent Study. Student must
complete an Independent Study Approval and Application Form.
EDU 296A Masters Project Proposal (1)
Students work with their project advisor in this course to design a proposal for an action
research project to be completed in their classroom. The masters project provides an
opportunity for the candidate to develop competency in researching an issue relevant to their
teaching practice, designing and implementing a project focused on this issues that will
improve their practice, and preparing and presenting a report of the research findings.
Prerequisite: Official score report with a passing score on all subtests of the required CSET
subject matter examination and employment as a teacher.
EDU 296B Masters Project (2-3)
Students work with their project advisor in this course to implement their Masters project
proposal and write the final project report.
Prerequisites: EDU 200 and satisfactory and completion of EDU 29 6 A as evidenced by an
approved Masters project proposal.
EDU 297A,B,C Thesis/Project Continuation (1,1,1)
Continuation of Master's Project or Thesis under the direction of the faculty advisor.
EDU 299 Special Studies in Education: (3)
Courses on special topics in education. May be repeated for credit.
170 EDUCATION
EDU 320 Supervised Teaching Culminating Seminar:
Special Education (1)
This course is the final seminar in the Education Specialist Teacher Preparation Program.
Taken concurrently with supervised teaching fieldwork, it provides a culminating forum for
discussion, reflection, and goal-setting toward developing professionalism as a teacher.
Candidates develop a professional portfolio that documents their competence on the
professional standards for Education Specialists.
EDU 321 Professional Induction Planning Seminar (.5)
Candidates for the Professional Level II Education Specialist credential are required to take
this course at the beginning of their Level II program. During this individualized seminar, the
candidate develops a Professional Induction Plan with an assigned district support provider
and a college advisor.
EDU 322 Professional Educator Evaluation Seminar (.5)
This seminar is the culminating experience for the Professional Education Specialist
credential program. Students reevaluate their professional competency to assess and teach
culturally diverse students with learning and behavior problems. They compile a Professional
Educator Portfolio, which includes artifacts documenting their professional competence and a
plan for their continuing professional growth. The district support provider and the college
advisor continue to support the student in this process.
Education Extension Units
These extension courses are offered in conjunction with the Santa Monica/Malibu Unified
School District Induction Program and are only available to teachers participating in that
program.
EDUX 700XL Supporting Educational Equity and Access for English
Learners (2 extension units)
This advanced professional development course for teachers is designed to build upon
candidates' preliminary preparation for delivery of specialized instruction for English learners
that will support equity in access to the core curriculum. Teachers will become
knowledgeable about district adopted instructional programs, school organizational structures,
and resources designed to meet the needs of English learners. They will develop skills in
designing, implementing and evaluating instructional programs to support English language
development and access to the core academic curriculum for English learners. Teachers will
use assessments of English learners, including the English Language Development Test, to
diagnose students' language abilities relative to the core academic curriculum and plan
appropriate instruction. Course requirement requires application of principles in the teacher's
current teaching context. Induction teachers in BTSA programs should take this course in the
Fall of year 2 as the course requirements are coordinated with CFASST events 7-9.
EDUCATION 171
EDUX 701XL Health Environments for Student Learning
(1 extension unit)
This advanced professional development course for teachers is designed to build upon the
preliminary preparation for creating a supportive and healthy environment for student learning.
Teachers will identify health and safety factors that influence student well-being and become
knowledgeable about school and community resources that support health and safety including
accident prevention strategies, the school's crisis response plan, the adopted health curriculum, and
school and community health and mental health resources. Major state and federal laws and local
policies and procedures related to student health and safety will be reviewed to ensure that teachers
will be able to act in compliance with these guidelines. All course assignments will be applied to
the teaching guidelines. All course assignments will be applied to the teaching assignment.
Induction candidates in BTSA programs should take this course in the Fall of year 2 as
assignments are coordinated with CFASST event 7.
EDUX 702XL Supporting Educational Equity and Access for Special
Populations (2 extension units)
This advanced professional development course for teachers is designed to build upon the
preliminary preparation for teaching students with disabilities and students who are gifted and
talented. Teachers will extend their knowledge of the legislative provisions for the education of
students with disabilities (IDEA) and students who are gifted and talented and the policies and
procedures in their local district for identifying and providing services for these students.
Coursework will emphasize the development of positive, inclusive classrooms with differentiated
instruction designed to enable all students to achieve at high performance levels. All course
requirements will be applied in the teacher's current teaching assignment. Induction candidates in
BTSA programs should take this course in the Spring of year 2 as course requirements are
coordinated with CFASST event 1 1 .
EDUX 703XL Applied Technologies for Educators (1 extension unit)
This advanced professional development course for teachers is designed to build upon the
preliminary preparation for the specialized use of appropriate computer-based technologies to
facilitate the teaching and learning processes. Teachers will acquire advanced skills in the
development, implementation and evaluation of 1) technology-enhanced lessons aligned with
the adopted curriculum for their students, 2) curricula to develop students' information
processing and problem solving skills, and 3) computer applications for recording and
analyzing student assessment data and providing feedback to students and their parents.
Teachers will use various forms of electronic media to communicate during the course and
will establish on-going electronic communication channels with other professionals. Course
assignments require application of principles in the teaching context. Induction teachers in
BTSA programs should take this course in the Spring of year 2 as assignments are
coordinated with CFASST events 10-12.
172 ENGLISH
English
The English major explores the way people communicate and how they reflect on their
existence. It gives sustained training in critical thinking and writing, creative self-expression,
and the perceptive reading of literature. Working from a foundation in theory and criticism of
literature, students select courses in writing and literature, and may design their own
independent study and directed reading courses in areas of special interest. Because English
majors get extensive experience in analyzing, solving problems, researching, organizing,
studying human behavior, and above all writing and speaking with clarity and self-
confidence, they have the background for a wide variety of careers. These include law,
business management, journalism, public relations, teaching, public administration, and many
areas of writing. Internships in the field of the student's career interest are highly
recommended. Students are encouraged to combine their English major with a second major
or minor, in order to combine the liberal arts emphasis with a professional preparation.
English and Business offer a combined major (see below). Students interested in law are
encouraged to select a second major in American Studies, Philosophy, or Political Science,
and to complete the Pre-Law Minor. Other desirable minor programs include Business and the
sequence of core courses in Public Administration (POL 185, 186, and 187).
Courses Required for a B.A. Degree in English
Preparation:
ENG 1 AB/C Freshman English (3,3) or
ENG 5H Freshman Honors English (3) and
HIS 1 AB Western Civilization (3,3)
0
Requirements:
30 additional units in English, at least 24 of which are upper division, including:
One course in advanced writing (ENG 106, 107, or 109 etc.) (3)
One upper-division course in American literature (ENG 126, 145, or 146) (3)
One course in English literature before 1700 (ENG 143, 144, or 172) (3)
One course in English literature after 1700 (ENG 147, 148, or 156H) (3)
One genre course (ENG 161,162, or 163) (3)
One Shakespeare course (ENG 73, 1 73, or 1 74) (3)
Theory and Criticism (ENG 181) (3)
English Seminar (ENG 195) (3)
Two electives chosen from English offerings (3,3)
Strongly Recommended:
ENG 70/1 70 Western Literary Heritage (3)
Total units in English: 36
Any English course completed with a grade of D or below is not acceptable toward a major
in English.
Plus General Studies requirements and electives totaling 1 24 semester units, including
Modern Language requirement.
At least 1 5 upper division units must be completed in the MSMC English Program.
ENGLISH 173
Courses Required for a B.A. Degree in English and Business
Administration
(A cooperative program offered through the departments of English and Business
Administration)
English Preparation:
ENG 1AB/C Freshman English (3,3)
HIS 1AB Western Civilization (3,3)
SPR 18 Career Planning Seminar (1)
Requirements:
24 additional units in English, at least 18 of which are upper division, including:
ENG 1 8 1 Theory and Criticism (3)
ENG 195 English Seminar (3)
Recommended:
One course in American literature (3)
Business Administration
Lower Division Core Requirements:
BUS 4
Business Foundations & Analysis
(3)
BUS 5
Business Law I
(3)
BUS 15A
Accounting Principles I
(3)
BUS 15B
Accounting Principles II
(3)
CIS 1
Computer Process and Applications
(3)
ECOl
Microeconomics
(3)
ECO 2
Macroeconomics
(3)
MTH28
Mathematical Analysis for Business
(3)
MTH 38
Elements of Probability & Statistics
(3)
PHI 92/192
Business Ethics
(3)
SPE 10
Introduction to Communication
(2)
Courses Strongly Recommended:
PSY 1
General Psychology
(3)
SOC5
Sociological Perspectives
(3)
PHI 5
Introduction to Logic
(3)
Upper Division Core Requirements:
BUS 122
Management Communications
(3)
BUS 130
Principles of Finance
(3)
BUS 160
Principles of Marketing
(3)
BUS 177
Management Information Systems
(3)
BUS 185
Principles of Management
(3)
BUS 192
Business Policy and Strategy
(3)
Total units in English and Business: 61
Plus General Studies requirements and electives totaling 124 semester units, including
Modern Language requirement.
At least 12 upper division units must be completed in the MSMC English Program.
174 ENGLISH
The Minor in English
Requirements:
Satisfactory completion of ENG 1 AB or equivalent. Eighteen additional units in English, at
least twelve of which are upper-division MSMC units.
Strongly Recommended:
ENG 126 The American Experience (3)
or ENG 146 American Literature: 1914 to Present (3)
ENG 17 Shakespeare (3)
Students interested in an English minor plan their program with a departmental advisor.
Because of the variety of careers to which an English program may lead, the choice of courses
is flexible. Any course completed with a D or below is not acceptable toward a minor in
English.
Prerequisites for Literature Courses
Lower-division literature courses: ENG 1 A or 6AB or permission of instructor.
Upper-division literature courses: ENG 1 AB/C or permission of instructor.
ENG 1AB Freshman English (3)
Completion with a grade of C (2.0) or better and a score of 4 or better on the Writing Exit test
fulfills Communication Skills requirement in writing for both the Associate and Baccalaureate
degrees. GS-IA
ENG 1C Freshman English (3)
Completion with a grade of C (2.0) or better and a score of 4 or better on the Writing Exit test
fulfills Communication Skills requirement in writing for both the Associate and Baccalaureate
degrees. GS-IA, II Prerequisite: ENG J A. Completion with a grade ofC or better.
ENG 3X Basic Writing (3)
A study of basic elements of writing including sentence structure, paragraph development,
and mechanics. Does not fulfill the Communication Skills requirement in writing, nor does
credit apply to the Baccalaureate degree.
ENG 5H Freshman Honors English (3)
College writing for students who are accepted for Honors at entrance, and who earn a grade of
5 or 6 on the Writing placement test or who are admitted by the instructor. A study of selected
masterpieces of world literature with emphasis on written analysis. Includes introduction to
college-level library and research skills. Completion with a grade of B or better fulfills
Communications Skills requirements in writing. GS-IA
ENG 6AB Written Communication and Analytical Reading (3,3)
A two-semester course focusing on standard written English. Includes expository and
analytical writing; library and research skills; analytical reading. Prerequisite: Placement is
dependent on scores received in entrance testing. Completion with a grade ofC or better in
both ENG 6A and 6B and a score of 4 or better on the Writing Exit test fulfills the
Communication Skills requirement in writing for the Associate degree.
ENGLISH 175
ENG 7 Writing for College (3)
Preparation for college-level English, with a focus on standard written English, expository
writing, and analytical reading. Prerequisite: Score of 3 or better on Writing Placement test,
plus satisfactory scores on the English entrance exams in grammar and reading.
ENG 11 College Writing (1-3)
Intensive experience in expository writing with special emphasis on continued
development of essay skills. Prerequisite: C- or better in ENG 1AB, 6AB, or equivalent.
Strongly recommended for students preparing for CBEST and/or transferring to a
Baccalaureate program.
ENG 12/112 Literary Analysis (3)
Introduction to college-level literary analysis as applied to drama, poetry,
and fiction. GS-IIIB
ENG 15 Literature and Society (3)
Examination of society's accomplishments and vexations in selected literary works that
portray human striving in family, nation, and technological world. May be repeated for
credit. GS-IIIB
ENG 16 Literature and the Human Experience (3)
Studies in the stages of human development as portrayed in classic works of Western
literature with particular focus on the growth of the self and on the individual's relationship to
others and to God. Themes include adolescence, the female experience, love, the family,
moral choice, faith, death and dying. May be repeated for credit. GS-IIIB
ENG 17 Literary Focus (3)
In-depth study of works selected by author, theme, or genre. May be repeated for credit.
GS-IIIB
ENG 18/118 Great Works in World Literature (3)
Study of major works in world literature, representing a variety of periods, themes, and
genres. GS-IIIB
ENG 19/119 Great Works in British Literature (3)
Study of major works in British literature, representing a variety of periods and genres.
GS-IIIB
ENG 20/120 Great Works in American Literature (3)
Study of major works in American literature, representing a variety of periods and genres.
GS-IIIB
ENG 21/121 Classical Epic and Drama (3)
Reading of the Iliad, Odyssey, Aeneid, and several Greek tragedies. Study of their origins,
development, meaning to the ancient world and to the contemporary reader. GS-IIIB
ENG 25/125 Mythmaking: the Quest for Meaning (3)
An exploration of mythmaking in literature as a reflection and interpretation of human
experience. Major mythic themes are traced and compared in the arts, as well as in literature.
GS-IIIB
ENG 26 Literature of the American West (3)
Study of values and themes in American fiction and nonfiction from the perspective of a
variety of cultures. GS-IIIB, VI
176 ENGLISH
ENG 27/127 Women in Quest (3)
Study of women's lives and choices in fiction and nonfiction. Emphasis on current literature
from diverse ethnic groups. GS-IIIB, VI
ENG 28/128 Contemporary Issues in World Literature (3)
A sampling of contemporary literature from various cultures around the world with emphasis
on women authors and their concerns. Students will encounter issues and problems from
racism and poverty to domestic violence, rape, prostitution, and war. Course includes relation
of students' lives to global issues. GS-IIIB, VI
ENG 32/132 Literature of Los Angeles (3)
An interdisciplinary exploration of the literature and history of Los Angeles. Emphasis on the
ways national, geographic, cultural, moral, legal, and ethnic boundaries are blurred in the
city's history, mythology, texts, people, and communities. GS-IIIB
ENG 34 Literature for the Young Child (3)
A survey of children's literature for lower division students interested in working with young
children and primary grade children. Students have experiences in sharing stories or poems
with children (includes use of reading, storytelling, flannel board activities, and puppets).
Analysis of books based on literary characteristics. Includes study of artist illustrators.
ENG 70/170 Western Literary Heritage (3)
Selected readings in Greek mythology and literature, the Bible, and Dante's Divine Comedy.
Designed to provide the serious reader with literary and cultural background to better
understand and appreciate the range of Western literature. Strongly recommended for English
majors. GS-IIIB
ENG 73 Shakespeare (3)
A study of selected Shakespearean plays and poetry. Because readings vary each semester,
course may be repeated for credit. GS-IIIB
ENG 90 Internship (1-6)
Students are placed, supervised and evaluated in a position that makes use of the
communication skills developed in college English classes. May be repeated for credit up to
six units.
ENG 91 Directed Study (1-3)
Study in a field of special interest, under the direction of a department member. May be
repeated for credit.
ENG 92 Special Studies (3)
Exploration of special interest areas in the study of language and literature. May be repeated
for credit. Prerequisite: ENG 1A/6AB, equivalent, or permission of instructor.
ENG 94/194 Special Studies in Writing (1-3)
Study of a selected mode of writing with focus on technique and practice. May be repeated
for credit. Prerequisite: Completion of ENG 1AB/C or 6AB, equivalent, or permission of
instructor.
ENG 96 Workshop (1-3)
May be repeated for credit.
ENGLISH 177
ENG 101 History of the English Language (3)
Analysis of the prehistoric antecedents of the English language and traces the growth of
English from its earliest documentation to modern times, paying attention to structural
changes in phonology, morphology and syntax and to the enrichment of the lexicon. Students
are introduced to the principles of linguistic evolution. Special emphasis is also placed on the
changes in social institutions that affect language and the many ethnic sources that have
enriched the resources of English, especially in the United States.
ENG 102 Structure of Modern English (3)
Introduction to varieties of contemporary linguistic theories and their application to modern
American English. Includes study of the structure of the English language and the
conventions of standard English, basic principles of first and second language acquisition and
development, theories of language acquisition in relation to the social context, and
implications of speaking a primary language other than the mainstream language.
ENG 104 Expository Writing (3)
Intensive review of standard English grammar and punctuation for students wishing to
improve their writing proficiency. Advanced analytical reading and critical thinking. May be
repeated for credit.
ENG 105 Advanced Composition (3)
Designed to meet the particular needs of the Liberal Studies major. Assignments include
academic, professional, and personal writing that enables the student to increase writing
confidence and competency by exploring the English language, reviewing basic skills, and
discovering one's style. Prerequisite: Completion of ENG 1AB or equivalent, and score of 4
or better on the Writing Placement test.
ENG 106 Creative Writing (3)
Students write fiction, poetry, and personal essays from their experiences and observations.
May be repeated for credit. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor.
ENG 107 Professional Writing (3)
An examination of the kinds of writing used in the communications media, with practice in
developing newspaper, magazine, television, or radio material. May be repeated for credit.
Prerequisite: Permission of instructor.
ENG 108 The News Media (3)
A critical examination of the news media, showing how print and broadcast news
organizations operate and giving extensive practice in evaluating media reporting of current
stories. GS-II
ENG 109 Writing: Voice and View (3)
Nonfiction writing as a literary art. Designed for good writers and anyone who enjoys the
challenge of responding to life through the written word. An opportunity to develop one's
personal style and voice while examining the work of great essayists, past and present. May
be repeated for credit. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor.
ENG 122 Love in World Literature (3)
The idea of love studied in historical perspective through the analysis of literary works. Focus
on critical enjoyment. GS-IIIB
ENG 123 Women's Voices in Literature (3)
Major contemporary works by women studied in the context of current critical theory. Impact
of women's voices from diverse ethnic groups. GS-IIIB, VI
178 ENGLISH
ENG 124 Fiction to Film (3)
Examination of how works of fiction become motion pictures. The component elements of
both fiction and film are applied to representative novels to assess their adaptation from the
medium of fiction to the medium of film. GS-IIIB
ENG 126 The American Experience (3)
Study of works of American literature from various periods of history and representative of
the cultures and ethnic identities that make up the American heritage. GS-IIIB, VI
ENG 1 29 Ethnic Literatures of America (3)
Comparative study including two or more of the following groups: African American, Asian
American , Latino/a, Native American, Jewish. Interdisciplinary approach using historical
and sociopolitical context to address issues of race, class, and gender. GS-IIIB, VI
ENG 130 Faith and Fiction (3)
A study of Christian poets, dramatists, and novelists in historical perspective. Focus on both
the changing and the unchanging aspects of Christian faith. GS-IIIB
ENG 131 Russian Literature (3)
Major Russian authors examined in their cultural and historical contexts. Writers include
Pushkin, Gogol, Dostoevsky, Tolstoy, and Solzhenitsyn. GS-IIIB
ENG 134 Children's Literature (3)
Wide reading of children's books, including Caldecott and Newbery awards and honor books.
Multicultural emphasis spans all genres covered. Focus on appreciation of literature, as well
as on literary analysis of the selections. Includes study of critics in the field and of illustrators.
ENG 143 English Literature: Beowulf to 1500 (3)
Major works of the medieval period studied in their historical and cultural contexts.
Prerequisite: HIS I A in addition to regular literature prerequisites..
ENG 144 English Literature: 1500 to 1700 (3)
Major works of the Renaissance and Restoration studied in their historical and cultural
contexts. Prerequisite: HIS 1A in addition to regular literature prerequisites.
ENG 145 American Literature: Beginnings to 1914 (3)
Major works of colonial, early federal, and nineteenth-century America studied in the light of
their historical contexts.
ENG 146 American Literature: 1914 to Present (3)
Study of major works of modern America; consideration of how the literature reflects the
condition of society after World War I.
ENG 147 English Literature: 1700 to 1900 (3)
Major works of the 18th Century, Romantic and Victorian periods studied in their historical
and cultural contexts.
ENG 148 Twentieth Century English and European
Literature (3)
Major contemporary works studied in their historical and cultural contexts.
ENG 156H The Modern Temper (3)
Recommended for upper division. An exploration of the concept of the modern, through a
study of nineteenth and twentieth-century literature, with particular attention to the interfacing
of literature with history, philosophy, religion, or the behavioral sciences. Recommended for
honor students. GS-IIIB
ENGLISH 179
ENG 161 Study of the Novel (3)
Chronological reading and study of representative novels from the 18th to the 20th centuries.
Emphasis on critical enjoyment and awareness of the novel's changing form.
ENG 1 62 Study of Poetry (3)
Study of the development of poetry from its beginnings to the twentieth century with
emphasis on critical enjoyment.
ENG 163 Study of Drama (3)
Analysis of representative plays from major periods of theater history with emphasis on works
of classical, European, English, and American playwrights; theories of interpretation are
applied.
ENG 164 American Drama (3)
In-depth study of American drama. Plays ranging from Eugene OeNeill to the present
selected to reflect the rich cultural diversity that gives American drama its distinctive voice.
GS-IIIB, VI
ENG 165 Novels of the Americas: Latino Voices (3)
Major contemporary Latin American and U.S. Latino novelists examined in cultural,
historical, and political contexts. Multicultural emphasis shows how the two groups influence
each other while also showing their unique traits. Writers include Isabel Allende, Gabriel
Garcia Marquez, Cristina Garcia. GS-IIIB, VI
ENG 172 Chaucer (3)
Readings in the poetry of Chaucer, principally the Canterbury Tales and Troilus and
Criseyde, with reference to the minor works.
ENG 173 Shakespeare (3)
Appreciation of Shakespeare's range and art as a playwright through study of works from
different periods of his development; combination of in-depth and background study.
May be repeated for credit. GS-IIIB
ENG 174 Shakespeare Seminar (3)
Advanced study and research in the works of Shakespeare, with attention to Renaissance
culture and thought. Culminates in a written project. Designed for upper-division English
majors, but other upper-division students may be admitted with permission of instructor.
ENG 175 Exploring World Theatre (3)
This course develops an understanding and appreciation for the theatre as an art form and as a
collaborative creative process. Students learn to appreciate the many styles of theatre from
ancient forms to the Musical Theatre, from Medea through Shakespeare and Ibsen to West
Side Story. Students develop a command of the basic vocabulary of working professionals on
the stage by enacting and directing scenes from the works studied. Emphasis is placed on the
power of different forms of theatre to influence and affect the community. GS-IIIB
ENG 181 Theory and Criticism (3)
Advanced study in methods of examining and discussing literature. Practice in literary
analysis. Consideration of selected major critical theories and documents.
ENG 184 Studies in British and American Literature (3)
Study of selected authors, literary periods, or genres. May be repeated for credit. Designed for
upper-division English majors, but other upper-division students may be admitted with
permission of instructor.
180
ENGLISH
ENG 190 Internship (1-6)
Students are placed and supervised in business or administrative positions that make use of
the skills developed in the major study. May be repeated for credit up to 6 units.
Prerequisites vary and are determined in consultation with the coordinator.
ENG 191 Directed Study (1-3)
Study in a field of special interest under the direction of a department member. May be
repeated for credit.
ENG 192 Special Studies (1-3)
Exploration of special interest areas in the study of language and literature. May be repeated
for credit. Prerequisite: ENG 1AB, equivalent, or permission of instructor.
ENG 193 Special Studies in Language and Literature (3)
Advanced reading and research in selected areas of language and literature. May be repeated
for credit. Designed for upper-division English majors, but other upper-division students may
be admitted with permission of instructor.
ENG 195 English Seminar (3)
Designed to provide upper-division English majors with an opportunity for in-depth
investigation into literature and ideas; culminates in a written project. English minors and
other upper-division students admitted with permission of instructor.
ENG 196H Senior Honors Thesis (3)
Open only to students admitted to the Honors Program.
FILM 181
Documentary Film and Social Justice
Department Affiliation: Art and Sociology
The medium of film has become a universal means of communication. Today, with the
advancement of digital technologies, film production capability has dramatically increased,
creating tremendous opportunities for engagement in the filmmaking enterprise. A Mount St.
Maryes College education, with a strong foundation in the liberal arts, is an ideal setting for
the artistic exploration of the social conditions of our time, with a focus on social justice. This
is the central goal of our film program.
The program is dedicated to educating students in the applied art of documentary filmmaking,
including a conceptual understanding of the nature and influence of film in society, and
providing a social justice lens through which they may express their perception and
understanding of the social world.
Unique aspects of our documentary film program include its emphasis on social justice, its
interdisciplinary nature (principally in art, sociology and philosophy), and the intimate
classroom setting, with a low instructor to student ratio. In addition, students can gain hands-
on filmmaking experience early on in the program. The required internship experience in the
senior year allows Mount students the chance to enter the real world of film production,
positioning them for job options upon graduation. State-of-the-art cameras, software, and
hardware are available for studentse creative projects. A theater for public screening of
student work and the programes yearly documentary film festival possesses excellent
amenities and the latest projection technologies.
Required courses are offered at both the Doheny and Chalon campuses and are open to both
majors and non-majors. A student majoring in documentary film will be prepared to enter a
vast array of careers related to the industry, including film production for non-profit
organizations or for-profit companies.
B.A. Degree in Documentary Film
ART 2 • Design (3)
ART 10 Photography (3)
SOC 5 Sociological Perspectives (3)
FLM 33 or 133 Culture, Music, and Broadcasting (3)
FLM 35/135 Internship (3)
FLM 127 Alternative & Independent Media (3-6)
FLM 129 History, Theory & Ethics of Documentary Film (3)
FLM 131 The Documentary and Social Justice (3)
FLM 132 Film and Television (3)
FLM 135 Mass Media (3)
FLM 137 Documentary Film and Storytelling (3)
FLM 139 Documentary Production I (3)
FLM 140 ABC Documentary Production II (3)
Plus two social justice courses offered by the Sociology Department, selected with the
approval of the Film Program Director
Total Units: 45
182 FILM
Recommended:
CUL 107
Theory and Practice of Culture
(3)
CUL 110
Culture Through Film
(3)
PHI 167
Ethics and Film
(3)
PHI 174
Philosophy of Art
(3)
PHI 175
Philosophy of Film
(3)
RST45
Contemporary Issues in Christian Ethics
(3)
Minor in Documentary Film
ART 2
Design I
(3)
ART 10
Photography I
(3)
FLM 139
Documentary Production 1
(3)
FLM33orl33
Culture, Music and Broadcasting
(3)
FLM 131
The Documentary and Social Justice
(3)
Plus one social justice course offered by the Sociology Department, selected with
approval of the Film Program Director.
Total units: 18
ART 2 Design I (3)
An investigation of the elements and principles of design through specific visual problems.
Color theories are explored and subsequent interaction of color is studied through application.
GS-IIIA
ART 10 Photography I (3)
A laboratory and theory course that is concerned with a working understanding of a 35mm
format camera, techniques of shooting, developing, and printing. Photo projects in this course
will have an emphasis in issues dealing with contemporary society and social issues. This
course investigates content and form through the use of black and white film. The Art
department will loan 35mm camera to students with a need.
SOC 5 Sociological Perspectives (3)
An introduction to the scientific study of human social behavior, including the foundational
theories and the basic elements of social research. Viewing human life as inherently social,
the social and environmental forces that influence and are influenced by personal experience,
culture, and social arrangements, are examined. GS-IIIF, VI
FLM 127 Alternative & Independent Media (3-6)
A practical study of the various forms of alternatives to mainstream corporate media, focusing
especially on its potential for advocating and effecting social change. As a practical
application of principles studied, members of the class will work together to produce and
promote three screenings of the MSMC Human Rights Film Festival as well as a radio
program intended for broadcast on a local independent radio station. (Same as SOC 167)
FILM 183_
FLM 129 History, Theory & Ethics of Documentary Film (3)
A history of the documentary form from the beginnings of file to the present. The course will
also include components exploring basic theoretical concepts and ethical considerations
relevant to filmmakers working in the documentary form.
FLM 131 The Documentary and Social Justice (3)
The elements, style, research, and production methods of the documentary as a
communication medium is examined. Introductory-level student projects will be developed,
informed by genealogical, anthropological, and psychosocial theory and methods. (Same as
SOC 131.)
FLM 132 Film and Television (3)
The purpose of the course is to examine and critically analyze contemporary film and
television as a communication medium of culture, social trends, values and sentiments. The
organizational, political, economic, and strategic dynamics involved in this medium of
creative expression and the production demands and constraints associated with it are also
studied. (Same as SOC 132.)
FLM 133 Culture, Music and Broadcasting (3)
A study of the intersection of mass culture, subculture, personal identity, musical expression,
production and distribution. Studio processes, technical aspects, the economics and politics of
production, icon development, social networking, opportunity structures, and presentation of
self are also addressed. (Same as SOC 133)
FLM 135 Mass Media (3)
An examination of the popular mass media as a reflection, characterization, and interpretation
of culture and society. In addition, the use of the mass media, with an emphasis on television
and film, in politics, economics, and religion will be explored. Critical analysis of ongoing
and emerging trends in television and film will also be conducted. (Same as SOC 135)
FLM 139 Documentary Production I (3)
Both a lab and field work class. This course introduces all aspects of beginning filmmaking
including screenwriting, shooting, editing, and sound. (Same as ART 139 and SOC 139.)
FLM 140ABC Documentary Production (3)
Advanced production class. Perfecting of all aspects of production encountered in
Documentary I with the addition of lighting skills. Expected outcome is feature quality
documentary films. (Same as ART 140.)
FLM 141 Documentary Production Lab Assistant (3)
Student must have taken Art 139 with a grade of A. The purpose of this course is to give
students a chance to hone understandings of production and content with regard to editing and
story through helping other students in the editing lab. Assistant will work with an instructor
in researching equipment, trouble-shooting, and advanced research. (Same as ART 141.)
FLM 197 Internship (3)
Application of major program study in an internship setting. Minimum of 100 hours of on-
site experience enhanced by a running log of activities, learning experience, and journal
entries. Development of professional portfolio is also required. Internship site is to be
selected and agreed upon by both student and department advisor. (Same as ART 35/135.)
184 FILM
PHI 167 Ethics and Film (3)
This course examines the ways in which film can raise ethical issues that challenge us to
reflect upon our lives and the society in which we live. There are two approaches that we will
take: (1) case study approach—going from the film itself (the characters, the story, etc.) to
examining the sorts of ethical issues that arise, the ethical decision-making, and ways in
which we might evaluate the decisions and actions shown in the film; (2) theoretical
approach— going from major ethical theories to specific films (e.g, Fargo, Do The Right
Thing, The Insider, What About Bob? , Shawshank Redemption, Quiz Show). Prerequisite: Any
other ethics class or any two Philosophy classes.
PHI 174 Philosophy of Art (3)
A study of the philosophical concerns around the creative process, the work of art, and
aesthetic evaluation. This includes a study of the classical thinkers of aesthetics (e.g.,
Aristotle, Plato, Croce, Langer, Tolstoy), as well as contemporary theories. As part of this
study, we examine multicultural perspectives (e.g., Chicano murals, African American film
directors, women in film). Prerequisite: One lower division course in philosophy.
GS-VBI, VI
PHI 1 75 Philosophy of Film (3)
A study of philosophical ideas and theories about film, film theory and various schools of film
criticism. In a particular semester, we may focus on a particular theme, such as the hero in
American film, or authenticity and personal integrity, or visions of society. In addition, we
will be interested in looking at film as an expression of cultural values and an instrument for
change. As part of that goal, we will examine the role of race, class, and gender in assessing
film. Prerequisite: one philosophy course. GS-VBI, VI
CUL 107 Theory and Practice of Culture (3)
The course addresses the growing domestic and global necessity for understanding and
communication across cultural boundaries. This is a theoretical and practical approach to
understanding cultural differences as well as similarities.
CUL 110 Culture through Films (3)
This course uses a thematic approach to analyze a selected number of cultures from different
parts of the world through films.
RST 45/145 Contemporary Issues in Christian Ethics (3)
A consideration of the positions and views of Christian ethicists on selected contemporary
issues. Topics may vary, Prerequisite for RST 145: A lower division course in this area.
GS-VA3
FRENCH STUDIES 185
French Studies
Department Affiliation: Language and Culture
French remains the most widely spoken European language outside of English. It remains the
language of refinement and culture, and through Francophone literature reflects a uniquely
global diversity of cultures based solely on language.
The department has programs for both majors and minors in French Studies. These are
comprehensive programs leading to a proficiency in the four basic language skills: listening,
speaking, reading and writing. Incorporated into the programs are the culture and civilization
of France, and a focus on French and Francophone literature.
Major: 38 units
Minor: 26 units
Core Courses required for Majors and Minors
FRE 1 & 2 Elementary French I & II (or equivalent) (4,4)
FRE 3 & 4 Intermediate French III & IV (3,3)
CUL 1 07 Theory & Practice of Culture (3)
Minors must complete 26 units, combining core courses with 3 upper division courses.
Upper division courses required for Majors
FRE 1 0 1 French Writing Lab (3)
FRE 112 History and Civilization of France (3)
FRE 126 Modern Classics (3)
FRE 191 Senior Thesis (3)
Three additional upper division courses are required.
Majors must complete 24 upper division units.
FRE 4 is prerequisite for all upper division French courses.
Any course completed with a grade of D or below is not acceptable toward a Major or
Minor in French Studies and must be repeated.
All students are strongly encouraged to do a double Major or combine a Major with a
Minor. Students are also strongly encouraged to do a Junior Semester Abroad, for a
maximum of 12 transferable units.
Majors must take a minimum of 15 upper division units in the department. Minors must
take a minimum of 1 2 units in the department.
FRE 1 Elementary French I (4)
Develops fundamental skills: listening, speaking, reading, and writing. Emphasis on speaking
and writing. GS-IV
FRE 2 Elementary French II (4)
Further improves all four language skills stressing reading and writing, and vocabulary
building. GS-IV
186 FRENCH STUDIES
FRE 3 Intermediate French III (3)
Emphasis on conversation and oral comprehension. Emphasis on vocabulary building and the
acquisition of idiomatic speech patterns. GS-IV
FRE 4 Intermediate French IV (3)
Introduction to French and Francophone literature. A variety of literary texts will be read and
discussed to improve reading and oral communication. GS-IV,VI
FRE 33A/B French Culture and Civilization (3,3)
A comprehensive approach, both historical and thematic, to a better understanding of French
culture today. Highlights of major social and historical developments and of literary and
artistic movements. These courses are given in English only through the Weekend College.
GS-IV
FRE 101 French Writing Lab (3)
Intensive training in writing, with emphasis on vocabulary, idiom, structural patterns and
style. Exercises in rhetoric, in creative and other forms of writing.
FRE 112 History and Civilization of France (3)
This course will cover the major trends and expressions of French civilization, including the
Age of Cathedrals, the French Renaissance, the glory of Versailles, and the French
Revolution.
FRE 114 The Belle Epoque: Before and After (3)
This post Revolutionary period starts with Napoleon and ends with the second World War.
From Romanticism and Surrealism in literature, from Impressionism to Cubism in painting, it
is the vibrant evolution of modern France.
FRE 116 Contemporary Culture and Politics (3)
The economic recovery of France under the leadership of Charles de Gaulle, its place and role
in the European Community, as well as the new trends in art, philosophy, literature and films
are some of the topics included in this course.
FRE 124 Literary Masterpieces (3)
Poetry, tragedies, comedies and philosophical essays, from the Middle Ages to the end of the
eighteenth century: the best of French literature before the Revolution.
FRE 126 Modern Classics (3)
The nineteenth century has been called the Golden Age of French literature and includes
Balzac, Victor Hugo, Beaudelaire, Flaubert, Emile Zola and many other remarkable writers.
FRE 128 Twentieth Century Literary Trends (3)
From the Surrealists to the Roman Nouveau, this course will focus on some of the great
French writers of this century, with special emphasis on Albert Camus, Andre Malraux,
Marcel Pagnol, and Natalie Sarraute. Selected texts from various Francophone cultures will
be evaluated in terms of cultural variances and their impact on mainstream French literature.
GS-VI
FRE 190A/B Internship (3,3)
Internship/cooperative experience programs in areas related to French culture or international
business.
FRENCH STUDIES 187
FRE 191 Senior Thesis (3)
A two-semester directed research project required for majors under the direction of a
department faculty member. The topic of the thesis must be approved by the department
chairperson. Students must enroll in their thesis course no later than the first semester of their
senior year.
FRE 194 Study/Travel (1-6)
Pre-travel lectures and readings, as well as guided tours in the country, serve as basis for a
study/travel program, with each participant developing a project highlighting the travel
experiences.
FRE 196H Senior Honors Thesis (3)
Open only to students admitted to the Honors Program.
FRE 198AB Directed Readings (3,3)
Directed readings selected from authors representative of significant literary periods.
FRE 199 AB Independent Studies (1-3,1-3)
Directed research. For qualified students with the approval of the department.
188 GERONTOLOGY
GERONTOLOGY
Department Affiliation: Sociology
The Gerontology major is interdisciplinary and grounded in the excellent liberal arts tradition
of Mount St. Mary's College. All required courses for the major, minor and certificate are
available in an online format. This means the program core requirements (as listed below)
can be completed via distance learning.
Gerontology consists of an exploration of the biopsychosocial dimensions of life course
development, with a focus on the rapidly expanding aging population of the United States. In
the twenty-first century, careers in gerontology are projected to expand rapidly, with demand
remaining high over the next several decades.
As a gerontologist, career options include case management and care management, social
work, non-profit or for-profit management, and more. The Gerontology major provides
excellent preparation for graduate studies in social work, public policy, the law, and research.
Along with the Major in Gerontology, a Minor and Certificate Program are also available.
Core required courses for B.A. in Gerontology:
GER 120 Case Management (3)
GER 188 Caregiving and Adaptations for Elders (3)
GER 189 Gerontology (3)
GER 192 Thanatology (3)
GER 197 Gerontology Internship (3)
SOC 1 3 or BIO 40A Anatomy for Social Services/Anatomy (3/4)
SOC 104 The Family (3)
SOC 1 12 Medical Sociology (3)
SOC 1 1 7 or 1 1 8 Research Methods (3)
SOC 1 2 1 Human Services Ethics (3)
SOC 160 Diversity in Society (3)
Plus one human rights course :
SOC 162, 163 or 164 (3)
Plus two additional courses from the following :
BIO 1 1 2 Human Nutrition (3)
BUS 185 Principles of Management (3)
GER 138 Non-Profit Management Seminar (3)
PSY 132 Personality (3)
PSY 1 60 Cognition and Perception (3)
PSY 168 Abnormal Psychology (3)
PSY 188 Crisis Intervention (3)
SOC 103 Group Therapy: Theory and Practice (3)
SOC 106 Introduction to Psychotherapy (3)
Plus completion of General Studies requirements for a total of 124 units. If a student's first or
primary major will culminate in a B.S. Degree, the Modern Language requirement is not
applicable.
Total units for Major in Gerontology: 36
GERONTOLOGY 189
The Minor in Gerontology
Required courses:
A minimum of six courses, which must include:
BUS 4 Business Foundations
Or
BUS 185 Principles of Management (3)
Or
GER 138 Non-Profit Management Seminar (3)
GER 120 Case Management (3)
GER 188 Caregiving and Adaptations for Elders (3)
GER 189 Gerontology (3)
GER 192 Thanatology (3)
PS Y 168 Abnormal Psychology (3)
Plus two additional courses from the Gerontology major or recommended list (shown above).
Total units for the Minor in Gerontology: 18
Certificate in Gerontology
A Certificate in Gerontology is available to those who have previously earned a Bachelor
degree, but now wish to receive training in gerontology in order to prepare for a career in the
field.
Required Courses:
GER 120 Case Management (3)
GER 188 Caregiving and Adaptations for Elders (3)
GER 189 Gerontology (3)
GER 192 Thanatology (3)
SOC 104 The Family (3)
SOC 112" Medical Sociology (3)
SOC 121 Human Services Ethics (3)
Total units in Gerontology: 21
GER 120 Case Management (3)
A study of the methods and practices utilized by health and human services case managers
working in a variety of social service resource settings, such as hospitals, daycare centers,
senior centers, non-profit outreach programs, and convalescent facilities. Fundamental
business, management and social interaction skills will be highlighted.
190 GERONTOLOGY
GER 138 Non-Profit Management Seminar (3)
This course will introduce managerial theories on leading non-profit organizations. The
learning experience includes review of literature, class presentations and active sponsorship of
service organizations. A service-learning project integrates theory with practice, requiring
team cooperation, planning, and accountability.
GER 188 Caregiving and Adaptations for Elders (3)
This course addresses the multiple challenges caregivers must address in serving the needs of
elders. Caregiving, service modalities, and care options are examined. In addition,
environmental adaptations that provide optimal conditions for sustained independent living
are presented.
GER 189 Gerontology (3)
A cross-cultural exploration of aging as experienced in the United States. Ageism, societal
attitudes regarding the elderly, and responses to the aging process, both from the individual
and social perspective, are examined. Cultural variation and responses to aging and the
social, political, and economic implications of a rapidly expanding aging population in the
U.S. and in many regions of the world, will be analyzed. Resource and service availability for
the elderly-locally, regionally, and nationally~will also be assessed.
GER 192 Thanatology (3)
A multi-disciplinary and comparative approach to death and dying. The course focus will
consist of historical and literary themes, along with cultural responses which have provided
understanding, coping, and meaning for the death and dying process.
GER196H Senior Honors Thesis (3)
Open only to students admitted to the Honors Program.
GER 197 Gerontology Internship (3-6)
The application of the major's program of study through an internship experience. A
minimum of 1 20 hours of on-site experience is required, along with practicum attendance and
participation. Internship site to be selected and mutually agreed upon by student and advisor.
Open to majors only and to be taken in senior year of study. Prerequisite: GER 189.
GER 198 Readings in Gerontology (1-6)
Intensive and independent study in a field of special interest at the culmination of one's
gerontology studies.
GER 199 Special Studies (1-6)
A more advanced or specialized treatment of an area covered in the regular course list.
HUMAN SERVICES 191
Health and Human Services
Departmental Affiliation: Sociology
A.A. Degree
Within the Department of Sociology, an Associate in Arts degree in Health and Human
Services is available on the Doheny Campus. This program prepares students for entry level
careers in the social services (e.g., health services, law enforcement, probation, family
services and youth services), and for advanced studies in the Baccalaureate program on the
Chalon Campus. In addition to completion of all General Studies courses for the Associate in
Arts degree, the following are required:
Courses Required for A.A. Degree in Health and Human Services:
SOC 5 Sociological Perspectives (3)
SOC 6 The Family, Child, and Community (3)
SOC 7 Introduction to Human Services (3)
SOCIO Deviance and Youth (3)
SOC 13 Anatomy for the Social Services (3)
SOC 25 Internship: Human Services (3)
SOC 30 Human Communication (3)
SOC 49 Multicultural Issues for Health Care Professionals (3)
PSY 1 Introduction to Psychology (3)
BIO 10 or Health Science (3)
BIO 5 Life Sciences (3)
BUS 4 Business Foundations (3)
One Ethics course:
PHI 2 1 , RST 4 1 , RST 45, RST 49, or RST 50 (3)
Students may select an emphasis in Bilingual Settings by the addition of the
following courses:
SPA 1 * Elementary Spanish I (4)
SPA 2 or Elementary Spanish II (4)
SPA 3A* Accelerated Spanish III (3)
SPA 4 Intermediate Spanish IV (3)
* Requirements may be met through examination
Plus all other General Studies requirements for the A.A. Degree.
192 HISTORY
History
Department Affiliation: History and Political Science
The student who majors in History examines and analyzes the heritage of the recorded past in
an effort to better understand and evaluate events and developments of the present. Emphasis
is placed on American, European, and non- Western civilizations.
Other options are offered in the closely-allied area majors offered in Social Science with
emphasis in History, Political Science, and Public Administration.
It is possible to have history and American Studies as a double major. See American Studies.
Such a combination is highly desirable and very useful, combining as it does with the general
major a specialized study of the character and developing trends of American society.
Courses Required for a B.A. Degree in History
Lower Division:
HIS 1 AB Western Civilization (3,3)
HIS 3 World History (3)
Upper Division:
Nine upper division courses including:
HIS 101 Historical Methods and Historiography (3)
Two courses in United States history (6)
Two courses in non-European/non-United States history (6)
Total units in History: 36
The Minor in History
A minimum of six courses including:
HIS 1 A or IB Western Civilization (3)
HIS 3 World History (3)
Four upper division History courses, at least one of which is non-European/non-United States
history.
To declare a minor in History a student must take at least 5 approved courses from Mount St.
Mary's College.
Total units in History: 18
HIS 1AB Western Civilization (3,3)
An historical study of the major elements in human heritage designed to introduce the student
to the ideas, attitudes, and institutions basic to western civilization. GS-IIIC
HIS 3/103 World History (3)
A global perspective on world history, focusing on the major civilizations and their
interaction with the environment GS-IIIC
HIS 4/104 History and Film (3)
An exploration between film and the past that focuses on how film constructs history and how
history can be approached through the study of history
HISTORY 193
HIS 5/5H European Leaders and Ideas in Ferment and Flux (3)
A study of the major people and forces which shaped European culture and institutions from
the mid- 19th century to the present. GS-IIIC
HIS 6/106 American Cultural History (3)
An historical perspective on American cultural practices, values, and patterns of
representation, focusing not only on "highbrow" sources such as Emerson's essays, but also
on movies, music, cartoons, advertising images, and other forms of expression taken from
popular culture. Topics include American humor, gender relations, African-American
culture, civil religion, the Emersonian tradition, and the West as symbol and myth. GS-IIIC
HIS 7/107 History of Women in the Middle Ages: Finding a Voice (3)
A survey, from the period of late Roman antiquity through the Christian Middle Ages, of Western
perspectives about women written by men as well as "counter-perspectives" written by women
themselves. The lives and writings of key women and their contributions to the history of women
and modern feminist thought are highlighted, including Hroswitha, Hildegard, Heloise, Marie de
France, Julian of Norwich, Margery of Kempe, Christine de Pisane.
HIS 11/111 Native American History (3)
An introduction to the varied historical experiences of the diverse nations native to North
America from the pre-colonial period to the present.
HIS 19/119 History of the American West (3)
An examination of myth and reality concerning the American frontier experience. Emphasis
is placed on the multicultural nature of the American West and on the role and experience of
women in settling it.
HIS 20/120 The Sixties (3)
An examination of the foreign policy, domestic politics, and social and cultural developments
of the 1960s. Topics include the Vietnam War; the student, civil rights and anti-war
movements; the counterculture, second-wave feminism, and the New Right.
HIS 23/123 American Revolutions (3)
Focuses on periods that constituted major turning points in the history of the United States,
including the Revolutionary period and early Republic, the Civil War and its aftermath,
FDR's New Deal, and the sixties.
HIS 25 Cultural and Historical Geography (3)
A survey of the basic cultural elements of geography, of their correlation with the physical
elements, and of the geographic factors basic to the study of history and the social sciences.
GS-IIIC, VI
HIS 45/145 Europe from the Renaissance to the Enlightenment, 1300-1789 (3)
Students are invited to probe the intellectual and artistic flowering of the Renaissance as well
as its political and economic foundations; further investigation will focus on the intellectual,
social, religious and political complexities of the Reformation era as well as its major
religious and political personalities. The European search for security and the effort to
reconcile the Old Regime with the New Science of the Enlightenment. An examination of the
attempts to maintain the political balance and growth of forces leading to the modern world.
GS-IIIC
HIS 46/146Europe:The Age of Revolution and Nationalism,1789-1871(3)
A study of class conflicts, culture and nationalism in the period from the beginning of the
French revolution to the unification of Italy and Germany and the Commune of Paris. The
intellectual and artistic achievements of figures such as Goya, Beethoven, Stendhal, Darwin,
Marx, and Wagner will be treated in relation to the political, social, and cultural trends of this
period. GS-IIIC
194 HISTORY
HIS 47/147 Europe: The Age of Imperialism and Totalitarianism, 1871-
1945 (3)
The history of Europe in the German era from the establishment of the Second Reich to the
collapse of the Third. A study of society and culture in nations preparing for and conducting
total war. The intellectual and artistic achievement of figures such as Nietzsche, Freud, Mann,
Nijinsky, Orwell, and Picasso will be treated in relation to the political and intellectual
currents of the period. GS-IIIC
HIS 50/150 An Introduction to Asian History (3)
Introduction to the major themes in the social, cultural, religious, and political development of
Asia; principally India, China, and Japan. Examines and compares the history of these
civilizations from pre-history to the early twentieth century. GS-IIIC
HIS 75 Contemporary America (3)
American life since 1945; national and international problems, the place of the United States
in world affairs, and the changing mores of American society. GS-IIIC, IIIG
HIS 93ABCD Studies in Selected Historical Problems/Topics
(3,3,3,3)
The course will reflect special areas of research by various faculty members and visiting
lecturers. The particular areas of study will be announced in the semester schedules.
HIS 101 Historical Methods and Historiography (3)
An examination of modern research and writing methods emphasizing needed skills in
preparing research papers. Evaluation of the most significant historians and historical works.
Required for history majors.
HIS 112/112H Economic History of Europe (3)
This course will offer a unified explanation for the growth of Western Europe from A. D. 900
to 1900, with particular emphasis on the evolution of economic institutions. These institutions
include property rights and wage labor. (See ECO 112H.) GS-IIIC
HIS 113 History and Civilization of Spain (3)
A study of the social, cultural and political history of Spain with an emphasis on the values
and institutions which have created modern society in Spain. (See SPA 112.)
HIS 114 Ancient Civilizations (3)
A study of the history, society, literature and religion of the peoples of ancient Egypt, Israel
and Mesopotamia. The course covers the dawn of civilization up to the coming of Alexander
the Great with emphasis on the influence and contributions of the ancient Near East on the
development of "Western" civilization.
HIS 1 15AB History of Political Theory (3,3)
(See POL 117AB.) GS-IIIC
HIS 116 Classical Civilization (3)
The development of ancient Greece from the Bronze Age through the Hellenistic Ages. The
rise of Rome, its rule of the Mediterranean, and its role as transmitter of the Greek heritage.
GS-IIIC
HIS 1 18 The World of Medieval Europe, 500-1300 (3)
An Exploration of the forces, institutions, and people of the late Roman Empire, the
emerging Christian Church, and the Germanic tribes which fused together to create the
foundations for Western European civilization. GS-IIIC
HISTORY 195
HIS 124 History of the Middle East (3)
An examination of the development of major Islamic civilizations to the emergence of the
contemporary nation states. Emphasis on the origins of the Turkish-Christian and Arab-
Jewish conflicts.
HIS 126 Department Seminar (3)
This course is limited to juniors and seniors and provides an in-depth examination into an
historical topic. Research and writing skills are emphasized; a major research paper is
required. (Same as POL 153.) Prerequisite: His 101.
HIS 130 Colonial Latin American (3)
A survey of Latin America from the period of conquest and colonization through the
nineteenth century movements for independence.
HIS 131 History of Religion in North America (3)
An historical survey of the North American religious experience from colonial times to the
present. Topics include African- American religion, Puritanism, evangelical revivalism,
religion and politics in antebellum reform, Mormonism, Spiritualism, and New Thought,
religion's response to urbanization, industrialization, immigration, religion and science,
religion and politics from the radicalism of the 1960s to the neoconservative evangelism of
the contemporary period, New Age religion, and women and religion. Although the course
emphasizes Christianity, it includes brief examinations of the historical experience of Native
Americans, Jews, and Muslims.
HIS 132 Civil Liberties (3)
A critical study of the various efforts to suppress the rights of citizens defined by the
Constitution from the period of the early Republic to the Patriotic Act.
HIS 133 Political Biography (3)
History approached through the biographies of major political, social, and cultural actors,
American and non- American. (See POL 104.)
HIS 151 Advanced Studies in the History of Modern Japan (3)
An examination of the rapid transition of the feudal Japan of the Shogun to the modern
technological state. This course will probe the events that brought changes in government,
family, religion, education, industry and foreign relations from 1600 to 1952. (See POL
152A.) GS-IIIC
HIS 152 Advanced Studies in the History of Modern China (3)
An emphasis on the development of Modern China through a biographical approach.
Personalities such as the Empress Dowager, Sun Yat-Sen, Mao Tse Tung and others will
provide insights into the evolution of the Chinese state. (See POL 152B.) GS-IIIC
HIS 154 The History of Modern Mexico (3)
This course on Modern Mexico examines the social, cultural, political and economic forces
that have shaped contemporary Mexico.
HIS 162 History and Civilization of Latin America (3)
A survey of pre-Columbian and Latin American social and cultural history, with stress on the
values and institutions which have created modern society in the Latin American world. (See
SPA 44/144.) GS-VI
HIS 165 History of the Spanish-Speaking Peoples of the United States (3)
A study of the Spanish-speaking peoples in the United States today. The history,
contemporary status, and emerging future of the Mexican Americans, with attention to the
Puerto Ricans, Cubans, and other communities of importance to Southern California. (See
SPA 145.)
196 HISTORY
HIS 171 The United States from Colony to Republic, 1607-1800 (3)
The American Revolution, Confederation, and Union under the Constitution; the social,
economic, and cultural development of the United States to 1800. GS-IIIC
HIS 173 The United States in the 19th Century (3)
Social, economic, political development from the early national period through the Gilded
Age, with special emphasis on the Civil War, including the underlying causes of the conflict
and its consequences for American civilization. GS-IIIC
HIS 175 The U.S. in the 20th Century (3)
United States social, economic, political and cultural development from the Progressive Era to
the present, including World Wars I and II, Korea and Vietnam, the Great Depression, the
Cold War, Women's suffrage, the Civil Rights Movement, and the globalization of American
culture during 'The American Century." GS IIIC
HIS 178 Diplomatic History of the United States (3)
A survey of the factors entering into the formation and the carrying out of American foreign
policy, with emphasis on twentieth century developments and post World War II problems.
GS-IIIG
HIS 179 Constitutional History of the United States (3)
The evolution of the fundamental characteristics and trends in American constitutional
development with emphasis on contemporary problems. Consent of instructor necessary for
non-majors and non-minors. (See POL 108.) GS-IIIC, IIIG
HIS 180 Current Constitutional History (3)
Emphasis on the Bill of Rights as applied to both federal and state jurisdictions. Also includes
examination of both substantive and procedural due process. (See POL 109.) GS-IIIC, IIIG
HIS 181 Modern Presidential History (3)
A study of 20th Century presidents and how their personalities and styles of leadership
influenced political trends. A comparative analysis of crises and leaders will be the major
emphasis. GS-IIIC
HIS 184 Radicalism and Dissent (3)
A look at American history and society through the eyes of those on the margins, including
religious "come-outers," Wobblies, anarchists, sixties radicals and flower children, and
contemporary eco-terrorists. GSIII-C
HIS 185A African American History: American Slavery, 1619-1865 (3)
Slavery as an economic and social institution from its introduction to the English colonies in
1619 to its abolition following the Civil War in 1865. GS-IIIC
HIS 185B African American History:Emancipation to the Modern Era(3)
Social, political, economic, and cultural history of African Americans, with emphasis on how
African Americans achieved legal and political equality with the American system. African
American cultural expression, Black Nationalism, and changing race relations throughout the
history of the United States. GS-IIIC
HIS 185C/185CH Race and Racism in American Life and Thought (3)
The evolution and role of race constructs in American social and intellectual history,
including law and politics, art and the media, and evolving social mores from Colonial
America to the late 20th Century. GS-IIIC
HISTORY 197
HIS 186/186H Gender in American Life and Thought (3)
The evolution and role of gender constructs in American social and intellectual history
including law and politics, art and the media, and evolving social mores from Colonial
America to the late 20th Century.
HIS 188 California History (3)
Social, economic, cultural, and institutional development of California through the Spanish,
Mexican, and American periods. (See POL 1 79.) GS-IIIG
HIS 191 Major Issues in the United States Women's History (3)
A topical study of women's struggle and evolving role in American life throughout American
history. Among the areas considered are politics and public life, economics and business, art
and culture, family relationships, gender roles and expectations, and the race/gender nexus.
GS IIIC
HIS 192ABC Women of Color in the U.S. (3)
This course explores the experiences of women of color in the United States through history,
literature, and film. Each semester the course focuses on a single group of women of color.
The course may be repeated for credit.
HIS 193ABCD Studies in Selected Historical Problems/Topics (3,3,3,3)
Each course will reflect special areas of research or interest by various faculty members and
visiting lecturers. The particular areas of study will be announced in the semester schedules.
HIS 196H Senior Honors Thesis (3)
Open only to students admitted to the Honors Program.
HIS 197ABC Readings in Historical-Literature (1-3)
Individual programs of reading on significant historical topics or fields. Designed to acquaint
the student with pertinent books of the past and present. Limited to majors in history.
HIS 198 Internship in Public History (3)
Students serve a supervised internship in a selected museum or public history site.
198 MASTERS DEGREE IN HUMANITIES
The Masters Degree in Humanities
Department Affiliations: English, Cultural Studies, History, Political
Science
The Master of Arts Degree in the Humanities is an interdisciplinary degree, which
includes courses from three separate disciplines— English, History /Political Science, and
Cultural Studies. Students may spread their courses among all three or choose a concentration
in one area. Whichever choice the student makes, he or she will take three interdisciplinary
core courses that deal with an integration of ideas that go beyond the boundaries of a single
discipline. Emphasis is placed on oral and written communication skills, on critical and
analytical thinking, and on creative, interdisciplinary problem solving.
Students will have the opportunity to nurture the habit of life-long learning through the study
of works by the great thinkers and imaginative artists of the past and present who have
reflected on the nature of God and the universe, on nature and time, and on what it means to
be human.
The Master of Arts Degree in the Humanities is a 30-unit program in which the final
course constitutes an original contribution. This original work may take the form of a Masters
thesis or a creative project.
Admission Requirements
• Completion of a Baccalaureate degree from a regionally accredited institution of
higher education
• Cumulative grade point average of 3.0 on a 4.0 scale
• Two letters of recommendation
• Entrance interview with an advisor
• No graduate admission tests are required
Core Courses (9 units): At the heart of the program is a series of three required courses, one
in each of these areas: Cultural Studies, English, and History /Political Science. Each of these
interdisciplinary seminars features a research and writing component designed to help prepare
students to work on their final thesis or project. Students may take these courses in any order
as long as they complete one seminar in each of the three areas. With the guidance of a faculty
advisor, a student may elect to earn a concentration by completing four courses (12 units) in
one of these disciplines.
Elective Courses (18 units): The remaining six courses may be chosen from a list of
interdisciplinary courses created to offer students the opportunity to explore the
interrelatedness of various disciplines of study.
MASTERS DEGREE IN HUMANITIES 199
Culmination Course (3 units): To complete the Masters degree, each student submits an
original, graduate-level project or thesis. This work is done under the supervision of a faculty
advisor. If a student chooses to do a project in place of a traditional thesis, a written
component is required that places the project in a context that reflects the student's
cumulative experience in the program. Application forms and guidelines are available from
the Program Director.
Students are encouraged (but not required) to consider a project or thesis that draws upon the
resources of the community surrounding the Doheny campus. Faculty as well are encouraged
to draw upon this racially and culturally diverse neighborhood in designing the content and
methodology of their courses.
CORE COURSES:
CULTURAL STUDIES
People of Two Worlds
HUM 270CS People of Two Worlds (3)
Explores various perspectives on men and women who have left their homelands to live
temporarily or permanently in new cultures.
HUM 271CS Landscapes and Timelines: The Development of
Social Units Around the Globe (3)
Studies the chronological development of social units around the world from the beginning of
time to the present with emphasis on the community and the individual.
Sex and Gender
HUM 272CS Sex and Gender (3)
Using the perspective of gender as a social construct, this course explores how the roles of
men and women differ with different societies, looking at rites of passage, attitudes and
values around marriage, age-based and socio-economic perceptions of "other," as well as
variance in attitudes toward sexual behavior.
Faces of Spirituality
HUM 273CS The Faces of Spirituality (3)
This course looks at how various cultural groups conceptualize spirituality and worship, and
how such ideas determine people's perception of, and relationship to, the cosmos.
Theory and Practice of Culture
HUM 274CS Theory and Practice of Culture (3)
This course examines a range of theoretical approaches to the study of culture and cultural
practice. The course focuses on different aspects of cultural life, including symbols, language,
ritual, religion, gender, politics, globalization, race, ethnicity, and memory. Theoretical and
methodological approaches to interpreting and portraying culture will be explored, using the
cross-disciplinary genres of ethnography, cultural studies, fiction, and film.
200 MASTERS DEGREE IN HUMANITIES
Culture through Film
HUM 275CS Culture through Film (3)
Films as visual literature afford direct access to the hidden world of culture. This course
analyzes through film a selected number of cultures from different parts of the world. Using a
comparative approach to understand these films as texts, we parallel the traditional study of
literature, but with a more specific intent to study culture.
Aesthetics and Taste
HUM 276CS Aesthetics and Taste (3)
The objective of this course is to understand the many different criteria for, and conceptions
of, what is perceived to be "beautiful" and "good" across global cultures. A wide selection of
topics will be explored, such as fashion and taste; inner and outer beauty; and creative
representations of beauty in music, dance, architecture, and art.
Culture of Time and Space
HUM 277CS Culture of Time and Space (3)
These two universal and all-encompassing dimensions are conceived of and understood with
considerable variation in different societies. The issue of time as duration, of monochrome
and polychronic time will be explored, as well as the field of proxemics which is the study of
how people conceive and use space — social, visual, auditory, and architectural space among
others.
HUM 278CS The Silk Road: A Cultural Mosaic (3)
This course will study the historic Silk Road, its historical evolution and the cultural
geographical aspects of cultural regions along the road, cultural diffusion especially of art and
religious ideas, cultural integration, human landscapes, and human ecology.
HUM 284CS The Early Modern Experience. (3)
This course will focus on the era that gave rise to Humanism, printing, the Renaissance, and
the European encounter with the Americas. Particular emphasis on the interaction of cultures,
languages, and religions.
Biography, Autobiography and Anthology
HUM 279CS Cervantes in the Twenty-First Century (3)
Four hundred years after his death, why are people of all ages, from all over the world, still
drawn to the works of this man? What is the universal appeal of his work that resonates in the
modern world and inspires contemporary writers? Why do we still read his works today?
HUM 280CS Contemporary Russian Women's Writing: Text
and Context (3)
Traces the ways in which Russian society's concept of womanhood changed and remained the
same; explores the varied and dynamic literary production by Russian women authors in the
aftermath of glasnost. Authors such as Ludmilla Petrushevskaya, Tatyana Tolstaya, and
Ludmilla Ulitskaya shed light on the struggle for identity within a changing cultural and
sociopolitical climate. Looks at issues like motherhood and work, marriage, sexuality and
gender relations, and the importance of friendships between women in Russian culture.
MASTERS DEGREE IN HUMANITIES 201
HUM 282CS Biography, Autobiography and Anthology (3)
Personal accounts of men and women who have had a global impact across cultures and time.
Myths across Cultures
HUM 281CS Myths Across Cultures (3)
Studies significant patterns of world myths and theories of mythology as both a reflection of
culture and of universal human themes. The course also introduces the Masters candidate to
graduate level research methods.
Healing Body and Soul
HUM 283CS Healing body and soul (3)
The concern for healing is shared equally by all cultures, as it has a metaphysical dimension
among certain people and less so in others. This course will focus on the philosophies that
underlie the process of healing and their manifestations.
HUM 289CS Special Topics in Cultural Studies: (3)
May be repeated as topics vary.
ENGLISH
HUM 205E Shakespearean Subjects (3)
Centers on the individual in selected works of William Shakespeare and his portrayal of the
individual mind at work, the actor among events larger than the self: the fates of kings and
nations, the agonies of lovers, the betrayal of friends and comrades. Will also include
theoretical texts on the construction of "subject" in the early modern period and scholarship
about Shakespeare the man.
HUM 212E Epic, Community, and Identity (3)
A culture studies-focused course that looks at the Homeric texts, Virgil, Beowulf, and
Arthuriana, and their cultural progeny. Examines what these texts (including their retellings,
especially through film) say about cultural and individual self-concepts and how those self-
concepts connect to empire.
HUM 230E The Gothic Tradition in Art and Literature (3)
Explores the history of the Gothic ideal in painting, sculpture, and architecture from 1 2th
century through the dawn of the Renaissance, including the exquisite cathedrals at Chartres,
Rhiems, and Paris as well as Gothic art in England, Italy, Germany, and Spain and considers
how the idea of "gothic" translates to narrative art.
HUM 23 IE Dante (3)
Interdisciplinary approach to Dante, viewing his literary achievement in light of other
perspectives, especially theology, philosophy, art history, and politics. Readings include his
Commedia and his political treatise, On Monarchy, as well as contemporary political and
religious treatises.
202 MASTERS DEGREE IN HUMANITIES
HUM 232E Creative Writing (3)
Through both reading and writing, this class delves into considerations of elements of "style,"
and "voice," exploring character development, plot, dialogue, time, place, stream of
consciousness, and suspension of disbelief. Type of writing ranges from short pieces of
fiction to chapters for novels, to poetry depending on the genre being offered. Method of
instruction also varies with the instructor and may include "workshop" in which each
student's writing is read by the rest of the class for constructive criticism. Class may be
repeated for credit.
HUM 233E Shakespeare and His World (3)
Examines Shakespeare's drama in the social, political, and economic context of the
Renaissance period. Questions whether plays such as Richard II and Henry /Fpose a
challenge to the monarchy and social hierarchy, how comic conventions of cross-dressing and
mistaken identity in such plays as Twelfth Night and The Merchant of Venice reflect conflicts
between individual desire and social convention, and what his plays tell us about the
Elizabethan age — and, by comparison, our own. Texts, journals, diaries, letters, etc., by other
writers of the period will also be examined.
HUM 234E Science & the Victorians (3)
Looks at how literature of the Victorian Period responded to contemporary scientific theories,
how it borrowed from and gave emotional substance to scientific concepts, and considers how
Victorian scientists conveyed their theories in the language, metaphors, and analogies usually
reserved for literature. In exploring the works of writers like Mary Shelley, Tennyson,
Dickens, and Hardy, and scientists like Darwin, Koch, Pasteur, Doyle, and others, students
will consider how these two seemingly antithetical disciplines are actually closely interrelated
cultural practices that reflect the social, political, and economic hopes and fears of the period.
HUM 235E Los Angeles Literature (4)
This course will explore the way myths have ruled L.A. and its literature, including the
numerous ways — for instance noir, realism, multiculturalism, postmodernism — that L.A.
authors have responded to and deconstructed the so-called "sunshine mythology" of the city's
"disneyfied " boosters.
HUM 236E Southern Exposure: The Fiction of William Faulkner (3)
Investigates Faulkner's exposure of the "Southern fagade" by focusing on the social and
psychological themes of his fiction, including issues of gender, race, and class. Also examines
the "fiction" of the author's own life. Includes selected short stories and novels by Faulkner
and biographical works.
HUM 237E The American Dream and its Literary Legacy (3)
Much of American literature results from an attempt to deal with the problematic intersection
between the promise of the American dream and the reality of America's historical legacy,
which includes a good deal of individual failure as well as racism, the destruction of Native
American cultures, and discrimination. Some recent American writers have tried to redefine
the American dream in order to reaffirm its validity while others pursue alternative visions out
of the past or into the future. This course examines 19th and 20th Century American literature
with an eye towards this problematic dream. Includes authors such as Harriet Jacobs,
Sojourner Truth, Emerson, Whitman, Melville, Kate Chopin, Fitzgerald, Silko, etc.
MASTERS DEGREE IN HUMANITIES 203
HUM 238E World Literature: The Changing Face of Evil (3)
Since the beginning of time, evil has worn many faces, and the concept of evil has found
expression in many forms of creative thought — art, literature, philosophy. An investigation
into the changing ideas about the nature of evil in Western literature raises questions like:
How does "nature" figure into the definition of evil? Is there a connection between gender
and evil? The inquiry takes students through a wide range of time and a number of cultures.
HUM 239E The Romantic Heritage (3)
Romanticism, as a literary movement in England, began at the dawn of the 1 9th Century with
the poetry of Samuel Taylor Coleridge and William Wordsworth and quickly found kindred
spirits in Keats, Shelly, Byron, and others. The major proponents in America were Walt
Whitman and the "Transcendentalists" — Emerson and Thoreau, etc. Students immerse
themselves in the poetry and ideas of the English and American "Romantics" and trace the
movement through the Victorian period and into "modernist" poets like Cummings and Eliot
and even into the later 20th Century.
HUM 240E "Story Painters and Picture Writers": Poetry and
the Visual Arts (3)
Artists such as William Blake, Dante G. Rosetti, E. E. Cummings, and William Faulkner (yes,
Faulkner) worked in more than one medium — written text and visual art. In some instances,
poets were inspired by objects of art; in other cases, poems become the subject of visual art.
This interdisciplinary course uses a variety perspectives and critical approaches to explore the
relationships between these media.
HUM 24 IE Sports in Literature (3)
This course examines sport as subject, symbol, and motif in a variety of texts, including
journalism, fiction, and autobiography. By looking at the intersection of text and sport,
students examine what sports mean to our society and reveal about our culture.
HUM 242E Nineteenth-Century Gothic Literature (3)
The Gothic novel came into its own in the mid-eighteenth century but had its heyday in the
nineteenth century. This course offers a variety of approaches to the topic, ranging from
vampire literature to female Gothic, to race, gender and imperialism in Victorian Gothic
and/or American Gothic, depending on the instructor. May be repeated for credit as topic
changes.
HUM 243E Voices From the Margins: A Search for Identity (3)
Students have the opportunity to explore what gives voice to marginalized groups in such
works as Toni Morrison's Song of Solomon, Maxine Hong Kingston's Woman Warrior,
Leslie Marmon Silko's stories and novels, and plays by David Henry Hwang and August
Wilson. Readings will be determined by instructor.
HUM 244E Eco-Criticism:Literature and the Environment (3)
Uses the most intriguing schools of contemporary literary criticism to examine the work of
prosenature writers like Annie Dillard, Edward Abbey, and Henry David Thoreau; of poets
like Mary Oliver, Wendell Berry, Joy Harjo, and W. S. Merwin; and of novelists like Zora
Neale Hurston, Khemingway, DeLillo, and Cormac McCarthy. Includes reading from fields
of biology, history, geography and philosophy.
HUM 245E Chaucer (3)
HUM 249E Special Topics in Literature: (3)
May be repeated as topics vary.
204 MASTERS DEGREE IN HUMANITIES
HISTORY
HUM 210H The Survival of Democracy in America: Alexis
DeTocqueville & His Critics (3)
This course examines the fragile nature of democracy, and the political and social institutions
that can serve to strengthen it, through an examination of Alexis de Tocquevillees classic
work, Democracy in America. Students will consider Tocqueville's critics, the relevance of
Tocquevillees analysis under current political conditions, and assess his predictions for the
survival of democracy in America.
HUM 223H Roots of the Holocaust in Western Culture: Anti-Semitism
from Antiquity to the Shoah (3)
This course will study the origins of anti-Semitism in Western culture, from its pre-Christian
roots through the interaction between the early Christian Church and its Jewish antecedents,
and the unfolding anti-Semitism of the Middle Ages. The relationship between the cultural
foundations and the development of political traditions in post-Enlightenment Europe that led
to the Nazi Holocaust will be examined.
HUM 250H Japan in Film (3)
Japanese cinema has played a special role in global film history, influencing directors as
diverse as George Lucas, Steven Spielberg and Quinten Tarentino. This course examines the
history of Japanese film, and the history of Japan through film. It will include directors such
as Kurosawa Akira, Ozu Yasujiro, Itami Juzo and Miyazaki Hayao. Comparisons will be
made between Japanese film, the Western films they influenced, and vice versa. The course
will include both live-action and animated film.
HUM 251H Leadership and Personality (3)
How do character and personality influence political leadership? Using a psychoanalytic
approach, and focusing on American presidents, this course will illuminate the way in which
character traits, personality patterns, and worldview have shaped the way leaders make
decisions, respond to crises, and contribut to the political environment.
HUM 253H America in the Sixties (3)
This course examines conflicting concepts of community and personal identity in modern
Americans most formative decade, the 1960s. Topics to be covered include the Civil Rights
movement under Dr. Martin Luther King, Black Power, csecond-wavee feminism, and the
Chicano movement.
HUM 256H Racism in the Modern Age (3)
The evolution and role of racial constructs in American social and intellectual history,
including law and politics, art and the media, and evolving social mores from colonial
America to the modern era.
HUM 258H Political Theory and the Individual (3)
Explores notions of the "individual" in society as developed by political theorist of the early
modern era. The investigation includes studying The Leviathan, in which Thomas Hobbes
theorizes that the reality of human nature requires the formation of contractual government if
the individual is to escape a life that is "short, brutish and nasty." Students will also analyze
J. S. Mill's On Liberty, and his theory of the free and independent individual and the
relationship between passion and intellectual reason. Finally, students will examine Adam
Smith's The Wealth of Nations and assess his theory that the power of individual rationality
and "self-interest rightly understood" provide the best opportunity for a workable society.
MASTERS DEGREE IN HUMANITIES 205
HUM 259H Natural Law (3)
Natural Law theory posits that morality can and should play an important role in law and
politics. Scholars in the natural law tradition argue that law informed by morality can
preserve a cultural environment in which citizens refrain from self-corrupting actions, and are
more likely to make morally upright choices. Critics of this theory argue that "morals laws"
are more likely to be an affront to civil liberties and individual autonomy. This course
explores Natural Law theory and its leading critics from the liberal tradition.
HUM 261H African American History: Seeking Liberation (3)
A series of thematic courses that explore the African-American experience from slavery
through contemporary times, exploring such issues as legal, social, and political struggles for
equality, civil rights, Black nationalism, and Black political movements.
HUM 262H Special Topics: African American History: Building
Community (3)
A series of thematic courses that explore the African- American experience of community
building in the United States in all its manifestations, including religious, social, professional,
and Utopian communities.
HUM 262H Special Topics: African American History: Building
Community in the Promised Land: Black Los Angeles, 1900-1945 (3)
Los Angeles's Black community, in the early years of the 20 th century, absorbed two great
waves of migrants from the South, looking for new opportunities. This course examines how
this culture interacted with the nativist elements it encountered and how it established an
identity of its own that registered a wider influence in all spheres of American and African
American culture.
HUM 263H African American History: Culture and Image (3)
A series of thematic courses that explore the Black image in American culture through time,
including Black imagery in literature, film, advertising, music, and myth. The course will
also explore what role the popular and cultural image had on the contemporary status of
Blacks in society.
HUM 264H Marx, Marxism, and History (3)
Delves into the details of Marx's thought, examines how revolutionaries around the world
attempted to apply these notions to their own societies, and studies the relationship between
Marxism and intellectuals, looking at why Marx's ideas have failed to produce a communist
world. The Soviet Union, China, and Cuba especially will be analyzed.
HUM 265H Race and Slavery in America (3)
An examination of the role of race in the development of slavery as a legal institution on the
American continent, from the colonial era through the American Civil War. Will study the
phenomenon of race as a social and legal construct as the underpinning of American slavery
from 1619 to 1865.
HUM 266H Politics and Religion in America (3)
Explores the relationship between religion and politics in American history. Examines the
Constitutional concept of the separation of church and state as well as landmark legal cases
associated with it. Also looks at the nation's "civil religion," that unique conflation of
Protestant and republican values that has informed American public life since the
Revolutionary era. With this context in place, the course focuses on specific issues involving
religion that are matters of public controversy today-abortion, gay marriage, stem cell
research, intelligent design, and the problem of poverty.
206 MASTERS DEGREE IN HUMANITIES
HUM 267H Kennedy: The Camelot Presidency in History and Myth (3)
The presidency of John F. Kennedy (1961 - 1963) survives as both an historical and a
mythological legacy. In contemporary America, it is often difficult to distinguish where one
ends and the other begins. This course will examine the historical record of the Kennedy
administration and its foreign and domestic policies, as well as the popular myths that have
grown from that era, comparing the two while attempting to determine why myths emerge and
what purpose they serve in a political and social context.
HUM 268H Plays and Politics (3)
HUM 269H Special Topics in History/Political Science: (3)
May be repeated as topics vary.
ELECTIVES
HUM 201 The Role of Women in Western Christian Culture (3)
Considers the role of women in the creation and continuation of Western Christian culture,
and Christianity's ambivalence toward women throughout the centuries. Focuses on three
historical periods: The First Thousand Years; Reformation Years to Modernity; Post-Modern
Years.
HUM 202 The Philosophy of Death (3)
This course examines the significance of death over twenty-five centuries of thought and
across several different disciplines, from ancient Greek philosophy, through the Hindu and
Buddhist religious traditions, through Christianity, to modern and contemporary attempts to
deal with the phenomenon of death in psychoanalysis, social anthropology, and philosophy.
HUM 206 Native American Art and Philosophy (3)
This course is a journey into the realm of Native American art and philosophy. Central to this
study, we will look at art, film, and literature as vehicles of mythology, ideas, and values. Our
goal is to see how (1) the images and symbols in art and film and (2) the ideas and stories in
literature shape a worldview and a tribal philosophy. This will include the Inuit, Haida,
Ojibwa, and the Huichol.
HUM 207 Contemporary Political Philosophy (3)
Does the political subject still exist, or are we merely the demographically determined targets
of political campaigns? Do we still need the "state"? Or is this 19th Century concept no
longer valid in an era when global capital, trans-national corporations, NGOs and other "non-
state actors" (e.g., "terrorists") all wield power? Does this complex concept articulate the
relations between political subjects and the political community? Will investigate these
questions in works by Derrida, Foucault, Zizek, and others.
HUM 211 Explorations of Non- Western Ideas (3)
Interdisciplinary exploration of non-Western ideas-expressions and perspectives of India,
China, Japan, Africa, and Southeast Asia—focusing on the broad themes of individual,
society, creativity, and cosmos.
HUM 215 Blood on Our Hands: Crime, Violence and Fear in
America (3)
This course will examine crime and violence as part of America's past and present culture,
and the dynamic role that fear plays as both a motivation for and a consequence of violence.
MASTERS DEGREE IN HUMANITIES 207
HUM 222 Charles Darwin: His Life and His Legacy (3)
Biology, sociology, psychology, even theology, literature, and the arts have all been shaped
by the Darwinian paradigm. Politicians struggle with the impact of his theories, which
continue to drive the most fundamental questions: "Who are we, and where did we come
from?" This course looks at the historical Darwin and the contemporary understanding of
Darwinism on post-modern life.
HUM 224 20th Century World Views (3)
Surveys contemporary worldviews, including some that profoundly shaped the world in the
20th Century, and now define the 21st Century. Includes such modes of thought as idealism,
phenomenology, existentialism, hermeneutics, Marxism, critical theory, psychoanalysis,
structuralism, post-structuralism, deconstruction, postmodernism, and feminism.
Thematically, our interdisciplinary concern will be with such issues as the rise of Humanism
and the reaction against it, the flirtation with Marxism, the rise of the women's movement, the
loss of colonial empires, etc.
HUM 225 Film and Sociology (3)
HUM 229 Special Topics in Humanities: (3)
May be repeated as topics vary.
HUM 295 Directed Individual Study (3)
May be repeated for credit.
HUM 296A Capstone Project Proposal Workshop (1)
Workshop prepares students for their final project.
HUM 296B Capstone Project (2)
Students may elect to do a Masters thesis or a creative project under the direction of a faculty
advisor. Before registering for the project, students must complete HUM296A and must have
their proposals approved by their advisors, the Humanities Committee, and the Director of the
Program. Forms and guidelines are available from the Program Director.
HUM 297ABC Capstone Project Continuation (1, 1, 1)
208 JAPANESE
Japanese
Department Affiliation: Language and Culture
As an institution of higher education on the Pacific Rim and with a student population praised
for its diversity, the department of Language and Culture offers two semesters of Japanese to
fulfill the language requirement. These courses can also be taken as electives.
JPN 1 Elementary Japanese I (4)
This course develops the student's four communication skills. The course reviews selected
grammar, builds vocabulary and Kanji. The different levels of politeness in speech are
introduced. The course also covers topics that enhance the student's awareness and
understanding of Japanese culture. GS-IV
JPN 2 Elementary Japanese II (4)
This course continues perfecting the student's four communication skills. By extensive
aural/oral and reading/writing exercises, the student achieves further proficiency in the target
language. It focuses on building vocabulary, idiomatic expressions, and Kanji to help
students discuss and write essays with enough ease on selected topics, including Japanese
culture, literature, and history. GS-IV
JOURNALISM 209
Journalism
Department Affiliation: English
JRN 101 Basic News Writing (3)
Introduction to the basic skills of reporting and news writing. Intensive writing practice.
Overview of print and broadcast journalism.
JRN 102 Advanced Reporting and News Writing (3)
Reporting techniques and intensive experience in identifying news sources, interviewing,
researching, and constructing the story. Practice in a variety of types of journalistic writing.
Emphasis on journalism ethics and law. Prerequisite: JRN 101 or equivalent.
JRN 90/190 Internship (1-3)
May be repeated for credit.
JRN 96/196 Oracle Workshop (1-3)
Guides students through the monthly production of the student newspaper. Addresses all
aspects of production including reporting, writing, editing, layout and advertising. May be
repeated for credit.
210 LANGUAGE & CULTURE
Language and Culture
The Department of Language and Culture offers Spanish, French and Japanese programs
carefully designed to provide students with the necessary tools to interact effectively in a
multicultural social or professional environment. In order to sharpen their skills, students are
encouraged to use the latest technology, do service learning, and study abroad.
In this age of globalization, communicating with the rest of the world has never been more
important. For communication to truly take place, we must understand not only the words but
what is behind them; we must understand how people of different cultures think and act, and
why. We must understand their culture.
Culture is the set of beliefs, values, traditions and the history that has shaped the minds and
rituals of any given group. Understanding cultures and having proficiency in their languages
open a wide array of career opportunities, not only in the world of business, but also in any
aspect of a service career such as health, education, law and order, and politics. For this
reason, our department offers various interdisciplinary programs to combine Language and
Culture with such departments as Business, Education, History and Political Science, Nursing,
and Sociology. Students are encouraged to arrange double majors with these disciplines.
In the Department of Language and Culture, the student can graduate with:
1 . A Cultural Studies Minor (See p. 140.)
2. A Minor or Major in French Studies (See p. 185.)
3. Japanese classes (See p. 208.)
4. A Minor or Major in Spanish Studies (See p. 347.)
5. A Minor in Human Service for the Bilingual Settings
(Interdepartmental collaboration with the Sociology Department) (See p. 191.)
6. A Major in Spanish and Business
(Interdepartmental collaboration with the Business Department) (see p. 117)
LIBERAL ARTS 211
Liberal Arts
A.A. Degree
The Associate in Arts degree with a specialization in Liberal Arts is designed for the student
who wishes to explore various disciplines and have a wide variety of experiences. At the
completion of the Associate in Arts program, the student may pursue a major leading to a
Baccalaureate degree in her chosen field and/or she may enter a career which utilizes the
benefits from her interdisciplinary program. For transfer to the Baccalaureate program on the
Chalon campus, the student should consult her advisor regarding General Studies
requirements. Requirements for admission into the Liberal Arts program are the same as those
for admission into the Associate degree program.
The Liberal Arts Program requirements include:
English 6AB/1AB
(3,3)
Outreach
(1)
Intro to College Studies
(1)
Art or Music
(3)
Literature
(6)
Modern Language
(8)
Mathematics
(3)
Science
(3)
Psychology
(3)
Sociology
(3)
History/Political Science/Economics
(3)
Speech
(2)
Philosophy
(3)
P.E./Wellness
(1)
The student must complete all Liberal Arts requirements with a grade of C- or better (except
for English classes where grades must be C or better).
Total units in the Liberal Arts Program: 46
Plus additional General Studies requirements and electives totaling 60 semester units.
Students interested in pursuing the following majors on the Chalon campus can declare an
emphasis and should take the following suggested courses when fulfilling their Liberal Arts
requirements:
nglish
Liberal Studies
Psychology
HIS 1A& IB
ART 2
BIO 5
PHI 5 or PHI 10
BIO 5 and 10
PHI 10
MTH50&51
PSY 1
istory
MUS6
PSY 12
HIS 1A& IB
PHI 10
POL 1
olitical Science
PSY 12
POL2& 10
RST61
212 LIBERAL ARTS
The B.A. Degree with a Major in
Liberal Arts
(Offered through Weekend College)
Departmental Affiliation: English
The Liberal Arts major involves the study of human beings and societies from the multiple
perspectives of the humanities and the social sciences. By means of this interdisciplinary
major, a student can explore and combine the varied insights into human art and activity that
are revealed by the disciplines and methodology of psychology, literature, art, history,
philosophy, religious studies, music, sociology, economics, and anthropology.
Building on the base of the General Studies curriculum, students select courses for their major
which will further their examination of human beings and societies through the lenses of at
least two disciplines in the humanities and two in the social sciences. This focusing of
perspectives allows the student to illuminate chosen themes such as the character of American
culture or women's issues from a variety of intellectual angles, and to do so in depth and with
rigor.
The Liberal Arts major provides a solid background for graduate work in Law, Public
Administration, and most fields in the Humanities and Social Sciences. Students who wish to
develop a strong professional specialization are encouraged to combine the major with a
minor, such as Business Administration.
Requirements:
A minimum of thirty units in Liberal Arts offerings, of which twenty-four must be upper
division. A minimum of four of the upper-division courses must be in the humanities,
representing at least two of the following disciplines:
art music
language philosophy
literature religious studies
A minimum of four upper-division courses must be in the social sciences, representing at least
two of the following disciplines:
anthropology political science
economics psychology
history sociology
Plus General Studies requirements and electives totaling 124 semester units,
including Modern Language requirement of two courses in Modern Language or
Cultural Studies..
Total Units in Liberal Arts: 30
LIBERAL STUDIES 213
Liberal Studies
Department Affiliation: Education
The Liberal Studies major is an integrative program of study designed specifically for
students seeking the Multiple Subject Credential authorizing them to teach in California
elementary schools. This rigorous and intellectually stimulating major is designed to:
• Prepare teachers who know subject matter in the liberal arts and sciences and who
demonstrate understanding and appreciation of the diverse fields of human endeavor.
• Enable future teachers to see relationships between subject matter content and the
ways subject matter is developed, learned, and taught.
• Assist future teachers in learning specified content in the major areas of study (see
Major Requirements).
• Help future teachers acquire the skills needed to transfer their knowledge to real-life
applications in an elementary classroom.
Students in the major explore areas of learning as active participants; they acquire a variety of
skills and techniques, reflect on the learning process, and take responsibility for their role in
it.
Students may enroll in the Liberal Studies major elementary subject matter preparation
program and, concurrently, be enrolled in the elementary teaching preparation program. (See
Education.)
To be eligible for acceptance into the Liberal Studies major, applicants must have achieved a
minimum grade point average of 2.5 (C +) in high school and in any previous college
coursework. Students pursuing the Liberal Studies major may be assigned course credit for
Advanced Placement Scores of 3, 4, or 5 in subject areas that fulfill requirements for the
major at the discretion of the program advisor.
MSMC does not do equivalency evaluations of academic preparation programs or courses
completed by candidates from other colleges or universities. MSMC does not evaluate
academic preparation program equivalency for candidates who completed the Baccalaureate
degree at Mount St. Mary's College unless the candidate completed the Diversified or Liberal
Studies major.
Contact the Coordinator of the Liberal Studies major with questions about this policy or about
meeting requirements for the academic preparation for the Multiple Subject Credential.
California legislation and regulations regarding credential requirements are subject to change
and supercede MSMC catalog policies and department procedures regarding them.
At Mount St. Mary's College the Liberal Studies major is offered through the Education
Department.
Liberal Studies Major Requirements
All courses taken as part of the major must be approved by the Liberal Studies advisor during
the official advisement period.
214 LIBERAL STUDIES
Language
9 units in composition (e.g., ENG 1 A and IB or ENG 5H, and ENG 105)
One course in speech (SPE 10)
3 units in linguistics (ENG 102)
Courses in language other than English to meet Mount St. Mary's College Modern Language
requirements (See p. 62 in this catalog.) Spanish recommended.
One course in children's literature
3 upper division units in literature
Mathematics and Science
6 units in mathematics (e.g., MTH 50 and 51)
3 units in biological science (must include a laboratory, e.g., BIO 5)
4 units in physical science, including the study of physics, chemistry, space and earth science
(e.g., PHS 2AB)
3 units in health science (BIO 10)
One course in computer processes and applications
Social Science and History
6 units in U.S. history and government, (e.g., HIS 106 and POL 1)
(Candidates for the California teaching credential must complete 2 units of study of the U.S.
Constitution.)
3 units in world history (e.g., HIS 3 or HIS 1 12, or HIS 1 16)
3 units in geography (HIS 25)
3 units in sociology (SOC 161)
3 units in California history (HIS 188)
Humanities
15 units are required to meet General Studies requirements at Mount St. Mary's College.
RST 61 should be included as one of the courses.
Fine Arts
4 units in art (a course in art appreciation or history and ART 145)
4 units in music (a course in music appreciation and MUS 130)
1 unit in drama and dance (INT 194 A)
Physical and Health Education
4 units in physical and health education (BIO 10 and PED 100)
Human Development
6 units in human development (PSY 12 and PSY 1 13)
Education
The EDU 100, 101, and 102 courses provide opportunities for students to reflect on their
integrative program of study. EDU 106 enables students to meet the field experience
component of the program as required by the California Commission on Teacher
Credentialing.
LIBERAL STUDIES
215
EDU 100 Introduction to Liberal Studies (1 )
EDU 101 Seminar in the Concentration: Liberal Studies Major (.5)
EDU 102 Integrative Seminar in Liberal Studies (1)
EDU 106 School and Society (3)
Students in the major complete a subject matter portfolio demonstrating their knowledge and
skills in the areas of study included in the Liberal Studies major. According to State of
California regulations, the California Subject Examination for Teachers (CSET) is a required
component of the MSMC Liberal Studies major.
Concentrations
Candidates for the Liberal Studies major also complete a concentration in an area such as
English, mathematics, social science, or Spanish. Concentrations are completed in subject
areas commonly taught in elementary schools or related areas. The concentration consists of
12 units of study which are coherently related to each other with an integrative theme and are
ordinarily upper division units. Information about and examples of concentrations are
discussed in EDU 100 and 101.
216 MATHEMATICS
Mathematics
Departmental Affiliation: Physical Sciences and Mathematics
While offering students an opportunity to study mathematics as part of a liberal education, the
Mathematics major serves as excellent preparation for work in fields such as computer
science, statistics, secondary teaching, business, or graduate study. Coupled with courses in
chemistry and biology, a degree in mathematics also provides excellent preparation for
entrance into schools of medicine, dentistry, or optometry.
Courses Required for a B.A. Degree in Mathematics
Computer Science Emphasis
Lower Division:
MTH 5ABC Calculus I/II/III (4,4, 4)
CIS 2 Introduction to Computer Programming (3)
MTH 20 Programming (3)
MTH 25 The LINUX/UNIX Environment (3)
PHY 1 1 AB Mechanics/Electricity, Magnetism, and Optics (4,3)
PHY 1 BL Physics Laboratory ( 1 )
Students who can demonstrate their proficiency in any of the above courses may enroll in the
next course in the sequence. Students who need further preparation in algebra and elementary
functions should take MTH 1, College Algebra, before MTH 5 A.
Upper Division:
MTH 102
Advanced Calculus
(3)
MTH 103
Linear Algebra
(3)
MTH 1 1 1
Abstract Algebra
(3)
MTH 113
Probability and Statistics
(3)
MTH 119
Differential Equations
(3)
MTH 128 A
Numerical Analysis
(3)
Nine units from the following:
MTH 101
Topics in Geometry
(3)
MTH 120
Discrete Mathematics
(3)
MTH 128B
Numerical Analysis
(3)
MTH 135
Structure of Programming Languages
(3)
MTH 140
History of Mathematics
(1)
Total units in Mathematics: 48
Plus General Studies requirements and electives totaling 124 semester units, including
Modern Language requirement. An overall GPA of 2.0 in major courses is required for the
degree.
MATHEMATICS 217
The Minor in Computer Programming
Lower Division:
MTH 5ABC Calculus I/II/III (4,4,4)
CIS 2 Introduction to Computer Programming (3)
MTH 20 Programming (3)
MTH 25 The LINUX/UNIX Environment (3)
Upper Division:
Two upper division courses chosen in consultation with the student's advisor from the
following:
MTH 1 1 3 Probability and Statistics (3)
MTH 1 19 Differential Equations (3)
MTH 120 Discrete Mathematics (3)
MTH 128 AB Numerical Analysis (3,3)
MTH 135 Structure and Comparison of Programming Languages (3)
The Minor in Mathematics
A minimum of eight courses including the following:
MTH 5ABC Calculus I/II/III (4,4,4)
MTH 1 1 9 Differential Equations (3)
MTH 103 Linear Algebra (3)
MTH 1 1 1 Abstract Algebra (3)
Two additional upper division courses chosen in consultation with the department. (6)
MTH OX Math Tutorial (1)
This class is for students who need a review in a limited number of mathematical topics. The
topics may include the numbers of arithmetic, an introduction to algebra, linear equations in
one variable, word problems, polynomials, graphing and straight lines, systems of equations,
rational expressions, radicals, quadratic equations, absolute value and inequalities. Students
will meet one hour per week with a tutor. Credit does not apply to the Baccalaureate degree.
MTH 1 College Algebra and Trigonometry (4)
Set language and notation, real and complex numbers, fundamental operations, inequalities;
polynomial, exponential, and trigonometric functions, and their graphs; De Moivre's theorem.
Prerequisite: Satisfactory score on the Mathematics Placement Examination or completion of
MTH2X. GS-IHE,VIIB
MTH 2X Fundamentals of Algebra (3)
Real numbers and their properties, exponents and radicals, fundamental operations,
polynomials, factoring, rational expressions, linear and quadratic equations and inequalities,
systems of equations. Meets four hours per week. Successful completion of MTH 2X fulfills
the AA Liberal Arts math requirement; credit does not apply to the Baccalaureate degree.
MTH 5A Calculus I (4)
Limits; continuity; derivatives of algebraic and transcendental functions with applications;
antiderivatives; an introduction to the definite integral; the Fundamental Theorem of Calculus.
Prerequisite: Three to four years of high school mathematics including trigonometry and
satisfactory score on Mathematics Placement Examination or grade ofC - or better in
MTH 1. GS-IIIE,VIIB
218 MATHEMATICS
MTH 5B Calculus II (4)
Techniques of integration (including substitution and parts); numerical methods of
integration; applications of the integral (including areas, and volumes); improper integrals;
infinite series; an introduction to parametric equations and polar coordinates. Prerequisite:
Grade ofC - or better in MTH 5 A. GS-IIIE, VIIB
MTH 5C Calculus III (4)
Partial derivatives; multiple integrals; three-dimensional space; vectors in two- and three-
dimensional space; vector calculus. Prerequisite: Grade ofC or higher in MTH 5B or consent
of instructor. GS-VIIB
MTH 10 Quantitative Reasoning and Mathematical Ideas (3)
Ideas in mathematics chosen to emphasize problem-solving, decision-making, economic
productivity and real-world applications. Recommended to fulfill GS HIE requirement absent
other major requirements. Topics include critical thinking, inductive reasoning, problem
solving, numbers, finances, statistics, probability, geometry, algebra and exponential
functions. Prerequisite: Satisfactory score on Mathematics Placement Examination or
completion ofMTH2X. GS-IIIE, VIIB
MTH 20 Programming (3)
Intermediate level programming methods including vector and array manipulations, classes,
functions, and subroutines. Applications in science, mathematics, and business. Prerequisite:
CIS 2 and MTH 5 A or concurrent enrollment in MTH 5 A or consent of the instructor.
GS-IIIE
MTH 25 The LINUX/UNIX Environment (3)
Basic LINUX and UNIX commands, the file systems, pipes, filters, shell procedures, reading
of binary files and programming debugging aids. Prerequisite: CIS 2 and familiarity with a
compiled programming language; MTH 5 A is highly recommended.
MTH 28 Mathematical Analysis for Business (3)
Topics in Algebra including solutions of systems of equations and inequalities; exponential
and logarithmic functions; linear programming and mathematics of finance. Emphasis is
placed on the application of mathematics to problems in business. Prerequisites: Satisfactory
score on the Mathematics Placement Examination or completion of MTH 2X. GS-IIIE, VIIB
MTH 30 Calculus for Business (3)
Introduction to the differential and integral calculus of elementary functions and analytic
geometry. Applications of the methods of calculus to business and economic problems.
Prerequisite: Satisfactory score on Mathematics Placement Examination or a grade ofC or
better in MTH 1 or a grade ofB or better in MTH 28.
MTH 38 Elements of Probability and Statistics (3)
Elementary probability theory, properties of distributions, sampling, estimation, hypothesis
testing, correlation. Prerequisite: Satisfactory score on the Mathematics Placement
Examination or completion of MTH 2X. GS-IIIE, VIIB
MTH 38H Elements of Probability and Statistics (3)
Topics in probability and statistics including measures of central tendency and spread,
elementary probability theory, properties of distributions, estimation, confidence intervals,
hypothesis testing, linear correlations and regression. An algebra-based course intended
primarily for nonmathematics majors. Prerequisite: Satisfactory score on the Mathematics
Placement Examination or completion of MTH 2X. Open only to students admitted to the
Honors Program. GS-IIIE
MATHEMATICS 219
MTH 50 Elementary Number Systems (3)
Sets, numeration systems, properties of integers, rational and real numbers, elementary
number theory, modular systems, problem-solving processes, ratio, proportion, percentage.
This course receives General Studies credit and is required for Liberal Studies majors. Can be
taken for professional credit. Prerequisite: High school algebra and geometry with a grade of
C or better or satisfactory score on the Mathematics Placement Examination. GS-IIIE, VI IB
MTH 51 Elements of Geometry and Statistics (3)
Intuitive geometry of lines, planes, and space; congruence, similarity, measurement,
geometric constructions, elements of probability and statistics. This course is intended
primarily for Liberal Studies majors. Can be taken for professional credit. Prerequisite: High
school algebra and geometry with a grade ofC or higher or satisfactory score on the
Mathematics Placement Examination. GS-IIIE, VIIA
MTH 99/199 Special Studies in Mathematics (1-3)
Independent or group studies in mathematics. Course may be repeated for credit.
Prerequisite: Approval of the department and consent of the instructor.
Any upper division mathematics course will require a minimum grade ofC in prerequisite
courses.
MTH 101 Topics in Geometry (3)
A brief treatment of the axiomatic foundations of Euclidean and non-Euclidean geometry. An
introduction to differential geometry. Prerequisite: MTH 5C, 103 concurrent.
MTH 102 Advanced Calculus (3)
Set theory, real numbers and their topology, limits, continuity, differentiation and integration
theory. Prerequisite: MTH 5C.
MTH 103 Linear Algebra (3)
Vectors and vector spaces, linear transformations and matrices, determinants, eigenvalues and
eigenvectors. Prerequisite: MTH 5B.
MTH 104 Number Theory (3)
The division algorithm, different bases, g.c.d. and 1 .cm., the equation ax + by = n, the
fundameatal theorem of arithmetic; properties of congruence, reduced residue systems, Euler
phi-function, simultaneous congruences; polynomial congruences, primitive roots, indices, the
law of quadratic reciprocity, finite and infinite continued fractions, some computer
applications in elementary number theory. Prerequisite: MTH 5C or consent of instructor .
MTH 105 Complex Analysis (3)
Complex numbers and functions, analytic functions, integration, conformal mapping.
Prerequisite: MTH 5C.
MTH 1 1 1 Abstract Algebra (3)
Numbers and number systems, groups, rings; fields; homomorphism and isomorphism
theorems. Prerequisite: MTH 5C; MTH 120 strongly recommended or consent of instructor.
MTH 113 Probability and Statistics (3)
Probability as a mathematical system, random variables and their distributions, limit
theorems, statistical applications, hypotheses testing. Prerequisite: MTH 5C or consent of
instructor.
MTH 119 Differential Equations (3)
Linear equations, series solutions, Laplace transforms, numerical methods, existence and
uniqueness of solutions. Prerequisite: MTH 5B.
220 MATHEMATICS
MTH 120 Discrete Mathematics (3)
Logic, proof writing (including induction), set theory, functions and relations, algorithms and
recursion, elementary number theory, combinatories probability, graph theory, and trees.
Prerequisite: MTH 5B. GS-VIIB
MTH 128AB Numerical Analysis (3,3)
Solutions of large systems of linear algebraic equations. Eigenvalues and eigenvectors of
matrices. Interpolation: Lagrange and Newton polynomials. Fourier series and orthogonal
polynomials. Introduction to the theory of ordinary differential equations. Heun and Runge-
Kutta numerical techniques. Numerical determination of real and complex roots of
polynomials; cubic splines; numerical treatment of partial differential equations, techniques of
numerical integration. Prerequisites: MTH 5C, MTH 20.
MTH 135 Structure and Comparison of Programming
Languages (3)
Basic concepts of syntax and semantics. Comparison of syntax and semantics of selected
programming languages. Language design. How to evaluate a computer programming
language. Prerequisites: MTH 5 A, MTH 20, or consent of instructor.
MTH 140 History of Mathematics (1)
History of mathematics from antiquity to the mid 20th Century. Prerequisites: MTH 5C, MTH
103, and demonstrated mathematical maturity.
MTH 190 Internship (1-3)
An intensive work-study program for qualified upper division students. The student is
responsible for setting up the internship in conjunction with the appropriate faculty and the
office of Career Planning and Placement. This must be approved by the department
chairperson.
MTH 195H Senior Honors Thesis (3)
Open only to students admitted to the Honors Program.
MUSIC 221
Music
The Music major is a program carefully designed to provide a rich and wide range of musical
learning and experience. It combines classroom study, discussions and lectures enhanced by
technology with individual instruction, solo and ensemble performance, concert attendance
and internships. Students select an emphasis in performance or music history.
The B.A. degree offers preparation in music for students desiring a broad knowledge of music
for teaching, research, performance, personal enjoyment, cultural development, or advanced
degrees. The total curriculum includes two-thirds of the studies in the Liberal Arts and one-
third in Music.
The Music Department offers a Music Ministry Certificate program for persons wishing to
pursue music leadership roles in parishes. Essentially a two-year program, it can serve as the
basis for a Baccalaureate degree.
The Music minor is available to interested students by completing at least 2 1 units as
indicated. Students interested in music as an elective may participate in various offerings of
the Music Department including performance classes, individual instruction, or in the study of
music as an art.
In addition the Music Department presents varieties of musical concerts, workshops, and
other activities which enrich the quality of the educational and cultural life of the College and
the community.
Mount students have the opportunity to cross-register at UCLA for courses not offered at
MSMC.
The Music Department is accredited by the National Association of Schools of Music.
Requirements for Admission as a Music Major or Minor:
1. Audition showing potential in the field of performance
2. Theory examination for placement purposes
3. Interview with designated department personnel
4. Recommendations which indicate potential for music
Courses Required for a B.A. Degree in Music
Performance Emphasis
Core courses :
MUS 1AB
Musicianship I
(3,1)
MUS 1CD
Musicianship I
(3,1)
MUS 2AB
Musicianship II
(3,1)
MUS 5
Music Practicum
(.5,-5)
MUS 11
Functional Keyboard Skills
(1)
Required of all but keyboard majors. Every student must pass the piano
proficiency examination before graduation. Only three units may be taken
for credit.
222 MUSIC
MUS 15
MUS 24AB
MUS 105
MUS 133 A
MUS 139
or MUS 140
Applied Music (1-2) (4 semesters — Total 6 units)
Surveys of the History and Literature of Music (3,3)
Music Practicum (.5,. 5)
Music Analysis (2)
Instrumental Conducting (2)
Choral Techniques (2)
Requirements:
MUS 115
Applied Music
(2) (4 semesters, 2 units each term)
MUS 151
And choice of the
MUS16/116
MUS 17/117
MUS 25/125
MUS 142
MUS 146
Senior Recital
Pedagogy
following to total 4 units:
Music of World Cultures
Women in Music
Music Masterpieces
American Musical Theater
Special Projects in Music
(2)
(1)
(1)
(3)
(3)
(1-3)
For the special needs of the individual, the department may substitute other courses for these
music requirements. See also additional requirements for the B.A. degree.
Total Units in Music: 43
Plus General Studies requirements and electives totaling 124 units, including Modem
Language requirement.
Music History Emphasis
Core Courses:
MUS 1AB
MUS 1CD
MUS 2AB
MUS 5
MUS 11
MUS 15
MUS 24AB
MUS 105
MUS 133 A
MUS 139
MUS 140
Musicianship I
Musicianship I
Musicianship II
Music Practicum
(3,1)
(3,1)
(3,1)
(0.5,0.5)
Functional Keyboard Skills (1) Required of all but keyboard majors.
Every student must pass the piano proficiency examination before
graduation. Only three units may be taken for credit.
Applied Music (At least one unit each term)
Surveys of the History and Literature of Music (3,3)
Music Practicum (0.5, 0.5)
Music Analysis (2)
Instrumental Conducting (2) or
Choral Techniques (2)
Requirements:
MUS 115 Applied Music
MUS 125 Music Masterpieces
And choice of the following to total 4 units:
MUS 1 1 6 Music of World Cultures
MUS 1 1 7 Women in Music
MUS 142 American Musical Theater
MUS 146 Special Projects in Music
(Total 6 units)
(3)
(1)
(1)
(3)
(1-3)
MUSIC 223
For the special needs of the individual, the department may substitute other courses for these
music requirements. See also additional requirements for the B.A. degree.
Total Units in Music: Approximately 43
Plus General Studies requirements and electives totaling 124 units, including Modern
Language requirement.
Additional requirements for the B.A. degree:
1. Evidence of academic and musical maturity prior to admission to junior standing.
2. Performance in student recitals, and jury examinations in major instrument.
3. Participation in an ensemble every semester.
4. Satisfactory completion of Piano Proficiency Examination.
CERTIFICATE PROGRAM IN MUSIC MINISTRY
MUS 1/101AB Musicianship I (3,1)
MUS 1/101CD Musicianship I (3,1)
MUS2/102AB Musicianship II (3,1)
MUS 10 Music and Worship (1-2)
MUS 13 Applied Music - (Secondary Instrument) - two semesters
MUS 15 Applied Music - (Primary Instrument) - four semesters
MUS 24/1 24 AB Surveys of Music History and Literature (3,3)
MUS 1 12 Music Ministry (2)
MUS 140 Choral Techniques (2)
MUS 146E Special Projects in Music: Theory and Composition (3)
Ensemble: four semesters
Electives in Church Music (2-8)
RST 1 90T Foundations of Liturgy (3 )
THE MINOR IN MUSIC
Requirements:
A minimum of 21 units including:
MUS 1/101AB Musicianship I (3,1)
[Prerequisite MUS 3 or consent of the instructor]
MUS 1/101 CD Musicianship I (3,1)
MUS 3 Discovering Music Fundamentals (optional) (1-3)
MUS 6/106 Varieties of Music (3)
or
MUS 24A/B or 124A/B Surveys of the History and Literature of Music (3,3)
MUS 13/113 Applied Music (4 semesters) (1-2)
Ensemble
Electives in Music
MUS 1/101 AB; CD Musicianship I (3,1;3,1)
(Harmony - 3, Solfege - 1 Lecture, three hours, and laboratory, two hours each week.) A
functional study of the theoretical elements of music including the quantitative and aesthetic
aspects of rhythm, intervals, scales, triads, two- and three-part counterpoint, and problem-
solving chord connection up to the chord of the seventh. Development of aural, visual,
singing, writing, playing, improvisatory, and compositional skills in notation, scales, modes,
rhythm, and melodic and harmonic intervals. Prerequisite: MUS 3 or consent of instructor.
GS-VIIA
224 MUSIC
MUS 2/102 AB Musicianship II (3,1)
(Harmony - 3, Solfege - 1 Lecture, three hours, and laboratory two hours each week.)
Continuation of Musicianship I, including ninth, eleventh, and thirteenth chords, chromatic
harmony and modulation. Contemporary techniques in harmony, rhythm, melody,
counterpoint and form, including the 12-tone technique, chance and electronic music.
Development of aural, visual, singing, writing, playing, improvisatory, and compositional
skills in compound intervals, chromatic and atonal melodies, chromatic harmonies,
modulation, and more complex meters and rhythms to include twentieth century techniques.
MUS 3 Discovering Music Fundamentals (1-3)
A functional approach to the theoretical aspects of music for personal enjoyment, teaching, or
access to more advanced theory courses. Emphasis on experiencing the melodic, rhythmic,
harmonic and formal aspects of music.
MUS 4 Guitar Class (1)
Class instruction in the basic technique and performance of the guitar, development of music
reading skills and appropriate repertoire. Students must provide their own instruments.
MUS 5 Music Practicum (.5)
Study of music literature of varied times, styles, and cultures through performance, concert
attendance, lectures and reports. Discussion and study of selected issues and trends impacting
the music profession.
MUS 6/1 06M Varieties of Music (3)
Beginning with an introduction to the world and language of music, this course explores the
richness of the art of sound from varieties of avenues in order to heighten awareness,
understanding and appreciation of this art. Emphasis on the diversity and stylistic
development of music as it reflects the times and world cultures. Both MUS 6/106 may be
taken for Honors Credit. Designed for non-music majors. GS - IIIA, VI
MUS 7 Voice Class (1)
Study of fundamental techniques of breath control, tone production, diction, and
interpretation. Development of appropriate repertoire. Open to both music (other than voice
major) and non-music majors. May be repeated for credit.
MUS 8A Elementary Piano I (1)
Orientation to the piano, introduction to rudiments of music including note reading, basic
chords and five finger scales. Simple pieces played with both hands in several major keys.
MUS 8B Elementary Piano II (1)
Instruction includes scale structures of major keys and primary chord harmonizations in
simple major and minor keys. Easy pieces making use of extended hand positions, and played
with attention to good rhythm, tone and dynamics. Prerequisite: MUS 8A or consent of
instructor.
MUS 8C Intermediate Piano (1)
The course includes technical studies, major and minor scales, hand over hand arpeggios and
chord progressions. Pieces from easy classic repertoire played with attention to basic concepts
of piano technique, style and interpretation. Prerequisite: MUS 8B or consent of instructor.
MUS 10 Music and Worship (1-2)
A survey of the history of ritual, and the role music has played in the major liturgies
throughout the centuries, with emphasis on the present.
MUSIC 225
MUS 1 1 Functional Keyboard Skills (1)
A keyboard class to develop practical knowledge of chords, chord progressions, cadences,
simple accompaniment of melodies, transposition and modulation. Includes program for
progressive development of sight-reading, technical skills, and improvisation. Often taken as
Directed Study.
*MUS 13/113 Applied Music (1-3)
Private instruction - instrumental or vocal. For non-music majors. May be repeated for credit.
*MUS 15/115 Applied Music (1-3)
Private instruction - instrumental or vocal. For music majors. May be repeated for credit.
MUS 16/116 Music of World Cultures (1)
Introduction to the richness and variety of musical expression found in selected world
cultures. Emphasis on the music of cultures well represented in California. Selected cultures
may vary with each offering.
MUS 17/117 Women in Music (1)
A study of the contribution of women to the world of music both as composers and
performers.
*MUS 19/119 Mount Chorus (1)
Study and performance of masterpieces of choral literature from all periods for women. Open
to all college students, members of the community, and to qualified high school students with
senior standing. May be repeated for credit.
*MUS 21/121 Mount Singers (1)
Study and performance of masterpieces of choral literature for women from all periods. Open
to men and women, members of the community, and to qualified high school students with
senior standing by audition. May be repeated for credit. Women participating students must
enroll in MUS 19/119 concurrently.
*MUS 23/123 Chamber Music (1)
Study and performance of chamber music for various instrumental and/or vocal combinations.
May be repeated for credit. Prerequisites: Consent of the instructor.
MUS 24/124 AB Surveys of the History and Literature of Music (3,3)
Development of compositional forms and styles viewed from the historical perspective. A.
Antiquity to the year 1750. B. 1750 to the present. Prerequisite: MUS 6 or equivalent.
MUS 25/125 Music Masterpieces (3)
Study of selected masterpieces of music in historic context. Open to all students. Areas of
emphasis may vary and will be advertised prior to its scheduled offering. Prerequisite: MUS
6/106 or consent of instructor. GS-IIIA
MUS 105 Music Practicum (.5)
Study of music literature of varied times, styles and cultures through performance, concert
attendance, lectures, and reports. Discussion and study of selected issues and trends
impacting the music profession. (Continuation of Music 5.)
MUS 112 Music Ministry (2)
An examination of the role and responsibility of the music minister within the parish
structure. Study of legislation governing the use of music in the church as well as
administrative practices conducive to a successful music program. Often taken as Directed
Study.
226 MUSIC
MUS 122 Performance Practices (2)
Study and performance of significant instrumental and vocal literature for solo and ensembles.
MUS 130 Creative Music Experience (1)
An introduction to music and its use in the education and development of children. Emphasis
is placed on rhythm, melody, harmony, form, style, notation, and creativity. It includes
instruction on melodic, percussion, and fretted instruments, classroom observation and
participation. This course serves as basic preparation for the elementary and intermediate
school instructor, and for those working in various areas of child development.
MUS 133AB Music Analysis (2,2)
A. A study of the forms found in Classical period music: motive, phrase, period, song form,
rondo, theme and variation, and sonata. Principles of understanding musical structures as they
apply to folk, pop and music of world cultures. B. A study of the forms found in the music of
the Renaissance, Baroque, Romantic, and Contemporary periods.
MUS 135 Composition (2)
Analysis, improvisation and composition of music in various styles, forms, and instrumental
and/or vocal combinations, and electronic sound sources. May be repeated for credit. Often
taken as Directed Study.
MUS 139 Instrumental Conducting (2)
Study of baton technique, score reading, and interpretation of orchestral literature.
MUS 140 Choral Techniques (2)
Study of baton technique, score reading, and interpretation of choral literature of various
styles.
MUS 142 American Musical Theater (3)
A history of the American Musical from its origins to the present day. The class will include
in-depth analysis of varied musicals to further the understanding of how plot, musical
structure and interpretation combine to define the genre.
MUS 146
Special Projects in Music (1-3) (Independent Study)
A.
Vocal Literature
B.
Instrumental Literature
C.
Music History and Literature
D.
Church Music
E.
Theory and Composition
F.
Music Education
(j.
Musicianship
H.
Chamber Music
I.
Choral Music
J.
Music Therapy
K.
Conducting
L.
Electronic Media
M.
Women in Music
N.
Special Topic
MUSIC 227
MUS 147 Seminar in Music Education (2)
Overview of the organization of music in the schools. Scheduling, length, and content of
music offerings. Consideration of general music classes, chorus, glee clubs, orchestras, band,
ensembles, theory and music literature. Review of technology available for music education.
Observation and some supervised teaching.
MUS 151ABC Pedagogy: Principles and Methods (2)
Analysis and comparison of various procedures for beginning and intermediate instruction.
Review of various approaches to the art of teaching and appropriate literature. Guided
teaching incorporated.
A. Keyboard
B. Vocal
C. Instrumental
MUS 190 Workshop (1-3)
May be repeated for credit.
MUS 196H Senior Honors Thesis (3)
Open only to students admitted to the Honors Program.
228 NURSING
Nursing
The college offers Associate, Baccalaureate, and Masters degree programs with majors in
nursing that provide options for career mobility.
Philosophy
Mount St. Mary's College is an academic community committed to continuing exploration of
our relationship to God, to other persons, and to nature. This exploration takes the form of
programs devoted to excellence in the liberal arts and career preparation with a special focus
on educating women for participation and leadership in our society and our time. The Catholic
tradition of the College offers a value orientation for the student's personal and professional
life, giving the motivation for a Christian commitment that views professional life as service.
Nursing is a service to humanity. It is a profession committed to: the promotion and
restoration of health; the prevention of illness of individuals, families, groups, and
communities; and support for a dignified death. It is the science whose main concern involves
the life processes that positively affect the health status and integrity of persons, families, and
groups. These life processes involve physiological, sociological, and spiritual life
components. A focus on the interaction of these components delineates nursing science.
The Department of Nursing functions within the philosophy of the College and has developed
a curriculum on the Roy Adaptation Model of Nursing. The Adaptation Model recognizes that
a person is a bio-psycho-social-spiritual being in constant interaction with a dynamic and
complex world. Humans possess both innate and acquired mechanisms which, in health,
enable coping with the complex internal and external environment. In times of stress, these
coping mechanisms may be disrupted. The ability to adapt to the internal and external
environment at this time affects the person's position on the health-illness continuum. The
promotion of adaptation in the direction of health depends upon an educational program
which prepares the student to understand the person as a total being, to recognize and respect
human values, and to utilize a scientific process within the framework of the adaptation
model.
The goal of nursing is directing, maintaining, and reinforcing the adaptation of person,
families, and groups toward optimal health.
The process involves:
• Assessing the factors that influence the position on the illness continuum, the factors
that influence the position, and the effectiveness of the coping mechanisms.
• Determining the actual or potential health problem(s).
• Establishing mutually acceptable goals.
• Intervening by promoting adaptation through the modification of influencing factors
and/or increasing the response in the coping potential.
• Evaluating the position on the health-illness continuum to reaffirm and/or modify
interventions.
Each student enters the nursing program with a unique background for potential growth.
Students are active learners. Learning progresses from novice to beginning level practitioner
in a variety of settings from simple to complex. Because each student is unique with different
NURSING 229
learning potentials and different critical thinking skills, the expectation is that the student will
seek assistance and demonstrate growth at all stages of learning. The extent to which this
distinct potential is achieved is determined by behavioral changes which are observed and
evaluated in the context of the expected outcomes of the learning process.
The faculty believe the program has different levels of competencies for students to achieve
their distinct potential. Options to select entry levels to promote career mobility are offered.
The faculty believe providing a supportive environment enhances learning at each level of the
program. The faculty act as role models and therefore must be clinically competent and
professionally active. In addition, they assume responsibility for individual advisement of
nursing majors and provide opportunities for assistance in the event of academic difficulties.
Policy on Admission/Progression in the Nursing Major:
Essential Performance Standards
Background:
The Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) of 1990 was instituted by Congress to prohibit
discrimination against qualified individuals with disabilities. Schools of nursing and state
university systems, like other state and federally funded entities, are required to comply with
the stipulations of the ADA. The ADA defines a qualified individual with a disability as an
individual with a disability who, with or without reasonable accommodation, can perform the
essential functions of the employment position that such individual holds or desires. In
addition, the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 prohibits discrimination in admissions of a qualified
person with disabilities.
ADA and the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 eligibility requirements vary depending on the type
of services, activities, and functions needed in particular areas. The practice of nursing is an
applied discipline with cognitive, sensory, affective, and motor components. Hence, students
must be able to perform the functions which are necessary for the safe practice of nursing and
essential to the licensing standards with or without reasonable accommodations in order to be
admitted to or progress in the nursing program at Mount St. Mary's College.
Core Performance Standards:
1 . Ability to think critically, such that the student can begin to make clinical decisions,
identify cause-and-effect relationships with clinical date, and develop nursing care plans.
2. Ability to demonstrate interpersonal abilities such that the student can appropriately
interact with individuals, families, and groups from a variety of social, emotional,
cultural, and intellectual backgrounds.
3. Ability to clearly communicate in verbal and written forms such that students can
communicate nursing actions, interpret client responses, initiate health teaching,
document and understand nursing activities, and interact with clients, staff and faculty
supervisors.
230 NURSING
4. Ability to maneuver in small spaces and move from one place to another such that the
student can move around in clients' rooms and bathrooms, into and out of work spaces,
access treatment areas, and procure needed emergency materials when indicated. While
health care agencies must meet ADA physical access standards, potential clients with
equipment may limit the amount of available space in which to move.
5. Ability to demonstrate gross and fine motor skills sufficient to provide safe and effective
nursing care such that the student can move and position clients in and out of bed,
ambulate and transport patients, calibrate and use equipment, and perform
cardiopulmonary resuscitation.
6. Ability to hear well enough to monitor and assess clients' health needs such that the
student can hear cries for help, alarms on equipment, emergency signals, breath and heart
sounds on auscultation, and various overhead codes.
7. Ability to see well enough to observe and assess clients' health status and changes in
condition such that the student could see grimacing, movement, changes in skin color,
rashes, and other observed client changes or responses.
8. Ability to have tactile capabilities sufficient for physical assessment such that the student
could successfully perform palpation, note changes in skin temperature, perform skills
related to therapeutic activities and identify by touch other changes in client condition.
Credit for policy given to Point Loma Nazarene College
Printed with permission from Point Loma Nazarene College
Department of Nursing Policies
(Policies apply to each nursing program)
Nursing focuses on prevention and promotion of health. Students admitted to and progressing
through Mount St. Mary's College Nursing Program are strongly encouraged to engage in
health practices which model those they are teaching to patients. Prior to enrollment in the
first nursing course, students will be informed of the nursing department health policies.
Every student admitted to the nursing courses must have completed the following health data.
Clinical agencies will not accept a student who has not met all of the following health
requirements:
• Past medical history on which the student attests that physical and emotional health
are such as to allow for full participation in both clinical and theoretical components
of the nursing curriculum.
• Physical examination, including a visual screening, urinalysis, and complete blood
count, must be completed by a licensed physician, certified nurse practitioner, or
physician's assistant annually.
• A two-step PPD/Mantoux skin test for Tuberculosis is required on admission to the
nursing program. Then annual testing is required. If the student tests positive or has
previously tested positive, a chest x-ray is required every year.
IMMUNIZATIONS
• Polio - Series of three doses for those under 18 years of age.
NURSING 231
• Measles/Mumps/Rubella (MMR) - If born in 1957 or later, the student must have
two doses, with at least one since 1980. Students born prior to 1957 may either have
one dose or demonstrate proof of immunity through titers or have two doses.
• Tetanus and Diptheria (TD) - Every 10 years.
• Hepatitis B - Unless the student can demonstrate immunity through a titer, all
nursing majors must have completed at least two of three shots prior to beginning
clinical. The second shot is given one month after the first, and the third shot is due
six months after the first.
TITERS:
• Measles: demonstrate immunity through serological testing or be immunized for
rubella, rubeola, mumps
• Varicella (chicken pox) Titer: If the result is negative, two doses of a varicella
vaccine are required one month apart.
• Hepatitis B Titer: After the third shot of the hepatitis B series is completed, the
student must demonstrate proof of immunity. A Hepatitis IGG AB titer is drawn a
minimum of 30 days after the 3rd shot is received. If the titer is negative, a fourth
vaccine may be required with a repeat titer after 30 days. If the titer continues to be
negative it is recommended for the student to have a medical evaluation to determine
the efficacy of further Hepatitis B immunization.
If a student is not able to comply with these health requirements, the student must obtain a
written statement to this effect from her/his physician and submit it to the Nursing
Department.
Students have the responsibility of disclosing any temporary medical condition which may
hamper their ability to perform the essential performance standards. A written medical release
from their health care practitioner must be submitted to the Nursing Department prior to
returning to the clinical area.
Clinical agencies may have requirements other than those above. If so, students will be
instructed to obtain the necessary tests. The student is not allowed to participate in clinical
experiences if the medical processing is not completed prior to the start of the clinical
rotation.
A student with a health condition (i.e., pregnancy, seizure disorder, HIV positive, diabetes,
infectious disease, emotional problems, etc.) that may have a safety consideration must
immediately notify the clinical instructor so that assignment modification can be made as
necessary. The Department of Nursing has the responsibility to determine those health issues
that may interfere with the student's progress in the clinical area.
To ensure success in the program, all students with documented disabilities must inform each
nursing instructor at the beginning of each course, so that reasonable accommodations can be
made.
Criminal Background Checks for Clinical Placement Policy:
To comply with clinical agency requirements, nursing students are required to have a clear
criminal background check to participate in placement(s) at clinical facilities. Background
checks are required for registration in clinical nursing courses. The initial background check
satisfies this requirement during continuous enrollment in the program. Should your
educational process be interrupted, a new background check will be required. Students under
18 years of age are exempt from this requirement.
232 NURSING
Objectives: Associate in Arts Degree - Major in Nursing
(ADN Program)
Upon completion of the program, the student will have met the following objectives:
I. Provider of Care
A. Utilize Roy Adaptation Model to:
1 . Recognize, assess and define the factors influencing the person's/family's
adaptive level, adaptive response, and consequent position of the health-
illness continuum;
2. Identify, assess and validate the person's/family's adaptive level and
response;
3. Define patient/client goals based upon a clear analysis and synthesis of data
in collaboration with patient, nursing and other disciplines;
4. Define and perform those nursing interventions which affect the
patient/client goals;
5. Evaluate the consequences of nursing interventions in terms of the
person's/family's behavioral change and the achievement of both
patient/client and nursing goals, and modify those nursing actions, if
desired adaptive outcomes are not achieved.
B. Utilize the nursing process as a scientific method.
C. Utilize knowledge of health-illness (normal/disruption) as it pertains to
patient/client care.
D. Demonstrate competency in common nursing procedures.
II. Communicator
A. Utilize effective communication skills with clients and peers.
B. Use communication skills as a method of data collection, nursing intervention
and evaluation of care.
C. Communicate and record assessments, nursing care plans, interventions and
evaluations within the protocol of the institution.
III. Client Teacher
A. Apply principles of the teaching/learning process.
B. Develop short-range teaching plans based on the learning process.
IV. Manager of Client Care
A. Function effectively as a member of health care team.
B. Utilize basic leadership skills in practice, based on small group patient care
management and primary nursing.
V. Membership within the profession of Nursing
A. Make judgments based on moral, ethical, and legal principles.
B. Continue to evaluate and enhance personal and professional behavior.
C. Assume responsibility for self-development and use resources for continued
learning.
D. Maintain the role of the nurse as a patient advocate.
Upon completion of the program, the student is eligible to take the California State Board
examination for registered nurses (R.N.) licensure.
NURSING 233
Associate in Arts Degree: The Major in Nursing
Admission Policy
Admission of adult women and men students is based upon consideration of the completed
application form, the student's academic achievement, personal statement and two satisfactory
recommendations from individuals.
In addition to meeting the general college admission requirements, a candidate must meet a
cumulative GPA of 2.50 in all transferable college work, a GPA of 2.25 in all transferable
science courses, and have completed prerequisite college level chemistry, general psychology
and English 1 A, or equivalent courses, with a grade of C or better.
Candidates who have 30 units of general studies requirements completed (except RST 41)
prior to admission may be admitted into the second year of the program.
LVNs who have met the admission requirements for the ADN program must give written
notification to the director of the program of their intent to pursue the Mobility Option upon
admission in the program. In the Mobility Option, LVNs are awarded 15 units of nursing
course credits (NUR 23-27, 30) upon satisfactory completion of the NLN Mobility Exam at a
score of 75% or above and satisfactory demonstration of skills competency. There is a fee
associated with this test option. Completion of NUR 20 is required for continuation in the
LVN Mobility Option.
A non-degree option is available for LVNs who meet the college entrance requirements. The
student is eligible to take the NCLEX-RN examination for the registered nurse licensure after
completing 29 units of prescribed courses. The student is not awarded a degree from Mount
St. Mary's College. Entrance interview with the Program Director is required for this option.
Candidates with previous Registered Nursing education may be given transfer credit for
previous nursing courses equivalent to the Nursing Department courses. Admission of these
candidates will be on a probationary status. The student must have a cumulative GPA of 2.5
or better in the nursing courses for admission consideration. A minimum of 1 8 units of
nursing courses must be completed during the last two semesters at Mount St. Mary's College.
Candidates who have taken courses related to nursing with a theoretical foundation and are
currently practicing in the healthcare setting (i.e., CNA, Respiratory Tech, Hemodialysis
Tech, LPT) may challenge specific courses. The student must make an appointment with the
Program Director to discuss this option and his/her qualifications. Eligible candidates will be
given the challenge process for specific courses. The college policy for challenge exams will
be followed.
Academic Policy: ADN
The faculty of the Department of Nursing has the right and the responsibility forjudging and
evaluating the quality of the student's achievement, both in the mastery of theoretical content
and in clinical competence.
Notice of academic difficulty, probation, or dismissal is used when deemed necessary. A
grade below C (2.0) in a course (Nursing or General Education) is considered a failed course
and must be repeated. A student may have only one failed course during the entire nursing
234 NURSING
program. A student may repeat only one failed course in the entire program. A second failed
course or a failed repeated course results in dismissal from the program. A failure of more
than one course in a series of courses (e.g., NUR 24, 24A, 24L, 25) taken concurrently, counts
as one failed course. If a student's level of clinical practice is unsatisfactory or unsafe, the
student may fail before the end of the semester.
■
Readmission may be granted by special action of the Admission Committee of the ADN
Department. Readmission of a student who was dismissed from the nursing program due to
unsafe practice is not permitted.
Upon admission to the ADN program, a proficiency examination in English and math is
administered. A math score of 84% is necessary to participate in nursing courses. Students
who score below the passing score are required to attend a "Bridges" class offered by the
College. This is a tutorial course offered through the Learning Resource Center with a lab fee
charged.
Students are re-tested at the completion of the course. A student may retest only once. An
unsuccessful score of less than 84% on the second math test results in dismissal from the
nursing program. The purpose of this examination is to determine the student's ability to
correctly calculate medication dosages in the clinical setting. All students (regardless of entry
level status), even if they have previously successfully completed a college mathematics
course, are to complete this requirement. Students who fail the English proficiency test are
encouraged to work with the Learning Center staff to improve English skills. These students
are retested at the end of the first semester.
During the clinical portion of the program, students must carry malpractice insurance, have a
current CPR card (Health Care Provider or BCLS/Professional Rescuer CPR), and an LA City
fire safety card.
AA Degree Curriculum Requirements ADN Program
First Year
BIO 40A Human Anatomy (4)
BIO 50B Human Physiology (4)
BIO 3 General Microbiology (4)
ENG 1A Written and Oral Communication (3)
SPE 10 Introduction to Communication (2)
PSY 1 General Psychology (3)
PSY 12 Developmental Psychology (3)
PHIL 10 Critical Thinking (3)
RST 4 1 Christian Ethics (3)
SOC 5 Sociological Perspectives (3)
General Studies Elective III A (3)
Total units: 35
NURSING 235
Second Year
NUR 20 Adaptation Model Nursing Theory (2)
NUR 23, 23L Principles and Practice of Nursing Skills (2, 1 )
NUR 24, 26 Adult Adaptation Nursing I, II (2, 2)
NUR 24A, 24L Medical-Surgical Principles and Practice of Skills I (0.5, 0.5)
NUR 26A, 26L Medical-Surgical Principles and Practice of Skills II (0.5, 0.5)
NUR 25, 27 Medical-Surgical Practicum I, II (2, 2)
NUR 28 Adult and Adolescent Mental Health Adaptation (2)
NUR 28 A Principles and Practice of Advanced Interpersonal Skills (1)
NUR 29 Mental Health Practicum (2)
NUR 30 Pharmacology (2)
NUR 3 1 Children: Adaptation (2)
NUR 32A Community focused care: Children (1)
NUR 32 Children: Practicum (2)
NUR 34 Community Health Nursing (1)
Total units: 27
Third Year
NUR 33 Professional and Management Issues in Nursing (2)
NUR 35 Childbearing: Adaptation (2)
NUR 36A Community focused care: Childbearing (1)
NUR 36 Childbearing: Practicum (2)
NUR 37 Gerontological Nursing (2)
NUR38A Community focused care: Gerontology (1)
NUR 38 Gerontological Nursing Practicum (2)
NUR 46 Adult Adaptation Nursing III (2)
NUR 47 Medical-Surgical Practicum III (2)
NUR 48 Professional Nursing Practicum (2)
Total units: 18
Total units for Associate of Arts Degree in Nursing: 80
Prerequisites to beginning nursing courses are completion of Anatomy, Physiology,
Microbiology, Written and Oral Communication, General Psychology, Developmental
Psychology, Philosophy, and a GS III course.
LVN Mobility Option Curriculum Requirement ADN Program
First Year
Same as AA Degree curriculum requirement.
Total units: 35
Second Year
NUR 20 Adaptation Model Nursing Theory (2)
NUR 28 Adult and Adolescent Mental Health Adaptation (2)
NUR 28 A Principles and Practice of Advanced Interpersonal Skills (1)
NUR 29 Mental Health Practicum (2)
NUR 3 1 Children: Adaptation (2)
NUR32A Community focused care: Children (1)
NUR 32 Children: Practicum (2)
NUR 34 Community Nursing (1)
Total units: 13
236 NURSING
Third Year
NUR 33 Professional and Management Issues in Nursing (2)
NUR 35 Childbearing: Adaptation (2)
NUR36A Community focused care: Childbearing (1)
NUR 36 Childbearing: Practicum (2)
NUR 37 Gerontological Nursing (2)
NUR 38 A Community focused care: Gerontology (1)
NUR 38 Gerontological Nursing Practicum (2)
NUR 46 Adult Adaptation Nursing III (2)
NUR 47 Medical-Surgical Practicum III (2)
NUR 48 Professional Nursing Practicum (2)
Total units: 18
Total units for Associate of Arts Degree in Nursing: 66
LVN 30 Units Non-Degree Option Curriculum Requirement
First Year
BIO 50B Human Physiology (4)
BIO 3 General Microbiology (4)
NUR 20 Adaptation Model Nursing Theory (2)
NUR 28 Adult and Adolescent Mental Health Adaptation (2)
NUR 28 A Principles / Practice of Advanced Interpersonal Skills (1)
NUR 29 Mental Health Practicum (2)
Total units: 15
Second Year
NUR 34 Community Nursing (1)
NUR 33 Professional and Management Issues in Nursing (2)
NUR 37 Gerontological Nursing (2)
NUR38A Community focused care: Gerontology (1)
NUR 38 Gerontological Nursing Practicum (2)
NUR 46 Adult Adaptation Nursing III (2)
NUR 47 Medical-Surgical Practicum III (2)
*NUR 48 Professional Nursing Practicum (2)
*Highly recommended
Total units: 14
Total units required for California RN Licensure Exam: 29
NUR 20 Adaptation Model Nursing Theory (2)
Introduction of the Roy Adaptation Model as a theoretical framework for nursing practice.
Emphasis is on nursing process according to adaptation theory, with integration of
physiological and psychosocial modes of adaptation in the adult population. GS-VIIA
NUR 23/23L Principles and Practice of Nursing Skills (2,1)
This course introduces theoretical foundation for basic assessment skills including
interviewing (beginning communication skills), observation, basic physical assessment, vital
signs measurement. The course also introduces basic nursing skills and interventions
necessary for safe patient care, including sterile techniques, concepts of infection control, and
basic hygiene care. The concurrent clinical component in the Skills Lab focuses on
development of associated psychomotor skills introduced in NUR 23. Prerequisite: NUR 20
or concurrent enrollment with NUR 20.
NURSING 237
NUR 24 Adult Adaptation Nursing I (2)
This course involves an Adaptation Process approach focusing on the Physiologic Mode of
adult population. The course focuses on beginning adaptation problems of oxygenation,
nutrition, activity /rest, elimination and protection needs of the patient. The impact of
physiological processes of fluid and electrolytes, neurological, endocrine, sensory system in
adaptation is discussed. Prerequisite: NUR 20, 23/23L, 30, or concurrent enrollment with
NUR 30.
NUR 24A/24L Medical-Surgical Principles and Practice of Skills I (.5, .5)
Introduction of skills for nursing interventions related to medication administration,
management of mobility problems, management of nutritional problems, management of
elimination problems, and fluid management. Prerequisite: NUR 20, 23/23L, 30 or
concurrent enrollment with NUR 30.
NUR 25 Medical-Surgical Practicum I (2)
This first medical-surgical practicum introduces the student to the care of the adult
hospitalized patient with common medical-surgical problems. Experience is provided in a
variety of hospital settings and with patients who are at various points along the health-illness
continuum. The focus of this course is the application of concepts from Adult Adaptation I
(NUR 24) and Medical-Surgical Principles and Practice of Nursing Skills (NUR 24A/24L).
Prerequisite: NUR 20, 23/23L, 30, or concurrent enrollment with NUR 30. NUR 24,
24A/24L, 25 are taken concurrently and must be passed successfully before progressing.
NUR 26 Adult Adaptation Nursing II (2)
The second medical-surgical course focuses on advanced adaptation problems of oxygenation,
nutrition, activity /rest, elimination and protection needs of the patient and incorporates the
psychosocial modes in applying the Adaptation Model. The impact of physiological
processes of fluid and electrolytes, neurological, endocrine, sensory system in adaptation is
discussed. Prerequisites: NUR 20, 23/23L, 30, 24, 24A/24L, 25.
NUR 26A/26L Medical-Surgical Principles and Practice of Skills II(.5, .5)
Introduction of skills for nursing interventions related to IV insertion and central line
management; blood therapies; airway and oxygenation management. Prerequisites: NUR 20,
23/23L, 30, 24, 24A/24L, 25.
NUR 27 Medical-Surgical Nursing Practicum II (2)
This second medical-surgical practicum provides the student with experience in the care of
the adult hospitalized patient with common medical-surgical problems. Experience is
provided in a variety of hospital settings and with patients who are at various points along the
health-illness continuum. The focus of this course is the application of concepts from Adult
Adaptation II (NUR 26) and Medical-Surgical Principles and Practice of Nursing Skills (NUR
26A/26L). Prerequisites: NUR 20, 23/23L, 30, 24, 24A/24L, 25. NUR 26, 26A/26L, 27 are
taken concurrently and must be passed successfully before progressing.
NUR 28 Adult and Adolescent Mental Health Adaptation (2)
This course introduces the student to an array of mental health problems of adolescent, adult,
and geriatric population. The focus of the course is the psychosocial impact of health-illness
problems and its adaptation process. The course addresses legal and social issues of the
mentally ill and provides students with available resources for interventions. Prerequisites:
NUR 20, 23/23L, 30, 24, 24A/24L, 25.
NUR 28A Principles and Practice of Advanced Interpersonal Skills (1)
This course introduces the students to basic and advanced therapeutic communications skills.
Dynamics of interpersonal relationships and assertiveness principles are addressed.
Prerequisites: NUR 20, 23/23L, 30, 24, 24A/24L, 25.
238 NURSING
NUR 29 Mental Health Practicum (2)
This course provides the student with experiences interacting with adolescent, adult, and
geriatric population with mental health illness. The focus of the course is the psychosocial
impact of health-illness problems and its adaptation process and application of concepts from
Adult and Adolescent Mental Health Adaptation (NUR 28) and Principles and Practice of
Advanced Interpersonal Skills (NUR 28A). Prerequisites: NUR 20, 23/23L, 30, 24, 24A/24L,
25. NUR 28, 28A, 29 are taken concurrently and must be passed successfully before
progressing.
NUR 30 Pharmacology (2)
This course presents pharmacology as related to treatment of pathological processes. Major
drug classes and mechanisms of drug actions as well as nursing implications are covered.
NUR 20 or concurrent enrollment with NUR 20, or concurrent enrollment with NUR 24, 24A,
24L, 25. GS-VIIA
NUR 31 Children: Adaptation (2)
This course introduces the student to health problems of children and the impact on the family
unit. The focus of the course is the bio-psycho-social impact of health-illness problems and
its adaptation process. The course addresses legal and social issues of children and provides
students with available resources for interventions. Prerequisites: NUR 20, 23/23L, 30, 24,
24A/24L, 25, 26, 26A/26L, 27, 28, 28 A, 29.
NUR 32A Community focused care: Children (1)
The course provides community care experience of the children, focusing on bio-psycho-
social impact of health related problems. Experience is provided in a variety of non-hospital
settings, such as ambulatory mobile unit. Prerequisites: NUR 20, 23/23L, 30, 24, 24A/24L,
25, 26, 26A/26L, 27, 28, 28 A, 29.
NUR 32 Children: Practicum (2)
The course provides clinical experience of children, focusing on bio-psycho-social impact of
health related problems in an acute care setting. Prerequisites: NUR 20, 23/23L, 30, 24,
24A/24L, 25,26, 26A.26L, 27, 28, 28A, 29. NUR 31, 32, 32A are taken concurrently and must
be passed successfully before progressing.
NUR 33 Professional and Management Issues in Nursing (2)
The course examines issues faced by professional nurses in providing health care, focusing on
the roles of the professional nurse. It also addresses beginning concepts of leadership role in
discussing principles of leadership and management. Prerequisites: NUR 20, 23/23L, 30, 24,
24A/24L, 25, 28, 28A, 29, 31, 32A, 32, 35, 36A, 36, 37, 38A, 38, 46, 47.
NUR 34 Community Health Nursing (1)
This course provides students with theoretical foundation of Community Health Nursing principles
focusing on bio-psycho-social impact of health related problems in the community setting.
Prerequisites: NUR 20, 23/23L, 30, 24, 24A/24L, 25, 26, 26A/26L, 27, 28, 28A, 29.
NUR 35 Childbearing: Adaptation (2)
This course introduces the student to health problems of the childbearing adult and the impact
on the family unit. The focus of the course is the bio-psycho-social impact of health-illness
problems and its adaptation process. The course addresses legal and social issues of
childbearing and provides students with available resources for interventions. Prerequisites:
NUR 20, 23/23L, 30, 24, 24A/24L, 25, 26, 26A/26L, 27, 28, 28 A, 29.
NUR 36A Community focused care: Childbearing (1)
The course provides community care experience of the childbearing adult, focusing on bio-
psycho-social impact of health related problems. Experience is provided in a variety of non-
hospital settings, such as ambulatory setting. Prerequisites: NUR 20, 23/23L, 30, 24,
24A/24L, 25 26, 26A/26L, 27, 28, 28A, 29.
NURSING 239
NUR 36 Childbearing: Practicum (2)
The course provides clinical experience of the childbearing adult, focusing on bio-psycho-
social impact of health related problems in an acute care setting. Prerequisites: NUR 20,
23/23L, 30, 24, 24A/24L, 25, 28, 28A, 29. NUR 35, 36, 36A are taken concurrently and must
be passed successfully before progressing.
NUR 37 Gerontological Nursing: Adaptation (2)
This course introduces the student to multiple and chronic health problems of the geriatric
population. The focus of the course is the bio-psycho-social impact of health-illness problems and
its adaptation process. The course addresses legal and social issues of the older adults and
provides students with available resources for interventions. Prerequisites: NUR 20, 23/23L, 30,
24, 24A/24L, 25, 26, 26A/26L, 27, 28, 28 A, 29.
NUR 38A Community focused care: Gerontology (1)
The course provides community-care experience of the older adults, focusing on bio-psycho-social
impact of aging and health related problems. Experience is provided in a variety of non-hospital
settings, such as Meals-on- Wheels program and residential settings.
Prerequisites: NUR 20, 23/23L, 30, 24, 24A/24L, 25, 26, 26A/26L, 27, 28, 28A, 29.
NUR 38 Gerontological Nursing: Practicum (2)
The course provides clinical experience of older adults, focusing on bio-psycho-social impact
of health related problems in a long-term setting. The course also will experience the manager
role of the RN. Prerequisites: NUR 20, 23/23L, 30, 24, 24A/24L, 25, 26, 26A/26L, 27, 28,
28 A, 29. NUR 37, 38, 38 A are taken concurrently and must be passed successfully before
advancing.
NUR 46 Adult Adaptation Nursing III (3)
This course introduces the student to health problems of acute, complex, multi-system health
problems of adults. The focus of the course is the bio-psycho-social impact of health-illness
problems and its adaptation process. Nursing interventions focus on acute medical and
nursing management of adults. Prerequisites: NUR 20, 23/23L, 30, 24, 24A/24L, 25, 26,
26A/26L, 27, 28, 28A, 29, 31, 32, 32A, 35, 36, 36A, 37, 38, 38A.
NUR 47 Medical-Surgical Nursing Practicum III (2)
The course provides clinical experience of acute, complex, multi-system management of
adults in an acute care setting. Focus of care is on bio-psycho-social impact of acute health
problems on an individual and the family. Prerequisites: NUR 20, 23/23L, 30, 24, 24A/24L,
25,26, 26A/26L, 27, 28, 28A, 29, 31, 32, 32A, 35, 36, 36A, 37, 38, 38A. NUR 46, 47 are taken
concurrently and must be passed successfully before progressing.
NUR 48 Professional Nursing Practicum (3)
The course provides an internship experience in applying leadership and management principles in
an acute care settings. Focus of care is on developing clinical and leadership skills of a beginning
professional nurse. A group of students is assigned to a preceptor/mentor of the assigned unit
during the experience. Prerequisites: NUR 20, 23/23L, 30, 24, 24A/24L, 25, 26, 26A/26L, 27,
28, 28A, 29, 31, 32, 32A, 35, 36, 36A, 37, 38, 38A, 46, 47.
NUR 98 Independent Studies (1-3)
Independent investigation of significant problems in nursing. Prerequisite: consent of instructor.
NUR 99 Special Studies in Nursing (1-3)
Selected problems; offered as a course or seminar on current issues in nursing. Prerequisite:
consent of instructor.
I
240 NURSING
Objectives: Bachelor of Science Degree - Major in Nursing
(BSN) Program
At the completion of the Baccalaureate nursing program, the graduate will have met the
following objectives and will:
1 . Utilize the Roy Adaptation Model as a scientific method to deliver nursing care to
persons, families, and groups.
2. Utilize knowledge of health/illness continuum to advocate for and maximize health
of persons, families and groups.
3. Use critical thinking, knowledge, and skills obtained from nursing and liberal arts
courses to provide professional nursing care in a variety of settings.
4. Utilize and apply complex, effective communication skills to persons, families, and
groups.
5. Develop and implement individualized teaching/learning plans for persons, families,
and groups.
6. Utilize leadership skills based on the principles of management, delegation, change
process, group process, and systems theory in health care settings.
7. Utilize research findings to guide practice in health care delivery.
8. Critically examine and integrate the principles of moral, ethical, and legal issues
which influence health care.
9. Create interventions that consider a variety of influencing factors: e.g., culture,
religion, race, ethnicity, and socioeconomic status.
10. Establish independent and interdependent roles which will enhance professional
growth.
Upon the completion of the Bachelor of Science Degree: Major in Nursing, the student is
eligible to take the National Council Licensure Examination for Registered Nurses (NCLEX-
RN) and is also qualified to apply for the Public Health Nursing Certificate issued by the
Board of Registered Nursing.
Bachelor of Science Degree: Major in Nursing
Admission Policy
In addition to meeting the general admission requirements, acceptance into the Department of
Nursing is determined by the Admission Committee of the department. Admission is based
upon a consideration of the student's academic achievement. There is a formal review of the
student's high school achievement record, grade point average, College Entrance Examination
scores, previous college experience (if any). Students who intend to major in nursing are
advised to take high school chemistry.
In order to be eligible for review, applicants must be admitted to the College and then fulfill
the nursing admission requirements. Admission to the Sophomore nursing courses is
considered for the fall semester only and is based on:
Cumulative GPA
Science GPA
Successful demonstration of English competency
Written essay
Letters of reference
Personal interviews may be scheduled for qualified applicants once admission
documents are received.
NURSING 241
Priority is given to students who:
• Meet the required criteria and who have completed two semesters at Mount St.
Mary's College.
• Have a cumulative GPA of 2.7 for all transferable college work attempted.
• A science GPA of 2.50 is required for admission to the nursing program. The science
-GPA will consist of grades received from chemistry /physics, anatomy, physiology,
and microbiology.
• A student may repeat a course required for the nursing major no more than once.
Failure (C- and below) of any two required science or pre-requisite courses results in
non-admission.
LVNs that have been accepted by the College and have completed the general studies
requirements of the first two years may challenge Sophomore nursing courses and move
directly into Junior nursing courses. NUR 41 and NUR 52 must be satisfactorily completed
prior to acceptance into Junior nursing courses. A non-degree program is available for LVNs
who meet the College entrance requirements. After completing 30 units of prescribed courses,
the student is eligible to take the NCLEX-RN exams for licensure as a Registered Nurse but is
not considered a graduate of Mount St. Mary's College. California registered nurses accepted
by the College may be given transfer credit for previous nursing courses equivalent to the
Nursing Department lower division courses. NUR 41 and NUR 52 are to be satisfactorily
completed prior to acceptance into Senior nursing courses.
The BSN program is approved by the California Board of Registered Nursing and accredited
by the Commission on Collegiate Nursing Education.
Bachelor of Science Degree: Major in Nursing
Academic Policies
The faculty of the Department of Nursing has the right and the responsibility forjudging and
evaluating the quality of the student's achievement, both in the mastery of theoretical content
and in clinical competence. Mid-term warning, probation, or dismissal is used when deemed
necessary..
• A grade of C- or below in a required course or a nursing theory course is not
accepted. If the grade of C-or below is in a nursing theory course, non-progression in
the program occurs.
• A student may repeat a nursing theory course required for the nursing major no more
than once.
• A grade of C- or below in a nursing clinical course or failure of any two required
nursing courses results in dismissal from the nursing program.
If a student's level of clinical practice is unsatisfactory or unsafe, the student may fail before
the end of the semester. Readmission may be granted by special action of the Admission
Committee of the Department of Nursing.
Before admission to nursing courses:
1. A departmental examination in mathematics must be successfully completed (84%).
The purpose of this examination is twofold: 1) to earn credit for the mathematics
requirement General Studies HIE; and 2) to determine the student's ability to
correctly calculate medication dosages in the clinical setting. All students, regardless
of entry level status, even if they have previously successfully completed a college
mathematics course are to complete this requirement. Should the applicant not pass
the exam, score below 84%:
242 NURSING
• 20 hours of documented tutoring or a remedial math course passed with a
minimum grade of C is required.
• The exam may then be retaken only one more time and must be passed in
order to be considered for admission.
2. A critical thinking exam is also required to assist in academic advisement.
Once admitted and enrolled in the College, all BSN nursing students will be required to
successfully complete PHI 168 A or B or RST 149 at MSMC. In order to meet the nursing
department requirements for bioethics, any bioethics course transferred in prior to admission
must be an upper division course.
Departmental policy statements regarding grading, mathematical competence, clinical
progression, incomplete grades, probation, absences, dismissal, and readmission to the
program are provided to the student at the beginning of the nursing major. During the clinical
portion of the program, students must:
Ordinarily be enrolled full-time (see Tuition and Fees).
Carry malpractice insurance.
Have a current CPR card (AHA Health Care Provider BLS).
Have a fire safety card.
Complete a criminal background as outlined in clinical policies.
Complete a First Aid Course prior to beginning senior level coursework.
Have membership in the National Student Nurse Association, highly recommended.
Nursing classes are held at multiple sites and transportation for these classes is
essential. Senior year students are required to have a current driver's license and
auto insurance. Information on all policies and procedures can be obtained from the
Department of Nursing's Coordinator of Advisement and Testing.
Certain health requirements must be met prior to clinical experience. In addition to the
College Baccalaureate degree requirements, students who step back into the MSMC BSN
program after an absence of seven (7) years or more must complete all requirements of the
Department of Nursing and the level to which they are re-enrolling.
Clinical Agencies/Scheduling
Multiple agencies are used for clinical practice and include the following: private and public
acute care facilities, skilled nursing facilities, Los Angeles County public health sites, home
health agencies, schools, and other community health care facilities.
Transportation for clinical classes is the responsibility of each student. Students in their
senior session are required to have a current driver's license and auto insurance.
Schedules for clinical and class times are subject to change. Clinical classes may include
weekends.
Baccalaureate Degree Curriculum Requirements
Freshman Year
**CHE 3/PHS 1 Chemistry/Scientific Concepts (3)
**BIO 50A Human Anatomy (4)
**BIO 50B Human Physiology (4)
**BIO 3 General Microbiology (4)
NURSING
243
*PSY 1
*S0C5
General Psychology
Sociological Perspectives
*ENG 1A and IB or 1C Freshman English
*SPE 10 Public Speaking
*PSY 12 Developmental Lifespan Psychology
***SPR 85 Intro to College Studies
* * * SPR 7 1 X Preparation for Nursing
Total units: 32-34
(3)
(3)
(6)
(2)
(3)
(1)
(1)
Sophomore Year
*NUR51
*NUR 53A
*NUR 53B/C
*NUR 54
*NUR60
*NUR61
*NUR 65
*BIO 112
*PHI21/RST41
GSIVA
GS-IIIA:
Practicum: Adult Medical/Surgical
Fundamentals of Nursing: Theory
Fundamentals of Nursing: Skills
Introduction to Pathophysiology
Adaptation Nursing Theory
Practicum: Adult Medical Surgical
Adaptation Nursing: Adult Medical/Surgical
Human Nutrition
Moral Values and Ethical Decisions
Religious Studies Requirement
Art or Music
(4)
(2)
(1.5,
(3)
(3)
(4)
(31
(3)
(3)
O)
O)
I)
Total units: 33.5
Junior Year
*NUR 135
*NUR 160
*NUR 161
*NUR 162
*NUR 163
*NUR 164
*NUR 165
*NUR 166
*NUR 167
*PHI 168 A or
GS-IIIB:
GS-IIIC:
Total
Pharmacology in Nursing (2)
Adaptation Nursing: Childbearing Family (2.5)
Practicum: Childbearing Family (2.5)
Adaptation Nursing: Children (2.5)
Practicum: Children (2.5)
Adaptation Nursing: Advanced Medical/Surgical (2.5)
Practicum: Advanced Medical/Surgical Nursing (2.5)
Adaptation Nursing: Mental Health (2.5)
Practicum: Mental Health (2.5)
PHI 168B or RST 149 (upper division) Bioethics (3)
Literature (3)
History (3)
units: 31
Senior Year
*NUR 134
*NUR 136
*NUR 138
*NUR 178
*NUR 179
*NUR180
*NUR 181
*NUR182
*NUR183
Issues in Professional Nursing (2)
Abuse: Child to Elder (1)
Nursing Research (3)
Adaptation Nursing: Senior Preceptorship (1.5)
Practicum: Senior Preceptorship (2.5)
Adaptation Nursing: Community Health (1.5)
Practicum: Community Health Nursing (2.5)
Adaptation Nursing: Leadership and Management (1 .5)
Practicum: Nursing Leadership and Management (2.5)
244 NURSING
*NUR 1 90 Adaptation Nursing: Older Adult (1.5)
*NUR 1 9 1 Practicum: Older Adult (2.5)
GS-VA/B Philosophy or Religious Studies (3)
GS-IIIG: Econ/ Politics (3)
See Catalog Philosophical Ideas (3)
Total units: 31
Total units for Bachelor of Science Degree in Nursing: 127.5
*Courses required by the Department of Nursing
**Must have been completed within five years prior to admission
***Not required for students entering MSMC with over 24 transferable units
Accelerated Bachelor of Science - Major in Nursing
The Accelerated Bachelor of Science Degree - Major in Nursing (AccBSN) Program is the
same curriculum design as the Bachelor of Science - Major in Nursing program (BSN),
follows the stated philosophy, and students meet the terminal objectives as delineated for the
BSN program. The AccBSN program offers the BSN program within a one year (May to
May) time frame and is a rigorous program of study. The Accelerated student completes a
three semester course of study, beginning with the first Summer session, followed by a Fall
semester, and ending with a final Spring semester. At the completion of the final semester,
graduates are eligible to take the National Council Licensure Examination for Registered
Nurses (NCLEX-RN) and to qualify for the California Public Health Nursing Certificate. The
AccBSN program is approved by the California Board of Registered Nursing and accredited
by the Commission on Collegiate Nursing Education.
AccBSN Application Procedure
AccBSN applicants must submit the following documents:
■ Completed admissions application
■ Personal statement of intent
■ Official transcripts of all college work
■ Two recommendations by those acquainted with the applicant's ability to succeed in
an accelerated curriculum.
■ Personal interviews may be scheduled.
AccBSN Program Admission Requirements
The AccBSN program is open to persons who have previously completed a Baccalaureate
degree and who meet specific admission requirements. Admission to the program is open only
once a year. The application deadline is November 1, and decisions are mailed in mid
December.
To be considered for admission, students must be graduates of an accredited four-year college
or university with an earned cumulative grade point average of at least 3.0.
An eligible applicant must have also completed the following requirements prior to beginning
the program.
NURSING 245
Transfer Articulation for the Accelerated Bachelor of Science - Major in
Nursing
Mount Saint Mary's College accepts completed Baccalaureate degrees from accredited
colleges and universities as evidence of fulfillment of MSMC General Studies requirements
with the exception of philosophy and religious studies. To fulfill these requirements, students
must complete two courses in each discipline.
Nursing Core Requirements
*Chemistry or Physics (3-4 units)
*Human Anatomy with Lab (3-4 units)
*Human Physiology with lab (3-4 units)
* Microbiology with Lab (4 units)
Human Nutrition (3 units)
General Psychology (3 units)
Life-span Developmental Psychology (Infant through Older Adult ) ( 3 units)
Introduction to Sociology or Cultural Anthropology ( 3 units)
Written and Oral Communication (6 units)
*Must have been completed within five years prior to admission
General Studies Requirements
Philosophy (3 units)
Philosophy (3 upper division units, must be Bioethics)
Religious Studies Courses (6 units)
Entrance Requirements (AccBSN)
Before admitted students begin the program in May, they must:
• Complete the Department of Nursing Math Test with a minimum score of 84%.
• Complete the necessary health forms and immunizations (See Health Policies,
Department of Nursing.).
• Be current in CPR (Healthcare Provider BCLS/Professional Rescuer CPR).
• Garry malpractice insurance.
• Complete a First Aid Course.
• Submit a successful completion of Criminal Background as outlined in clinical
policies
Costs/Financial Aid/Registration
Tuition for the AccBSN program is the same as the standard Mount St. Mary's College
undergraduate tuition and fees for three semesters. There is a nursing fee for each of the three
accelerated sessions. Please refer to the Fees and Expenses for exact figures and guidelines.
While AccBSN students are not eligible for Mount St. Mary's grants or scholarships, students
may be eligible for federal, state, or private grants or loans. In order to qualify, students must
send the FAFSA forms to the processor no later than January 15. Information on financial aid
eligibility will be sent prior to the deposit deadline. A non-refundable deposit fee of $300.00
is due on the date specified in the acceptance letter.
246 NURSING
AccBSN Degree Curriculum Requirements
The AccBSN program requires 124 units which includes 56 Nursing department units
and 3 units of Bioethics. Admitted students must complete their total curriculum plan at
Mount St. Mary's College. They may not take required nursing courses at other institutions.
A sample program is listed below.
Summer
NUR 4 1 Adaptation Nursing Theory (3)
NUR42A Fundamentals of Nursing: Theory (2)
NUR 42B Fundamentals of Nursing: Skills (1)
NUR 44 A Introduction to Pathophysiology (3)
NUR 44B Adaptation Nursing: Adult Medical/Surgical Nursing (3)
NUR 45 AB Practicum: Adult Medical/Surgical Nursing (4,4)
Total units: 20
Fall
NUR 135 Pharmacology in Nursing (2)
NUR 140 Adaptation Nursing: Childbearing Family (2.5)
NUR 141 Practicum: Childbearing Family (1.5)
NUR 142 Adaptation Nursing: Children (2.5)
NUR 143 Practicum: Children (1.5)
NUR 144 Adaptation Nursing: Advanced Medical/Surgical (2.5)
NUR 145 Practicum: Advanced Medical/Surgical Nursing (1.5)
NUR 146 Adaptation Nursing: Mental Health (2.5)
NUR 147 Practicum: Mental Health (1.5)
Total units: 18
Spring
NUR 134 Issues in Professional Nursing (2)
NUR 136 Abuse: Child to Elder Adult (1)
NUR 1 3 8 Nursing Research (3)
NUR 150 Adaptation Nursing: Community Health (1.5)
NUR 151 Practicum: Community Health Nursing (1.5)
NUR 152 Adaptation Nursing: Leadership and Management (1.5)
NUR 153 Practicum: Nursing Leadership and Management (1.5)
NUR 1 56 Adaptation Nursing: Older Adult (1 .5)
NUR 157 Practicum: Older Adult (1.5)
NUR 158 Adaptation Nursing: Senior Preceptorship (1.5)
NUR 159 Practicum: Senior Preceptorship (1.5)
Total units: 18
Total units for an Accelerated B.S. in Nursing: 124
Note: Prerequisites for courses in the NUR 140 and 160 Series: Successful
completion of the NUR 41, 42AB, 44AB, 45 AB or 51, 53ABC, 54, 60, 61, 65, and
Nutrition. The NUR 140 and 160 courses involve the continued use of the Roy
Adaptation Model as a basis for prevention, rehabilitation, and teaching.
NURSING 247
NUR 41 Adaptation Nursing Theory (3)
Introduces the Roy Adaptation Model of Nursing with emphasis on the physiological and
psychosocial modes as related to adult and older adult behaviors. Introduces concepts of
cultural diversity, aging, and sexuality.
NUR 42A Fundamentals of Nursing: Theory (2)
Covers basic nursing measures necessary for safe patient care. The focus is to provide the
theoretical foundation for selected nursing skills.
NUR 42B Fundamentals of Nursing: Skills (1)
Practice and development of the student's psychomotor ability in the performance of basic
nursing skills taught in NUR 42A. Designed to integrate computer assisted learning for an
independent approach to learning.
NUR 44A Introduction to Pathophysiology (3)
Basic pathophysiological mechanisms of disease and selected medical-surgical disruptions of
protection and oxygenation that are common to adults are presented for discussion. Patient
care management is included. Sophomore standing.
NUR 44B Adaptation Nursing: Adult Medical/Surgical (3)
Common disruptions in the body's structure, function and regulatory mechanisms are
presented which include immune response, inflammation, and temperature control. Nursing
and Medical Management will be discussed.
NUR 45A Practicum: Adult (4)
Clinical practice of nursing with application of concepts related to basic nursing knowledge,
fundamentals, and skills. The focus is on the care of the adult hospitalized patient with
common medical/surgical problems. Sophomore standing.
NUR 45B Practicum: Adult (4)
Clinical practice of nursing process and skills with application of concepts related to basic
nursing skills and to common disruptions in body systems. Focus on common medical-
surgical problems affecting adults and older adults, stimuli for illness, nursing diagnoses,
nursing interventions, prevention, and teaching in an in-patient setting.
NUR 51 Practicum: Adult (4)
Clinical practice of nursing process and skills with application of concepts related to basic
nursing skills and to common disruptions in body systems. Focus on common medical-
surgical problems affecting adults and older adults, stimuli for illness, nursing diagnoses,
nursing interventions, prevention, and teaching in an in-patient setting.
NUR 53 A Fundamentals of Nursing: Theory (2)
Introductory course that covers the theories, concepts, principles and procedures that are
fundamental to current nursing practice. Provides a knowledge base to understand the
practice of professional nursing with a focus on the adult hospitalized patient.
NUR 53B/C Fundamentals of Nursing: Skills (1.5/1.0)
Covers basic nursing measures necessary for safe patient care. The focus is to provide the
theoretical basis for selected nursing skills and to develop the student's psychomotor ability in
the performance of these skills. Designed to integrate computer assisted learning for an
independent approach to learning.
NUR 54 Introduction to Pathophysiology (3)
Basic pathophysiological mechanisms of disease and selected medical-surgical disruptions of
protection and oxygenation that are common to adults are presented for discussion. Patient
care management is included. Sophomore standing.
248 NURSING
NUR 60 Adaptation Nursing Theory (3)
Introduces the Roy Adaptation Model of Nursing with emphasis on the physiological and
psychosocial modes as related to adult and older adult behaviors. Introduces concepts of
cultural diversity, aging, and sexuality.
NUR 61 Practicum: Adult (4)
Continuation of the Nursing Skills and Process with application of concepts related to the
physiologic and psychosocial mode of adaptation.
NUR 65 Adaptation Nursing: Adult Medical/Surgical (3)
Common disruptions in the body's structure, function and regulatory mechanisms are
presented which include immune response, inflammation, and temperature control. Nursing
and Medical Management will be discussed.
NUR 98 Independent Studies (1-3)
Independent investigation of significant problems in nursing. Prerequisite:
Consent of instructor.
NUR 99 Special Studies in Nursing (1-3)
Selected problems; offered as a course or seminar on current issues in nursing. Prerequisite:
Consent of instructor.
NUR 134 Issues in Professional Nursing (2)
The focus is on the profession of Nursing. Content includes the history of nursing, the
Nursing Practice Act, legal aspects, liability, and other current issues affecting the nursing
profession. Prerequisites: Successful completion of the NUR 160/140 series.
NUR 135 Pharmacology in Nursing (2)
Pharmacology as related to pathological processes and various groups of clients is presented,
major drug classes and mechanisms of drug actions as well as nursing implications are
detailed. Prerequisites: Successful completion of the NUR 40, 50, 60 series.
NUR 136 Abuse: Child to Elder Adult (1)
Child, elder and women's abuse will be covered. Included will be prevention, early detection,
and intervention techniques. California reporting requirements for child abuse will be
covered.
NUR 138 Research (3)
Principles of scientific methods, research designs appropriate to nursing, ethical conduct in
human subject research, and components of theoretical frameworks are presented. Emphasis
on understanding, critiquing, and applying published research findings to clinical practice.
Prerequisite: Successful completion of NUR 160/140 series. Student must be in Senior
standing. GS-II, VIIA (Satisfies one QL unit.)
NUR 140 Adaptation Nursing: Childbearing Family (2.5)
Lecture. The focus of the bio-psycho-social impact of health and illness problems related to
childbearing families. Prerequisite: Junior standing.
NUR 141 Practicum: Childbearing Family (1.5)
Clinical practice in prenatal, delivery and postnatal care. Includes the study of parenting roles
and health needs of emerging family groups.
NUR 142 Adaptation Nursing: Children (2.5)
Lecture. The focus of the bio-psycho-social impact of health and illness problems related to
children.
NURSING 249
NUR 143 Practicum: Children (1.5)
Clinical practice in the health-illness problems encountered in the care of children, from
infancy through adolescence, and their families.
NUR 144 Adaptation Nursing: Advanced Medical/Surgical (2.5)
Lecture. The focus of the bio-psycho-social impact of health and illness problems related to
complex episodic medical and surgical disruptions in the adult. Patient care management is
included. Junior standing.
NUR 145 Practicum: Advanced Medical/Surgical Nursing (1.5)
Clinical practice in the health-illness problems encountered in the care of complex episodic
medical and surgical disruptions in the adult. Patient care management is included. Junior
standing.
NUR 146 Adaptation Nursing: Mental Health (2.5)
Lecture. The focus of the bio-psycho-social impact of health and illness problems related to
the mental health of individuals and groups. Junior standing.
NUR 147 Practicum: Mental Health (1.5)
Clinical practice in the application of the principles and concepts related to psycho-social
problems in psychiatric settings. Junior standing.
NUR 150 Adaptation Nursing: Community Health (1.5)
Lecture. Theories and concepts from nursing and public health are presented from a bio-
psycho-social perspective. The focus is on the health of the population, as well as on
individuals, families and groups living in the community. The Roy Adaptation Model is
threaded throughout the broad topics, which include community oriented practice, family,
community assessment, epidemiology and communicable disease. Senior standing.
NUR 151 Practicum: Community Health Nursing (1.5)
Provides a clinical experience for the senior level student to use the Roy Adaptation Model to
improve the health of individuals, families, groups and the community as a whole. An
epidemiological approach is utilized to identify and assess problems within aggregates in the
community. A variety of populations and settings are used in order to provide the student
with the opportunity to apply the theories and concepts from NUR 180/150. Senior standing.
NUR 152 Adaptation Nursing: Leadership and Management (1.5)
Lecture. Theory in this senior level course is designed to analyze leadership and management
principles and illustrate how these concepts reflect professional nursing practice. The health
care delivery environment will be discussed with an emphasis on the current and future trends
in the management of nursing resources and personnel. The Roy Adaptation Model and
systems theory is threaded through each topic and will be used to evaluate individuals, groups
and organizations on how they work together. Senior standing.
NUR 153 Practicum: Nursing Leadership and Management (1.5)
This clinical course provides the senior level student the opportunity to assess and practice
under supervision the principles of leadership and management with a variety of populations
in various settings. In addition, a conference will be utilized to simulate situations to enhance
student's learning of theories and concepts from NUR 182/152. The Roy Adaptation Nursing
Model and management principles will be utilized to guide assessment of a group identified in
the clinical setting. Students may identify additional objectives to meet their personal
learning needs with the approval of the instructor. Senior standing.
250 NURSING
NUR 156 Adaptation Nursing: Older Adult ( 1.5)
Lecture. This gerontology course provides the student with the principles of the Functional
Consequences Theory as it relates to the Roy Adaptation Model. The student will apply both
models to the psychological and physiological functions of the older adult. Topics also
include functional assessment, characteristics of today's older adults in the United States and
issues regarding long-term care. Additionally, the student will carry out in-depth research in a
gerontology related subject. This research will be presented in a formal paper. Senior
standing.
NUR 157 Practicum: Older Adult (1.5)
Clinical practice with older adult clients in various settings enabling the student to apply the
concepts and principles in NUR 156. Senior standing.
NUR 158 Adaptation Nursing: Senior Preceptorship (1.5)
Lecture: Theory in this senior level course is applicable to any area of nursing specialty. Bio-
psycho-social and spiritual approaches will be used to present concepts that the Baccalaureate
prepared nurse can apply to promote adaptation in individuals, families, and groups. Broad
topics include cultural aspects, palliative care, chronic illness, disabilities and management of
health regimens. Professional role aspects of quality improvement, accreditation,
environmental health and disaster management are included. Senior standing.
NUR 159 Practicum: Senior Preceptorship (1.5)
The senior level student will continue to develop and practice the role of the Baccalaureate
prepared nurse in this practicum. The student will have the opportunity to demonstrate the
ability to apply the theory content from NUR 178/158 and the MSMC Nursing Baccalaureate
Program Objectives. A variety of clinical agencies and nursing specialties will be used. The
Roy Adaptation Model will be used as the foundation for professional nursing practice.
Taken as Credit/No Credit. Senior standing.
NUR 160 Adaptation Nursing: Childbearing Family (2.5)
Lecture. The focus is the bio-psycho-social impact of health-illness problems related to
childbearing families. Taken concurrently with NUR 161. Junior standing. GS-VI
NUR 161 Practicum: Childbearing Family (2.5)
Provides clinical experience in prenatal, delivery, and postnatal care, study of the parenting
roles, and the health needs of the emerging family groups. Taken concurrently with NUR 160.
Junior standing.
NUR 162 Adaptation Nursing: Children (2.5)
Lecture. The focus is the bio-psycho-social impact of health-illness problems related to
children. Taken concurrently with NUR 163. Junior standing. GS- VIIA (Satisfies one QL
unit.)
NUR 163 Practicum: Children (2.5)
Provides clinical experience in the health-illness problems encountered in the care of children
and their families. Growth and development from infancy through adolescence in terms of the
Adaptation Theory of Nursing. Taken concurrently with NUR 162. Junior standing.
NUR 164 Adaptation Nursing: Advanced Medical/Surgical (2.5)
Lecture. The focus is the bio-psycho-social impact of health-illness problems related to
complex episodic medical or surgical disruptions in the adult. Leadership and patient care
management included. Taken concurrently with NUR 165.
NURSING 251
NUR 165 Practicum: Advanced Medical/Surgical (2.5)
Provides clinical experience in the health-illness problems of adult patients with more
complex medical or surgical disruptions. Leadership and patient care management included.
Taken concurrently with NUR 164. Junior standing.
NUR 166 Adaptation Nursing: Mental Health (2.5)
Lecture. The focus is the bio-psycho-social impact of health-illness problems related to
mental health of individuals and groups. Taken concurrently with NUR 167.
NUR 167 Practicum: Mental Health (2.5)
Provides clinical experience in the application of the principles and concepts related to
psycho-social problems in psychiatric settings. Taken concurrently with NUR 166. Junior
standing.
NUR 178 Adaptation Nursing: Senior Preceptorship (2.5)
Lecture. Theory in this senior level course is applicable to any areas of nursing specialty.
Bio-psycho-social and spiritual approaches will be used to present concepts that the
Baccalaureate prepared nurse can apply to promote adaptation in individuals, families, and
groups. Broad topics include cultural aspects, palliative care, chronic illness, disabilities, and
management of health regimens. Professional role aspect of quality improvement,
accreditation, environmental health and disaster management are included. Senior standing.
NUR 179 Practicum: Senior Preceptorship (2.5)
The senior level student will continue to develop and practice the role of the Baccalaureate
prepared nurse in this practicum. The student will have the opportunity to demonstrate the
ability to apply the theory content from NUR 178/158 and the MSMC Nursing Baccalaureate
Program Objectives. A variety of clinical agencies and nursing specialties will be used. The
Roy Adaptation Model will be used as the foundation of professional nursing practice. Taken
as Credit/No Credit. Senior standing.
NUR 180 Adaptation Nursing: Community Health (1.5)
Lecture. Theories and concepts from nursing and public health are presented from a bio-
psycho-social perspective. The focus is on the health of the population, as well as on
individuals, families and groups living in the community. The Roy Adaptation Model is
threaded throughout the broad topics, which include community oriented practice, family,
community assessment, epidemiology and communicable disease. Taken concurrently with
NUR 181. Senior standing.
NUR 181 Practicum: Community Health Nursing (2.5)
Provides a clinical experience for the senior level student to use the Roy Adaptation Model to
improve the health of individuals, families, groups and the community as a whole. An
epidemiological approach is utilized to identify and assess problems within aggregates in the
community. A variety of populations and settings are used in order to provide the student
with the opportunity to apply the theories and concepts from NUR 180/150. Taken
concurrently with NUR 1 80. Senior standing.
NUR 182 Adaptation Nursing: Leadership/Management (1.5)
Theory in this senior level 1.5 unit course is designed to analyze leadership and management
principles and illustrate how these concepts reflect professional nursing practice. The health
care delivery environment will be discussed with an emphasis on the current and future trends
in the management of nursing resources and personnel. The Roy Adaptation Model and
systems theory is threaded through each topic and will be used to evaluate individuals, groups
and organizations on how they work together. Taken concurrently with NUR 183.
Senior standing.
252 NURSING
NUR 183 Practicum: Nursing Leadership/Management (2.5)
This clinical course provides the senior level student the opportunity to assess and practice
under supervision the principles of leadership and management with a variety of populations
in various settings. In addition, a conference will be utilized to simulate situations to enhance
students' learning of theories and concepts from NUR 182/152. The Roy Adaptation Nursing
Model and management principles will be utilized to guide objectives to meet their personal
learning needs with the approval of the instructor. Taken concurrently with NUR 182. Senior
Standing.
NUR 190 Adaptation Nursing : Older Adult ( 1.5)
Lecture. This gerontology course provides the student with the principles of the Functional
Consequences Theory as it relates to the Roy Adaptation Model. The student will apply both
models to the psychological and physiological functions of the older adult. Topics also
include functional assessment, characteristics of today's older adults in the United States and
issues regarding long term care. Additionally, the student will carry out in depth research in a
gerontology related subject. This research will be presented in a formal paper. Senior
standing.
NUR 191 Practicum: Older Adult (2.5)
Clinical practice with older adult clients in various settings enabling the student to apply the
concepts and principles in NUR 190. Taken concurrently with NUR 190. Senior standing.
NUR 196H Senior Honors Thesis (3)
Open only to students admitted to the Honors Program.
NUR 198 Independent Studies (1-3)
NURSING 253
MASTER OF SCIENCE IN
NURSING EDUCATION PROGRAM
Nursing Education
This program requires the successful completion of 37 semester units of both nursing and
education courses with a grade of B (3.0) or better and the completion of an approved Nursing
Education Project. This program encompasses both nursing and education classes in order to
assist the graduate in developing the necessary skills to assume responsibilities as a nursing
educator in health care agencies, schools of nursing and colleges.
The MSN program is accredited by the Commission of Collegiate Nursing Education.
The nursing courses cannot be waived or taken as independent study regardless of the
student's professional experiences. The MSN student is encouraged to grow in her/his role as
a nurse educator both in depth and breadth thus maximizing the benefits of receiving a Master
of Science in Nursing Education degree from Mount St. Mary's College
NUR 243 Theoretical Foundations of Leadership and Community Health is a required bridge
course for MSN students who do not have a BSN degree. The credit received can be used
towards meeting the elective unit requirement.
Health Data: During the application process, students must verify the following health
screening/immunization data:
• Tuberculosis
• MMR immunity
• Varicella Titer
• Hepatitis-B testing
A criminal background check and malpractice insurance are prerequisites for the practicum
courses: NUR 295 and NUR 297.
Course Units (37 units)
A. Core Units (13 units)
NUR 200 Advanced Health Assessment (4)
NUR 201 Theoretical /Conceptual Foundations of Nursing (3)
NUR 202 Current Health Care Issues & Nursing Roles (3)
NUR 290 Nursing Research and Methodologies (3)
B. Emphasis (20 units)
NUR 206 Educational Theories, Principles, & Methods in Nursing (3)
NUR 208 Curriculum Development & Evaluation in Nursing (3)
NUR 295 Nursing Education Practicum I (3 lab./ 1 seminar) (4)
NUR 296 Nursing Education Project Seminar (3)
NUR 297 Nursing Education Practicum II (4 lab./ 1 seminar) (5)
C. Electives (6 units)
254 NURSING
NUR 200 Advanced Health Assessment (4)
This course provides an introduction to comprehensive health care assessment of the child and'
adult client/ patient. Emphasis is placed on physiology, pathophysiology, psychopathology,
physical, psychosocial, ethnic and cultural needs of clients. Upon this foundation, the student
will develop a client-centered management plan. Prerequisites: Admission into the MSN
program.
NUR 201 Theoretical / Conceptual Foundations of Nursing (3
This seminar explores the relationships between theory, research, practice and philosophical
dimensions in nursing. There is a scholarly exploration of the theoretical and conceptual
models that influence the discipline of nursing. A historical view of the nursing profession
will be presented and analyzed. Prerequisites: Admission into the MSN program.
NUR 202 Current Health Care Issues and Nursing Roles (3)
This course provides an opportunity for students to explore and analyze major health, federal
and worldwide issues that effect the nursing profession and its communities of interest. In
addition, this seminar provides discussion regarding the economical, historical, political,
ethical and legal issues that require consideration and potential resolutions. In addition,
students will discuss and analyze developing, advanced roles in nursing. Prerequisite:
Admission into the MSN program
NUR 206 Educational Theories, Principles and Methods (3)
This course is designed to prepare students for the advanced practice role as nursing educator.
The focus of this course is on the use of various teaching techniques and strategies to assist in
the education of staff, students, health care professionals, clients and communities of interest.
In the role of nursing educator, students will learn how to influence changes in how the client
perceives health and his/her ability to seek information to reach optimal health. Prerequisite:
Successful completion of NUR 201.
NUR 208 Curriculum Development and Evaluation (3)
This course is designed so that the student can explore curriculum theories, design and
evaluation as they apply to nursing. The course is geared toward an examination of
philosophical bases for the development of curriculum. The students design and critique a
model curriculum and include outcome criteria to evaluate educational goal attainment.
Prerequisite: Successful completion of NUR 201 and NUR 206.
NUR 240 Organizational Management and Economics in
Nursing (3). Elective
This course is designed for graduate students in the MSN Program. The course will provide a
forum for discussion and analysis of current economic conditions that affect health care and
health care systems. Course content will provide information that will assist the student to
understand and plan cost-effective methods to increase quality care in various systems for
diverse aggregates. The content will also enhance the understanding of strategic and fiscal
planning. In addition, the course will afford opportunities to learn and analyze management
and leadership theories and styles related to problem-solving in the work environment. There
will also be opportunities to analyze work climates, interpersonal and group dynamics,
communications, quality management, and the improvement of the work environment.
NURSING 255
NUR 241 Marketing Through the Art of Negotiation (3). Elective
This course is designed for graduate students who are interested in the art of negotiation. The
course will provide a forum for discussion and analysis of negotiating techniques used to
promote desired changes in a variety of settings including health care. Students will learn how
to market their programs and ideas through the art of negotiation. Course content also
provides skills that will assist students in developing their own strategies in the negotiation
process with diverse aggregates.
NUR 242 Health Care Epidemiology/Infection Control (3). Elective
This course is designed for graduate students in the MSN program. The course will provide a
forum for discussion and analysis of epidemiology and infection control in the healthcare
setting. Course content will provide information that will assist the students in the appraisal of
various methodologies and approaches to infection control. The content will also enhance the
understanding of the administrative and educational aspects. In addition, the course will
afford opportunities to evaluate specific infectious diseases such as tuberculosis, ventilator-
associated pneumonia, multiple-resistant organisms, emerging pathogens, etc.
NUR 243 Theoretical Foundations of Community Health and Leadership
in Nursing (1)
(Required bridge course for non-BSN degree holders). This course may also be taken for
graduate level credit by those MSN students who are BSN prepared.
This course is considered as a graduate level bridge course specifically designed for graduates
from non-BSN nursing programs. This course constitutes an exploration of concepts and
theories related to nursing leadership roles and the community health specialty. Discussion
will surround the roles, responsibilities, ethics and legal aspects of managing and leading in
nursing positions. A secondary portion of the class is an introduction to community health
nursing based on the components and domains of the Clinical Prevention and Population
Health recommendations.
NUR 244 Technology of Professional (TOP) Presentations (1). Elective
This course is designed for graduate students who are interested in integrating multimedia into
their professional presentations. Recognizing that technological advancement serves as a
catalyst for innovative methods of communication, this course will equip students with the
skills necessary to create presentations using various multimedia resources to complement
their chosen discipline. Course content also provides skills that will assist students in
developing their presentation techniques and computer literacy.
NUR 245 Community Health Care Systems and Influence of Public
Policies (2). Elective
This course is considered a graduate level elective in nursing. The focus of the course is on
community health care systems, preventive services, community aspects of practice, as well
as the link to evidenced based practice. In addition, this class will provide knowledge about
the importance of public health advocacy and the tools necessary to affect public policy. The
course is highly interactive and is presented in a seminar format. This requires that the
student be prepared for discussion during each session.
NUR 290 Nursing Research (3)
This course constitutes an in-depth exploration of the research process and strategies.
Discussion will surround both quantitative as well as qualitative designs. It also provides an
opportunity for students to prepare the first three chapters of their project proposal.
Prerequisite: Successful completion of a mathematical statistics course and NUR 201.
256 NURSING
NUR 295 Nursing Education Practicum I (4 - 3 lab. / 1 seminar)
This course is designed to provide teaching experiences for the graduate student with staff/
patient educators. The experience will provide an opportunity to participate in the
development or revision of education plans. Students will design a learning opportunity and
will include a course description, learning objectives, and methods of evaluating both the
learning and the education offering. Prerequisite: Successful completion of NUR 201, 206, and
208. (NUR 208 may be taken concurrently with NUR 295.)
NUR 296 Nursing Education Project (3)
The student will assess the need for the nursing project, design and implement it and finally
evaluate its effectiveness. The project needs to be aimed at solving a practical or clinical
problem, or meeting an educational or administrative need in a service or academic setting.
The project may include a nursing intervention program, a change project or an educational
program that is designed in the form of a class, instructional module, computer program,
videotape, nursing education evaluation tool. A written report describing the project is the
final assignment in this course. The project must first be approved by the course faculty. This
seminar will provide the student with the opportunity to meet with the faculty during the
semester to discuss the progress of the graduate project and to obtain guidance from the
course faculty member. Prerequisite: Successful completion of NUR 201,206,208, and 290.
NUR 297 Nursing Education Practicum II (5-4 lab. / 1 seminar)
This course will serve as the culminating experience for the nursing graduate student. The
course will prepare students to become educators in a college-level nursing education
program. The student will choose an educational setting in which to complete a learning needs
assessment, prepare coursework, syllabi, student faculty evaluations and course evaluations
while being supervised by a master faculty member. In addition, the student will be
responsible for presenting course content to the chosen nursing student group.
Prerequisite: Successful completion of NUR 201,206,208, and 290.
PHILOSOPHY 257
Philosophy
Philosophy is not just for those who love wisdom; it is also for those who want techniques to
be able to think, speak, and write clearly and defensibly. Philosophy provides us with the
tools to discover, examine, and evaluate our own and others' insights and ideas. It helps us
look into the meaning of knowledge, notions of personal identity, and examine fundamental
concepts about the universe and what we can and ought to be doing in the world. Philosophy
helps us evaluate theoretical systems and how they are applied in our lives and institutions.
Philosophy also helps us reflect on our values and beliefs, as well as take stock of the biases
and prejudice within and around us. In short, Philosophy gives us the powerful tools to make
a difference in how we live in the world and with one another.
This major is an excellent preparation for graduate study or a career in college teaching, law,
medicine, computer programming, culture studies, social sciences, or religious studies.
Philosophy provides a strong foundation for careers in education, business, research, writing,
or counseling. In addition to providing a foundation in the discipline, our Philosophy
department brings ideas to life and helps students find ways to apply them to the world we
live in.
The Philosophy department encourages students to major in Philosophy. It is an excellent
major for those who wish to go into bioethics, law, medicine, journalism, media studies, and
interdisciplinary studies. We also help students arrange double majors such as with Art,
Political Science, Business, English, Business, Psychology, and Religious Studies. A minor
in Philosophy is also a possibility for students and works well with virtually all majors, as
well as the Pre-Law minor.
Courses Required for a BA. Degree in Philosophy
Lower Division. One course from each of the following groups:
A. Analytical Skills one of:
Phi 5 Introduction to Logic
Phi 10 Critical Thinking
B. Introductory Ethics one of:
Phi 21 Moral Values
Phi 92 Business Ethics
Upper Division. At least ten upper division courses in Philosophy are required for the
major. Students will select one of the following programs:
1 . Traditional Philosophy: A program of study primarily for those interested in pursuing
graduate study in Philosophy or who desire a classical philosophical education. Students must
take at least:
a. Three courses (9 units) from area A (History of Philosophy)
b. One course (3 units)) from area B (Value Theory)
c. Three courses (9 units) from area C (Logic, Metaphysics, Epistemology)
d. One course (3 units) from area D (Interdisciplinary Philosophy).
e. Two elective courses (6 units) from any of areas A, B, C, and D.
258
PHILOSOPHY
2. Applied Philosophy: A program of study primarily for those interested in fields where a
background in Philosophy is particularly valuable, such as law, bioethics, business ethics,
medicine, women's studies, or culture studies. Students must take at least:
a. One course (3 units) from area A (History of Philosophy )
b. Three courses (9 units) from areas B (Value Theory)
c. One course (3 units) from area C (Logic, Metaphysics, Epistemology)
d. Three courses (9 units) from area D (Interdisciplinary Philosophy)
e. Two elective courses (6 units) from any of areas A, B, C, and D.
History of Philosophy:
Phi 124 Socrates, Plato, & Aristotle
Phi 126 Descartes to Kant
Phi 130 Existentialism
Phi 134 American Philosophy
Phi 172 Marxism
Phi 1 80 Chinese Philosophy
B. Value Theory:
Phi 167
Phi 168 A
Phi 168B
Phi 170
Phi 174
Phi 179
Phi 192
Ethics and Film
Contemporary Moral Problems
Bioethics
Social and Political Philosophy
Philosophy of Art
Women and Values
Business Ethics
C. Logic, Metaphysics, and Epistemology:
Phi 150 Metaphysics
Phi 152 Theory of Knowledge
Phi 155 Symbolic Logic
Phi 158 Scientific Method
Phi 160 Philosophy of Religion
D. Interdisciplinary Philosophy:
Phi 162 Philosophy and Native Cultures
Phi 1 65 Philosophy of Law
Phi 169 Philosophy of Technology
Phi 175 Philosophy of Film
Phi 1 76 Philosophy of Literature
Phi 178 Philosophy of Women
(3)
(3)
(3)
(3)
(3)
(3)
(3)
(3)
(3)
(3)
(3)
(3)
(3)
(3)
(3)
(3)
(3)
(3)
(3)
(3)
(3)
(3)
(3)
(3)
Total Units in Philosophy: 36
Plus General Studies requirements and electives totaling 124 semester units, including
Modern Language requirement.
The Minor in Philosophy
A minimum of 21 units in Philosophy, 15 of which must be upper division and approved by
the Philosophy department. At least one course should be from Category A, above (History of
Philosophy).
PHILOSOPHY 259
Independent Study Policy: Independent studies are open to Philosophy majors and
minors who wish to explore an area of philosophy for advanced or specialized work. Any
non-major wishing to do an Independent Study in Philosophy must have a clearly defined
goal and must confer with both the faculty member and the chair of the department to see if it
is appropriate. Independent studies require independent research. Students are expected to
meet the faculty member at least one hour per week, undertaking an equivalent amount of
work that would be expected in a three credit course. Normally, independent studies are not
intended to replace a course taught in the department. For details on what must be included in
your petition for an Independent Study, please contact the Chair of the Philosophy
department.
PHI 5 Introduction to Logic (3)
An introduction to argument structure, including inductive and deductive arguments, the rules
of inference and replacement, fallacies of reasoning, validity and soundness, syllogisms, the
use of language, diverse frames of reference, analysis, decision-making and problem-solving,
and evaluating arguments. GS-II, VB3, VIIA (Satisfies one QL unit.)
PHI 10 Critical Thinking (3)
Students taking this course will learn reasoning techniques so they develop their skills at
argumentation, spotting fallacious reasoning, examining uses of language, evaluating
reasoning, examining assumptions, weighing evidence, determining credibility of witnesses,
problem solving, decision-making, and applying critical thinking skills to moral reasoning,
advertising, the media, and legal reasoning. This course carries credit equivalent to PHI 5.
GS-II, VB3
PHI 15 Introduction to Philosophy (3)
An introduction to the nature of philosophy and why philosophy is considered the love of
wisdom. Included are philosophical questions, major thinkers, and the methodology involved
in a philosophical inquiry. Topics covered include free will and determinism, the existence of
God, the problem of evil, mind and body, the theory of knowledge, and personal identity.
Traditional views, as well as contemporary ones from diverse perspectives (such as women
and people of color) will be included. Prerequisite: Eligible for ENG 1A.
GS-VBI, VI
PHI 21 Moral Values and Ethical Decisions (3)
This course is an introduction to moral reasoning and ethical decision-making, with a focus on
fundamental ethical theories. Using the different theories, we examine some major moral
dilemmas we face (such as the death penalty, world hunger, environmental ethics, abortion,
sexual morality, censorship). GS-VB2, VI
PHI 24 Socrates, Plato, and Aristotle (3)
An introduction to the origins of philosophical traditions in the West through study of the
lives and major works of Socrates, Plato, and Aristotle. Philosophy majors and minors only
are to take this course for upper division credit as PHI 124. They will be assigned an
additional critical assignment appropriate to a more advanced level of study. This may be in
either written or oral form. GS-VBI
PHI 92 Introduction to Business Ethics (3)
A case study approach to business ethics and information technology. Using ethical theories,
we will cover such moral dilemmas as affirmative action, electronic privacy, censorship and
the Internet, and business practices (product liability, whistle blowing, honesty, advertising)
environmental concerns, global issues, corporate decision-making and responsibility.
Students who take this course may not take PHI 2 1 for credit. Honors student should take
PHI 21H, not PHI 92. GS-VB2, VI
260 PHILOSOPHY
PHI 126 Descartes to Kant (3)
The development of modern views on the relationship of reality and knowledge; the tension
of reason and experience in classical modern rationalists and empiricists and the synthesis of
Kant. Prerequisite: One lower division course in philosophy. GS-VBI
PHI 130 Existentialism (3)
A study of existentialist thinking drawing from Nietzsche, Kierkegaard, Sartre, Heidegger,
Camus, de Beauvoir. The emphasis is on the individual, free-will, choices, decision-making,
authenticity vs. inauthenticity, and global considerations. Existentialist literature (Kafka,
Beckett, Atwood, Shange, etc.) and challenges raised by women and people of color may be
included. Prerequisite: One lower division course in philosophy. GS-VBI
PHI 134 American Philosophy (3)
A study of the major philosophical ideas that have influenced the development of American
intellectual life, civilization, and culture: Transcendentalism, Idealism, and the Pragmatic
movement. Prerequisite: One lower division course in philosophy. GS-VBI
PHI 150 Metaphysics (3)
A study of philosophical theories of being and the nature of reality. Among a cluster of
metaphysical concepts to be considered are substance, matter, mind, causation, space and
time, and the transcendent. Prerequisite: One lower division course in philosophy. GS-VBI
PHI 152 Theory of Knowledge (3)
An examination of the nature and possibility of human knowledge, objectivity, perception,
truth, self-knowledge and the knowledge of other minds, the conditions of justified belief.
Prerequisite: One lower division course in philosophy. GS-VBI
PHI 155 Symbolic Logic (3)
This course provides the tools to do more advanced work in deductive reasoning and legal
reasoning. This includes propositional logic, quantification logic, and examining complex
argument forms. This course is highly recommended for Pre-Law students, as part of the
course will look at analytical reasoning on LSAT exams. Also recommended for Computer
Science majors. Prerequisite: PHI 5 or PHI 10, preferably Phi 5. GS-II,VB3, VIIB
PHI 158 The Scientific Method (3)
An historical introduction to the philosophy of science from Aristotle to the present. Topics
will include Aristotle's inductive / deductive method; Copernican vs. Ptolemaic models of the
universe; the Newtonian synthesis; Mach's sensationalism; twentieth century positivism.
Prerequisite: One lower division course in philosophy. GS-VBI, VB3
PHI 160 Philosophy of Religion (3)
A study of the philosophical concerns raised in religion, including the existence of God, faith,
images and concepts of God, the problem of evil, along with multi-cultural and feminist
considerations of religion and mythology. Prerequisite: One lower division course in
philosophy and one in religious studies. (See RST 198.) GS-VA4, VBI, VI
PHI 162 Philosophy and Native Cultures (3)
In this course we explore the philosophy, mythology and world views of four major groups of
Native Americans. The focus is usually on the tribes of the Southwest, Northwest, Far North,
and Mexico (especially Huichol). Examination of the philosophical issues, myths, language,
literature of these tribes; as well as contemporary issues (such as casinos and gambling,
nuclear waste storage on reservations, and cultural authenticity). Prerequisite: One lower
division course in philosophy. GS-VBI, VI
PHILOSOPHY 261
PHI 165 Philosophy of Law (3)
This course examines philosophical issues and concerns in law and in the application of laws.
This includes notions of personhood, freedom of speech, freedom of religion, pornography
and obscene speech, major Supreme Court decisions affecting a particular field (e.g.,
bioethics, medicine, research, biotechnology, business, the media). In any given semester, we
will examine a particular theme (such as terrorism, international justice, laws regarding the
workplace, environmental law, the media, or philosophical issues in international law).
Prerequisite: One lower division course in philosophy. GS-VBI, VIIA
PHI 167 Ethics and Film (3)
This course examines the ways in which film can raise ethical issues that challenge us to
reflect upon our lives and the society in which we live. There are two approaches that we will
take: (1) case study approach—going from the film itself (the characters, the story, etc.) and
examine the sorts of ethical issues that arise, the ethical decision-making, and ways in which
we might evaluate the decisions and actions shown in the film; (2) theoretical approach-
going from major ethical theories to specific films (e.g, Fargo, Do The Right Thing, The
Insider, What About Bob? , Shawshank Redemption, Quiz Show). Pre-requisite: Any other
ethics class or any two Philosophy classes. GS-VB1, 3.
PHI 168A Contemporary Moral Problems (3)
A study of contemporary moral and social problems; including the death penalty, public
policy issues, corporate responsibility, environmental ethics, world hunger, animal
experimentation, advertising and media ethics, and individual vs. societal rights. At least one
third of the course covers bioethical issues (such as surrogacy, euthanasia, abortion, medical
experimentation, justice and health care). Prerequisite: One lower division ethics course.
GS-VB2, VI
PHI 168B Bioethics (3)
An examination of moral problems regarding the moral issues, decision-making processes and
procedures facing the medical profession, presented within a historical context. This includes
informed consent, honesty, patient rights v. paternalism, physician assisted death, abortion,
surrogate parenting, pregnant substance abusers, cloning, medical experimentation,
biotechnology, and justice issues such as the allocation of scarce resources. Prerequisite: One
lower division ethics course. GS-VB2
PHI 1 69 Philosophy of Technology (3)
In this course we consider philosophical perspectives on ways reality, knowledge, and the
relation between individuals and society are part of technological development. We also
investigate how information technologies like the computer, the Internet, and communications
media help shape our lives. Pre-requisite: One lower division course in Philosophy. PHI 150
are 152 are helpful but not required. GS-VBI
PHI 170 Social and Political Philosophy (3)
This section of Social and Political Philosophy will examine the tradition of social and
political theories from the perspective of women and family. This will include conceptual
analyses of traditional theories in order to understand why these theories have either excluded,
marginalized, or placed restrictions on the participation of women. We will also study
recommendations from various theoretical traditional perspectives as to how to fully
incorporate women and families in ways that are fully inclusive.
Prerequisite: One lower division course in philosophy. GS-VBI
262 PHILOSOPHY
PHI 172 Marxism (3)
An examination and comparison of some of the central works of Marx, Engels, Lenin, Mao,
and other writers in the Marxist tradition with a focus on the criticisms of capitalism, the
revolution to establish communism, the nature of communist society; and the relevance to the
contemporary world and the future of Marxist/ socialist societies. Prerequisite: One lower
division course in philosophy. GS-VB1
PHI 174 Philosophy of Art (3)
A study of the philosophical concerns around the creative process, the work of art, and
aesthetic evaluation. This includes a study of the classical thinkers of aesthetics (e.g.,
Aristotle, Plato, Croce, Langer, Tolstoy), as well as contemporary theories. As part of this
study, we examine multicultural perspectives (e.g., Chicano murals, African American film
directors, women in film). Prerequisite: One lower division course in philosophy.
GS-VBI, VI
PHI 1 75 Philosophy of Film (3)
A study of philosophical ideas and theories about film, film theory, and various schools of
film criticism. In a particular semester, we may focus on a particular theme, such as the hero
in American film, or authenticity and personal integrity, or visions of society. In addition, we
will be interested in looking at film as an expression of cultural values and an instrument for
change. As part of that goal, we will examine the role of race, class, and gender in assessing
film. Prerequisite: One philosophy course. GS-VBI, VI
PHI 176 Philosophy of Literature (3)
In this course we study the literary expression of philosophical concerns, such as authenticity,
freedom and choice, good vs. evil, justice vs. injustice. This involves one or two philosophical
works that investigate a philosophical issue (e.g., the ideal society) and then we look at
various novels or plays to see how the issue is treated in literature. This course includes
multicultural and non-traditional expressions and concerns. Prerequisite: One lower division
course in philosophy. GS-VBI, VI
PHI 178 Philosophy of Women (3)
A critical study of traditional and contemporary conceptions of women and various
manifestations of the oppression of women particularly in Western societies and the US,
especially for women of color. Various strategies of addressing women's issues will be
studied, including various forms of feminism and research on or by women and of the
women's movement will be explored from diverse perspectives, especially those of women of I
color. Prerequisite: One lower division course in philosophy. GS-VBI, VI
PHI 179 Women and Values (3)
An examination of women's perspectives in areas reflecting values, including ethics,
aesthetics and art, political and social theory, the law, and religion. The course focuses on
how women tend to perceive values differently than men and the contributions women make
to value theory as well as the problems of interpretation and practice that these differences
raise, e.g., regarding sexual harassment, pornography, or the value of attachment. Differences
among women, especially cultural differences, will be explored throughout. Prerequisite: One
lower division course in philosophy. GS-VBI or VB2, VI
PHILOSOPHY 263
PHI 180 Chinese Philosophy (3)
This course will study the origins of Chinese philosophy in the classical writings of
Confucius, Mozi, Menchius, Laozi, and others. The focus will be on understanding the basic
conceptual framework of Confucianism and Daoism in the context of ancient Chinese history
and also how these philosophies are understood today. We will also explore the place of
women in Chinese philosophy; both what it was understood to be in the past and how it can
be conceptualized today. Prerequisite: One lower division course in philosophy. GS-VB1
PHI 192 Business Ethics (3)
A case study approach to business ethics and information technology. Using ethical theories,
we will cover such moral dilemmas as affirmative action, electronic privacy, censorship and
the Internet, and business practices (product liability, whistle blowing, honesty, advertising)
environmental concerns, global issues, corporate decision-making and responsibility.
Prerequisite: Any ethics course or any two Philosophy classes. GS-VB2, VI
PHI 198 Special Topics (1-3)
May be repeated for credit.
PHI 199 Senior Thesis (1-3)
May be repeated for credit. Offered only on request.
PHI 199H Senior Honors Thesis (3)
Open only to students admitted to the Honors Program.
264 PHYSICAL EDUCATION
PHYSICAL EDUCATION
Physical Education courses are offered as electives, intended to enhance and balance the
academic course load of students. All courses, with the exception of PED 100, are Credit/No
Credit and may be repeated for credit; however, a maximum of six units of SPR and PED
combined may be applied to requirements for the Baccalaureate degree.
PED 1 Fitness for Freshmen (1)
Fight off the Freshmen Fifteen with this interactive class that is designed to address the
specific physical activity and nutrition needs of freshmen as they transition to life in college.
Students will participate in aerobic and resistance training activities as well as meal planning
and nutrition logs. Students will learn to make lifestyle changes that will enhance their
mental and physical health with the support of classmates and instructors.
PED 3B HARD CORE (1)
Use the exercise ball (Swiss Ball, Stability Ball) to strengthen your CORE (abs, glutes, and
low back). Your CORE is the foundation of strength for all other movement. If you have a
strong CORE, you prevent injury, enhance your ability to perform any movement (exercise or
everyday living), and improve your posture. This class will build your CORE first, and move
on to more advanced stability ball moves to strengthen your entire body! You'll tone, trim
excess body fat, and improve your health!
Ancient Arts
PED IS Women's Self Defense (1)
An introduction to self defense techniques combining practical safety skills, physical
conditioning, and martial art movements.
PED IT Tai Chi (1)
An introduction to the Yang style of Tai Chi Chuan, an ancient blend of mental concentration
and physical movement, with applications to self-defense.
PED 1Y Yoga (1)
An introduction to yoga, an ancient blend of stretching, relaxation, and breathing techniques
that increase flexibility and muscle strength and tone, improve circulation, and reduce stress.
PED 2Y Power Yoga (1)
Power Yoga is an energetic, strong practice, with yoga movements that flow from one posture
to the next without the use of props or devices. Power Yoga is designed to heat the body
internally to build strength, increase cardiovascular endurance, and calm the mind. Students
begin at any level of expertise.
PED 3Y Pilates/Yoga (1)
Get the best of both worlds! This class is taught two days a week; work on Yoga one day:
meditation/breathing, strengthening poses, and flexibility, and on the second day learn what
your "Powerhouse" is by practicing some Pilates. Both classes will strengthen your body and
increase your flexibility.
Aerobic Conditioning
PED 2A Aerobics Hi/Lo (1)
A high intensity, low impact workout, designed for all levels, that improves cardiovascular
endurance, muscle strength and endurance, body composition, and flexibility.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION 265
PED002C Boot Camp (1)
ATTENTION RECRUITS! The eight-week session requires Boot Camp participants to
follow an hour-long exercise regimen four days a week. Each day students will build on the
previous day's practice. Students will not be asked to do more than is comfortable and safe,
but will be challenged to improve their endurance, strength, and cardiovascular capacity.
Every session begins with a warm-up, followed by the day's given exercise activities, which
can include cardiovascular activities such as running up and down hills, walking, jumping
rope, resistance and weight training; exercises to increase flexibility and tone, sit-ups and
push-ups and fitness testing. The goal of this class is to challenge the mind and body and to
gain a rejuvenated sense of health and fitness.
PED 2K Kickboxing (1)
High intensity, multi-level hi/lo workout incorporating moves from kickboxing and other
martial arts techniques. This class emphasizes proper technique, mental discipline and self-
awareness. Give bad health the boot!
PED 2P Studio Cycling (1)
A high energy workout utilizing stationary racing bikes to improve cardio-respiratory and
muscular endurance.
PED 2S Step Aerobics (1)
A high intensity, primarily low impact cross training class, utilizing the aerobic step and
exercise tubing, that improves cardiovascular endurance, muscle strength and endurance,
body composition, and flexibility.
PED 2W Water Aerobics (1)
An aerobic conditioning class which utilizes the resistance of water to enhance cardiovascular
endurance and reduce the risk for injury.
PED 2E W.E.T. Workout (1)
Water Earth Training. Learn the best of both water and earth (land-based) training! You'll
work on basic swimming skills, water aerobics, weight training, & cardiovascular work. ALL
levels are welcome, from beginning to advanced!
PED 1W Ultimate Body Conditioning (1)
A high intensity class that combines cardiovascular endurance with circuit weight training
designed to burn optimal, maximum calories in the least amount of time. This course will
also introduce various aspects of fitness and wellness including fitness assessments, lifestyle
management and nutrition.
Muscle Conditioning
PED 3W Resistance Training (1)
Weights are for EVERYONE! Many people think that weights and resistance training are for
men or women who want the "bulky" look. This is NOT true! Resistance training is one of
the best ways to decrease excess body fat and lose weight. If you want a sleek, toned body,
you have got to try this class! This course will emphasize muscular strength and endurance
using resistance equipment and free weights. Students will develop and implement a personal
workout based on individual goals, fitness level, and ability.
Dance
PED 4A African and Latin Rhythms (1)
A dance class which emphasizes basic African and Latin movements to improve
cardiovascular endurance, muscle strength and tone.
PED 4B Ballet (1)
An introduction to the basic movements and choreography of ballet which will increase
flexibility, muscle strength, endurance, and tone.
266 PHYSICAL EDUCATION
PED 4C Cardio Dance (1)
Get on the floor! A high energy class that works to improve overall fitness, as well as dance
technique. Learning to pick up different types of choreography and understanding music will |
also be included. Students will work on learning short dance combinations. Some strength,
toning, and flexibility exercises will also be included. Styles and types of dance may vary
with instructor, but may include Hip Hop, Salsa, Disco, Old School, Swing, and other
varieties. All levels are welcome, from beginner to advanced.
PED 4D Dance Workshop (1)
Instruction and choreography of various dance forms including jazz, modern, and street dance
with the opportunity for performance.
PED 4H Hip Hop (1)
A high intensity free-style street dance class that increases cardiovascular endurance, muscle
strength and endurance, and improves body composition.
PED 4J Jazz (1)
A dance class which emphasizes basic jazz movements to improve cardiovascular endurance,
muscle strength and tone.
PED 4S Salsa (1)
An introduction to the choreography of salsa, a dynamic dance class designed to increase
cardiovascular endurance and improve body composition.
Outdoor Recreation
PED 5H Hiking and Wildflowers (1)
An introduction to hiking with emphasis on wildflower identification.
PED 5S Special Topics in Outdoor Recreation (1)
Primarily off campus activities which could include mountain biking, roller blading/skating,
beach volleyball, biking, hiking, snow and water skiing.
Sports
PED 6A Inside Sports (1)
This course will explore the social, cultural, and historical components of sport and physical
activity of today. Inside Sports will include lectures, films and videos, student presentations
and field trips on historical, social, and cultural aspects of sport. What to do if you grew up
not playing sports? Lack the knowledge of sports today? You want to join or learn but don't
know where to start? All your co-workers enjoy games at the local pub and the office pool is
circulating but you have no clue about what to do? How do you become a team player?
Sports provide an important social setting and may be a critical asset for women trying to
advance in today's business world.
PED 6B Basketball (1)
She shoots, she scores! An introduction to basic basketball skill techniques, scoring, rules and
game strategy.
PED 6C Court Sports (1)
Get on the court! Instruction in the rules, techniques, and strategies of basketball and
volleyball.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION 267
Ped 6F Field Sports and Games (1)
Weekend Warrior! Instruction in the rules, techniques, and strategies of ultimate frisbee,
softball, flag football, grass volleyball, new games, soccer and much more (dependent upon
instructor, facilities and equipment). All levels are welcome, from beginner to advanced.
PED 60 Softball (1)
Catch it! An introduction to softball techniques, scoring, rules and game strategy.
PED 6R Soccer (1)
Kick it! An introduction to basic soccer skill techniques, scoring, rules and game strategy.
PED 6S Swimming (1)
Splash! A comprehensive course addressing both basic stroke technique and cardiovascular
conditioning.
PED 6T Tennis I/II (1)
Ace it! An introduction to basic tennis skill techniques, scoring, rules, and game strategy.
PED 6V Volleyball (1)
Bump, Set, Spike! An introduction to basic volleyball skill techniques, scoring, rules, and
game strategy.
PED 6W Sports Conditioning (1)
You say you have skills? Well whether you do or don't, this class is for the sports lover!
Condition your body to play any sport! This class will work on cardiovascular endurance,
muscular strength and power, and flexibility, with the intention of improving your body's
health and fitness. Perfect for any athlete OR any wanna-be athlete! Even if you aren't into
sports, this class provides great variety to your workout and will decrease excess body fat in
those who are up to the challenge!
Certification Courses
PED 7B Lifeguarding (1)
This course teaches rescue skills including equipment-based rescuers, spinal injury
management, and post-rescue care and surveillance skills to help prevent or immediately
recognize injuries. In addition, first aid training and "CPR for the Professional Rescuer" are
included in the course content. At the conclusion of this course, testing for the American Red
Cross Lifeguarding Certificate will be offered. This course is for the intermediate and above
swimmer.
PED 7C CPR/First Aid/AED (1)
This course teaches basic CPR (for adult, child, and infant) and First Aid methods, the
Automated External Defibrillator in preparation for passing the American Red Cross
Certification.
Education
PED 100 Physical Education (1)
Required course for Liberal Studies majors emphasizing the State Curriculum Framework,
movement skill and movement knowledge, self-image and personal development, and social
development of children K- 1 2 through the participation in rhythms, games, sports, and
physical fitness activities. Letter graded course.
PED 5W Lifetime Fitness (1)
This course is an independent on-line study course designed to educate students to adopt and
maintain the behaviors associated with an active and healthy lifestyle. Students will learn the
facts about fitness, wellness, physical activity; become an informed fitness, wellness, and
exercise consumer; and plan their own personal lifetime fitness and wellness program.
Prerequisite: Junior and/or senior standing.
268 PHYSICAL SCIENCE
Physical Science
Departmental Affiliation: Physical Science and Mathematics
PHS 1 Scientific Concepts (3)
A course in the basic principles of chemistry and physics with particular emphasis on the
application of these principles to contemporary concerns. GS-IIID, VIIB
PHS 2AB General Physical Science (2,2)
This course for the non-science major surveys the four main fields of physical science:
physics, chemistry, astronomy, and geology. It explores how things work and how we find
out. Elementary mathematical concepts are introduced as required. Recommended for
students planning to become teachers. GS-IIID, VIIA
PHS 2 Contemporary Physical Science (3)
A survey of the four major physical sciences: physics, chemistry, astronomy, and geology
with a special emphasis on contemporary concerns. Offered in Weekend College format only.
PHS 4 Elementary Environmental Studies (3)
An introduction to the study of human's physical resources and environment leading to a
consideration of the problems of conservation and pollution. Prerequisite: PHS 1 or PHS 2 A.
GS-II,IIID
PHS 5 Selected Topics in Physical Science (1-3)
Prerequisite: Consent of the department.
PHYSICAL THERAPY 269
The Doctor of Physical Therapy Degree
This post-Baccalaureate degree program offers professional education based on a foundation
of liberal arts and sciences. It is a three-year (9 semester) program of academic rigor requiring
full time study throughout the curriculum. Concentration on the basic and clinical sciences is
integrated with physical therapy patient/client management principles and procedures. The
total educational experience of the student involves life-long learning, and the physical
therapy curriculum facilitates this value throughout the student's acquisition of knowledge and
development of intellectual skills, professional behaviors, cognitive abilities, and practice
competencies. The program design provides early and continual integration of clinical
experiences that foster maximum development of the student's clinical thought processes, and
provides opportunities for mastery of the personal and skill-based competencies requisite for
entry-level practice. The Physical Therapy Department is committed to providing an
education that enables graduates to be generalist practitioners of the highest quality. The
learning environment nurtures students to become skilled professional practitioners,
possessing the skills of clinical reasoning and effective communication education. Students
experience and discover the person and service-oriented aspects of health care including:
• An understanding of the holistic nature of health, integrating body, mind, spirit and
emotion
• An understanding of human beings and their inherent dignity, and their diverse
cultures and ethnicity
• A respect for the role of compassion and communication in health and healing
• A respect for the role of mutual trust and responsibility in patient relationships
• An ethical basis for decision making
As integral members of the health care team, graduates impart their knowledge and skill
through competent and compassionate patient care, enlightened education, scholarly activity
and research, quality consultation and a commitment to life-long learning and professional
development.
The program is accredited by the Commission on Accreditation in Physical Therapy
Education, the official accrediting body for Physical Therapy Education Programs. Upon
successful completion of all clinical and academic requirements, the degree of Doctor of
Physical Therapy is awarded. Graduates are eligible for licensure in all fifty states, the District
of Columbia, and Puerto Rico.
Required Documents Include:
• Transcripts: one official copy from each college attended
• Three recommendations (academic, physical therapist, and interpersonal skills
assessment)
• Statement of Interest as well as evidence of physical therapy experience
• Admission Interview required (scheduled upon preliminary review of the
application)
• Official GRE Score Report or TOEFL
270 PHYSICAL THERAPY
Admission Requirements:
• Cumulative Grade Point Average (for the last 30 units of study) of 3.0 on a 4.0
scale.
• Science Grade Point Average for all science courses of 3.0 on a 4.0 scale.
• Composite Score of 1000 on the Verbal and Quantitative sections of the
Graduate Record Examination.
• Knowledge of the profession attained preferably by paid or volunteer clinical
experience including outpatient and inpatient settings.
• Demonstration of satisfactory written and oral communication skill (essay and
interview).
• Completion of all prerequisites by the end of the Spring semester of the year of
intended enrollment. (A maximum of three prerequisites may be outstanding at
the time of application.)
• For applicants whose first language is other than English, a TOEFL score of at
least 550.
• Acceptable recommendations: one from an academician with direct knowledge
of the applicant's academic ability; one from a physical therapist who can
address the applicant's clinical potential and communication skills; and one from
an individual who can address the applicant's problem solving skills
• Submission of completed application with all official transcripts,
recommendation forms, Graduate Record Examination results, and the $75.00
application fee. Admission decisions for Fall begin the previous October. For
guaranteed consideration, documents must be received by December 1 .
• Admission decisions are made within 2 weeks of application and interview.
Prerequisite Coursework
To be acceptable, letter grades of C or higher are required. All prerequisite courses must be
taken on a graded basis. All science courses must have laboratories. The requirements
presented are on the semester system. If the applicant has attended an institution which is on
the quarter system, it must be recognized that three quarter units are equivalent to two
semester units. Prerequisite science courses must have been taken within the last ten (10)
years at an accredited college or university in the United States. Introductory courses are not
accepted for credit toward prerequisite course work. All applicants must show evidence of
satisfactory completion of the following courses:
Biology (General) 2 semesters (8 units)
Upper division science (3 units)
Chemistry: 2 semesters (8 units)
Communication: 1 semester written (3 units), 1 semester speech (3 units)
Human Anatomy: 1 semester (4 units)
Human Physiology: 1 semester (4 units)
Physics: 2 semesters (8 units)
Psychology: 3 semesters (9 units): general, two elective
Statistics: 1 semester (3 units)
PHYSICAL THERAPY 271
Recommended (not required):
Computer Science/Literacy
Critical Thinking
Ethics
Gerontology
Kinesiology
Motor Learning/Development
All courses must be completed by the summer prior to enrollment in the program.
Admissions decisions are made on a rolling basis. To be considered for priority admission,
applications must be submitted directly to the Department of Physical Therapy and must be
postmarked by or before December 1 of the year of intended enrollment. Applications will be
processed only when the application fee is paid and all transcripts, GRE scores, and letter of
recommendation forms are received.
The Physical Therapy Admission Committee retains discretionary authority in the application
of all the criteria for admission and their decision is final. Applicants will be notified of their
status within 2 weeks of application and interview. Applicants for admission are considered
on the basis of the qualifications of each student without regard for race, religion, sex, age,
national or state origin. Individuals who have received their Baccalaureate degree outside of
the United States must have their credentials and transcripts evaluated by a recognized
credential evaluation agency before the application for admission to the DPT degree program
will be considered.
Clinical facilities are utilized throughout California and the United States.
Financial Arrangements
Students are responsible for the financing of their education. Information and assistance is
available and should be directly requested from the Office of Student Financing. For the
tuition expenses for the DPT program, see the tuition expense section at the beginning of this
catalog, or on the College website at http://www.msmc.la.edu.
Requirements for the Professional Program
The Doctor of Physical Therapy program offers the student an entry-level professional degree.
As such, to remain in the program, the student must achieve grades of C or higher in all
physical therapy course work. A grade point average of 2.5 is required in each semester for
continuation in the program. The letter grade of C- in one course results in suspension from
the program until the course is repeated and a letter grade of C or higher is achieved. One
repeat of a course is permitted. Letter grades of two or more C-s or Ds or one F results in
dismissal/disqualification from the program. The student must receive credit (CR) for each
clinical affiliation. A student may not be advanced to the next component of the curriculum
until a grade of CR is attained. More than one failed clinical affiliation results in dismissal
from the program. A cumulative average of less than 2.5 in any given semester will result in
academic probation. Two sequential semesters of academic probation will result in dismissal
from the program. In order to remain in the program, the student must obtain a 2.5
cumulative GPA by the end of the academic semester immediately following the semester that
resulted in probation status. If student performance in a clinical setting is deemed
unsatisfactory or unsafe according to the standards of the facility, the College, the accrediting
agency, or the state, the student may be suspended or disqualified from the program.
272 PHYSICAL THERAPY
Before enrollment and at the beginning of the second and third years, students must submit
written evidence of a chest x-ray, current immunization and a physical examination. Students)
are responsible for their own housing and transportation. During all clinical aspects of the
program, students are required to carry health insurance and malpractice insurance.
DPT Curriculum: Design
The curriculum is a sequential 3 -year, 9-semester design based on a foundation of hierarchical
and adult learning theory. Bases on which the curriculum is designed incorporate values,
content and process components. In the domain of values, six values serve as a core for the
program and are based on the mission and philosophy of the College and department. These
values are compassion, communication, collaboration, community, critical thinking and
competence (including professionalism).
Seven themes serve as the conceptual framework around which the curriculum is organized.
They are Foundational and Basic Sciences, Medical Sciences, Critical Thinking/Research,
Patient/Client Management, Practice Management, Integration Seminar, and Clinical
Experiences. The program design incorporates the presentation of foundational sciences prior'
to clinical application; the appreciation of "normal" prior to learning "pathological;" a
hierarchical organization that progresses content and process presentation from simple
material to more complex content and skill application, and from the cognitive processing
domains of knowledge and comprehension to application, analysis, synthesis and evaluation.
There is also an interweaving of progressively more complex clinical experiences with
didactic learning within and outside of the classroom environment; and a consistent
integration of learning (current and prior) through intentional learning activities and
experiences. The program includes a total of 36 weeks of clinical experiences, culminating
with a 10- and 12- week clinical affiliation.
Foundational and Basic Sciences
PT 401 Gross Anatomy (6)
Integrated study of the gross, surface, and microscopic anatomy of the human body including
the integumentary, nervous, musculoskeletal, circulatory, digestive, metabolic, respiratory,
endocrine, and urogenital systems.
PT 402 Biomechanics (3)
This course provides a survey of various topics in the biomechanics of the human
musculoskeletal system, with particular emphasis on understanding mechanics as applied to
human movement and musculoskeletal tissue function, and the application of biomechanical
principles to patient problems. The course covers three broad content areas: (1) basic
biomechanical principles, (2) tissue mechanics, and (3) specific biomechanics for each of the
major joints.
PT 403 Applied Kinesiology (3)
This course in applied kinesiology utilizes the principles of biomechanics and movement
science to study clinically relevant examples of common human movements. The clinically
oriented approach taken in this course includes consideration of both functional and
dysfunctional movements using a lifespan perspective. Topics include the applied kinesiology
of human posture, gait, and specific movements such as lifting, jumping, throwing, kicking.
PT 404 Applied Exercise Science (2)
The study of muscle, nerve, and cardio respiratory physiology as they relate to exercise
performance, conditioning, deconditioning, and the rehabilitation of disorders involving the
neuromuscular, cardiovascular, pulmonary, and endocrine systems.
PHYSICAL THERAPY 273
PT 406 Lifespan Development (2)
This course examines normal growth and development across the human lifespan. All aspects
of development are considered, including biological, cognitive, emotional, social,
moral/ethical and spiritual.
PT 407 Neuroscience (3)
This course is designed to give an in-depth introduction and overview to neuroanatomy,
neurodevelopment, neurological function, neuropharmacology, and neurophysiology. This
course provides a basis for understanding clinical manifestations seen in neurological
disorders.
Medical Sciences
PT 410 Pathology/Medical Science: General Systems (2)
This course introduces concepts of tissue- and system-specific pathology and disease
commonly encountered in patients/clients who receive physical therapy. Course content
focuses on the mechanisms, types and processes of tissue injury and repair in major
physiologic systems excluding musculoskeletal, cardiopulmonary, and neurological systems
which will be addressed in later semesters.
PT 411 A Pathology/Medical Science: Orthopedic (2)
This course is focused on the study of regional, tissue specific and system-specific pathology
and disease commonly encountered in patients/clients who receive physical therapy in an
orthopedic setting.
PT 41 IB Pharmacology /Diagnosis Technique: Orthopedic (1)
The first component of this course focuses on pharmacology as it impacts the practice of
orthopedic physical therapy. The second component of this course will serve as an
introduction to a variety of diagnostic technologies commonly used in the diagnosis and
medical management of patients with neuromusculoskeletal dysfunction.
PT 412A Pathology/Medical Science: Neurologic (2)
This course will focus on the pathological processes that result in neurological injury and
impairment. The anatomy and physiology of the nervous system will be used first to
demonstrate normal function and then to illustrate the physiological basis for loss of function
occurring with trauma or disease.
PT 412B Pharmacology/Diagnosis Technique: Neurologic (1)
This course will focus on the use of pharmacology as it impacts the practice of neurologic
physical therapy. Content will focus on specific pharmacological agents used in the medical
management of neurological patient problems encountered by physical therapists. The second
component of this course will focus on diagnostic technologies commonly used in the
diagnosis and medical management of patients with nervous system pathology and
dysfunction.
PT 413A Pathology/Medical Science: Cardiopulmonary (1.5)
Study of pathologies affecting the cardiac and pulmonary systems, their diagnosis,
pathophysiological effects, and clinical manifestations.
PT 413B Pharmacology/Diagnosis Technique: Cardiopulmonary (1.5)
A study of the various diagnostic tests, and the significance of their results in the diagnosis
and prognosis of cardiovascular and pulmonary disorders. Also includes the pharmacological
treatment of these disorders, as well as the indications, contraindications, and potential drug
interactions which the physical therapist should be aware of in the treatment of these patients.
274 PHYSICAL THERAPY
PT 415A Integumentary System (0.5)
This course consists of lecture and laboratory components and is designed to prepare students
to safely, legally, ethically, and appropriately evaluate and treat common wound types.
Evaluation consists of evaluation of the wound itself, its etiology, the periwound, and the
person as a whole. Treatment methods include dressings, debridement options, and
therapeutic modalities. Course content includes lectures, demonstrations, and laboratory
experiences designed to assist the student in applying concepts of evidence-based practice,
clinical reasoning, phases of tissue healing, and evaluations, while making appropriate
treatment intervention decisions.
PT 415B Women's Health (0.5)
This course consists of lecture and laboratory components dealing with women's health care
in physical therapy. Course content includes review of female anatomy as it relates to
obstetric and gynecologic concerns, pelvic floor muscle training, maternal physiology and
responses to exercise, fetal response to exercise, disease/conditions of the urogenital region
and the role of the physical therapist. There will also be discussion of pathological conditions
pertaining to the pre/post partum patient, as well as medical and surgical interventions used to
manage these conditions. The focus of the course will be identifying problems unique to the
female patient throughout the lifecycle and demonstrating how physical therapists are
perfectly suited for practice with this patient population.
Practice Management
PT 431 Health Systems I: Introduction to Physical Therapy (2)
An introduction to physical therapy including history, professional issues and development,
the Guide to PT practice and written documentation.
PT 432 Health Systems II: Organizational Management (2)
A review of organizational socialization, organizational learning and organizational behavior
with an emphasis on the management of change in physical therapist practice.
PT 433 Health Systems III: Payment Policy (1)
An overview of the various methods of health care reimbursement in the United States. Also
includes methods for determining an appropriate fee schedule, developing a fiscally sound
budget, effective documentation techniques for optimum reimbursement, and a discussion of
current legislation affecting health care reimbursement.
PT 434 Health Systems IV: Law and Policy (2)
An overview of health care policy in the United States, health policy legislation and the role
of the physical therapist and a thorough exploration of physical therapist practice and the
California rules and regulations.
PT 435 Health Systems V: Medical Ethics (2)
This course will explore ethical issues in health care with the focus on the development of
skills for ethical decision making in physical therapist practice.
PT 436 Health Systems VI: Entrepreneuralism (1)
This final course in the Health Systems Series considers professional development as a life-
long activity and addresses the entrepreneurial, marketing and service aspects of physical
therapist practice.
Integrative Seminar
PT 441 Integrative Seminar I (1)
PT 442 Integrative Seminar II (1)
PHYSICAL THERAPY 275
PT 443 Integrative Seminar III (1)
PT 444 Integrative Seminar IV (1)
PT 445 Integrative Seminar V (1)
PT 446 Integrative Seminar VI (1)
The Integrative Seminars are a series of six courses, designed to provide for students' situated
or contextual learning experience within the academic curriculum, in which to develop
clinical reasoning skills and prepare students for practice in the clinical environment before
they get there. The Integrative Seminars promote application and integration of newly
acquired knowledge (propositional and non-propositional) with previously learned
knowledge/experience, within a clinical reasoning framework. Examples of the types of
knowledge/skills that will be integrated are basic sciences, research and evidence-based
practice principles, biomedical knowledge, clinical skills, kinesthetic/motor skills, and
observation skills, communication skills, collaboration skills, and self-evaluative skills.
Patient/Client Management
PT 461 Physical Therapist as Educator (1)
Introduction to learning theory and its application to physical therapist practice, including
patient/client management, education and consultation.
PT 462A Health Care Procedures I (1)
Introduction to basic healthcare procedures and clinical reasoning utilized in patient care
including inpatient physical therapy services.
PT 462B Health Care Procedures II (2)
Introduction to basic physical therapy procedures and clinical reasoning skills utilized in
patient care.
PT 463A Therapeutic Interactions I (2)
This first of a series of three lecture/laboratory courses is an experiential opportunity for the
student to develop, practice and apply techniques and principles of all phases of effective
communication. The course is oriented toward learning about one's self and will provide
opportunities for developing self-reflective skills and awareness of one's presentation, and
communication strengths and areas for improvement, in the context of developing effective
patient and peer relationships as a practicing physical therapist.
PT 463B Therapeutic Interactions II (1)
The second of the communications series concentrates on the relationship of self to and with
others as revealed and experienced in everyday professional and personal encounters. It
explores the role of team member and the interrelated responsibilities of team leadership and
team participation.
PT 463C Therapeutic Interactions III (2)
This final course in the communications series explores the various roles of the physical
therapist in the context of communication skills in the domains of both health (prevention and
wellness) and illness (including chronic illnesses and disability).
PT 465 Therapeutic Modalities (3)
This course consists of lecture and laboratory components and is designed to prepare students
to safely, legally, ethically, and appropriately apply physical agents and modalities such as
heat, cold, light, sound, water, wrapping/taping, mechanical compression, and mechanical
traction as components of physical therapy intervention. Also included are principles of
electrophysiologic evaluation and electrotherapy, and soft-tissue assessment, massage, and
soft-tissue mobilization.
276 PHYSICAL THERAPY
PT 466A Therapeutic Exercise (2)
PT 466B Therapeutic Exercise (1.5)
This series of two courses consists of lecture and laboratory components focused on the
process of examination and evaluation of patients/clients and intervention with therapeutic
exercise. Course content includes management of patients/clients with a variety of underlying
neuro-musculoskeletal pathologies and/or disease presentations. The focus of the course is
identification and intervention of impairments correlated with functional limitation by
application of therapeutic exercise and related interventions. Students will learn to use these
interventions to assist patients/clients in regaining optimal function.
PT 467 Prosthetics/Orthotics (3)
Part I-Introduction to upper extremity, lower extremity and spinal orthotics. Discussion of
various orthotic components, devices, and their applications. Assessment for orthotic
candidacy. Part 2 -Introduction to the principles and use of upper and lower extremity
prosthetic devices, their components and application; the biomechanical analysis of normal
vs. pathological gait; and therapeutic requirements for rehabilitation and reintegration of this
unique patient population.
PT 468 Complementary Health Practices (1)
Provides the student with an understanding of the adjunctive and alternative health care
practices in which patients may be participating and/or be appropriate for referral.
PT 471A Patient/Client Management: Orthopedic I (3)
This course is the first in a series of two courses on management by the physical therapist for
patients with orthopedic dysfunction for all body regions. Each element of patient/client
management will be considered throughout the course, including examination, evaluation,
diagnosis, prognosis, intervention, and outcomes. This first course consists of lecture and
laboratory components and focuses on introduction to foundational concepts with application
to lower quarter body regions.
PT 471B Patient/Client Management: Orthopedic II (3)
This course is the second in a series of two courses on management by the physical therapist
for patients with orthopedic dysfunction for all body regions. This second course consists of
lecture and laboratory components and focuses on solidifying the knowledge of foundational
concepts introduced during the first course (PT 471 A), with application to upper quarter body
regions. As the course progresses, student performance expectations will demonstrate higher
levels of application, analysis, and synthesis of course content.
PT 471C Patient/Client Management: Orthopedic (Advanced) (3)
A lecture and laboratory course designed to facilitate the student in the application and
expansion of concepts and skills acquired previously within the orthopedic curriculum and
within the other patient/client management components of the curriculum. Within a strong
clinical reasoning framework, students will evaluate and plan intervention strategies for more
complex orthopedic patient problems, as well as for patients with primary orthopedic
problems complicated by involvement of multiple other factors/systems.
PT 472A Patient/Client Management: Neurologic I (3)
This course is the first in a series of two courses on management by the physical therapist for
patients with neurologic dysfunctions for the central and peripheral nervous systems. Each
neurologic dysfunction presented will be considered in terms of examination, evaluation,
diagnosis, prognosis, intervention and outcomes. The first course will focus on neurologic
dysfunction resulting from lesions or pathology of the peripheral nervous system, spinal cord
and brainstem.
PHYSICAL THERAPY 277
PT472B Patient/Client Management: Neuro II (3)
This course is the second in a series of two courses on management by the physical therapist
for patients with neurologic dysfunctions for the central and peripheral nervous systems.
Each neurologic dysfunction presented will be considered in terms of examination,
evaluation, diagnosis, prognosis, intervention and outcomes. This course will focus on
neurologic dysfunction resulting from lesions or pathology of the central nervous system and
cranial nerves.
PT 472C Patient/Client Management: Neurologic (Advanced) (3)
A lecture and laboratory course designed to facilitate the student in the application and
expansion of concepts and skills acquired previously within the neuro curriculum and within
the other Patient/Client Management components of the curriculum. Within a strong clinical
reasoning framework, students will evaluate and plan intervention strategies for more
complex neurologic patient problems, as well as for patients with primary neurologic
problems complicated by involvement of multiple other factors/systems.
PT 473 Patient/Client Management: Cardiopulmonary (4)
A detailed class on the evaluation, treatment, and implementation of therapeutic procedures
for cardiac and pulmonary patients and other critically ill patients. Includes primary and
secondary preventative measures and rehabilitation concepts.
PT 475 Patient/Client Management: Pediatric (2)
A lecture/laboratory course designed to introduce the student to the foundations of assessment
and management for the pediatric population. The course provides the requisite knowledge-
base and analytical skills for preparation as an entry-level general practitioner of physical
therapy.
PT 476 Patient/Client Management: Geriatric (2)
This course focuses on complex assessment and management of aging older adults. The
student is exposed to advanced applied science of normal and pathological aging, clinical
problems, implications for therapeutic interventions, and intrinsic and extrinsic risk factors
impacting older adults' lifespan in order to promote optimal care, functional outcomes, and
wellness prevention for older adults.
PT 477 Patient/Client Management: Medical Screening (1)
This course focuses on the roles and responsibilities of the physical therapist in screening for
medical disease. Students will revisit and explore in greater depth the signs and symptoms
associated with pathology of multiple systems, introduced in previous pathology courses
within the curriculum (i.e., general systems, orthopedic, neurologic, cardiopulmonary).
Clinical Experience
PT 478A Patient/Client Management: Chronic Pain Management (0.5)
This course focuses on chronic pain as a multidimensional experience. Students will examine
the roles of physical therapists in the management of patients/clients with chronic pain
conditions.
PT 481 Clinical Practicum (0.5)
This course introduces the students to the responsibilities of clinical practice. Students may
find themselves in a variety of settings with the aim of developing basic patient handling
skills, professional behaviors and socialization under the supervision of a licensed physical
therapist.
278 PHYSICAL THERAPY
PT 482 Orthopedic Practicum (0.5)
This course continues the student's increasing responsibilities in clinical practice in an
outpatient orthopedic setting. The use of musculoskeletal interventions will be the primary
focus along with the development of professional behaviors. The student will begin
developing examination, evaluation and intervention skills while under the supervision of a
licensed physical therapist.
PT 483 Orthopedic Clinical (3)
This course is the first of four long-term clinical affiliations designed to develop student
clinical competencies in a variety of clinical settings with diverse patients. PT 483 focuses on
settings where the primary pathologies, impairments and functional limitations experienced
by patients are musculoskeletal. The student will examine, evaluate, diagnose, prognose and
design/implement physical therapy interventions while under the supervision of a licensed
physical therapist. PT 483 will provide students the opportunity to develop skills directly
impacting patient outcomes and professional behaviors.
PT 484 Neurological Practicum (0.5)
This course is the third of four practicums introducing students to various aspects of physical
therapy practice. The primary pathologies, impairments and functional limitations
experienced by patients in this practicum will be neuromusculoskeletal. The student will
examine, evaluate, diagnose, prognose, and design/implement physical therapy interventions
while under the direct supervision of a licensed physical therapist. PT 484 will provide
students the opportunity to develop skills directly impacting patient outcomes and
professional behaviors.
PT 485 Neurological Clinical (3)
This is the second of four long-term clinical affiliations designed to develop the clinical
competence of students in a variety of clinical settings with diverse patients. PT 485 focuses
on acute and/or out-patient rehabilitation. The primary pathologies, impairments and
functional limitations experienced by patients will be neuromusculoskeletal. The student will
examine, evaluate, diagnose, prognose, and design/implement physical therapy interventions
while under the supervision of a licensed physical therapist. In addition, students will
experience multi-disciplinary interactions, administrative responsibilities and professional
duties that are unique to this patient population.
PT 486 Specialty Practicum (0.5)
This course is the last of the four practicums introducing the student to various aspects of
physical therapy clinical practice. The student will examine, evaluate, diagnose, prognose,
and design/implement physical therapy interventions while under the supervision of a licensed
physical therapist. Students will experience a variety of settings with the emphasis on
exploration of specialty or non-traditional practice settings.
PT487 Clinical Affiliation (5)
This 10-week affiliation is designed to develop the clinical competence of the student for
generalist physical therapist practice. The setting selected is coordinated with the setting of
the final affiliation (PT 488) and the two prior full-time affiliations (PT 483 and 485) to
ensure the student has the appropriate complement of clinical settings and patient diagnoses.
The student will examine, evaluate, diagnose, prognose and design/implement physical
therapy interventions while under the supervision of a licensed physical therapist. The student
will also develop skills in professional and practice management.
PHYSICAL THERAPY 279
PT 488 Final Affiliation (6)
This 12-week affiliation is the final of four clinical affiliations designed to develop the
clinical competence of the student for generalist physical therapist practice. The setting this
semester will be chosen by the student to complement the previous assignments within the
scope of physical therapy practice. The student will examine, evaluate, diagnose, prognose,
and design/implement physical therapy interventions while under the supervision of a licensed
physical therapist. The students will also develop skills in professional and practice
management.
PT 489 Repeat Affiliation
Critical Thinking/Research
PT 490 Research I: Quantitative Research Design and Statistics (1)
The first course in this series of eight research courses focuses on the development of skills
necessary to understand quantitative research design and analysis. Students will learn to
recognize the application of quantitative research to studying issues related to physical
therapy and gain perspective on the limitations and appropriate use of quantitative research
methods.
PT 491 Research II: Qualitative Research Design/Statistics and
Case Reports (1)
The second course in this series of eight research courses focuses on the development of skills
necessary to understand qualitative research design and analysis. Students will learn to
recognize the application of qualitative research to studying issues related to physical therapy
and gain perspective on the limitations and appropriate use of qualitative research methods.
PT 492 Research III: Evidence-Based Practice (1)
The third course in this series of eight research courses focuses on the development of skills
necessary to incorporate research evidence into clinical practice. Students will learn to
recognize the strengths and limitations of the clinical research paradigm in the study and
practice of physical therapy. This course will introduce students to the concepts and
philosophies of Evidence-Based Practice.
PT 493 Research IV: Survey Research (0.5)
The fourth course in this series of eight research courses will introduce the students to the use
of survey and outcomes research in physical therapy and rehabilitation. Students will learn the
importance of these research methodologies in decision making/planning in a clinical and
research setting.
PT 494 Research V: Proposal Writing (0.5)
The fifth course in this series of eight research courses focuses on writing a research proposal.
Under the supervision of faculty, students will utilize their clinical and didactic knowledge of
physical therapy to create/develop a research project related to physical therapy practice or
education.
PT 495A Research VI: Research Development A (1)
PT 495B Research VII: Research Development B (1)
PT 495C Research VIII: Research Forum (1)
The final three courses in this series of eight research courses will focus on developing,
conducting and presenting the research projects.
PT 499 Independent Study (1)
280 PHYSICS
Physics
Departmental Affiliation: Physical Science and Mathematics
PHY 1A Introductory Physics IA (4)
Lecture, three hours; discussion, one hour. An algebra-based physics course covering statics,
dynamics, and an introduction to electricity. Prerequisite: Two years of high school
mathematics and a satisfactory performance on the Mathematics Placement Examination or
completion ofMTH 1 with a grade ofC- or better. GS-IIID, VIIB
PHY IB Introductory Physics IB (3)
Lecture, three hours. Continuation of PHY IA: electricity, magnetism, optics, and an
introduction to modern physics. Prerequisite: C- or better in PHY IA. GS-VIIB
PHY 1BL Introductory Physics Laboratory (1)
Experiments in mechanics, electric fields, circuits, optics, radioactivity. Emphasis is placed on
quantitative analysis of data. Prerequisite: Grade ofC- or better in PHY IA (or PHY 11 A)
and concurrent enrollment in PHY IB (or PHY 1 IB) or completion of PHY IB (or 11B) with
a grade ofC- or better.
PHY 5 Selected Topics in Physics (1-3)
Prerequisite: Consent of the Department.
PHY 11 A Mechanics (4)
Lecture, three hours; discussion, one hour. A calculus-based physics course covering the
statics and dynamics of particles, gravitation, potentials and fields, and fluid mechanics.
Prerequisite: A calculus course, concurrent enrollment in MTH 5 A, or consent of instructor.
GS-IIID, VIIB
PHY 11B Electricity, Magnetism, and Optics (3)
Lecture, three hours. A calculus-based physics course covering electric and magnetic fields,
circuit theory, and optics. Prerequisite: PHY 11 A or consent of instructor . GS-VIIB
POLITICAL SCIENCE 281
Political Science
Department Affiliation: Social Science
Division Affiliation: History and Social Science
The student who specializes in Political Science investigates issues and topics relating to the
following subfields within the discipline: political theory, international relations, American
politics and institution, comparative politics, public policy and administration, and public law.
The purpose of the major or minor is to examine how issues in the discipline relate to
historical developments and to the current state of political affairs. A maximum choice is
allowed so that the course of study can be designed according to the primary interests of the
student.
Courses Required for a B.A. Degree (or Major) in Political Science
Lower Division: 9 units
POL 1 American Government and Institutions (3)
POL 2 Comparative Government (3)
Upper Division:
POL 101 Research Methodology (3)
Nine additional upper division courses in Political Science (27)
Total units in Political Science: 36
Plus General Studies requirements, electives and Modern Language requirement totaling 124
semester units.
The Minor in Political Science
Students wishing to minor in Political Science are required to take POL 1 or 2 and five
additional Political Science courses. At least 4 of the remaining 5 courses (or 12 units) must
be at the upper division level.
To declare a minor in Political Science, a student must take at least 5 approved courses from
Mount St. Mary's College.
POL 1 American Government and Institutions (3)
This course examines the structure and procedures of American governmental institutions; the
political principles upon which American democracy is based; and political participation in
the United States. GS-IIIG
282 POLITICAL SCIENCE
POL 2 Comparative Government and Politics (3)
An investigation of the concepts and techniques which enable the student to compare various
political systems, focusing upon both traditional and innovative concepts such as power,
ideology, policy and decision making, and issues of political and economic development.
GS-IIIC, IIIF, VI
POL 5 Business Law (3)
An introduction to the development of legal principles for business activity, as found in
common law, statutory laws, and the Uniform Commercial Code. Use of case studies for
practical applications. Also see BUS 5.
POL 10 Political Concepts (3)
The aim of this course is to acquaint students with the scope and techniques of political
science by relating major concepts in political theory to current problems and issues. Major
political theorists such as Plato, Aristotle, Locke, Hobbes, Hegel, and Marx are the focal
points of analysis. In this way the contribution of political science to the understanding and
clarification of political phenomena can be exemplified. GS-IIIF
POL 93ABCD Selected Problems and Projects in Political Science (1-3)
Subject announced in term schedule. May be taken for upper division credit. See POL 193.
POL 101 Research Methodology (3)
Examination of research and writing methods with an emphasis on skills in conducting
political science research and preparing research papers; working with statistical techniques
and databases, using libraries and archives; and evaluating, citing and presenting evidence.
GS VIIB
POL 102 Women and the Law (3)
This course analyzes the relationship between gender and the law and how it has evolved over
time. Students examine the landmark cases that have shaped women's rights in America and
the works of leading legal scholars in the field. GS-IIIG
POL 103 Legal Reasoning (3)
This course introduces students to the basic principles of legal reasoning. Students will learn
to analyze cases and statutes, identify applicable law and apply law to a given set of facts.
These skills will prepare students for the case analysis methodology used in law school and,
more broadly, provide students with the insight that comes from approaching problems
analytically. Legal Reasoning is required for all pre-law minors.
POL 104 Political Biography (3)
See HIS 133.
POL 105 Advanced Business Law (3)
Upper level study of business law. Applications to areas of agency, partnerships, corporate
law, sales security transactions, and insurance. Also see BUS 106. GS-IIIG
POL 106 Real Estate Law (3)
Business and legal aspects. Estates in land, purchase and sales contract, conveyances,
mortgage and trust deed transactions, property taxes, landlord and tenant, wills and
inheritance. Also see BUS 171. Prerequisite: BUS 5.
POL 107 Criminal Law (3)
An examination of the elements of the criminal law with emphasis on crimes against the
person as well as crimes against property. The standard defenses will also be considered.
POL 108 American Constitutional Law (3)
See HIS 179. Consent of instructor necessary for non-majors and non-minors. GS-IIIG
POLITICAL SCIENCES 283
POL 109 Individual Rights (3)
Emphasis on the Bill of Rights as applied to both federal and state jurisdictions. See HIS 180.
GS-IIIC, IIIG
POL 110 Political Behavior (3)
This course explores the political behavior of American citizens. Students will examine
citizens' participation in elections, issue advocacy and protest movements. The examination
will include a comparison of political behavior and preferences among differing socio-
economic groups, minorities and women.
POL 116 Democracy and Democratic Theory (3)
A critical examination of the major theorists of democracy in the twentieth century and
preconditions of democratic government and society; in particular, insights derived from
psychology and sociology are utilized. Consent of instructor necessary for non-majors and
non-minors.
POL 1 17AB History of Political Theory (3,3)
An examination of the major theorists of political theory from antiquity to the middle of the
nineteenth century. Special emphasis will be placed on the writings of such seminal figures
such as Plato, Aristotle, Machiavelli, Hobbes, Locke and Rousseau. (See HIS 1 15 AB.)
GS-IIIC
POL 118 American Presidency (3)
This course examines the powers of the office of the President of the United States. Students
will analyze the President's formal constitutional powers, informal powers of persuasion and
the impact of the personal styles of those who have held the office. The role of White House
staff, institutional resources, and the dynamic relationship between the President, Congress
and the courts will be considered in determining the ability of Presidents to successfully
achieve their political agendas and affect public policy.
POL 119 Concepts in Political Theory (3)
Selected concepts in political theory examined comprehensively and in depth.
POL 120 Legislative Process (3)
This course examines legislative process, organization and structure. Students will analyze
committee structure, the impact of House and Senate rules, and the electoral motivations of
the members of Congress. The role of constituents, interest groups, party politics and the
dynamic relationship among the branches of government will all be considered in assessing
the law and policy making function of the U.S. Congress.
POL 121 Judicial Politics (3)
This course examines the role of the courts in American government and politics. Students
will explore the structure of the American judicial system, judicial processes, the nature of
judicial decision-making and the increasingly contentious judicial appointment process. The
relationship of the courts to the other branches of government will also be considered in
determining the courts' impact on major substantive policy areas.
POL 122 Middle East Politics (3)
An analysis of political societies in the Middle East and of the many ways in which they were
transformed into nation states. Issues addressed include nationalism, religious political
activism, colonialism, regional conflicts, revolutions and the position of women.
POL 123 African Politics (3)
Provides an understanding of the historical, economic and social variables that shape modern
African politics. Central themes will include nation-building and democratization, the
international relations of Africa, issues of peace and security, and Africa's political economy.
284 POLITICAL SCIENCE
POL 124 Latin American Politics (3)
A comparative analysis of Latin American political systems. Emphasis on the politics of
development, the problems of leadership, the military in politics, legitimacy, and regime
continuity.
POL 125 Foreign Relations of the United States (3)
See HIS 178. GS-IIIG
POL 126 Politics of the former Soviet Union (3)
An examination of the revolutionary origins, development, and dissolution of the Soviet
Union followed by a discussion of the issues confronting Russia and the new republics.
Issues include political and economic transformation, ideological transitions, and proliferation
of weapons.
POL 128 Politics of Globalization and Interdependence (3)
An assessment of globalization and interdependence, and the challenges they pose to the
governments of nation-states since the end of World War II. Topics include the global
economy and trade; the challenges to national cultural identities and sovereignty; the role of
technological advancements; and integration.
POL 130 International Political Economy (3)
Examines approaches to the international political economy (IPE) including the liberal,
economic nationalist, and neo-Marxist perspectives. Topics include the Bretton Woods
institutions (World Bank, IMF and GATT/WTO), international trade and development,
foreign debt, poverty and global inequality.
POL 131 International Relations (3)
A general survey of the institutions, considerations, and ideologies involved in the formation
and execution of foreign relations within a world context. Special attention is placed upon
international agencies such as the United Nations and non-governmental organizations.
GS-IIIG
POL 132 Political and Economic Development (3)
An analysis of the major explanations for underdevelopment and alternative strategies for
development. Topics discussed include colonialism, nationalism, the Third World in the
international system, state-building and political change, and gender perspectives on
underdevelopment.
POL 133 Moot Court (1-3)
This course will teach students the fundamental skills of legal oral advocacy. Students will
receive training in case analysis and development, rules of evidence, and basic trial and
appellate court techniques. Students will participate in appellate moot court competitions and,
based on class performance, may be chosen to compete in national mock trial competitions.
This course may be taken for 1, 2, or 3 credits. This course may be repeated for up to a total
of 12 units. GS-IB
POL 134 International Organization (0-3)
An examination of the origins, structure, and practices of international agencies with special
attention to the United Nations. GS-IB, IIIG
POL 135 Selected Problems in International Organization (3)
Examines the various ways in which international organizations are used to promote the
domestic and global interests of international actors. Particular emphasis is placed on
promotion and maintenance of world order. GS-IB, IIIG
POLITICAL SCIENCE 285
POL 136 Revolutions in World History (3)
This course focuses on the social, political, economic and ideological forces that promote and
sustain political revolutions. Case studies may include the French, American, Russian and
Chinese revolutions as well as revolutionary groups and individuals.
POL 137 Ethnic Conflict and Civil War (3)
Examines discord within multiethnic societies by analyzing how nationalist, racial, ethnic
and/or religious identities serve as sources of internal conflict. Issues addressed include
communalism, civil strife, systematic violence, and genocide. GS-IB, IIIG
POL 138 International Law (3)
This course examines the origins and evolution of international law. Special emphasis will be
placed on the development of international law under the aegis of international organizations
and through the promulgation of treaties and customary practice.
POL 140 North-South Relations (3)
Examines the political, social and economic issues that often create tensions between
developing (South) and developed (North) countries. Issues include sustainable development,
foreign debt and investment, terms of trade, political hegemony and cultural relativism.
POL 142 International Conflict and Cooperation (3)
Focuses on the various types of international conflict and ways in which cooperation
manifests in international politics. Topics include the management and prevention of conflict,
regional and global conflicts throughout history and the causes of conflict.
POL 144 Politics of Europe and the European Union (3)
Analyzes the political, social and economic development of modern European nation-states
and the evolution of the European Union. Topics include the political and economic
integration of Europe since the end of World War II.
POL 145 Southeast Asian Politics (3)
Provides an understanding of the historical, economic and social variables that shape modern
Southeast Asian countries including Indonesia, Malaysia, Vietnam, Singapore, Myanmar,
Brunei, the Philippines, Thailand, Laos and Cambodia. Central themes include nation-
building and democratization, peace and security, and political economy.
POL 146 Military in Politics (3)
Focus on relations between the military and politics. Emphasis on the varieties of military
involvement in politics, cases of direct military intervention in political systems, and the
consequences of military influence over political decisions.
POL 147 Women and Development (3)
Analyzes the impact of development policies on women in developing countries. Topics
include the status of women in traditional societies, the gendered allocation of resources, and
the informal economy.
POL 148 Refugees and International Migration (3)
Examines the politics of mass migration across state borders or within nation-states. Cases
studied include forced relocation, refugees of war, and different forms of legal and illegal
immigration including the international trafficking of persons.
POL 149 Comparative Foreign Policy (3)
Comparative study of foreign policy making in different political systems. Issues include
economic, military and political relations among countries, and foreign policy actors such as
heads of state and bureaucrats.
286 POLITICAL SCIENCE
POL 150 International Security (3)
Analyzes the factors surrounding security studies in international relations. Topics include the
spread of nuclear weapons and weapons of mass destruction, deterrence, arms races, the
security dilemma, and domestic threats to global peace.
POL 151 Humanitarian Intervention (3)
An analysis of the issues that provoke humanitarian concerns such as civil strife, poverty,
epidemics and famine. The development of norms of humanitarian intervention will be a
focus of this course.
POL 152A Advanced Studies in the History of Modern Japan (3)
An examination of the rapid transition of the feudal Japan of the Shogun to the modern
technological state. This course will probe the events that brought changes in government,
family, religion, education, industry, and foreign relations from 1600 to 1952. (See HIS 151.)
GS-IIIC
POL 152B Advanced Studies in the History of Modern China (3)
An analysis of the political and economic development of Modern China. Personalities such
as the Sun Yat-sen, Mao Tse Tung, and Deng Xiao Ping and others will provide insights into
the evolution of the Chinese State. (See HIS 152.) GS-IIIC
POL 153 Department Seminar (3)
This course is limited to juniors and seniors and provides an in-depth examination into a topic
within political science. The course emphasizes research and writing skills and requires a
major research paper. (Same as HIS 126.) Prerequisite: POL 101 Research Methodology.
POL 154 U.S./Mexican Relations (3)
This course examines the relevant actors, issues and political history of foreign policy and
interactions between the United States and Mexico. Attention is given to current policy topics
of significance, e.g., drugs, immigration, security and trade.
POL 160 Civil Liberties
See HIS 132.
POL 170 American Party Politics (3)
The development, organization, and character of the American party system.
POL 171/171H Presidents and Personality (3)
An attempt to illuminate and characterize the contributions of American presidents to
American politics by an examination of the writings of psycho-historians and others
emphasizing psychological insights. GS-IIIG
POL 175AB Selected Topics in the American Political Structure (3,3)
Specific area will be announced in the term schedules. Consent of instructor
necessary for non-majors and non-minors.
POL 176 Public Policy (3)
This course considers major public issues in American politics within a framework that
emphasizes analysis, social configurations, and resolution of conflicts.
POL 179 California Politics (3)
See HIS 188. GS-IIIG
POLITICAL SCIENCE 287
POL 180 State and Local Government (3)
This course examines state and local political systems in the United States. The course
examines the structure of state and local government, the administrative procedures employed
by these political entities, their relationship to the federal government, and the public policy
outcomes resulting from state and local government action. The course includes
consideration of the unique role of local governmental action to American political life.
GS IIIG
POL 185 Public Personnel Administration (3)
The process of formulating and administering public personnel policies; concepts and
principles utilized in selected governmental personnel systems. Special emphasis on
collective bargaining in public employment.
POL 186 Introduction to Public Administration (3)
The executive function in government; principles of administrative organization, personnel
management, financial administration, administrative law; and problems and trends in
government as a career.
POL 187 Organizational Theory and Governmental Management (3)
Organizational structure, human factors in organization, dynamics of organizational change,
internal adaptability to external environment; problems, limitations, and trends in
governmental organization and management.
POL 188 Administrative Law (3)
Introduction to administrative law and its impact on the American political and bureaucratic
landscape. Regulatory agencies, procedural due process and their interface with vested and
individual rights are the focal point for discussion on constitutional and legal precedents in a
case study context.
POL 191 Internship in Government Service (3)
Students in the public administration program serve as interns working in government offices
in the Los Angeles area.
POL 192 Plays and Politics (3)
A study of selected plays from antiquity to contemporary times in which the insights of the
playwright and the conclusions of the political scientist are interrelated. A multidimensional
and interdisciplinary approach is utilized. May be taken for lower division credit. GS-
IIIG,VI
POL 193ABCD Selected Topics and Projects in Political Science (3)
Subject announced in term schedule. May be taken for lower division credit.
POL 196H Senior Honors Thesis (3)
Open only to students admitted to the Honors Program.
288 PRE-HEALTH SCIENCE
Pre-Health Science
Associate in Arts Degree
The Pre-Health Science Program (PRH) is designed for students who wish to pursue studies
which prepare them for a healthcare related profession. The Pre-Health Science Program
provides the student with the opportunity to take general studies requirements and preparatory
courses for programs in Nursing, Pre-Physical Therapy, Pre-Medical, Pre-Dental, Pre-
Veterinarian, and Pre-Pharmacy. The program is designed to provide the student the
opportunity to consider career alternatives.
The program has an entry-level category in which all students entering the program are
enrolled during the first semester of the freshman year in two selected areas of emphasis: Pre-
Nursing and Pre-Biological Sciences. Students completing the Pre-Health Science Program
requirements will receive an Associate in Arts degree. To graduate with an Associate in Arts
degree in Pre-Health, students must select an emphasis.
Core Requirements for Pre-Health Science:
PSY 1
General Psychology
(3)
BIO 5
Life Science
(3)
BIO 40 A/ 1 A
Human Anatomy/
Biological Dynamics
(4)
BIO50B/1B
Human Physiology/
Biological Dynamics
(4)
PHI 21 or
Moral Values or
RST41
Intro to Christian Ethics
(3)
PHS 1
Scientific Concepts
(3)
SPR70
Careers in Health
SPE 10
Intro to Communication
(2)
NOTE: BIO 1A/1B, Biological Dynamics for Pre-Health Science Biology emphasis only.
Plus meet all the requirements for the A. A. Degree
For a student to remain in the Pre-Health Science program, at the end of the first semester, the
student must have:
• A 2.5 cumulative GPA and
• A 2.3 science GPA.
The student will select an emphasis within the program at the end of the first semester. To
remain in the Pre-Health Science program, the student must maintain a 2.5 cumulative GPA
for all semesters.
PRE-HEALTH SCIENCE 289
Biological Sciences Emphasis
The Biological Sciences emphasis is designed to prepare students for transfer into the
Biological Sciences Major with a B.S. degree: Pre-Med, Pre-Dental, or Pre-Pharmacy
emphasis or the B.S. Degree in Biological Sciences with an emphasis on preparation for
graduate school in biology.
Students may complete an AA PRH with a biology emphasis in two years. If they then
transfer to the BS.BIO program at Chalon, the degree will take four additional years (six years
altogether). AA students who qualify may choose to transfer after their first year in the
program and fulfill the BS.BIO degree in five years. Students who transfer prior to receiving
their AA degree cannot request it retroactively.
Math Requirement for Pre-Health Biology: 6-12 units of MATH required depending on
placement exam scores (See your Advisor for more information.).
Nursing Emphasis
The Nursing emphasis is designed to prepare students for transfer into the Bachelor of
Science degree - Major in Nursing (BSN) program on the Chalon campus. Admission to
MSMC does not constitute admission to the Nursing program.
To be considered for admittance into the BS NUR program, students must also complete:
BIO 3 Microbiology
SOC 5 Sociological Perspectives
PSY 12 Developmental Psychology /Lifespan
Admission to the BSN program:
• Is determined by the Admissions Committee of the Nursing Department.
• To the sophomore level entry is considered for fall semester only.
• Is highly competitive. The BSN Admission Committee strongly suggests achieving a
G.P.A. well above the minimum requirement.
Priority will be given to students who meet the required criteria and have completed two
semesters at MSMC.
In order to be eligible for review, applicants must meet the following criteria:
2.7 cumulative GPA.
• 2.5 science GPA.
• Complete all pre-requisite courses with a grade of C (2.0) or better.
• Complete nursing mathematics examination with a score of 84% or higher.
• Successfully demonstrate English competency and department-determined
requirements.
• Failure of two (2) required nursing prerequisite courses, either the same
course or two separate courses, will result in non-admission.
• A grade of C- or below in any two required prerequisite courses (science
or other) results in non-admission.
Pre-Health Science students who transfer to the BSN program at the Chalon Campus require
five years (altogether) to complete the BSN program because of the sequencing of the science
and nursing courses.
29C PRE-LAW MINOR
The Pre-Law Minor
Department Affiliation: History and Political Science
An undergraduate major in either the social sciences or the humanities is the preferred
preparation for legal study. The Pre-Law Minor is designed to supplement the study in the
major program with additional emphases on analytic and expository skills requisite to the
study of law. Early identification of an interest in law enables the student to approach the
rigorous demands of both legal study and that of the legal profession more efficiently and
effectively. It is essential that the student and the Director of the Pre-Law Minor collaborate
in the process of selecting elective courses within the minor that will best prepare the
individual student. The minor requires a minimum of six upper division courses (18units).
Prerequisites: 9 units
POL 1 American Government (3)
PHI 10 Critical Thinking or
ENG1C Freshman English (3)
BUS 5/POL 5 Business Law (3)
Required upper division courses:
POL 103 Legal Reasoning (3)
POL 108 Constitutional Law (3)
Plus four upper division elective courses from among the following:
Business Law:
BUS/POL 105
Business Law II
(3)
BUS/POL 106
Real Estate Law
(3)
Civil Rights/Advocacy:
POL 102
Women and the Law
(3)
POL 109
Individual Rights
(3)
POL 133
Moot Court
(3)
POL 138
International Law
(3)
POL 176
Public Policy
(3)
POL 180
State and Local Government
(3)
POL 188
Administrative Law
(3)
Criminal Law:
POL 107
Criminal Law
(3)
SOC 109
Forensics Studies: Criminalistics
(3)
SOC 110
Deviant Behavior: Juvenile Delinquency
(3)
SOC 1 1 1
Deviant BehavionCriminology
(3)
Theory and Process:
PHI 155
Symbolic Logic
(3)
PHI 165
Philosophy of Law
(3)
POL 120
Legislative Process
(3)
POL 121
Judicial Politics
(3)
Any upper division course approved by the Director of the Pre-Law Minor.
PSYCHOLOGY 291
Psychology
Contemporary psychology is an empirical science actively pursuing basic research and
applications in school settings, the workplace, and the treatment of personal problems in
private life. The curriculum for the psychology major consists of courses critically examining
the basic theories, findings, and applications of psychological research. Training is geared
toward preparing students for later advanced studies. In addition to the major, the College
offers a minor in Psychology, and a Master of Science in Counseling Psychology, with
specializations in Marriage and Family Therapy (MFT) or Human Services Personnel
Counseling (HSPC), counseling the Spanish-speaking client, and pastoral counseling.
Program Requirements for Psychology Majors
It is recommended that psychology majors take MTH 1 or MTH 10 (GS-IIIE) in preparation
for PSY 40 Basic Statistical Methods.
All psychology majors are required to take the following courses:
Foundation Courses
BIO 5 Life Science (GS-IIID) (3)
or another course in biology, anatomy, physiology, or chemistry approved by
the department chair.
PSY1* Introduction to Psychology (GS-IIIF) (3)
PSY 1 2 Child/Human Development (GS-IIIF) (3 )
PSY 52 Biological Psychology (GS-IIIF) (3)
PSY 52L Biological Psychology Lab ( 1 )
Methods Courses
PSY 40 Basic Statistical Methods (GS-VIIB, HIE) (3)
PSY 1 06 Basic Research Methods (GS-VIIA) (3)
PSY 1 06L' Basic Research Methods Lab ( 1 )
Introduction to Counseling (3)
Personality Theory (3)
Social Psychology (3)
Abnormal Psychology (3)
Learning & Memory (3)
Cognition & Perception • (3)
Clinical Practicum (3)
or
PSY 193 Research Practicum (3)
Upper Division Electives: (9)
Core Courses
PSY 125
PSY 132
PSY 145
PSY 168
PSY 134
or
PSY 160
PSY 192
Total Units for Major: 47
292
PSYCHOLOGY
*PSY 1 is a prerequisite to all other psychology courses.
Psychology majors must take 9 units of upper division electives. It is recommended that
students choose a track to use as guidance in selecting those elective courses.
Suggested Sequence of Courses: Bachelor of Arts
The following is a model for completing the Psychology major in four years.
Psychology courses are listed.
First Year
PSY 1 Introduction to Psychology (3)
PSY 12 Child/Human Development (3)
PSY 40 Basic Statistical Methods (3)
BIO 5 Life Sciences (3)
Only
Second Year
PSY 106
Basic Research Methods
(3)
PSY 106L
Basic Research Methods Lab
(1)
PSY 132
Personality Theory
(3)
PSY 52
Biological Psychology
(3)
PSY 52L
Biological Psychology Lab
(1)
PSY 168
Abnormal Psychology
(3)
Third Year
PSY 125
Introduction to Counseling
(3)
PSY 145
Social Psychology
(3)
PSY 134
Learning and Memory Processes
or
PSY 160
Cognition and Perception
(3)
PSY 192
Clinical Practicum or
PSY 193
Research Practicum
(3)
UDPSY
Elective
(3)
Fourth Year
UDPSY
Elective
(3)
UDPSY
Elective
(3)
Undergraduate Psychology Policies
Majors must earn a grade of C (2.0) or higher in Psychology courses applied toward degree
requirements. Grades of C - or lower must be repeated. Courses may only be repeated one
time. The higher grade will be computed in the GPA.
Students must successfully complete with a grade of C or higher any prerequisites before
being admitted to courses with listed prerequisites. This policy may only be waived with
instructor consent.
Students must also complete General Studies requirements and electives for a total of 124
semester units, including the Modern Language requirement. At least 1 5 upper division units
must be completed in the MSMC Psychology program.
Students may choose a program of study in general psychology, or one of the following tracks
designed to provide a foundation of study in Psychology as indicated on next page.
PSYCHOLOGY 293
Track One: Preparation for Industrial/Organizational Psychology
Extensive study in the application of psychological processes to design more effective
organizations and improve motivation, performance and job satisfaction. To work in
Industrial/Organizational psychology requires a graduate degree (an M.A./M.S. or a Ph.D.).
This course of study will allow for exploration of the field and provide a foundation for
further study.
PSY 148 Industrial/Organizational Psychology
PSY 155 Psychological Testing
Choose one of the following courses:
PSY 129 Motivation
PSY 138 Nonprofit Management
Track Two: Preparation for Careers in Counseling
This track is designed for students interested in pursuing further education in preparation for a
career in counseling. Students that pursue this track will receive applied training and
fieldwork in an area of their choosing within a psychological setting. Such students typically
plan to attend a Masters or Doctoral program.
PSY 155 Psychological Testing
Choose one of the following courses:
PSY 1 39 Child Abuse and Family Violence
PSY 165 Behavioral Psychopharmacology
PSY 172 Developmental Psychopathology
PSY 175 Human Sexuality
PSY 188 Crisis Intervention
Track Three: Preparation for Careers in Research Psychology
This track is designed for students who plan to pursue further education in a research area of
psychology (e.g., Developmental, Personality, Social, Cognition). Such students plan to
attend a Masters or Doctoral program. The courses in this track will provide research
experience needed for admission to most research programs.
PSY 193 Research Practicum
PSY 194 Advanced Research
Choose one of the following courses:
PSY 155 Psychological Testing
PSY 1 82 History & Systems of Psychology
PSY 1 92 Clinical Practicum
Or courses in area of topical interest (e.g., gender, prejudice, development, neuropsychology,
law, motivation, divorce, etc.)
Requirements for a Minor in Psychology
A Psychology minor requires a minimum of 1 8 units selected in consultation with the
Department Chair. At least four upper division courses with a grade of C or better are
required. Three courses (9 units) must be completed in the MSMC Psychology program.
294 PSYCHOLOGY
Master of Science in Counseling Psychology
Admission Requirements
Those applying for the Masters degree in Counseling Psychology should have all of the
following:
• A Bachelors degree or its equivalent from an accredited institution.
• A grade point average of at least 3.00 for undergraduate work.
• A recommended minimum of 12 upper division units in the Behavioral Sciences
(Psychology, Anthropology, Sociology or Education). If the undergraduate
degree is not in Psychology, applicants must take an Introductory Psychology
course prior to entering the program.
• Results of the Graduate Record Exam (GRE).
• Successful completion of an Introduction to Psychology course.
• See other general requirements of the Graduate Division.
Program Concentrations
Marriage and Family Therapy (Minimum of 50 units required)
The Masters degree in Counseling Psychology with a specialization in Marriage and Family
Therapy will teach students to apply psychotherapeutic research and principles in the
treatment of individuals, couples and families. The focus of the program is on clinical
assessment, planning and implementation of treatment goals for those with emotional
difficulties and distress. Students will learn the theories and ethical practice of
psychotherapy, to be applied in a variety of treatment settings. The program meets academic
requirements for those who seek the California Marriage and Family Therapy License.
Preparation (6 units)
PSY 202 Psychological Foundations of Growth, Development, and Learning (3)
PSY 268 Psychopathology (3)
Theories of Marriage, Family, and Child Counseling (14 units)
PSY 203 Multicultural Counseling (2)
PSY 225 Counseling Theory and Procedure (3)
PSY 236 Family Therapy (3)
PSY 241 Marriage and Relationship Counseling (3)
PSY 274 Psychological Treatment of Children (3)
Counseling Skills (13 units)
PSY 230 Psychological Testing: Theory and Procedure (2)
PSY 235 Group Dynamics: Theory and Procedures (3)
PSY 265 Behavioral Psychopharmacology (2)
PSY 269 A, B Field Experience in Counseling (6)
[with a minimum of 180 client contact hours and 240 total BBS-acceptable hours]
Family Challenges (3 units)
PSY 237 Human Sexuality (1)
PSY 238 Alcohol and Substance Abuse (1)
PSY 240 Spousal Abuse . (1)
PSYCHOLOGY 295
Research (3 units)
PSY 200 Research Methods (3)
Professional Ethics and Law (2 units)
PSY 263 Laws and Ethics in Counseling (2)
Thesis/Project/Oral Exam
PSY 295 Masters Thesis (3) or
PSY 296 Masters Project (3) or
PSY 298 Case Presentation (0)
Students who do not complete their thesis or project during the semester they originally enroll
in PSY 295/296 must enroll in PSY 297, a one-unit continuation course, each subsequent
semester until the thesis/project is completed. Students may enroll in the one-unit
continuation course a maximum of three times.
Students may take the case presentation a maximum of two times. The examination must be
successft
graduate.
successfully completed by the end of the 1 2th week of the semester the student intends to
Emphasis (6-9 units)
In order to complete 50 semester units, MFT students complete from three (3) to nine (9) units
of elective coursework. Elective units may be selected to create an emphasis in Counseling
the Spanish-speaking client, Pastoral Counseling, clinical skills, research skills, or another
area of special interest to the student.
Community and Interpersonal Relations (Minimum 36-39 units required)
The Master's degree in Counseling Psychology with a specialization in Community and
Interpersonal Relations will teach students to apply psychological research and theory to the
improvement of human welfare. The focus of the program is on facilitating normal human
development, and fostering effective interactions. Students will learn essential elements of
communication, interpersonal, and organizational dynamics. The program is intended for
those who wish to prepare for employment in an agency, corporation or other setting not
requiring a specific license.
Core Courses (25-31 units)
PSY 227 Basic Counseling Skills (3)
PSY 202 Psychological Foundations of Growth, Development and Learning (3)
PSY 268 Psychopathology (3)
PSY 264 Counseling Ethics (2)
PSY 23 1 Group and Organizational Dynamics (3)
PSY 200 Research Methods (3)
PSY 203 Multicultural Counseling (2)
PSY 260A,B Counseling Practicum/Fieldwork (6)
Elective Courses
Students will take 8-11 elective course units to complete the degree.
296 PSYCHOLOGY
Thesis/Project/Exam
PSY 295 Masters Thesis (3), or
PSY 296 Masters Project (3), or
PSY 29 1 Written Examination (0)
Students who do not complete their thesis or project during the semester they originally enroll
in PSY 295/296 must enroll in PSY 297, a one-unit continuation course, each subsequent
semester until the thesis/project is completed. Students may enroll in the one-unit
continuation course a maximum of three times.
Students may take the written examination a maximum of two times. The examination must
be succes
graduate.
be successfully completed by the end of the 12th week of the semester the student intends to
If the written examination option is chosen, students must take an extra course for a total of
39 units.
Graduate Psychology Policies
Professional behavior is expected from MSMC students at all time. Students must abide by
the ethical standards of the American Association of Marriage and Family Therapy and the
California Association of Marriage and Family Therapists, all departmental and College
policies, and the policies of any and all placement sites. If the expectations of the College or
the placement site are not met, the student is subject to dismissal from the program.
Students enrolled in the Masters programs at MSMC must maintain a 3.0 GPA. If they fall
below this GPA, students are put on probation and given one semester to bring their grades up
to a 3.0. If this is not achieved, they will be dismissed from the program.
Students must earn the grade of B- or better in each course applied toward degree
requirements. Courses may only be repeated one time. The higher grade will be computed in
the GPA. If a student does not earn a B- or better upon repetition of the course, the student
will be dismissed from the program.
ENLACES Certificate Program - Counseling the Spanish-Speaking
Client (17 units):
Coursework familiarizes students with the diversity of cultures in the Spanish-speaking
community, the unique issues that these cultures bring to the counseling setting. Professional
terminology and theory in Spanish, and the Spanish-language psychological literature, are
emphasized, in addition to practicum experience working with Spanish-speaking clients. This
certificate program is a unique focus of the Mount St. Mary's College Masters in Counseling
degree.
PSYCHOLOGY 297
This certificate requires:
PSY 203 Multicultural Counseling (2)
PSY 245 The Cultures of Spanish-speaking People of the Americas (3) or
SPA 244 Hispanic Civilization and Cultures (3)
PSY 275 Professional Spanish for Counselors (3)
PSY 269 A, B Fieldwork Experience (6)
(Internship must involve work with Spanish-speaking clients.)
PSY 290 Workshop (3)
(Three 1-unit special topic workshops must be taken.)
Pastoral Counseling Emphasis (12 units):
This emphasis allows students to combine Psychology and Religious Studies courses in their
degree program, and to focus on pastoral counseling within selected Psychology courses.
The emphasis requires:
PSY 225 Counseling Theory and Procedure (3) or
(taken with the pastoral counseling emphasis)
RST 280A Theories of Pastoral Counseling (3)
PSY 236 Family Therapy (3) or
(taken with the pastoral counseling emphasis)
RST 280B Pastoral Counseling: Family Therapy (3)
RST 283 Psychology of Religion (3)
PSY 203 Multicultural Counseling (2) or
RST 284B Issues in Pastoral Counseling: Cross Cultural Issues (1)
PSY 240 Spousal Abuse (1) or
RST 289 Special studies in Pastoral Counseling (1-3)
PSY 1 Introduction to Psychology (3)
This course is an introduction to the study of mental processes and behavior. The course will
survey major concepts, research findings, and practical applications of current research. The
course focuses on questions such as: How do people change and grow from infancy to
adulthood? How do we learn and remember best? How does biology influence behavior?
How do our senses help us to interpret the world? How does personality work? How do
other people affect our behavior? What does it mean to be "abnormal"? GS-IIIF
PSY 12/102 Child/Human Development (3)
Introduction to human development from conception to death. Covers major theories of
psychological growth, interactions between heredity and environment, and the physical,
cognitive, and social domains of development in childhood, adolescence, and adulthood.
Focuses on concepts and issues important in prenatal development, thinking and social
relationships in childhood and adolescence, effective parenting, and personal growth through
the lifespan. Prerequisite: PSY 1 (waived for qualified Liberal Studies majors and for Single
Subject Credential students). GS-IIIF
PSY 14 Adult Development (1)
A survey of the major psychological theories and milestones related to adult development.
Course topics include developmental stages of adolescence, young adulthood, middle age and
the process of advancing age. In combination with a previously completed course in child
development, this course meets the life span human development requirement of the MSMC
Department of Nursing. Prerequisite: PSY 12.
298 PSYCHOLOGY
PSY 36 Language and Literacy Development in the Young Child (3)
An in-depth study of the acquisition and development of language and emergent literacy from
birth through age 8. Vygotsky's theory of cognitive development and its relationship to the
language arts will be studied. Children's literature will be surveyed, with an emphasis on
winners of the Caldecott Award. The course will encompass how to choose books and ways
to integrate them into the preschool curriculum. Prerequisite: PSY 12.
PSY 40 Basic Statistical Methods (3)
Focus on applied descriptive and inferential statistical techniques as used in behavioral
science research. Topics covered include properties of distributions, measures of central
tendency, elementary probability theory, hypothesis testing, correlation, and analysis of
variance. Prerequisites: PSY 1 and satisfactory score on the Mathematics Placement
Examination or completion ofMTH 2X. MTH 1 or 10 recommended. GS-IIIE, VIIB
PSY 52 Biological Psychology (3)
Critical survey of the structure and function of the nervous system. Topics include the neural
control of sensory systems, hormonal systems, motor systems, learning, memory, emotions, and
sleep. Particular emphasis is placed on recent advances in our knowledge of brain structure,
neurotransmitter systems, neural development and plasticity, neuropharmacology, neuropathology
and psychopathology. Prerequisites: BIO 5, PSY 1. GS-IIIF
PSY 52L Biological Psychology Lab (1)
Required concurrent laboratory supplement to PSY 52. The laboratory provides the
background in neuroanatomy necessary to understand basic principles of neural function.
Emphasis is placed on learning to recognize gross and microscopic structures of the brain
within a functional perspective. Prerequisites: BIO 5, PSY 1.
PSY 106 Basic Research Methods (3)
Introduction to the scientific method and its use in answering questions about psychological
phenomena. Covers each of the major steps in the research process, including formulation of
hypotheses, choice of appropriate research designs, empirical testing of hypotheses with proper
controls and regard for ethical issues, systematic analysis of data, and reporting of results in a
scientific format. Must be taken concurrently with PSY 106L. Prerequisite:
PSY 40. GS-VIIA
PSY 106L Basic Research Methods Lab (1)
Required laboratory supplement to PSY 106, which must be taken concurrently. The
laboratory sessions provide structured practice in conducting psychological research. Students
perform several simple studies on topics in different areas of psychology assigned by the
instructor. The final laboratory report should demonstrate competence in formulating and
testing hypotheses, as well as in reporting the results and their interpretation in the format
specified by the American Psychological Association. Prerequisite: PSY 40.
*PSY 110 Gender Issues in Psychology (3)
Exploration of the psychological theories and research findings related to gender issues.
Topics to be covered include gender role development, gender differences in personality, and
the analysis of social issues of gender and sexuality in the realms of society, politics, and
culture. Prerequisite: PSY 1.
PSY 112 Careers and Observation in Child Development Settings (3)
Overview of the child development field and careers working with children under age 13 and
their families. Each student will observe in a community child development setting for a
minimum of 15 hours. Professional ethics and current issues in the field will be explored.
Prerequisites: PSY 12 and (EDU 32 or PSY 11 3).
PSYCHOLOGY 299
PSY 113 Learning in Children and Adolescents Across Cultures (3)
This course examines how developmental, biological and cultural factors influence the ability
and motivation to learn. Assignments and class discussions address the role of teachers,
parents, and other adults in facilitating children's development in school contexts. Emphasis
is placed on the interaction between cognitive performance and the total sociocultural
environment in which the child and adolescent lives. Prerequisite: PSY 12 GS-VI
*PSY 118 Intervention of Children with Disabilities (3)
This course will survey a variety of physical disabilities, as well as different levels of general
cognitive functioning that identify children as qualifying for Special Education programming.
The course will go on to investigate the current "best practices" strategies and interventions
for the effective development of psycho-social, behavioral, and instructional integration of
"exceptional children" into the least restrictive environment offered within the public
education system. Prerequisite: PSY 1.
PSY 125 Introduction to Counseling (3)
Survey of basic counseling skills, with emphasis on the underlying theoretical framework.
Stages and goals of the therapeutic process will be examined. Students will participate in
demonstrations of basic counseling techniques (e.g., reflective listening, confrontation,
demonstration of empathy). Course work will focus on practical applications of these skills.
Prerequisite: PSY 168.
*PSY 128 Adulthood and Aging (3)
Exploration of psychological factors of the process of aging. Focus will be on attitudes,
values, motivations, and behavior as they are influenced by environmental and biological
changes associated with aging. This course is conducted as a seminar and includes a fieldwork
component; visiting and evaluating various care facilities for the senior population.
Prerequisite: PSY 1, PSY 12.
*PSY 129 Motivation (3)
Comparison of the range, strengths and limitations of the prominent theories explaining high
and low motivation. Explores common motivation problems and their effect on the individual
and society. Motivation treatments are applied to a variety of contexts, including education,
work, love and others. A critical analysis of the current applied motivation literature is
emphasized. Prerequisite: PSY 145.
PSY 132 Personality Theory (3)
Comprehensive study of the major theories of personality (e.g., Psychoanalytic, Behavioral,
Humanistic, Cognitive). The course will address development, structure and dynamics of
personality, utilizing contemporary research. Survey of these theories highlights the origin of
normal and pathological personality development. Prerequisite: PSY 12.
PSY 134 Learning and Memory Processes (3)
Explores the major forms of learning and memory processes common to human and non-
human animals. Focuses on the most basic learning processes, particularly classical and
instrumental conditioning, but also covers observational learning. Examines the essential
features of memory processes as explained by information processing models. Particular
attention is paid to applications of learning and memory theories in solving practical problems
in normal and clinical situations. Prerequisite: PSY 1, PSY 106/1 06L or consent of instructor.
PSY 138 Managing Non-Profit Organizations (3)
Will introduce non-business majors to managerial theories to lead non-profit organizations.
The learning experience includes review of literature, class presentations and active
sponsorship of service organizations. A service learning project integrates theory with
practice, requiring team cooperation, planning and accountability. (Also BUS 139, GER 138,
EDU 138c and SOC 138.)
300 PSYCHOLOGY
PSY 139 Child Abuse and Family Violence (3)
A theoretical exploration of the causes, nature, and impact (physical, social and
psychological) of the various forms of family violence as well as the methods used by
counseling professionals for intervention, remediation, and prevention. Prerequisite: PSY 12
PSY 144 Psychology of Prejudice (3)
Exploration of psychological factors involved in the development and maintenance of racism,
sexism, ageism, and other manifestations of prejudice. Focuses on research of both individual
and group behavior and includes consideration of techniques for combating prejudice in
individuals, organizations, and society as a whole. Prerequisite: PSY 1. Recommended.
PSY 145. GS-VI
PSY 145 Social Psychology (3)
Surveys the pervasive and invisible social forces acting upon individuals and the social
aspects of human nature. Topics covered include the way we perceive others, the way others
affect our perceptions of ourselves and our own behavior, persuasion, conformity, "mob"
behavior, gender and ethnicity issues, attraction and aggression. Prerequisite: PSY 1.
*PSY 148 Industrial/Organizational Psychology (3)
Introduction to the psychological relationship between individuals and their work places,
particularly business settings. Focuses on the psychology of work and practical techniques in
personnel selection, placement training, job appraisal, productivity enhancement, and
assessment of consumer behavior.
*PSY 151 Divorce and Remarriage (3)
Examination of the short and long-term consequences of divorce on family members,
focusing on exacerbating factors. Emphasis is on the role of psychologists and mediators in
minimizing these effects. Prerequisites: PSY 12 and consent of instructor.
PSY 155 Psychological Testing (3)
Introduction to the field of psychological testing, including an examination of history, theory,
and construction of tests as well as a survey of principal individual and group tests of
intelligence, personality, interest, and ability currently used in clinical and research settings.
Special attention will be placed on the development of skills for evaluating the reliability,
validity, and ethics of psychological tests and their applications. Prerequisite: PSY 40,
PSY 1 06/1 06L.
PSY 160 Cognition and Perception (3)
Surveys our current understanding of how the human mind acquires information about the
environment and how it manipulates that information in both verbal and non-verbal form. The
course will begin with an examination of the perceptual phenomena that relate to cognition.
The course will then examine the cognitive processes involved in selective attention,
perception, memory storage and retrieval, representation of knowledge, language
comprehension and production, thought, and decision making. Stress is placed on
understanding the relevance of cognitive research to practical problems in normal and clinical
situations. Prerequisites: PSY 106 & 106L.
PSY 165 Behavioral Psychopharmacology (3)
The course is designed to introduce students to the psychopharmacological treatment of
mental disorders. The course will emphasize integrating counseling and the use of
medications with different populations. Additionally, socio-political issues associated with
psychotropic medications will be explored. Prerequisites: PSY 52 & 52L, PSY 168.
*PSY 167 Special Topics in Psychology (1-3)
Seminar on any one of many topics in the field of psychology. Format varies with topic and
instructor(s). Prerequisites: PSY 1.
PSYCHOLOGY 301
PSY 168 Abnormal Psychology (3)
Explores mental health concepts, principles of psychopathology, and related treatment
techniques. Surveys the various forms of abnormal behavior, covering their features, potential
causes, and most effective treatments. Entails analysis of case studies using the Diagnostic
and Statistical Manual of the American Psychiatric Association (DSM IV).
Prerequisite: PSY 1 .
*PSY 172 Developmental Psychopathology (3)
Examination of childhood psychological disorders, including disturbances in sleep, eating,
toileting, speech, mood, and cognitive functions, drug use, conduct disorders, autism, and
pervasive developmental disorders. Addresses issues in diagnosis and treatment.
Prerequisites: PSY 12, PSY 168.
PSY 175 Human Sexuality (3)
Survey of topics central to the study of sexuality. This course provides a strong foundation in
physiology, sexual arousal and dysfunction, history of sexuality, and gender issues. Current
topics, such as sexually transmitted diseases, prostitution and rape are explored. The course
provides a perspective of human sexuality from historical, biological, psychological, cultural
and sociological points of view.
PSY 178 Psychology and Film (3)
Exploration of psychological theories and research through the use of modern film. The
course will explore current topics in specialized areas of psychology (e.g., abnormal, social).
Film will be used to depict human interactions and provoke thought and analysis of theory
and research.
*PSY 182 History and Systems of Psychology (3)
The course illuminates the history of psychological ideas, as well as the lives and cultural
contexts of prominent theorists. Emphasizes the historical development of ideas leading to
modern psychology. Prerequisites: PSY 132.
PS Y 1 85 Psychology of La w (3)
Overview of the intersection of the disciplines of psychology and law. Introduces the
philosophical foundation of both fields, the legal system of the United States, clinical issues
and the law (e.g., psychological assessment, determination of competency, involuntary
commitment, family law, and criminal behavior) and psychological research on the legal
system (e.g., juror decision making, jury dynamics, judicial bias, eyewitness testimony and
police procedure). Prerequisites: PSY 1.
PSY 186 Violence Against Women (3)
Survey of the research literature pertaining to sexual assault, partner violence, and sexual
harassment. Students will examine psychological theories concerning causes and prevention
of violence against women, as well as the experiences of women as victims of these forms of
violence.
PSY 187 Careers in Psychology (3)
Explores options available to students interested in careers in psychology. Job options
available at different degree levels (e.g., B.A., Masters, Ph.D.) are highlighted, as appropriate
preparation plans for particular careers are developed by students. Panel discussions by
professionals in the field of psychology allow students to gain knowledge about the diversity
of available career paths. Fieldwork in a site of the student's choice is required.
*PSY 188 Crisis Intervention (3)
Survey of crisis intervention theories, assessment, treatment and research. Includes legal and
ethical issues, suicide, degrees of danger, victims of abuse, grief reactions and the family in
crisis. Clinical case presentation will be used for illustration.
302 PSYCHOLOGY
PSY 191 Child Development Practicum (3)
Applied work enhancing student understanding of the principles of child development in
community settings. Field work must involve ongoing interactions with children under age 11
and/or their parents. Options include child care, infant/toddler, preschool, school age,
recreational, hospital child life, special education, resource and referral, and child guidance
settings. Prerequisite: PSY 113.
PSY 192 Clinical Practicum (3)
Applied work enhancing a student's ability to use the principles of psychology in real life
settings. Field work options include areas of school psychology, gerontology, mental
retardation, emotional disturbances, learning disabilities, or probation work. Course includes
weekly seminar oriented towards integrating experiences with theory. Prerequisites: PSY 121
PSY 168.
PSY 193 Research Practicum (1-3)
Applied work enhancing student understanding of the methodology and tools of psychologic.
research. While receiving training and supervision, the student assists a MSMC psychology
faculty member in the development and/or implementation of a psychological research
project. Students will participate in two or more activities involved in executing major steps
in the research process (e.g., developing the proposal, collecting and analyzing data,
presenting and publishing results). Course includes faculty/student meetings oriented toward
theoretical reviews and discussions. Concludes with a library research paper which addresses
a project related question. Prerequisites PSY 40, PSY 106, PSY 106L and consent of
instructor. May be repeated for a total of 6 units.
PSY 194 Advanced Research (1-3)
Seminar providing direction and supervision for students undertaking original psychological
research. Guidance is given in each step of the research process: in developing a question,
selecting a research design, collecting and analyzing data, and reporting the results in
publishable form. The final product should be suitable for presentation at student sections of
professional/regional association meetings. Prerequisites: PSY 40, PSY 106 & 106L and
consent of instructor. May be repeated for a total of 6 units.
PSY 196H Senior Honors Thesis (3)
Advanced study on a special topic chosen by the student. Prerequisites: PSY 40, PSY 106 &
106L, and Honors Student status.
PSY 199 Independent Study (1-3)
Independent exploration of a topic in psychology supervised by department faculty member.
Independent study contract required. Prerequisites: PSY 1 and consent of instructor. May be
repeated for a total of 6 units.
Graduate Course Offerings
PSY 200 Research Methods (3)
Introduction to the scientific method and its use in answering questions about psychological
phenomena. Provides instruction in critical reading of research articles. Explores basic issues
and techniques in conducting research studies, analyzing data, and interpreting their
significance. Class projects culminate in a written thesis proposal.
PSYCHOLOGY 303
PSY 202 Psychological Foundations of Growth, Development and
Learning (3)
Contemporary psychological theory as applied to the life-long process of learning, behavioral
change, education, and counseling. Advanced reading and exploration of life span
developmental theories, including those of Freud, Piaget, Erikson, Kohlberg, Kagan, Kubler-
Ross, and others.
PSY 203 Multicultural Counseling (2)
A systematic study of the cross-cultural mores, values, and behaviors that are active in the
process of counseling. Both theoretical aspects as well as practical considerations of
counseling with various cultural groups will be explored. Prerequisite: PSY 225.
*PSY 210 Gender Issues in Psychology (3)
Exploration of the psychological theories and research findings related to gender issues.
Topics to be covered include gender role development, gender differences in personality, and
the analysis of social issues of gender and sexuality in the realms of society, politics, and
culture.
*PSY 218 Intervention of Children with Multiple Impairments (3)
This course will survey a variety of physical disabilities, as well as different levels of general
cognitive functioning that identify children as qualifying for Special Education programming.
The course will go on to investigate the current "best practices" strategies and interventions
for the effective development of psycho-social, behavioral, and instructional integration of
"exceptional children" into the least restrictive environment offered within the public
education system.
*PSY 225 Counseling Theory and Procedures (3)
Detailed exploration into the theory and methodology involved in the process of marriage,
family, and child counseling. Includes a survey of the Psychoanalytic, Client-centered,
Gestalt, Behavioral, Rational Emotive, Phenomenological, and Humanistic approaches.
*PSY226 Brief Therapies (2)
Course provides an overview of various methods of brief therapies, including cognitive-
behavioral, brief dynamic, and single-session. The special tasks, goals, and clinical guidelines
with each phase of treatment will be described. Prerequisite: PSY 225 or consent of
instructor.
PSY 227 Basic Counseling and Communication Skills (3)
This course will prepare students for conducting initial interviews and establishing therapeutic
relationships. The course will introduce students to the initial phase of the counseling process
including practice of listening skills, empathy, and facilitation of client self-expression.
*PSY 228 Adulthood and Aging (3)
Exploration of psychological factors in the process of aging. Focus will be on attitudes,
values, motivations and behavior as they are influenced by environmental and biological
changes associated with aging. This course is conducted as a seminar and includes a fieldwork
component; visiting and evaluating various care facilities for the senior population.
Prerequisite: PSY 202.
*PSY 229 Motivation (3)
Comparison of the range, strengths, and limitations of the prominent theories explaining high
and low motivation. Explores common motivation problems and their effect on the individual
and society. Motivation treatments are applied to a variety of contexts, including education,
work, love and others. A critical analysis of the current applied motivation literature is
emphasized.
304 PSYCHOLOGY
PSY 230 Psychological Testing: Theory and Procedure (2)
Advanced study of the theory, administration, and interpretation of individual and group
psychological tests of intelligence, personality, interest, and achievement. Students will
administer and interpret selected instruments used in counseling and psychology practice.
Prerequisite: PSY 268.
PSY 231 Organizational Dynamics (3)
Examines the inter-relationships between management and communication theories. The
systems within an organization are emphasized in terms of intra-personal, interpersonal, small
group and organizational communication theories. This course will help students develop an
understanding of behavior in organizations. This understanding will enable the student to
predict and influence organizational events.
PSY 235 Group Dynamics: Theory and Procedures (3)
Investigation of group processes. Emphasizes the concepts of group facilitation, productivity,
evaluation and the application of group methods in teaching, counseling, and administrative
work. Prerequisite: PSY 225.
PSY 236 Family Therapy (3)
Systematic study of family therapy and family systems theory. This course will allow students
the opportunity to explore both normal and dysfunctional lifestyles in family environments
and will provide a survey of the treatment modes which focus on the entire family system.
PSY 237 Human Sexuality (1)
This course will approach the topic of human sexuality as a comprehensive and integrated
topic, by viewing sexual behavior in an evolutionary, historical, and cross-cultural
perspective.
PSY 238 Alcohol and Substance Abuse (1)
Exploration of the causes, nature, impact, and treatment of alcohol and substance abuse.
Focuses on methods of intervention and remediation used in counseling agencies.
Prerequisite: PSY 225 or consent of instructor.
PSY 240 Spousal Abuse (1)
This course will be an overview of the research exploring the fundamental dynamics of
spousal abuse/domestic violence. The historical nature and causes of battering relationships,
social and cultural variables, and the myths about battering are explored. The physical and
psychological impact violence has on victims, children, family and society will be examined.
Prerequisite: PSY 225, PSY 268.
PSY 241 Marriage and Relationships (3)
This course provides a systematic examination of the different theoretical approaches to the
treatment of couples and a critical analysis of the corresponding empirical data that supports
and refutes these theories.
*PSY 248 Industrial/Organizational Psychology (3)
Introduction to the psychological relationship between individuals and their workplaces,
particularly business settings. Focuses on the psychology of work and practical techniques in
personnel selection, placement training, job appraisal, enhancing productivity, and assessing
consumer behavior.
*PSY 251 Divorce and Remarriage (3)
Examination of the short and long-term consequences of divorce on family members,
focusing on exacerbating factors. Emphasis is on the role of psychologists and mediators in
minimizing these effects.
PSYCHOLOGY 305
PSY 260AB Counseling Practicum/Fieldwork (6)
Practicum relates counseling principles to a variety of settings. For each course 120 hours of
fieldwork are required. Fieldwork must take place in a site approved by the instructor and
department. Students may initiate the 260 AB series only in the Fall semester. Students must
successfully complete coursework for PSY 260 A before being admitted to PSY 260B. This
requirement may be waived with instructor consent. Prerequisites: PSY 227, 231, 264, 268.
PSY 263 Laws and Ethics in Counseling (2)
Review of the current legal considerations and ethical issues regarding the delivery of
counseling services. This course highlights ethical requirements for licensed professionals.
PSY 264 Counseling Ethics (2)
Review of the current legal and ethical issues regarding the delivery of counseling services.
This course is designed for students who do not intend to become licensed counselors.
PSY 265 Behavioral Psychopharmacology (2)
The course is designed to introduce students to the psychopharmacological treatment of
mental disorders. The course will emphasize integrating counseling and the use of
medications with different populations. Additionally, socio-political issues associated with
psychotropic medications will be explored. Prerequisite: PSY 268
*PSY 267 Special Topics in Psychology (3)
Seminar on any one of many topics in the field of psychology. Format varies with topic and
instructors,). Prerequisite: consent of instructor.
PSY 268 Psychopathology (3)
Systematic study of the nature and classification of mental disorders using the Diagnostic and
Statistical Manual of the American Psychiatric Association (DSM IV).
PSY 26AB Field Experiences in Counseling (3,3)
Practicum relates counseling principles to a variety of clinical settings. For each course 120
hours of fieldwork are required, and 90 of those hours must be face-to-face with clients.
Fieldwork must take place in a site approved by the instructor and department. Students may
initiate the 269 AB series only in the Fall semester. Students must successfully complete
coursework for PSY 269A before being admitted to PSY 269B. This requirement may be
waived with instructor consent. Prerequisites: PSY 225, PSY 263, PSY 268.
*PSY 272 Developmental Psychopathology (3)
Examination of childhood psychological disorders, including disturbances in sleep, eating,
toileting, speech, mood, and cognitive functions, drug use, conduct disorders, autism, and
pervasive developmental disorders. Addresses issues in diagnosis and treatment. Prerequisite:
PSY 268.
PSY 274 Psychological Treatment of Children (3)
This course will examine the efficacy of therapeutic techniques commonly used in the
assessment and treatment of children, including art, play and expressive therapies. The
theoretical foundations and practical applications of each technique will be explored.
Prerequisites: PSY 202, PSY 225.
PSY 275 Professional Spanish for Counselors (3)
Taught in Spanish. This course covers psychological terminology, concepts, theories, and
methodologies from a variety of theoretical perspectives, with an emphasis on the Spanish-
language psychological literature.
*PSY 282 History and Systems of Psychology (3)
Critical examination of the scientific origins of contemporary psychology. Emphasizes
historical/conceptual development of ideas leading to modern schools of psychology.
306 PSYCHOLOGY
PSY 284 Object Relations: Theory and Practice (1-3)
An overview of psychological development as seen through the human need for
connectedness to others. From an infant's first experiences with others through adulthood, the
class will explore the development of the separate and unique individual, with special focus
on clinical application of theoretical concepts. Explores the application of object relations
theories to marital and family therapy. Prerequisite: PSY 202.
*PSY 288 Crisis Intervention (3)
Survey of crisis intervention theories, assessment, treatment and research. Includes legal and
ethical issues, suicide, degrees of danger, victims of abuse, grief reactions and the family in
crisis. Clinical case presentation will be used for illustration.
PSY 290 Workshop (1-3)
Experiential class focusing on particular area of interest. May be repeated for credit.
Prerequisite: Consent of instructor.
PSY 291 Written Examination (0)
Comprehensive written examination based on the student's completed coursework. The
Written Examination is completed during the last semester of the student's coursework.
Students may take the Written Examination a maximum of two times. The Examination must
be successfully completed by the 12th week of the semester the student intends to graduate.
PSY 295 Masters Thesis (3)
Individual work on Masters thesis. Prerequisite: PSY 200 and approval of Graduate Program
Director.
PSY 296 Masters Thesis Project (3)
Individual work on Masters project. Prerequisite: PSY 200 and approval of Graduate
Program Director.
PSY 297 A, B, C Thesis/Project Continuation (1,1,1)
Students who have not completed the Masters Project or Thesis at the end of the PSY 295 or
PSY 296 course must enroll in the Continuation of the Masters Project or Thesis for the
subsequent semesters, until the thesis/project is completed. Students must complete the
Project or Thesis within three semesters.
PSY 298 Case Presentation (0)
Students will present a case analysis, based on a case provided by the department. The paper
and presentation will integrate the content areas of the MFT program. The case presentation
is completed during the last semester of the student's coursework. Students may take the case
presentation a maximum of two times. The case presentation must be successfully completed
by the 12* week of the semester the student intends to graduate.
PSY 299 Special Topics (1-3)
Individual study of a problem of interest. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. May be
repeated for credit.
*Course is open to both undergraduate and graduate students. Undergraduate students must
obtain instructor's consent before taking this course. See appropriate listing of course
description for prerequisites.
RELIGIOUS STUDIES 307
Religious Studies
The Religious Studies Department considers the study of religion essential to the liberal arts
because of the Catholic intellectual tradition of the College. The department offers both an
undergraduate major and a minor in Religious Studies, and also a Masters degree in Religious
Studies. The major and the minor are designed to provide an academic foundation for
graduate study in theology or religion, or for a career related to Religious Studies.
Undergraduate courses are divided according to the five areas listed below:
I. Scripture
II. Christian Thought
III . Christian Ethics
IV. Religion and Religions
V. Special Offerings
Courses Required for a B.A. Degree in Religious Studies
• Lower Division:
RST 15 Introduction to Christian Scriptures (3)
RST21 Introduction to Catholicism (3)
RST 4 1 Introduction to Christian Ethics (3 )
• Upper Division:
1. Scripture (3)
RST 155 3 units of upper division Scripture study
2. Christian Thought (6)
RST 131 Jesus
Another upper division course from category II, Christian Thought
3. Christian Ethics (3)
An upper division course from category III, Christian Ethics
4. Upper Division Elective (3)
An upper division course from any of the Religious Studies categories
5. Senior Thesis/Project (3)
RST 199 Senior Thesis/Project
• General Elective (3)
3 units in upper or lower division
• Total units in Religious Studies: 30
Plus General Studies requirements and electives totaling 124 semester units including Modern
Language requirement. Majors must maintain a C or better in each of the courses taken in
fulfillment of these requirements for the Religious Studies major.
308 RELIGIOUS STUDIES
The Minor in Religious Studies
Requirements:
1. An Introductory Level Scripture course (3)
2. Christian Thought (3)
3. Christian Ethics (3)
4. Electives: 9 units (at least 6 of which must be upper division) (9)
Total units in Religious Studies: 18
I. Scripture
Upper Division Prerequisites: Ordinarily all upper division courses in Scripture require one
(1) lower division course in the same area as a prerequisite. A waiver of this prerequisite may
be granted by the instructor.
RST 11 Introduction to Hebrew Scriptures (3)
A consideration of selected themes of the Hebrew Scriptures (Old Testament), viewed from
the perspective of revelation and analyzed with the methods of modern biblical scholarship.
GS-VA1
RST 15 Introduction to the New Testament (3)
An introduction to methods of modern biblical scholarship and an examination of the four
canonical gospels, selected Pauline letters, and Acts of the Apostles. GS-VA1
RST 155ABCD Upper Division Scripture Study (3,3,3,3)
A, Synoptic Gospels: Advanced study of the three synoptics with special attention given to
literary style, historical context, interpretation skills and the Christology contained in each.
B, Pauline Literature: Advanced study of various Pauline themes as well as the historical
context of the first Christian communities that affected the future of the early Church.
C, Johannine Literature: Study of the Gospel of John in relation to other New Testament texts,
with emphasis on the historical context of the Johannine community and its understanding of
revelation.
D, Hebrew Scriptures: Advanced study of selected texts in the Hebrew Scriptures, with
attention to literary style, historical context, interpretation skills and the understanding of
God's revelation to Israel. (See statement on prerequisite.) GS-VA1
II. Christian Thought
Upper Division Prerequisites: Ordinarily all upper division courses in Christian Thought
require one (1) lower division course in the same area as a prerequisite. A waiver of this
prerequisite may be granted by the instructor.
RST 21 Contemporary Catholicism (3)
Study of how early Christianity and contemporary Catholicism perceive representative
beliefs, rites, ethics, and community structures in the Catholic tradition of Christianity.
Includes discussion of some contemporary concerns and issues in light of Vatican Council II.
GS-VA2
RST 23 Spiritual Journeys of Women (3)
An exploration of the spiritual experiences of women primarily from the Judeo-Christian
tradition. These experiences will be probed for elements which might be transferable beyond
their particular historical and personal contexts to current spiritual experiences. GS-VA2
RELIGIOUS STUDIES 309
RST 25/125 Theology of Marriage and Family (3)
Overview of Catholic theology of marriage and family from biblical, historical, cultural and
ethical perspectives. (See statement on prerequisite.) GS-VA2
RST 70 Faith and Human Development (3)
A study of the phenomenon of religious belief and the importance of faith for one's further
development as a person in relation to others and to God. GS-VA2
RST 131 Jesus of Nazareth, Christ of Faith (3)
A brief survey of the historical development of the Christian understandings of Jesus as the
Christ from biblical traditions to the present. Discussion of key aspects of current
interpretations of Jesus. Prerequisite: RST 15 or RST 21, or permission of the instructor.
GS-VA2
RST 135 Women and Christianity (3)
An introduction to a variety of the major themes and issues which are engaging Christian and
Catholic feminist liberation theologians including the roles of women in scripture, Christian
history, and church life. (See statement on prerequisite.) GS-VA2
RST 137 Challenges in Contemporary Theology (3)
Presentation of how major changes in theology during the nineteenth and twentieth centuries
not only challenged traditional Catholic thought and practice, but also influenced
contemporary theology and praxis. (See statement on prerequisite.) GS-VA2
RST 170 Theology and Human Experience (3)
A survey of human psychological development and human faith development which explores
how personal, social and cultural experiences influence a person's faith development. (See
statement on prerequisite.)
RST 190T Advanced Studies in Christian Thought (1-3)
Advanced study of special texts, figures or topics such as Church history, sacraments, liturgy,
Aquinas, Rahner. Selected themes may vary with each offering. May be repeated for credit.
III. Christian Ethics
Upper Division Prerequisites: Ordinarily all upper division courses in Christian Ethics require
one (1) lower division course in the same area (See exception for RST 149, which also
accepts 21 as prerequisite.). A waiver of these prerequisites may be granted on approval of
the instructor.
RST 41 Introduction to Christian Ethics (3)
An introduction to the study of moral decision-making from the perspective of Christian
faith. The sources and nature of moral obligation, personal and social responsibility, freedom
and sinfulness are among the topics to be covered. GS-VA3
RST 45/145 Contemporary Issues in Christian Ethics (3)
A consideration of the positions and views of Christian ethicists on selected contemporary
issues. Topics may vary. Prerequisite for RST 145: A lower division course in this area.
GS-VA3
310 RELIGIOUS STUDIES
RST 49/149 Biomedical Issues in Christian Ethics (3)
A study of issues and questions concerning the phenomenon of human life, the process of
dying, and current developments in medicine and technology. Topics include reproductive
technologies, genetic engineering, euthanasia, healthcare reform and clinical ethics.
Prerequisite for RST 149: RST 41 or RST 21. GS-VA3
RST 146 The Catholic Justice and Peace Tradition (3)
An examination of Catholic Social Teaching, an ethical tradition which has developed in the
past century as the church faced contemporary social problems such as structural poverty,
discrimination, immigration, racism, violence and war. The course will also focus on
particular groups which have been inspired by this body of teachings. (See statement on
prerequisite.) GS-VA3
RST 190E Advanced Studies in Christian Ethics (1-3)
Advanced study of special figures or topics such as war and peace, liberation theology, and
racism. Selected themes may vary with each offering. May be repeated for credit.
IV. Religion and the Religions
Upper Division Prerequisites: Ordinarily all upper division courses in Religion and the
Religions require one (1) course in the same area of study. A waiver of a prerequisite may be
granted on approval of the instructor.
RST 61/161 World Religions (3)
A survey of the largest religious traditions: includes Judaism, Islam, Christianity, Hinduism,
and Buddhism. Other religions may be added (e.g., Confucian/Taoism at the discretion of
professor). This course focuses on the following: the religion's historical development, its
sacred texts, essentials in its way of life, its spiritual life and arts, and distinctive truths about
ultimate realities and the unique purpose of human life and afterlife hopes. Prerequisite for
RST 161: A lower division course in the same area. GS-VA4, VI
RST 78/178 Death and Afterlife (3)
A study of world religions with focus on each religion's distinctive understanding of the
unique dimensions of human death and mortality, spiritual religious preparations for one's
death and life, ideals for religious ways to go through bodily death and a detailed
understanding of life after death and the ultimate hopes it embodies. Prerequisite for RST 178:
A lower division course in the same area. GS-VA4, VI
RST 172 Jesus and the Buddha (3)
An advanced comparison of the life and teachings of Jesus and Gautama, the Buddha.
Comparisons will use the sacred texts of these two religions to represent the life story and
religious teachings of these founders. It will also include dialogues on the important
similarities and differences which Christian and Buddhist traditions have developed, including
how Buddhists understand Jesus and Christians understand the Buddha. Prerequisite: RST 61
or equivalent background in Buddhism and Christianity. GS-VA4, VI
RST 175 Myth, Religion and Culture (3)
A study of representative religious myths on a variety of sacred themes: myths of creation,
myths of salvation, myths of the cycles of history, myths of the origin of human death, myths
of the gods' and goddesses' lives, myths of the afterlife, myths of the ends of the world. The
focus of these studies is to understand the special nature of myth as a religious way of
understanding these sacred realities. Where possible, the presence of these myths in cultural
literature, cinema, and arts will also be illustrated. GS-VA4, VI
RELIGIOUS STUDIES 311
RST 190R Advanced Studies in Religion(s) (1-3)
Advanced study of special topics, figures, or texts. Selected themes may vary with each
offering. May be repeated for credit.
V. Special Offerings
RST 191 Seminar (3)
Advanced study and research in any of the four major areas of study. Selected themes,
figures, issues or texts. May be repeated for credit. Prerequisites: A minimum of one (1) lower
division course from any area of religious studies. Permission of instructor is required.
RST 193 Directed Studies (1-3)
Offered with approval of instructor and chairperson, following the published procedures for
Directed Studies courses.
RST 196 Independent Studies (1-3)
Offered only with approval of instructor and chairperson, following the published procedures
for Independent Studies courses.
RST 199 Senior Thesis/Project - for RST majors only (3)
Written thesis or service ministry project (including written component) completed in senior
year under the direction of a Religious Studies faculty member. The thesis focuses on an area
of interest and results in a well-developed research paper which demonstrates the student's
understanding and critical assessment of a topic in religion. The project engages the student
in a theological reflection process at a predetermined service ministry site, and demonstrates
the student's ability to appropriate and apply religious theories and resources to practical
ministry and to correlate practical learnings from the workplace with theory.
RST 199H Senior Honors Thesis (3)
Open only to students admitted to the Honors Program.
The following courses also are eligible for Religious Studies credit:
PHI 160/RST 160 Philosophy of Religion (3)
See PHI 160 for course description. When taken under RST designation, GS-VA4, and VI.
SOC 195/RST 180 Sociology of Religion (3)
See SOC 195 for course description. When taken under RST designation, GS-VA4.
ENG130/RST 120 Faith and Fiction (3)
See ENG 130 for course description. When taken for RST designation, prerequisite applies:
either a Scripture course or RST 21, Catholicism.
HIS 131/RST 130 History of Religion in North America (3)
See HIS 131 for course description.
312 RELIGIOUS STUDIES
The Graduate Program in Religious Studies
The Graduate Program in Religious Studies integrates Roman Catholic theology and pastoral
ministry. It provides opportunities for the student to place personal faith within a theological
context and understanding abased on the teachings of the Second Vatican Council. The
program challenges students to consider the interrelation between theory and praxis, and to
see personal religious goals and belief systems in new and contemporary ways. Those who
are already in pastoral ministry will find the studies practically based with an orientation
towards local ecclesial communities.
The Graduate Program responds to the goals and objectives of all its students. It serves
equally students interested in academic research, ministers seeking to improve pastoral skills
or to become pastoral associates and directors of parish life, teachers wishing to offer
understandable theology to children and youth, and those who simply wish to enhance their
personal theological and spiritual understanding. A core group of faculty and visiting
professors provides both continuity for the program and theological competency in specific
fields of inquiry.
The Graduate Program in Religious Studies offers the following:
M.A. in Religious Studies,
Certificate in Advanced Religious Studies,
Certificate in Hispanic Pastoral Ministry,
Certificate in Advanced Studies in Youth and Young Adult Ministry,
Continuing education for pastoral and catechetical ministry
The M.A. in Religious Studies
Admission Requirements
In order to be admitted to the M.A. Program in Religious Studies
Bachelors degree from an accredited institution. (Any exception to this policy is
subject to the approval of the Graduate Council.)
Evaluation of academic background.
Interview with the M.A. Program Director.
Satisfactory completion of other Graduate Division requirements.
Unit Requirement
The total number of units for the M.A. in Religious Studies is 36 units.
1 . All students in the M.A. program will complete 28 units which will include
24 units consisting of six units in each of the four basic areas of graduate
study: Sacred Scripture, Christian Ethics, Systematic Theology and
Studies in Ministry;
• 3 units: RST 220 Foundations of Theology (required course);
1 unit in the form of a comprehensive examination (RST 298)
2. Students who choose the Thesis option will take an additional 4 units in RST 290 (Thesis)
and 4 units in the area of study in which they wish to specialize
RELIGIOUS STUDIES 313
3. Students who choose the Research Essay option will take one additional unit in the form
of RST 291 (Research Essay) and seven units in the area of study in which they wish to
specialize
4. A cumulative GPA of 3.0 must be maintained to remain in the program. .
Capstone Project and Comprehensive Examinations:
In order to receive the M. A., the student must successfully complete the Capstone Project and
the Comprehensive Examination.
• The "Capstone Project" is the terminal research exercise consisting of:
o RST 290 (Thesis) worth 4 units or
RST 291 (Research Essay) worth 3 units
o During the first year of the M. A. Program in Religious Studies, the graduate
student must successfully complete RST 220, Foundations of Theology (3
units). This course will introduce the student to various methodologies
encountered in theological studies and research. It will also provide the
student with the resources and methods to complete the Capstone Project
successfully,
o Normally, the student completes RST 290 or 291 within one academic
semester. If, for valid reasons this is impossible, the instructor will give a
grade of "IP" (In Progress),
o The student who receives an "IP" for RST 290 must complete the Thesis
within three subsequent academic semesters,
o The student who receives an "IP" for RST 291 must complete the Research
Essay within one subsequent academic semester,
o If the student does not complete the Capstone Project within the above time
limit the student must re-apply for admission as a new student to the
program,
o The Director of Graduate Religious Studies and the Graduate Dean must
approve any exception to this
• The Comprehensive Examination (RST 298) is worth one unit of credit. Topics
include the four areas of the curriculum: Sacred Scripture, Systematic Theology,
Christian Ethics, and Pastoral Theology and Ministry. The Director of Graduate
Religious Studies will set the date and the questions for the Comprehensive
Examination after consulting the student's Academic Advisor.
Transfer of Credit
The student may transfer six units of graduate religious studies (theology) credit from a
regionally accredited institution of higher learning towards the completion of the M.A. In
order to do so, the student must first successfully complete six units of Mount St. Mary's
College Graduate Religious Studies credit before formally petitioning for unit transfer. The
acceptance of transfer credit is subject to the approval of the Director of Graduate Religious
Studies and the Graduate Dean. Credits cannot predate admission to Mount St. Mary's
College my more than seven years. The Director of Graduate Religious Studies and the
Graduate Dean must approve any exception to this.
314 RELIGIOUS STUDIES
Certificate Programs
Certificate in Advanced Religious Studies
i
• A Certificate in Advanced Religious Studies is awarded to those students who
satisfactorily complete 33 units of selected course work in Graduate Religious
Studies courses selected according to the unit distribution requirements for the M.A.
in Religious Studies. However, neither the Comprehensive Examination nor the
Capstone Project is required. .
• A student in the M.A. Program in Religious Studies who, after successfully
completing 33 units, decides not to write the final paper or complete comprehensives
has the option to apply for the Certificate in Advanced Religious Studies. The
student will formally apply to the Director of Graduate Religious Studies, who, in
consultation with the Academic Advisor will make the final decision.
• A cumulative GPA of 3.0 must be maintained to remain in the program.
Admission Requirements
In order to be admitted to the Certificate Program in Advanced Religious Studies the student
must:
• Have a Bachelors degree or demonstrated ability for graduate study.
• Show evidence of a theological background necessary to begin the program.
• Completion of application materials.
• Interview with the Director of Graduate Religious Studies.
Certificate in Hispanic Pastoral Ministry
The Certificate Program in Hispanic Pastoral Ministry is a 1 7 unit program in which all
courses are offered in Spanish. The program goals and objectives, admission requirements
and program requirements are described below in English and Spanish in the last segment of
the Graduate Religious Studies Program.
Certificate of Advanced Studies in Youth and Young Adult Ministry
The Youth Ministry Certificate Program is a two-year training program for youth and young
adult ministers. The courses and general sessions are offered by contractual arrangement with
the Center for Youth Ministry Development, Connecticut, on location in the Archdiocese of
Los Angeles, the dioceses of Northern California, Orange, Las Vegas, San Bernardino, and
San Diego, under co-sponsorship with the diocesan offices of youth adult ministry. The
Certificate in Advanced Studies in Youth and Young Adult Ministry will be granted upon
satisfactory completion of 12 units of course work as outlined in the Mount St. Mary's
College Catalog.
RELIGIOUS STUDIES 315
Admission Requirements
The applicants for the Youth Adult Ministry Certificate Program are screened and accepted in
accordance with the guidelines of both the Diocesan Youth Ministry Office and Mount St.
Mary's College. The Director of the Diocesan Office of Youth and Young Adult Ministry
serves as liaison with the Director of the Graduate Programs in Religious Studies who is
responsible for oversight of all graduate degree and non-degree programs.
Continuing Education for Pastoral and Catechetical Ministry
The Graduate Religious Studies Program offers workshops both in English and Spanish for
the continuing education of those in pastoral or catechetical ministries.
Most weekend workshops are non-credit. Occasionally, graduate credit or continuing
education units (C.E.U.) can be earned. Courses and workshops which provide continuing
education in the fields established by the California Bishops Conference are granted re-
certification credit by the Los Angeles Archdiocesan Department of Catholic Schools, the
Office of Religious Education, and/or the Office of Worship. Verification of attendance is
provided upon request.
Conferences such as the Religious Education Congress (Anaheim) are granted Continuing
Education Units (CEUs) and filed by Mount St. Mary's College with the American Council on
Education, Washington, D.C.
The Director of Graduate Religious Studies is responsible for oversight of all graduate degree
and non-degree programs.
Unit Designation
Please consult course descriptions in catalog for course unit designation.
Graduate Religious Studies Academic Review Board
The Graduate Religious Studies Academic Review Board is a committee that helps the
Director of Graduate Religious Studies supervise the Graduate Religious Studies Programs. It
reviews all student admission applications and requests. Its members are selected from
current Graduate Religious Studies full and part-time faculty, former faculty and professional
staff. Its decisions are subject to approval by the Graduate Dean and Provost.
316 RELIGIOUS STUDIES
Course Descriptions
HEBREW AND CHRISTIAN SCRIPTURE
RST 200 Overview of the Biblical Tradition (3)
This course will address the fundamental principles underlying the development of Biblical
Tradition from the Abramic Covenant to modern contemporary biblical hermeneutics (a
required course for those who have no undergraduate degree in religious studies or theology.)
RST 201 The Pentateuch and Historical Books (3)
An introduction to the formation of the historical books of the Old Testament and to their
historical, cultural, and theological background.
RST 203 The Prophets (3)
A study of the major prophetic literature in relation to its historical, cultural, and theological
context.
RST 206 Psalms and Wisdom Literature (2-3)
An examination of the psalter and wisdom literature and exegesis of representative psalms
and passages.
RST 207 Hebrew Apocalyptic Texts and the Book of
Revelation (3)
An historical, literary and the theological study of the post-exhilic texts Daniel and
Maccabees 1 and 2, their relationship to other writings of the Hebrew Scriptures and to the
Book of Revelation.
RST 208 Synoptic Gospels (3)
A study of Johannine Literature: the Gospel of John, its theology, themes, sources, and
associated problematic; the letters of John, their theology, questions, themes, and sources.
RST 210 Gospel and Letters of John (3)
The Gospel of John: its theology, themes, sources, and problematics. Johannine literature: the
letters of John, their theology, questions, themes, and sources.
RST 212 Pauline Literature (3)
Theology of Paul with special emphasis on such themes as eschatology, community,
justification, Christ, apostleship.
RST 213 Letters to the Hebrews and the Catholic Letters (3)
Historical, literary and theological approaches to the universal letters that emerged from the
first Christian communities.
RST 219 Advanced Studies in Scripture (1-3)
An in-depth study of a specific topic or issue in Scripture. This course may be repeated for
credit.
SYSTEMATIC THEOLOGY:
RST 220 Foundations of Theology (3)
This course introduces various methodologies used in theological research. It presents the
research skills required to study the Church as a living, Christian community constantly
interpreting its own life within the context of an ongoing relationship with God. (Required
course for all students)
RELIGIOUS STUDIES 317
RST 222 Theology of God (3)
A study of the historical and contemporary understanding of God using both biblical and
traditional sources. Particular attention is given to the Trinity.
RST 223 Christology (3)
A critical-historical theological reflection on the Christian confession that Jesus of Nazareth is
Christ and Savior.
RST 224 Pneumatology (3)
A study of the Spirit of God, Third Person of the Trinity, in Scripture, the Tradition, and
contemporary-post Vatican II Theology with an application to pastoral theology and the
developing self-understanding of the Church.
RST 225 Theology of Grace (3)
Grace (the loving presence and action of God in the world) studied from the point of view of
Sacred Scripture, and its historical development in classical and contemporary theology.
RST 228 Ecclesiology (3)
Development and presentation of a working contemporary ecclesiology through dialog with
the Scripture, the Tradition of the Church, Vatican II and contemporary theologies.
RST 229 General Sacramentology (3)
A history and theology of sacramental life as it has developed from first century Christianity
to its contemporary setting.
RST 229A Sacraments of Initiation I: Baptism and
Confirmation (3)
A study of the history and theology of the rite of Christian Initiation, with special emphasis
on the theology of Baptism and Confirmation.
RST 229B Sacraments of Initiation II: The Eucharist (3)
The history and theology of the Eucharist as it has developed and is lived out in the
"Communio" of the People of God.
RST 229C Sacraments of Healing: Reconciliation and
Anointing of the Sick (3)
The history, development and contemporary practice of the Sacraments of Reconciliation and
Anointing of the Sick as an extension of Jesus' healing ministry.
RST 229D Sacraments of Vocation I: Marriage (3)
A study of the history of the marriage covenant, its development as a Sacrament in the Church
and its implications for the family as a "domestic church".
RST 229E Sacraments of Vocation II: Sacrament of Orders
and Ministry (3)
The history and development of the Sacrament of Orders in the Church and its relationship to
other baptismal ministries.
RST 230 A Survey of Church History (3)
A survey of the various eras in Church History: The beginning of the Church, the Post-
Modern and contemporary era.
318 RELIGIOUS STUDIES
RST 232 Ecumenism (3)
This course presents an historical overview of the Ecumenical Movement and its antecedents.
Special attention is given to Nostra Aetate and the contemporary efforts towards Christian
unity.
RST 234 Contemporary Issues in World Religions (3)
An in-depth study of contemporary topics in the dialog between the major world faith
traditions.
RST 235 The Catholic Church in the Southwestern United States (3}
A survey of the history, traditions and roots of the diverse cultural expressions of faith as
found in the Church in the Southwestern United States, (units may be used to fulfill ministry
requirements)
RST 236 Christian Spirituality (3)
A study of the sources and practices of Christian Spirituality.
RST 237 Foundations of Liturgy (3)
Liturgy celebrates and proclaims the mystery of Christ in the People of God. This course
studies its development in Sacred Scripture, the Tradition, the Documents of Vatican II, the
Post-Conciliar documents and contemporary theology.
RST 238 Special Studies in Liturgy (1-3)
An in-depth study of selected topics and issues in liturgy (e.g. development of the epiclesis,
the breaking of the bread in the early churches, etc.) This course may be repeated for credit.
RST 239 Advanced Studies in Systematics (1-3)
Advanced Studies in Systematics includes in-depth study of topics in Systematic Theology.
(This course may be repeated for credit.)
CHRISTIAN ETHICS
RST 242 Fundamental Christian Ethics (3)
A study of the way in which contemporary moral theology has developed in treating the
fundamental elements of Christian moral judgment, formation of conscience, person as moral
agent, moral norms and natural law. (This is a required course for all students who have no
degree in religious studies or theology.)
RST243 Catholic Social Teaching (3)
A theological investigation of the collection of Catholic Social Teachings, which developed in
the 20th century when Christian morality, rooted in Scripture and tradition, encountered
contemporary social problems.
RST 245 Liberation Theology (3)
An investigation of the theological literature concerned with liberation and a discussion of
problematics involved in social change. (Units maybe applied to requirements for Systematic
Theology)
RST 246 Biomedical Ethics (3)
A study of issues and questions concerning the phenomenon of human life and the process of
dying. Topics include reproductive technologies, genetic engineering and euthanasia.
RST 247 Sexual Ethics (3)
A study of the questions relating to human sexuality and marriage as seen from an ethical-
biblical perspective, with attention given to the insights from psychology, theology and
spirituality.
RELIGIOUS STUDIES 319
RST 248 Ethical issues in Pastoral Ministry (3)
An overview of basic ethical concepts involved in Christian living, (e.g. conscience, freedom,
responsibility, sin) in the context of personal and social moral issues.
RST 249 Advanced Studies in Christian Ethics (3)
An in-depth study of particular topics within the area of moral theology and Christian ethics
(e.g. ethics of globalization, sexual ethics after AIDS, political ethics, etc.) {This course may
be repeated for credit.)
STUDIES IN MINISTRY AND PASTORAL THEOLOGY
RST 260 Principles of Youth Ministry (1-2)
Principles of Youth Ministry proposes foundational understandings and principles for
effective ministry youth, grounded in pastoral theology, culture psychology, developmental
theory, and sociology. {Off-site cooperative course.)
RST 261 Foundations of Catechetics (2-3)
Survey of the historical, theological, philosophical foundations of contemporary Catechetics.
Current Issues and practical applications; future directions.
RST 262A Fostering the Faith Growth of Youth through Evangelization,
Catechesis (1-2)
Evangelization and catechesis explores the foundation of nurturing young and older
adolescent faith development and Catholic identity through an integrated approach to faith
formation, which incorporates teaching, prayer and liturgy, community life, and justice and
service to ministry with adolescents. Off-site cooperative course.
RST 262B Fostering the Faith Growth of Youth through Prayer and
Worship (1-2)
Prayer and worship investigates the foundational role that Christian worship and sacraments
have in fostering the spiritual growth of youth. The goal is to develop a realistic and
integrated approach to worship within a comprehensive ministry to youth and practical
application in the participant's pastoral setting.
RST 262C Fostering the Faith Growth of Youth through Justice and
Service (1-2)
Justice and service explores the foundations for fostering a justice and service consciousness
and spirituality in youth drawn from: Scripture, Catholic Social Teaching, adolescent
development, and contemporary catechetical principles. It develops skills for creating
integrated, action-learning models for the justice and service component of a comprehensive
youth ministry.
RST 262D Fostering Faith Growth of Youth through Pastoral Care (1-3)
Pastoral Care explores the principles and methods of caring for young people from various
cultures and their families. The course develops an understanding of the breadth and depth of
pastoral care, of family systems and adolescent development, and the role that cultural
identity plays in the development of adolescents. The goal is two-fold: (a) it aims to promote
healthy adolescent development from a pastoral care perspective and (b) to develop
preventative interventions for families with adolescents.
RST 263 ABC Advanced Catechetical Ministry (2,2,2)
A three-phase course which prepares Archdiocesan catechetical leaders for ministry to adults.
The course consists of three areas: theological formation, ministry specialization, and
supervised practicum. {Off-site cooperative program organized by Archdiocese.)
320 RELIGIOUS STUDIES
RST 266 Leadership in Pastoral Ministry (3)
The biblical, theological, ethical and social foundations for Christian leadership in the
contemporary Church.
RST 266A Ministry Leadership Skills (1-3)
The application of leadership theory and skills to various ministerial settings and issues.
RST 267 Developing Youth Ministry (1-3)
Developing Youth Ministry explores processes and skills for effective leadership in youth
ministry. Leaders will be prepared to empower the parish community for ministry with youth
through collaboration and leadership development. (Off-site cooperative course.)
RST 269 Advanced Studies in Ministry and Pastoral Theology (1-3)
An in-depth study of topics in ministry and pastoral theology. ( This course may be repeated I
for credit.)
RST 273 Hispanic Theology and Theologians of the United States (3
A study of Hispanic Theology and its development in the work of major Hispanic theologians
in the United States.
RST 279 Advanced Studies in Hispanic Ministry (1-3)
Advanced Studies in Hispanic Ministry include particular topics in Hispanic Ministry in the
United States.
RST 280A Theories of Pastoral Counseling (3)
An introduction to theories of counseling and psychotherapy as they apply to the pastoral
setting.
RST 280B Issues in Pastoral Counseling (3)
An in-depth study of issues which arise in pastoral counseling.
RST 281 Pastoral Theology and Ministry (3)
An introduction to the theological, scriptural, and ethical foundations of pastoral ministry; an
overview of the nature of ministry in diverse settings; the spiritual formation of the pastoral
minister.
RST 282 Spiritual Direction: Theory and Practice (3)
An introduction to spiritual direction, the nature of spiritual direction and the preparation and
role of the spiritual director.
RST 283 Spirituality in a Pastoral Context (2)
An examination of spiritualities encountered in ministry.
RST 285 Parish Management: Theory and Practice ( 3)
The theory and skills needed by pastoral associates, parish life directors, parish coordinators
are studied within the context of pastoral theology and ethics.
RST 287 Civil and Church Law in Pastoral Ministry ( 3 )
The application of church and civil law in pastoral ministry.
RST 289 Advanced Studies in Practical Theology (1-3)
An in-depth study of topics and issues in Practical Theology (e.g. conflict resolution in the
Church, finances in ministry, etc.
RELIGIOUS STUDIES 321
Research:
RST290 Thesis (4): Thesis
RST 290A (1) Thesis Continuation (1)
RST 290B (1) Thesis Continuation (1)
RST_290C (1) Thesis Continuation (1)
RST 291 Research Essay (1): Research Essay (1)
RST291A (1) Research Essay Continuation (1)
RST 295 Internship (1-3)
By special pre-arrangement with the Program Director, available by request in any term.
RST 298 Comprehensives (1)
RST 299 Independent Study (1-3)
A student may apply for independent study with the approval of a faculty advisor and the
program director. Ordinarily, no more than six (6) units of independent study may be taken
towards the M.A. Degree. Any exception to this is granted by the Director of Graduate
Religious Studies with the approval of the Graduate Dean.
322 RELIGIOUS STUDIES
HISPANIC PASTORAL MINISTRY
CERTIFICATE PROGRAM
(PROGRAM DE CERTIFICATION EN
MINISTERIO PASTORAL HISPANO)
CERTIFICATE IN HISPANIC PASTORAL MINISTRY
CERTIFICADO EN MINISTERIO PASTORAL HISPANO
INTRODUCTION / INTRODUCTION
The Certificate Program in Hispanic Pastoral Ministry is offered to those who already have an
undergraduate-level formation in Catholic theology, are personally and pastorally committed
to Hispanic pastoral ministry and wish to pursue graduate-level, advanced studies in theology
either for academic or pastoral purposes. The program provides the theological background
and academic tools needed for academic and pastoral leadership in the multicultural U.S.
Church.
Participants are introduced to skills that will help them to analyze, develop and lead pastoral
programs in U.S. Catholic Hispanic communities. They will also become familiar with the
growing volume of work produced by Theologians of Hispanic Ministry and will learn to
apply their concepts to their own ministries.
All courses are offered in Spanish.
El Programa del Certificado en Minis terio Pastoral Hispano se ofrece a los que yaposeen la
formation bdsica (nivel de licenciatura) en teologia Catolica, esten personal y pastor almente
comprometidos en el ministerio pastoral hispano y deseen seguir estudios avanzados en
teologia por alguna razon academica o pastoral. El programa provee la formation teologica
y las herramientas academicas necesarias para llevar a cabo el liderazgo academico o
pastoral en la Iglesia multicultural de los Estados Unidos.
Los participantes aprenderdn tecnicas que les ayudardn a analizar, desarrollar y guiar
programas pastorales en las comunidades Catolicas hispanas estadounidenses. Tambien, se
familiarizardn con el trabajo de los ted logos de la Teologia del Ministerio Hispano y
aprenderdn a aplicar sus conceptos a sus propios ministerios.
Todos los cursos se ofrecen en espahol
RELIGIOUS STUDIES 323
ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS /REQUISITOS PARA LA ADMISION
• Bachelors degree from either a regionally accredited institution of higher learning or
its equivalency, or demonstrated ability for graduate study.
• Evidence of theological background necessary to succeed in the program.
• Completion of application materials.
• Interview with the Coordinator of the Hispanic Pastoral Ministry Certificate Program
Requisitos para admision al programa:
• Licenciatura de una universidad acreditada regionalmente o su equivalencia, o la
capacidad demos trada de llevar a cabo estudios del nivel de maestria.
• Prueba de formation teologica suficiente para llevar a cabo el programa.
• Completar el proceso de admision.
• Entrevista con el Coordinador del Programa del Certificado de Ministerio Pastoral
Hispano.
PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS / REQUISITOS PARA COMPLETAR EL
PROGRAMA
The student must
• Successfully complete eighteen (17) units of course work distributed among the four
areas of studies in the Graduate Religious Studies Department as follows:
o Sacred Scripture: 4 units
o Christian Ethics: 4 units
o Systematic Theology: 4 units
o Pastoral Ministry: 4 units
o Integration Seminar; 1 units
• Maintain a 3.0 cumulative grade point average in order to remain in the program.
(N.B. Participants, who take individual courses for enrichment, will receive a certificate or
participation in the course upon completion of the required work.)
El alumno debe
• Completar con exito dieciocho (1 7) unidades de cursos en las cuatro areas de
estudios del Graduate Religious Studies Department:
o Sagrada Escritura: 4 unidades
o Etica Cristiana: 4 unidades
o Teologia Sistemdtica: 4 unidades
o Ministerio Pastoral: 4 unidades
o Seminario de integration: 1 unidades
• Mantener un por medio cumulativo de 3.0 (3.0 cumulative gpa) en los cursos para
poder continuar en el programa.
(N.B. Al terminar la tarea, los participantes que toman un curso solo para enriquecimiento
recibiran un certificado de participacion en el curso.)
324 RELIGIOUS STUDIES
ADMISSION TO THE M.A. IN RELIGIOUS STUDIES PROGRAM I ADMISION AL
PROGRAM DE LA M.A. IN RELIGIOUS STUDIES
Participants who obtain the Certificate in Hispanic Pastoral Ministry, if they desire, may apply
to enter the M.A. in Religious Studies Program. After satisfactorily fulfilling the admission
requirements for entrance into the Graduate Division, students complete the M.A. in Religious
Studies in the traditional program.
Los participantes que obtengan el Certificado en Ministerio Pastoral Hispano pueden, si lo
desean, aplicar para entrar en el Programa de la Maestria en Estudios Religiosos (M.A. in
Religious Studies). Despues de haber completado de manera satisfactoria los requisitos para
la admision a la Graduate Division, sepuede completar la M.A. in Religious Studies en el
programa tradicional.
COURSES / CURSOS
SACRED SCRIPTURE / SAGRADA ESCRITURA
RST 200S Las Escrituras Hebraicas de la Biblia (1-3)
El estudio del desarrollo de las Escrituras Hebraicas y una lectura contemporanea de temas y
cuestiones que han resultado de la exegesis clasica y actual y su efecto sobre la teologia
contemporanea y el ministerio hispano.
(Hebrew Scriptures of the Bible: The development of the Hebrew Scriptures and a
contemporary reading of themes and issues resulting from classical and current exegesis. The
effect on contemporary theology and Hispanic Ministry.)
RST 203S Los Profetas (1-3)
Estudio avanzado de la literatura profetica en su contexto historico, cultural y teologico con
una aplicacion al ministerio hispano contemporaneo.
(The Prophets: Advanced study of the major prophetic literature in relation to its historical,
cultural, and theological context and application to contemporary Hispanic Ministry.)
RST 207S Textos Apocalipticos Hebraicos y el Libro de la Revelacion
de Juan (1-3)
Un estudio historico, literario y teleologico de los textos post-exilicos de Daniel y de lro y
2do Macabeos y su relacion a otras escrituras hebraicas de la Biblia y al Libro de la
Revelacion de Juan.
(Hebrew Apocalyptic Texts and the Book of Revelation: An historical, literary and theological
study of the post-exilic texts, Daniel and Maccabees 1 and 2, and their relationship to other
writings of the Hebrew Scriptures of the Bible and to the Book of Revelation.
RST 208S Las Escrituras Cristianas de la Biblia (1-3)
El estudio del desarrollo de las Escrituras Cristianas y una lectura contemporanea de temas y
cuestiones que han resultado de la exegesis clasica y actual y su efecto sobre la teologia
contemporanea y el ministerio hispano.
(Christian Scriptures of the Bible: The development of the Christian Scriptures and a
contemporary reading of themes and issues resulting from classical and current exegesis.
The effect on contemporary theology and Hispanic Ministry.)
RELIGIOUS STUDIES 325
RST 209S Los Evangelios Sinopticos (1~3)
El objetivo, la hermeneutica, la teologia y el contexto historico de los evangelios sinopticos
con temas relacionados.
(Synoptic Gospels: The theology and background of the synoptic gospels; their related special
issues, purpose, and hermeneutics.)
RST 210S El Evangelio de Juan (1-3)
El Evangelio de Juan, fuentes, teologia, temas y problematica relacionada. (Gospel of John:
sources, theology, themes and associated problematic.)
RST 212S La Literatura Paulina (1-3)
La teologia de Pablo enfatizando los temas de escatologia, comunidad, justificacion,
cristologia y apostolado.
(Pauline Literature: Theology of Paul with special emphasis on such themes as eschatology,
community, justification, Christology, apostleship.)
RST 219S Estudios Avanzados en Sagrada Escritura (1-3)
Estudio profundo de temas y cuestiones particulares de la Sagrada Escritura. Este curso se
puede repetir para credito.
(Advanced Studies in Scripture: An in-depth study of a specific topic or issue in Scripture.
This course may be repeated for credit.)
SYSTEMATIC THEOLOGY / TEOLOGIA SISTEMATICA
RST 220S Fundamentos de Teologia Sistematica (1-3)
Las metodologias que se utilizan en la investigacion teologica. Tambien las herramientas y la
tecnica academicas que se requieren en el estudio de la Iglesia como comunidad Cristiana que
siempre re-interpreta su propia vida e identidad dentro del contexto de su relation con Dios.
(Foundations of Systematic Theology: This course introduces various methodologies used in
theological research. It presents the research skills required to study the Church as a living,
Christian community constantly interpreting its own life within the context of an ongoing
relationship with God.)
RST 222S Teologia de Dios: (1-3)
Un estudio historico-critico sobre Dios en las fuentes biblicas, en la tradition de la Iglesia y
en la teologia contemporanea con atencion particular a la Trinidad.
(Theology of God: An historical and critical study of the understanding of God in biblical
sources, in the Tradition and in contemporary theology. Particular attention is given to the
Trinity.)
RST 223S Cristologia (1-3)
Una reflexion teologica, historico-critica y contemporanea sobre la confesion cristiana que
Jesus de Nazareth es Cristo y Salvador. Las consecuencias para una Iglesia multicultural.
(Christology: A critical-historical theological reflection on the Christian confession that
Jesus of Nazareth is Christ and Savior. Its consequences for a multicultural Church.)
RST 224S Pneumatologia (1-3)
Estudio sobre el Espiritu de Dios (Tercer Persona de la Trinidad) en la Tradicion y en la
teologia contemporanea post Vaticano II con una aplicacion a la teologia pastoral hispana y
al auto-entendimiento de la Iglesia local y universal.
(Pneumatology: A study of the Spirit of God, Third Person of the Trinity, in Scripture, the
Tradition, and contemporary-post Vatican II Theology with an application to Hispanic
pastoral theology and the developing self-understanding of the local and universal Church.)
326 RELIGIOUS STUDIES
RST 225S Teologia de la Gracia (1-3)
"La Gracia", como presencia y accion amorosa de Dios en el mundo, se estudia desde el
punto de vista de la Sagrada Escritura y el desarrollo historico de la teologia clasica y
contemporanea.
(Theology of Grace: Grace, the loving presence and action of God in the world, studied from
the point of view of Sacred Scripture, and the historical development of classical and
contemporary theology.)
RST 228 Eclesiologia (1-3)
Desarrollo y presentation de una eclesiologia contemporanea por medio del dialogo con la
Sagrada Escritura, la Tradicion de la Iglesia, el Concilio del Vaticano II y varias teologias
contemporaneas. Temas tocando al ministerio en la Iglesia Hispana de los Estados Unidos.
(Ecclesiology: Development and presentation of a contemporary ecclesiology through dialog
with the Scripture, the Tradition of the Church, Vatican II and contemporary theologies.
Themes affecting ministry in the Hispanic Church in the United States.)
RST 229AS Teologia de los Sacramentos: (1-3)
El estudio de Jesus, Sacramento del Encuentro de Dios, en el contexto actual de la vida
sacramental de la Iglesia contemporanea. Temas, cuestiones y problemas concernientes a los
Siete Sacramentos.
(Theology of the Sacraments: The study of Jesus, Sacrament of the Encounter with God,
within the context of contemporary sacramental life in the Church. Themes, issues and
problems relative to the Seven Sacraments.)
RST 232S Fundamentalismo (1-3)
Este curso estudio el desarrollo historico del fundamentalismo como fenomeno historico y su
impacto en la comunidad hispana de los Estados Unidos. Nuevas formas de apologetica y
evangelization Catolicas.
(Fundamentalism: This course presents the historical development of fundamentalism as an
historical phenomenon its impact on the Hispanic community in the United States as well as
new forms of Catholic apologetics and evangelization.)
RST 234 Teologia Hispana y sus Teologos en Los Estados Unidos (1-3)
Estudio de la Teologia Hispana y su desarrollo en la obra de sus mayores exponentes en los
Estados Unidos.
(Hispanic Theology and its Theologians in the United States: A study of Hispanic Theology
and its major theologians in the United States.)
RST 235S Historia de la Comunidad Hispana en Los Estados Unidos(l-3)
Estudio de la historia social, cultural e religiosa de la comunidad hispana catolicas en los
Estados Unidos. Sepuede usarpara completar creditos en Teologia y Ministerio Pastoral.
{The History of the Hispanic Community in the United States: A study of the social, cultural
and religious history of the Catholic Hispanic communities in the United States. Units may be
used to fulfill pastoral theology and ministry requirements)
RST 237S Fundamentos de la Liturgia (1-3)
La liturgia del Pueblo de Dios celebra y proclama el ministerio del Cristo Resucitado. Se
estudia su desarrollo en la Sagrada Escritura, la Tradicion, los documentos de Concilio del
Vaticano II, los documentos post-conciliares y la teologia contemporanea.
(Foundations of Liturgy: Through the Liturgy the People of God celebrate and proclaim the
mystery of Christ. This course will study its development in Scripture, the Tradition, the
Documents of Vatican II, the Post-Conciliar documents and contemporary theology.)
RELIGIOUS STUDIES 327
RST 239S Estudios Avanzados de Teologia Sistematica (1-3)
Estudio profundo de temas o cuestiones de Teologia Sistematica. Se puede repetir para
credito.
(Advanced Studies in Systematic Theology: In-depth study of topics in Systematic Theology.
This course may be repeated for credit)
CHRISTIAN ETHICS / ETICA CRISTIANA
RST 242S Fundamentos de Etica Cristiana (1-3)
El estudio de la teologia moral catolica contemporanea en su tratamiento de los elementos del
juicio moral cristiano, de la formation de la conciencia moral, de la persona como agente
moral, de las normas morales y de la ley natural.
(Fundamental Christian Ethics: A study of the way in which contemporary Catholic moral
theology deals with the fundamental elements of Christian moral judgment, formation of
conscience, person as moral agent, moral norms and natural law.)
RST 243S La Ensenanza Social de la Iglesia (1-3)
Una investigacion teologica del contenido de la ensenanza que la Iglesia Catolica produjo
durante el Siglo XX cuando la moral cristiana, enraizada en la Sagrada Escritura y la
Tradition, se enfrento con la realidad y los problemas de la vida social contemporanea.
{Catholic Social Teaching: A theological investigation of the collection of Catholic Social
Teachings developed in the 20th century when Christian morality, rooted in Scripture and
tradition, encountered contemporary social problems.)
RST 245S La Teologia de la Liberacion (1-3)
Una investigacion de la teologia de la liberacion y de los problemas relativos al cambio social.
Las unidades sepueden aplicar a los requisitos en Teologia Sistematica.
(Liberation Theology: An investigation of the theological literature concerned with liberation
and a discussion of problematic involved in social change. Units maybe applied to
requirements for Systematic Theology)
RST 246S Etica Biomedica (1-3)
Estudio de temas y cuestionas concernientes a la vida humana y al proceso de la muerte. Se
considera el valor moral de tecnologias reproductivas, ingenieria genetica y eutanasia.
(Biomedical Ethics: A study of issues and questions concerning the phenomenon of human life
and the process of dying. Topics include reproductive technologies, genetic engineering and
euthanasia.)
RST 247S Etica Sexual (1-3)
Estudio de la moral sexual y matrimonial desde la perspectiva etica-biblica con atencion
especial en aportes de la sociologia, de la psicologia, la teologia y de la espiritualidad.
(Sexual Ethics: A study of the questions relating to human sexuality and marriage as seen
from an ethical-biblical perspective, with attention given to the insights from psychology,
theology and spirituality.)
RST 249S Estudios Avanzados en Etica Cristiana (1-3)
Estudio profundo de temas o cuestiones de teologia moral y de etica cristiana. Se puede
repetir para credito.
(Advanced Studies in Christian Ethics: An in-depth study of particular topics within the area
of moral theology and Christian ethics. This course may be repeated for credit.)
328 RELIGIOUS STUDIES
TEOLOGIA Y MINISTERIO PASTORAL / PASTORAL THEOLOGY AND
MINISTRY
RST265S Teologia Pastoral y Ministerio Pastoral (1-3)
Introduccion a los fundamentos teologicos, biblicos y eticos de la teologia pastoral y del
ministerio pastoral. Se dara una atencion particular al ministro laico eclesial y a su liderazgo
en la Iglesia. Tambien, se tratara de los limites a su ministerio y de sus responsabilidades
legales y morales.
(Pastoral Theology and Ministry: An introduction to the theological, scriptural, and ethical
foundations of pastoral theology and ministry. Special attention is given to lay ecclesial
minister leadership in the Church. Also, boundary issues and the minister's legal and moral
responsibility.)
RST 268S Teoria y Practica de la Administration de la Parroquia (1-3)
La teoria, las herramientas y la tecnica que se necesitan para administrar una parroquia segun
los principios teologicos y eticos Catolicos.
(Parish Management Theory and Practice: The theory, skills and techniques needed to
manage a parish according to Catholic theological and ethical principles.)
RST 271S Espiritualidad Catolica y Religiosidad Popular (1-3)
Examen de la relation entre espiritualidad Catolica y religiosidad popular en el ministerio
pastoral hispano. Las fuentes y las practicas de espiritualidad en la Iglesia se meten en dialogo
con los ritos y las tradiciones de la religiosidad popular. Las tradiciones se estudian desde el
punto de vista cultural, antropologico, psicologico, sociologico y politico.
(An examination of the relationship between Catholic spirituality and popular religiosity in
Hispanic pastoral ministry. The practices and sources of spirituality in the Church are put
into dialog with the rites and traditions of popular religiosity. These traditions are studied
from the cultural, anthropological, psychological, sociological and political points of view.)
RST 278S Seminario de Integration (1-3)
Durante el seminario de integration se usa los principios de la Teologia Practica para hacer
una reflexion teologica sobre la vida de fe de comunidades especificas. Por su participation,
su presentation oral y por el trabajo de investigation terminal, los alumnos demuestran la
capacidad de presentar soluciones creativas y concretas a problemas pastorales actuales que
presentan durante el seminario. Asi, demuestran tambien su dominio de las cuatro areas de
estudio del Programa del Certificado en Ministerio Pastoral Hispano.
(Integration Seminal: During the integration seminal, students use the principles of
Practical Theology to reflect theologically on faith-life of specific faith communities.
Through class participation, oral presentations and a research paper, students demonstrate
their ability to present creative and concrete solutions to current pastoral problems which
they present during the seminar. Thus, they also show their command of the four areas of
study in the Hispanic Pastoral Ministry Certificate Program: Sacred Scripture, Christian
Ethics, Systematic Theology, Pastoral Theology and Ministry.)
RST279 Estudios Avanzados de Teologia Practica, Teologia
Pastoral y Ministerio Pastoral (1-3)
Estudio profundo de temas y cuestiones particulares de teologia practica, teologia pastoral y
ministerio pastoral hispano. Este curso sepuede repetir para credito.
(Advanced Studies in Practical Theology, Pastoral Theology, and Hispanic Pastoral
Ministry: In-depth study of particular topics and issues in Practical Theology, Pastoral
Theology and Hispanic Pastoral Ministiy in the United States. This course may be repeated
for credit.)
SOCIAL SCIENCE 329
Social Science
Department Affiliation: History and Political Science
The Social Science major is an expanded area major with a choice of three emphases: history,
political science, and public administration.
The variations within the major make it possible for students to direct their studies into
particular areas of interest. A core of studies is directed toward fiscal problems, employment,
technology, societal roles, ecology, and the general strategy of government.
Courses Required for a B.A. degree in Social Science
History Emphasis
Lower Division:
HIS 1AB Western Civilization (3,3)
HIS 3 World History (3)
Upper Division:
Nine upper division courses including:
HIS 101 Research Methodology (3)
Two-course sequence in American history (6)
One course in European history (3)
One course in non-Western history (3)
Three upper division courses in
economics, political science and/or sociology (9)
Recommendations:
ECO 1 Microeconomics (3)
ECO 2 Macroeconomics (3)
HIS 25 Cultural Geography (3)
Total units in major courses: 36
Plus General Studies requirements and electives totaling 124 semester units, including a
Modern Language requirement.
Political Science Emphasis
Lower Division:
POL 2 Comparative Government (3)
POL 1 American Government (3)
Upper Division
Seven upper division courses in Political Science (2 1 )
Three upper division courses in history, economics, or sociology (3)
Total units in major courses: 36
Plus General Studies requirements and electives totaling 124 semester units, including a
Modern Language requirement.
330 SOCIAL SCIENCE
Public Administration Emphasis
Lower Division:
POL 1
American Government
(3)
Recommendations:
BUS 16A
Accounting Principles I
(3)
ECO 1
Microeconomics
(31
ECO 2
Macroeconomics
(3)
Upper Division:
POL 180
State and Local Government
(3)
POL 185
Public Personnel Administration
(3)
POL 186
Intro to Public Administration
(3)
POL 187
Organizational Theory
(3)
POL 191 Internships in Government Service (3)
Fifteen Units from the Following Courses:
MTH 9 Intro to Computer Processes (3)
MTH 38 Elements of Probability and Stats (3)
POL 108 American Constitutional Law (3)
POL 109 Individual Rights (3)
POL 1 10 Political Behavior (3)
POL 120 Legislative Process (3)
POL 134 International Organization (3-6)
POL 138 International Law (3)
POL 170 American Party Politics (3)
POL 175 Selected Topics in the American Political Structure (3)
SOC 161 Dynamics of Majority/Minority Relations (3)
SOC175 Urban Sociology (3)
Total units in Public Administration emphasis: 36
Plus General Studies requirements and electives totaling 124 semester units, including a
Modern Language requirement.
All courses listed above are described in the respective departmental listings.
SOCIAL WORK
331
Social Work
Departmental Affiliation: Sociology and Gerontology
The goals of the social work profession is multi-faceted and includes counseling, crisis
intervention, diagnosis, evaluation or assessment of client's status and needs, and resource
referral. Social workers work in a wide variety of settings that provide direct care or as
referral agents for clients to locate an array of services in the community, such as substance
abuse rehabilitation, healthcare, housing, childcare, eldercare, adoption services, foster care,
grief counseling, or job training. In addition, social workers work in organizations that
provide emergency or disaster relief services to individuals, families and the community.
They can be found in city, county, state, or federal agencies, as well as in non-profit
organizations serving the community, such as schools, hospitals, mental health centers,
corrections facilities, or other health and human services settings. Employment in for-profit
private practice agencies is expanding.
Social work as a social services profession is highly rewarding and client-centered, with a
strong advocacy focus. Social workers aim to assure that services and resources needed by
their clients are provided to them.
The demand for social workers is high and is projected to continue to grow in the future,
particularly in the areas of healthcare and gerontology. Our program provides excellent
preparation for graduate studies in social work.
Requirements for Bachelor of Science in Social Work
Required preparatory lower division courses:
SOC5
Sociological Perspectives
(3)
SOC 13
Anatomy for Social Services or BIO 40A Anatomy
(3)
PSY 1
Introductory Psychology
(3)
MTH38
Elements of Probability and Statistics
(3)
Required upper division courses:
SOC 103
Group Therapy: Theory and Practice
(3)
SOC 104
The Family
(3)
SOC 105
Couples
(3)
SOC 106
Introduction to Psychotherapy
(3)
SOC 110
Juvenile Delinquency
(3)
or SOC 10
Youth & Crime
(3)
SOC 112
Medical Sociology
(3)
SOC 117
Quantitative Research Methods
(3)
SOC 118
Qualitative Research Methods: Ethnography
(3)
SOC 120
Case Management in Health & Human Services
(3)
SOC 121
Human Services Ethics
(3)
SOC 128
Introduction to Social Work
(3)
SOC 134
Mediation
(3)
or SOC 130
Human Communication
(3)
332 SOCIAL WORK
SOC 160
Diversity in Society
(3)
orSOC 161
Majority-Minority Relations
(3)
SOC 180
Social Stratification
(3)
GER188
Caregiving and Adaptation for Elders
(3)
GER 189
Gerontology
(3)
GER 192
Thanatology
(3)
SOC 197
Internship and Practicum
(3)
Plus General Studies requirements and electives totaling 124 semester units.
Total upper division required units for B.S. in Social Work: 54
SOCIOLOGY 333
Sociology
Sociology is the study of human behavior within a multitude of contexts, from the family, the
community and workplace, to the regional, national, and global arenas.
The major prepares students for professional careers in such areas as criminology, law
enforcement, social services, urban planning and development, counseling, race/ethnic
relations, human resources, child, marriage, and family relations, community relations, global
affairs, and employment in a wide range of government agencies, non-profit and for-profit
organizations. Sociology also provides an excellent foundation for graduate studies in social
work, counseling, public policy, urban development, public health, population studies, global
studies and the law. See Mount St. Mary's College Sociology Department Web Page for
additional examples of professional options in the field.
The department offers an Associate of Arts Degree in Human Services (see this catalog under
Human Services for information on this program), a general program of sociology, and the
option of seven specializations within Sociology: Criminology, Global Studies and Human
Rights, Medical Sociology, Race/Class/Gender, Communications, Social Services and Family
Relations. The Gerontology Major is also affiliated with the department.
B.A. Degree in Sociology
Core Courses Required:
SOC 5 Sociological Perspectives (3)
SOC 117 Quantitative Research Methods (3)
SOC 1 1 8 Qualitative Research Methods (3)
SOC 166 Sociological Theory (3)
SOC 197 Internship and Practicum (3)
Plus seven additional courses in Sociology. A maximum of 12 lower division units in
Sociology may be counted toward completion of the major. These units cannot, however,
include lower division internship units (SOC 25).
To fulfill a B.A. degree in Sociology, students must complete the Sociology requirements, the
General Studies requirements, and the Modern Language requirement for a total of 124 units.
Total units in Sociology: 36
The following specializations within the Sociology major are available, but not required.
However, a specialization can enhance preparation for certain career directions, as discussed
within each specialization. The courses required within each specialization will count toward
the required 36 units for the major in Sociology.
Specialization Option One: Criminology
Excellent preparation for careers in law enforcement, probation, crime prevention, forensic
research, law studies, rehabilitation, programs for at-risk populations, or advanced studies in
sociology and criminology.
Required Courses:
SOC 109 Forensic Studies: Criminalistics (3)
SOC 110 Juvenile Delinquency (3)
SOC 1 1 1 Criminology (3)
SOC 114 Corrections (3)
334 SOCIOLOGY
SOC 1 1 5 Sociology of Violence (3)
SOC 1 16 Criminal Justice (3)
Plus select two additional courses from the following:
SOC 160 Diversity in Society (3)
SOC 161 Majority-Minority Relations (3)
SOC 175 Urban Sociology (3)
SOC 180 Social Stratification (3)
POL 107 Criminal Law (3)
POL 109 Individual Rights (3)
POL 180 State and Local Government (3)
PSY 139 Child Abuse and Family Violence (3)
PSY 168 Abnormal Psychology (3)
Specialization Option Two: Global Studies and Human Rights
This specialization addresses the fundamental challenges of population growth and migration,
cultural diffusion, environmental change, and quality of life of human populations around the
world, with a core guiding foundation of human rights advocacy. A range of topics will be
explored, including the impact of poverty, child labor, children at war, regional cultural
conflict, women's issues, environmental change, economic development, and access to health
care, housing, and other basic resources necessary for sustainability or growth. The
intersection of religion, politics, economics, and culture will be emphasized.
Required courses:
SOC 131
The Documentary & Social Justice
(3)
SOC 162
Human Rights
(3)
SOC 163
Women's & Children's Rights
(3)
SOC 164
Advocacy and Social Justice
(3)
SOC 175
Urban Sociology
(3)
SOC 185
Global Development
(3)
SOC 195
Sociology of Religion
(3)
Plus two additional courses from the following:
SOC 125
Cultural Anthropology
(3)
SOC 134
Mediation and Negotiation
(3)
SOC 186
Political Sociology
(3)
SOC 187
Environmental Studies
(3)
SOC 190
Social Change
(3)
SOC 191
Social Movements
(3)
POL 131
International Relations
(3)
POL 134
International Organization
(3)
POL 138
International Law
(3)
HIS 178
Diplomatic History of the United States
(3)
Also highly recommended: A semester of study abroad in the junior year. This requires
coordination with the Department Chair and the Advisement Office.
Specialization Option Three: Medical Sociology
This specialization is recommended for those interested in careers in the human services
specifically related to social work and case management in healthcare resources. Possible
SOCIOLOGY 335
work settings include hospitals, health management organizations, rehabilitation centers,
hospice, and private or government agencies that are involved in the dissemination of health
and human services.
Required courses:
SOC 13
Anatomy for Human Services
(3)
SOC 112
Medical Sociology
(3)
SOC 120
Case Management
(3)
SOC 121
Human Services Ethics
(3)
SOC 189
Gerontology
(3)
SOC 192
Thanatology
(3)
Plus select two additional courses from the following:
GER188
Caregiving and Adaptations for Elders
(3)
SOC 49
Multicultural Issues for Healthcare Professional
(3)
SOC 124
Sociobiology
(3)
SOC 128
Introduction to Social Work
(3)
SOC 138
Nonprofit Management
(3)
BIO 10
Health Science
(3)
BIO 40A/50A
Human Anatomy
(3)
BIO 112
Human Nutrition
(3)
SPA 27
Spanish for Health Professionals
(2)
Specialization Option Four: Race, Class, and Gender
This specialization provides a broad and inclusive examination of the complex dynamics, life
trajectory implications, and interactional effects that exist at the intersection of race, class, and
gender in social life. This is an appropriate specialization for those pursuing careers in such
areas as race/ethnic relations, immigration, labor relations, human resources, or public policy.
It also provides good preparation for graduate studies in sociology in the areas of race
relations, gender studies, and social stratification.
Required courses:
SOC 125
Cultural Anthropology
(3)
SOC 160
Diversity in Society
(3)
SOC 161
Majority-Minority Relations
(3)
SOC 180
Social Stratification
(3)
Plus two additional courses from the following:
CUL 107
Theory and Practice of Culture
(3)
SOC 115
Sociology of Violence
(3)
SOC 155
Personality and Culture
(3)
SOC 162
Human Rights
(3)
SOC 163
Women's & Children's Rights
(3)
SPA 144
Culture and Civilization In Latin America
(3)
LWS 100
Introduction to Leadership And Women's Studies
(3)
LWS 1 1 1
Women and Work
(3)
LWS 192
Women of Color
(3)
PSY 144
Psychology of Prejudice
(3)
PSY 110
Gender Issues in Psychology
(3)
POL 109
Individual Rights
(3)
336 SOCIOLOGY
The Women's Leadership Program is also highly recommended as an addition to one's
professional development program. Involvement in it can enhance career potential.
Specialization Option Five: Communications
Students are introduced to basic theories and practice of communication through mass media
using a range of tools-written, verbal, sociological, and technological. Sociological theory
and social science research methods, along with hands-on skills of communication
production, are provided in this specialization. Students can obtain internship and career
opportunities in the film, television, and broadcasting arenas.
Required courses:
SOC 131
The Documentary
(3)
SOC 132
Film and Television
(3)
SOC 33/133
Culture, Music and Broadcasting
(3)
SOC 135
Mass Media
(3)
Plus two additional courses from the following:
ART 15
Computer Graphics I
(3)
ART 115
Computer Graphics II
(3)
ART 130
Graphic Communication
(3)
ENG 108
The News Media
(3)
JRN 101
Basic News Writing
(3)
PHI 169
Philosophy of Technology
(3)
PHI 175
Philosophy of Film
(3)
SOC 136
Disney Inc. and Mass Popular Cultures
(3)
Highly recommended: A Business minor or major.
Specialization Option Six: Social Services
Preparation for careers in social work, non-profit and government social service agencies,
providing a foundation of understanding of development over the life course and basic skills
necessary for working with people in service settings. Good preparation for advanced study
in social work. This specialization and family relations specialization cannot both be selected.
The student must choose one or the other.
Required courses:
SOC 110 Juvenile Delinquency (3)
SOC 1 12 Medical Sociology (3)
SOC 120 Case Management (3)
SOC 121 Human Services Ethics (3)
SOC 160 Diversity in Society (3)
or SOC 161 Majority-Minority Relations (3)
SOC 180 Social Stratification (3)
SOC 189 Gerontology (3)
SOCIOLOGY
337
Plus two additional courses from the following:
SOC7
Intro to Human Services
(3)
SOC 13
Anatomy for Social Services
(3)
SOC 103
Group Therapy: Theory and Practice
(3)
SOC 105
Couples
(3)
SOC 106
Introduction to Psychotherapy
(3)
SOC 138
Non-Profit Management
(3)
GER188
Caregiving and Adaptations
(3)
PSY 139
Child Abuse and Family Violence
(3)
Specialization Option Seven: Family Relations
For students interested in working with couples and families in a variety of clinical settings,
this specialization provides basic preparation. It may also provide a foundation for continued
studies in the area of marriage and the family at the graduate level. This specialization and
social services specialization cannot both be selected. The student must choose one or the
other.
Required courses:
SOC 104
The Family
(3)
SOC 105
Couples
(3)
SOC 106
Introduction to Psychotherapy
(3)
SOC 110
Juvenile Delinquency
(3)
SOC 130
Human Communication
(3)
SOC 134
Mediation and Negotiation
(3)
PSY 12
Child Development
(3)
Plus two additional courses from the following:
SOC 6
Child, Family and Community
(3)
SOC 124
Sociobiology
(3)
SOC 125 .
Cultural Anthropology
(3)
SOC 145
Social Psychology
(3)
SOC 155
Personality and Culture
(3)
SOC 163
Women's and Children's Rights
(3)
PSY 35
Language and Concept Dev. of the Young Child
(3)
PSY 139
Child Abuse and Family Violence
(3)
PSY 151
Divorce and Remarriage
(3)
PSY 175
Human Sexuality
(3)
Recommended for graduate school preparation: Math 38, Probability and Statistics.
The Minor in Sociology
A minimum of six courses, two of which must include:
SOC 5 Sociological Perspectives (3)
SOC 166 Sociological Theory (3)
Plus four elective courses in sociology.
Total units for the Minor in Sociology: 18
338 SOCIOLOGY
SOC 5 Sociological Perspectives (3)
An introduction to the scientific study of human social behavior, including the foundational
theories and the basic elements of social research. Viewing human life as inherently social,
the social and environmental forces which influence and are influenced by personal
experience, culture, and social arrangements, are examined. GS-IIIF, VI
SOC 6 The Family, Child, and Community (3)
The study of the family as a primary group and as an institution. Varieties of family patterns,
pre-marital and marital behavior, child-parent relationships, and family disorganization and
reorganization are considered. GS-IIIF, VI
(Formerly Family Relationships and Child Development)
SOC 7 Introduction to Human Services (3)
An introduction to the broad field of the helping professions in human services agencies.
Includes theoretical applications and analysis of the range of issues addressed in these settings
for individuals, families, groups, organizations, and communities such as healthcare access,
family trauma, caregiver stress, housing, mental health, intervention and prevention services.
SOC 10 Deviance and Youth (3)
An examination of the combined structural, social and psychological elements which are
manifested as deviance or delinquency in the juvenile population. Topics such as youth
violence, substance abuse, adolescent sexuality and parenting, gang cultures, and crime will
be studied, not only in the context of social conditions, but also within the juvenile justice
system and social resource organizations, with a focus on the California Youth Authority
system and the Los Angeles County Probation Department.
SOC 13 Anatomy for Social Services (3)
An introduction to the structure of the human body. This course provides a basic
understanding of the human organism and explores the relationship between psychosocial
functioning and biological functioning. It is designed for those preparing for the social
services professions, such as social work.
SOC 25 Internship: Human Services (3)
Required for all A.A. Human Services Majors. The internship site to be selected and
mutually agreed upon by student and advisor. A minimum of 120 hours of on-site experience
must be conducted under the supervision of the internship advisor. This course is not open to
those outside the A.A. Human Services Program. Prerequisite: Approval of advisor and
sophomore standing.
SOC 30/130 Human Communication (3)
A study of the wide range of modes and means of human communication as they are
expressed at both the micro and macro levels. Students will explore the roles of
communication in human interaction, and will practice styles of effective communication,
such as public speaking, interviewing, debating, broadcasting, and interpersonal exchange.
GS-IB
SOC 33/133 Culture, Music and Broadcasting (3)
A study of the intersection of mass culture, subculture, personal identity, musical expression,
production and distribution. Studio processes, technical aspects, the economics and politics of
production, icon development, social networking, opportunity structures, and presentation of
self are also addressed. Same as FLM 33/133
SOCIOLOGY 339
SOC 49 Multicultural Issues for Health Care Professionals (3)
A survey of ethnic and cultural factors that have an impact on the work of healthcare
professionals and the experience of patients within the context of healthcare settings. GS-VI
SOC 103 Group Therapy: Theory and Practice (3)
This course will explore the theories that guide group therapy as an intervention, support
mechanism or a site to develop interpersonal social and interaction skills. An emphasis on
strategies and techniques will allow students to explore topics such as grief, anger
management, delinquency, and drug abuse as personal, interpersonal and social issues.
SOC 104 The Family (3)
An exploration of the structure, functions, and challenges of the institution of the family from
a cross-cultural perspective. The impact of the forces of social, political, religious and
economic change on the structure of the family, and the multiple dynamics of
intergenerational relationships will also be analyzed. GS-IIIF, VI
SOC 105 Couples (3)
An integrated biopsychosocial approach to the study of intimate relationships. The course
focuses on the interaction between the biological, psychological and sociological dimensions
of the relationship system. Attachment and communication styles, distance regulation,
pairing patterns, and the impact of history and culture are addressed.
SOC 106 Introduction to Psychotherapy (3)
Introduction to the major methods of psychotherapy, particularly as applied to couples and
families. The integration of theory and practice will be emphasized. Therapies that will be
covered include structural family therapy, systems family therapy, strategic therapy, Milan
systemic approach, intergenerational therapy, Satir's communication approach, cognitive-
behavioral, narrative therapy, solution-focused approach, and symbolic-experiential therapy.
SOC 109 Forensic Studies: Criminalistics (3)
The examination of theories and techniques associated with the recognition, collection and
analysis of physical evidence from the context of a crime scene. The course will enable
students to use the physical and social environment to provide information for use by the
criminal justice system. Prerequisite: SOC 5.
SOC 110 Juvenile Delinquency (3)
An examination of the theories and concepts applied to deviance and social disorganization as
it manifests itself among the juvenile population. Topics include contemporary gang culture
and other issues of youths at risk. Prerequisite: SOC 5.
SOC 111 Criminology (3)
The scientific application of the theories of crime and deviance, reflecting the structural and
environmental influences of contemporary American society. Prerequisite: SOC 5.
SOC 112 Medical Sociology (3)
An examination of contemporary social phenomena associated with health and illness and the
dissemination of health care, both nationally and internationally. Analysis of regional,
national and international data on the health status of a variety of populations will be
examined. In addition, the intersection of health, healthcare delivery, demography, economic
trends, and the swift pace of changing technology-both medical and non-medical~will be
explored. Societal implications for the future will be discussed.
SOC 114 Corrections (3)
An exploration of the corrections system in the U.S. from its inception to the present day.
Topics include prison and jail cultures, ethical issues related to incarceration, history of
incarceration, and the different types of correction modalities to include institutional-based
corrections. A study of the responsibilities of correction officers, probation officers, parole
officers, and parole agents is included. Prerequisite: SOC 5.
340 SOCIOLOGY
SOC 115 Sociology of Violence (3)
This course will explore questions about the origins of violence in human society and the
social processes that produce or inhibit violence. A focus will be on the social construction
and social definition of violence in contemporary society. Also included is a study of the
types of measurements used to report and study violence, including the perspective of victims,
offenders, law enforcement agencies and agencies for violence prevention.
Prerequisite: SOC 5.
SOC 116 CriminalJustice (3)
The scientific study of crime, criminal law, and components of the criminal justice system,
including police, courts, and corrections or those agencies whose goal it is to apprehend,
convict, punish, or rehabilitate law violators.
SOC 117 Quantitative Research Methods (3)
An introduction to and application of quantitative methods used in social science research. A
research project will be undertaken. Current computer applications used in research will be
applied. Prerequisite: SOC 5. GS-VIIA
SOC 118 Qualitative Research Methods (3)
An introduction to qualitative methods used in social science research. Ethnographic methods
such as observation, case studies, and interviewing techniques will be studied. Prerequisite:
SOC 5.
SOC 120 Case Management in Health and Human Services (3)
A study of the methods and practices utilized by health and human services case managers
working in a variety of social service resource settings, such as hospitals, daycare centers,
senior centers, non-profit outreach programs, and convalescent facilities. Fundamental
business, management and social interaction skills will be highlighted. See GER 120.
SOC 121 Human Services Ethics (3)
An examination of the values, strategies, and skills that provide a framework for ethical
decisions, ethical behaviors, and an ethical climate in the human services. The NASW Code
of Ethics and social justice will provide the context for the professional development of social I
workers, site managers, and human services leaders.
SOC 124 Sociobiology (3)
The essential inquiry of this course is to explore what dimensions of the human condition are
based on our genetic heritage versus our cultural heritage. Are phenomena such as prejudice,
competition, aggression, altruism, heroism, and child-parent bonding an outcome of our
biology or socialization? A comparative, evolutionary perspective will be applied in order to \
explore the intersection of culture and biology. Prerequisite: SOC 5.
SOC 125 Cultural Anthropology (3,3)
An examination of the basic social structures of society. A study of the similarities among,
and differences between, societies, including a comparison of primitive and modern cultures.
(Because each experience is unique, this class may be repeated once for additional credit.)
GS-VI
SOC 127 Alternative and Independent Media (3-6)
A practical study of the various forms of alternatives to mainstream corporate media, focusing j
especially on its potential for advocating and effecting social change. As a practical
application of principles studies, members of the class will work together to produce and
promote three screenings of the MSMC Human Rights Film Festival as well as a radio
program intended for broadcast on a local independent radio station. See FLM 127.
SOCIOLOGY 341
SOC 128 Introduction to Social Work (3)
An introduction to the basic theories and practice in the field of social work. Course will
emphasize human diversity (including cultural, gender, age, SES, personality, geographic
locale, and special populations such as victims of violence and the homeless), problem-
solving and intervention modalities that can be used for individuals and families. Interactional
processes between client and social worker will also be a major focus, along with assessment,
planning, practice actions and evaluation methods.
SOC 129 History, Theory, and Ethics of Documentary Film (3)
A survey history of the documentary film as an artistic advocacy, editorial, and story-telling
film genre, beginning from the early development of the film industry to the present. The
course will also include an examination of the significant components of a documentary film,
basic theoretical concepts related to and involved in the creation of this film form, and ethical
considerations relevant to documentary filmmakers.
SOC 131 The Documentary and Social Justice (3)
The elements, style, research, and production methods of the documentary as a
communication medium is examined. Introductory-level student projects will be developed,
informed by genealogical, anthropological, and psychosocial theory and methods. See FLM
131. Same as FLM 131.
SOC 132 Film and Television (3)
The purpose of the course is to examine and critically analyze contemporary film and
television as a communication medium of culture, social trends, values and sentiments. The
organizational, political, economic, and strategic dynamics involved in this medium of
creative expression and the production demands and constraints associated with it are also
studied. See FLM 132. Same as FLM 132.
SOC 134 Mediation and Negotiation (3)
The examination and practice of theory and skills required for formal and informal dialogue,
understanding, or resolution of differences. Focus will be on student development of
mediation and negotiation skills through application of techniques to group, community, and
interpersonal issues.
SOC 135 Mass Media (3)
An examination of popular mass media as a reflection, characterization, and interpretation of
culture and society. In addition, the use of the mass media in politics, economics, social
change, and religion will be explored. A focus on critical analysis of ongoing and emerging
trends in television, film and music will be conducted. Same as FLM 135.
SOC 136 Disney, Inc. and Mass Popular Culture (3)
The course analyzes the near-Orwellian influence that mass media can have on society.
Utilizing Disney as an example, students will examine the power and influence of media
conglomerates and their role in shaping and reinforcing social norms. The class will explore
the Disney cultural phenomenon; how and why Disney has been able to become an important,
if not dominant, part of American culture; and the ways in which Disney both reflects, as well
as shapes, American society. Special emphasis is placed on examining how Disney movies
not only reflect era-specific ideologies and social trends, but also the tremendous impact and
influence these films did have, and continue to have, on shaping social institutions, both
domestically and abroad.
342 SOCIOLOGY
SOC 137 Documentary Film and Storytelling (3)
An introduction to the documentary film. Screenings of a selection of key films accompanied
by analysis will take place, focusing specifically on the narrative style and strategies used by
filmmakers. Development of film documentary proposals, narrative strategies, and
preliminary scripts will be created by students as a means of addressing significant social
issues of our time. Same as FLM 137.
SOC 138 Non-Profit Management Seminar (3)
This course will introduce managerial theories on leading non-profit organizations. The
learning experience includes review of literature, class presentations and active sponsorship of
service organizations. A service-learning project integrates theory with practice, requiring
team cooperation, planning, and accountability.
SOC 139 Documentary Production 1 (3)
Both a lab and fieldwork class. This course introduces all aspects of beginning filmmaking
including screenwriting, shooting, editing, and sound. (Same as ART 139 and FLM 139.)
SOC 145 Social Psychology (3)
Surveys the pervasive and invisible social forces acting upon individuals. Explores the
cultural and familial interactions facilitating the socialization of people. Provides a critical
analysis of the known social influences or hindering individual development. See PSY 145.
SOC 155 Personality and Culture (3)
An in-depth study of the cultural context of personality-the impact of culture on personality
and the impact of personality on culture. Individual characteristics such as motivation,
creativity, presentation of self, perceptions of self, values, beliefs, and way of life as they are
influenced and driven by culture will be explored.
SOC 160 Diversity in Society (3)
The study of the complexities and intricacies of what is meant by human diversity in a variety
of manifestations. The influence, implications and intersections of race/ethnicity, gender,
religion, political affiliation, education, occupation, family heritage, sex orientation,
regionalism, and personal identity communities are examined. Discussion of multiple cultural
identity, intermarriage and cross-cultural communication is a recurring focus throughout the
semester.
SOC 161 Dynamics of Majority-Minority Relations (3)
A study of the history and contemporary interactional dynamics among majority and minority
groups within the United States and California. Analysis of the nature and manifestations of
culture, adaptive strategies of culturally diverse populations, and the development of
programs and practices that honor, motivate, and empower all segments of society will be
explored. Examination of personal biases and identification of deficient knowledge in the
area of cultural diversity and majority-minority relations is encouraged. GS-VI
SOC 162 Human Rights (3)
The examination of human rights from a contemporary global perspective. A range of topics
will be explored, including poverty, nutrition, regional cultural conflict, environmental
degradation, access to health care, housing, and other basic resources necessary for human
survival. The intersection of religion, politics, economics, and culture will be emphasized.
SOC 163 Women's and Children's Human Rights (3)
An exploration of contemporary human rights issues with a focus on women and children, as
they are encountered at the local, national, and global level. Topics include women's rights in
prison, healthcare access, child labor, children at war, and spousal abuse.
SOCIOLOGY 343
SOC 164 Advocacy and Human Rights (3)
Necessary theories and skills for advocacy of social justice in society — from the local to the
international arena — will be explored. Advocacy projects that apply theories and skills
learned in the classroom will be conducted.
SOC 165 Historical and Contemporary Social Thought (3)
An overview of the historical roots, evolution, and contemporary manifestations of such
social thoughts as social justice, individualism, social responsibility, universalism, modernism
and post-modernism, rationalization, democratization, tribalism, globalization, and scientific
inquiry.
SOC 166 Sociological Theory (3)
A critical evaluation of major contemporary sociological theorists as representative of various
schools of sociological inquiry. An analysis of social behavior through the application of
sociological theory. Prerequisite: SOC 5.
SOC 175 Urban Sociology (3)
An examination of the shift from rural to urban communities, the current conditions of a
metropolitan lifestyle and the emergent dynamics of the global community. Applying
theoretical approaches toward the understanding and resolution of urban dilemmas
surrounding topics such as poverty, housing, multi-ethnic populations, on a community and
global level.
SOC 176 Field Work Experience (1-3)
An on-site experiential course designed to advance the understanding of community issues
through participation in a civic project, in collaboration with a faculty member and a
community organization. Prior consent of advisor required. Prerequisite: SOC 5. Maybe
taken more than one time for one-unit credit. May not repeat for 3 -unit credit.
SOC 177 Latin American Research Seminar (3)
The Latin American Research Seminar will cover contemporary issues impacting the Latina/o
community, particularly in Los Angeles. These salient areas of marginalization and inequity
include educational attainment, political representation, affordable housing, and quality health
care. Participants will be expected to review and critique theoretical and practical work that
specifically addresses the challenges and needs of Latina/os. Prior approval from the professor
is required for enrollment.
SOC 180 Social Stratification (3)
A study of the class system in the United States. This specifically includes an examination of
stratification as it occurs by educational and occupational attainment, prestige, status, income,
and power. Variations among these variables as mediated by race, age and gender will be
explored. Prerequisite: SOC 5.
SOC 185 Global Development (3)
A study of the multiple interrelationships between political structure, political movements,
socioeconomic development, environment, and global population change. From a global
perspective, shifts in population composition, quality of life and resource management and
availability, and how these societal conditions are influenced by such forces as political
organization, international relations, religion, and environmental conditions, will be explored.
Comparisons among these socioeconomic and political dimensions between developing and
developed nation-states will be discussed, along with the possible implications of
globalization for the United States.
344 SOCIOLOGY
SOC 186 Political Sociology (3)
An overview of major perspectives and exemplary theoretical and empirical sociological
scholarship on the modern state. Emphasis is placed on understanding contemporary liberal
democratic states within industrialized, urbanized, market-integrated, culturally pluralist
societies.
SOC 187 Environmental Studies (3)
A survey study of the relationship between the natural environment and human population
demographic change, industrial development and urban life. Topics such as ecosystems,
biodiversity, pollution, conservation, and natural resource use are examined. Concepts
presented will be applied to the Southern California environment.
SOC 189 Gerontology (3)
A cross-cultural exploration of aging as experienced in the United States. Ageism, societal
attitudes regarding the elderly, and responses to the aging process, both from the individual
and social perspective, are examined. Cultural variation and responses to aging and the
social, political, and economic implications of a rapidly expanding aging population in the
U.S. and in many regions of the world, will be analyzed. Resource and service availability for
the elderly-locally, regionally, and nationally-will also be assessed. See GER 189.
SOC 190 Social Change (3)
A study of the sociological theories of change from an historical and contemporary
perspective. The influence of forces such as migration, population increase, advances in
technology, ecological shifts, social movements, and political revolutions will be examined.
SOC 191 Social Movements (3)
An exploration of social movements as a cause of social change in society. A selection of
social movements, both historical and contemporary, will be studied.
SOC 192 Thanatology (3)
A multi-disciplinary and comparative examination of the cultural responses which have
provided understanding, coping, and meaning for the death and dying process. The course
focus will consist of historical and literary themes. See GER 192.
SOC 195 Sociology of Religion (3)
An examination of the universal psychosocial functions of the institution of religion and of
the influence religion has played within the other social institutions, such as in the family,
government, education, and economics, in the past and present. The contemporary societal
challenges in which religion is involved will also be highlighted. GS-IIIF, VA4
SOC 196H Senior Honors Thesis (3)
Open only to students admitted to the Honors Program.
SOC 197 Internship and Practicum (3-6)
The application of the major's program of study through an internship experience. A
minimum of 100 hours of on-site experience is required, along with practicum attendance and
participation. Development of a professional portfolio is also required. Internship site is to be
selected and mutually agreed upon by student and professor. Open to majors only and to be
taken in senior year of study. Prerequisite: Senior standing.
SOC 198 Readings in Sociology (1-6)
Intensive and independent study in a field of special interest at the culmination of one's
sociological work.
SOC 199 Special Studies (1-6)
A more advanced or specialized treatment in sociology.
SPANISH STUDIES 345
Spanish Studies
Department Affiliation: Language and Culture
Spanish is the second most widely spoken language in the world and in the United States, and
it is of particular importance in our state of California and other states. Complete proficiency
of the language provides enormous leverage in all public and private sectors of the job
market.
The department offers programs for both Majors and Minors. These comprehensive programs
lead to a proficiency in the four basic language skills: listening, speaking, reading, and
writing. Incorporated into the program are the cultures and civilizations of the Spanish-
speaking world.
A. Degree:
Spanish Studies Minor: 26 units
Spanish Studies B.A./Major: 41 units
B. Interdepartmental Degrees:
A. A. Human Services for Bilingual Settings. See A. A. Human Services (Sociology).
B.A. Major in Spanish and Business Administration, as listed below.
A. Spanish Studies Minor and Major
A.l. Required Courses for the Spanish Studies Minor - 25 units
SPA 1 & 2 Elementary Spanish I & II (or equivalent) (4,4)
SPA 3 (A or B) Intermediate Spanish III
Accelerated or Conversational Spanish (3)*
SPA 4 Intermediate Spanish IV.
Prerequisite for all upper division courses (3)
CUL 107 Theory and Practice of Culture (3)
SPA 1 09 Spanish Writing Lab (3)
SPA 1 12 Spanish Civilization and Culture or
SPA 44/144 Latin American Civilization and Culture (3)
Plus 1 upper division course of the student choice (3)
A.2. Required Courses for the Spanish Studies Major - 41 units
All courses required for the Minor (26) plus 5 upper division courses (15). A total of 14 lower
division and 27 upper division.
Students receive 8 Spanish language college units if they have 4 or 5 in SPA Language
Advance Placement Test.
Students who are Spanish speakers, and have been placed in SPA3, should take SPA 3 A.
Non-Spanish speakers should take SPA 3B.
346 SPANISH STUDIES
Any course completed with a grade of D or below is not acceptable toward a major or minor
in Spanish Studies and must be repeated.
Students are strongly encouraged to do double Majors or combine a Major and a Minor.
Students are also strongly encouraged to spend a Junior semester abroad, for a maximum of
12 transferable units.
Majors must take at least 15 units in the department. Minors must take at least 12 units in the
department.
Three courses can double count for both History and Spanish Studies degrees and can be
taken interchangeably: SPA 44/144 and HIS 162; SPA 145 and HIS 165 and SPA 1 12 and
HIS 113.
B. Interdepartmental Degrees
B.l. A.A. in Human Services for Bilingual Settings.
See A.A. Human Services (Collaboration with the Sociology Department)
Various courses including:
SPA 1 & 2 Elementary Spanish (4,4)
SPA 3A Accelerated Spanish (3)
SPA 4 Intermediate Spanish (3)
B.2. B.A. Degree with a Major in Spanish and Business Administration
(Collaboration with Business Administration).
Spanish Studies:
SPA 1 and 2 Elementary Spanish I and II (or equivalent) (4,4)
SPA 3 and 4 Intermediate Spanish III and IV (or equivalent) (3,3)
Requirements:
SPA 107 Theory and Practice of Culture (3)
SPA 109 Spanish Writing Lab (3)
SPA 114 Translation/Interpretation (3)
SPA 149 Business Communication and Culture (3)
SPA 144 Culture and Civilization of Latin America (3)
SPA 112 Culture and Civilization of Spain (3)
SPA 199 Internship (3)
Choose 1 of the following:
BUS 189 International Management (3)
BUS 195 International Marketing (3)
ECO 195 International Economics (3)
POL 131 International Relations (3)
Business Administration
Lower Division Requirements:
BUS 5 Business Law 1 (3)
BUS 15A Accounting Principles I (3)
SPANISH STUDIES
347
BUS 15B
Accounting Principles II
(3)
CIS 1
Introduction to Computer Process
(3)
ECO 1
Microeconomics
(3)
ECO 2
Macroeconomics
(3)
BUS/MTH 28
Math Analysis for Business
(3)
BUS/MTH 38
Elements of Probability and Statistics
(3)
PHI 92/192
Business Ethics
(3)
Total: 27 lower division units in Business Administration
Upper Division Requirements:
BUS 122 Business Communications (3)
BUS 130 Principles of Finance (3)
BUS 160 Principles of Marketing (3)
BUS 177 Management Information Systems (3)
BUS 185 Principles of Management (3)
BUS 192 Business Policy and Strategy (3)
Total: 18 upper division units in Business Administration
Students with a major in Spanish and Business are strongly encouraged to do a Junior
semester in Europe or Latin America.
Total units in Spanish and Business: 83
SPA 1 Elementary Spanish I (4)
Develops the four fundamental skills of listening, speaking, reading, and writing. Emphasis
on speaking and grammar. GS-IV
SPA 2 Elementary Spanish II (4)
Further develops the fundamental skills stressing reading and writing as well as vocabulary
building. Prerequisite: SPA 1 or equivalent. GS-IV
SPA 3A Accelerated Spanish III (3)
This is a fast-track course for students who can communicate orally but need to improve in
grammar. The class is conducted in Spanish only and will focus primarily on grammar.
Prerequisite: Oral Test. GS-IV
SPA 3B Intermediate Spanish III (3)
This is the logical continuation of SPA 1 and SPA 2 for students who are not Spanish-
speaking. Emphasis on conversation and oral comprehension. Prerequisite: SPA 2 or
equivalent. GS-IV
SPA 4 Intermediate Spanish IV (3)
Introduction to literature which underlines cultural diversity. Prerequisite: SPA 3 or
equivalent. GS-IV, VI
SPA 27 Spanish for Health Professionals (2)
An introduction to medical vocabulary with emphasis on the process of communication, on
medical vocabulary and role playing. Prerequisite: Elementary knowledge of Spanish useful,
but not required.
348 SPANISH STUDIES
SPA 33A Civilizations and Cultures of Spain (3)
A general view of historical, social, and cultural developments in Spain up to today. This
course is given in English through the Weekend College only. GS-IV
SPA 33B Civilizations and Cultures of Hispanic America (3)
An introduction to the Civilizations and Cultures of Hispanic America with emphasis on their
artistic and literary masterpieces. Cultural differences and similarities will be stressed. This
course is given in English through the Weekend College only. GS-IV, VI
SPA 44/144/244 Hispanic Civilizations and Cultures (3)
A background course for the study of the arts and literature of Hispanic America, focusing on
historical, social, and cultural developments. Emphasis on cultural differences and
similarities. GS-IV (HIS 162)
SPA 107 Theory and Practice of Culture (3)
The course addresses the growing domestic and global necessity for understanding and
communication across cultural boundaries. This is a theoretical and practical approach to
understanding cultural differences as well as similarities. It is taught in English.
SPA 109 Spanish Writing Lab (3)
Intensive training in writing, with emphasis on vocabulary, idiom, structural patterns, and
style. Exercises in rhetoric, in creative and other forms of writing.
SPA 110 Chicano and other Hispanic Literature in the U.S. (3)
The focus will be on Chicano writers and other authors from Cuba and the Caribbean, Puerto
Rico, Central and South America writing in the United States.
SPA 112 History and Civilization of Spain (3)
An historical and cultural analysis of the civilization of Spain, and the development of its
socio-political institutions up to this day.
SPA 114 Translation/Interpretation (3)
An introduction to the theory and mechanics for written translation and basic oral
interpretation. Prerequisite: Basic fluency in both languages.
SPA 115/215 Applied Linguistics (3)
Modern descriptive linguistics and its application to teaching. Attention will be given to
phonology, morphology, syntax, and other structural elements that apply to language learning.
SPA 125 Spanish Masterpieces (3)
A study of the masterpieces of Spanish literature with emphasis on themes and styles of
works: Cervantes, Calderon, Feijoo, Zorilla, Galdos, Blasco Ibanez and others.
SPA 129 Cervantes (3)
A study of the most important shorter works of Cervantes meant to elucidate his thoughts and
his continuing relevance for our time.
SPA 132 Studies in the Generation of 1898 (3)
The spirit of the Generation of "98 as reflected in the works of major representative authors.
SPA 135 Contemporary Spanish Literature (3)
Major trends of poetry, theater, and prose fiction from 1898 to present. Intensive study of
specific authors and critical analysis of selected works.
SPA 140 Contemporary Literature of Hispanic America (3)
A study of the most outstanding works by contemporary Hispanic and Spanish- American
writers such as Octbavio Paz, Carlos Fuentes, Vargas Llosa and Gabriel Garcia Marquez and
others. GS-VI
SPANISH STUDIES 349
SPA 145 Cultures of the Spanish-Speaking Peoples of the Americas (3)
Various historical and modern aspects of the cultures and their roles within the United States
and California. Includes origins, values, communication and socialization systems, migration
and immigration patterns, relationships with other cultures. Prerequisite: Completion of
SPA 1 & 2.
SPA 146 Women in Hispanic Literature (3)
Major contemporary women writers in the literature of Hispanic America and Spain: women's
view of life and culture. GS-VI
SPA 148 Films and Hispanic Literatures (3)
Analysis of main aesthetic, cultural, and philosophical questions in the Hispanic world as
articulated in literature and films.
SPA 149 Business Communication and culture (3)
An introduction to the forms, styles, usages and procedures followed in commercial
correspondence and business practices in the Spanish-speaking world. Prerequisite: SPA 25
or instructor's consent.
SPA 150 Times, People, and Themes (3)
This course will foster the exploration of special interest areas: from Latin American music to
border literature to specific authors and artists. Course content will be defined and announced
when the course is offered. May be repeated for credit.
SPA 190AB Internship program (3,3)
Internship program in areas related to the emphasis.
SPA 191 Senior Thesis (3)
A two-semester directed research project required for majors under the direction of a
department faculty member. The topic of the thesis may be related to either culture, literature
or international business and must be approved by the department chairperson. Students must
enroll in their thesis course no later than the first semester of their senior year.
SPA 194 Study/Travel (1-6)
Pre-travel lectures and readings, as well as guided tours in the country, serve as basis for a
study /travel program, with each participant developing a project highlighting the travel
experiences.
SPA 196H Senior Honors Thesis (3)
Open only to students admitted to the Honors Program,
SPA 198AB Directed Readings (3,3)
Directed readings selected from authors representative of significant literary periods.
SPA 199AB Independent Studies (1-3, 1-3)
Directed readings and research. For qualified students with the approval of the department.
350 SPECIAL PROGRAMS
Special Programs
A maximum of six non-required units in Special Programs (including Physical Education)
may be applied to requirements of the Baccalaureate degree. Unless otherwise noted, special
program classes are credit/no credit. Courses with an X designation are non-transferable to
the Baccalaureate program.
Interdisciplinary Courses
INT 91AB Humanities : Los Angeles (1)
Study will focus on the early history of Los Angeles through study, readings, and field trips to
historical points. (Credit/No Credit). Can be repeated for credit.
INT 93/193A/B Guided Experience in the Arts (1.5,1.5)
A. Explores the rich cultural opportunities of Los Angeles, and includes attendance at selected
plays, concerts, and special art exhibits, including pre- and post-event discussion.
B. Continuation of 93/ 193 A. To satisfy General Studies GS-IIIA, both the A and B segments
must be successfully completed.
INT 95/195 Study/Travel: European History and Culture (1-6)
Seminars on the Fine Arts focusing on major European capitals of art, music and the theater,
culminating in actual travel to at least two of these capitals. Open to all students with some
background in the arts or consent of the instructor. GS-IIIA
INT 96A/B/C Culture, Race and Communication (1,1,1)
Study and interaction focused on culture and intercultural conflicts. Topics introduced include
race and racism, stereotyping and prejudice, and understanding privilege. Emphasis on
communication skills. Can be repeated for credit.
INT 194A Introduction to Drama and Dance (1)
Study will focus on an introduction to the visual and performing arts using the concepts
included in the California State Frameworks at a level appropriate for college study. Primary
emphases will be placed on the study and appreciation of drama and dance.
Other Courses
SPR 11 Seminar (1-3)
May be repeated for credit.
SPR 12 Studies in Humanities (1-3)
May be repeated for credit.
SPR 13 Studies in Contemporary Society (1-3)
May be repeated for credit.
SPR 14 Independent Study (1-3)
May be repeated for credit.
SPR 15 Workshop (1-3)
May be repeated for credit.
SPECIAL PROGRAMS 351
SPR 18/118 Career Planning Seminar (1)
Assessment of one's needs, interests, skills, and values; application to decisions about work,
leisure time, choice of major, and academic planning. Introduction to sources of career
information and traditional and non-traditional search methods, with special emphasis on
resume writing and interviewing skills. Required for Business Administration majors.
SPR 22X Becoming a Master Student (1)
An opportunity for students to learn and adopt concrete techniques and specific strategies for
success in college.
SPR 23X Strategies for Academic Success (1)
The objective of this course is to empower students with academic skills necessary to return to
acceptable academic standing during the current semester. The student will gain skills to
enable her to self-assess and make appropriate adjustments in academic habits essential for
long-term collegiate and professional success.
SPR 25 Scholar Mentor Seminar (1)
A survey of the issues and skills needed for successful peer tutoring. Emphasis is placed on
understanding of tutoring principles and practices important for initiating a productive tutorial
relationship. Permission of instructor is required.
SPR 25A Resident Assistant Seminar (1)
A more advanced course which is designed to develop leadership skills. Special attention is
paid to self-understanding, program presentation and problem solving. Permission of
instructor is required.
SPR 26 Student Advocate Class (1)
This class is designed to introduce student leaders to skills necessary to be effective student
advocates. Topics of discussion include group dynamics, confidentiality, networking, and
interpersonal communication skills. Special attention is focused on the complexities of
responding to counseling situations encountered in their day to day work. Permission of
instructor is required.
SPR 27/127 Student Health Advocate (1)
This course, is designed to assist the student in the development of skills effective in health
promotion. The student will be guided through a selection of a health-related subjects
pertinent to the college or community population; development of a plan to design and deliver
the information through selected media; and, evaluation of the project outcomes. Permission
of instructor is required.
SPR 51X College Skills: Reading (1)
A course designed to address the vocabulary, speech, and comprehension skills required to
meet the demands of college classes. (Graded)
SPR53X College Skills: Writing (1-3)
A course designed to address writing skills to meet the college proficiency writing
requirement. (Cr/NC)
SPR 55X Reading Development (3)
A course designed to strengthen reading skills with an emphasis on the SQ3R method. It
includes vocabulary development through the study of structural analysis and context clues
and the reading and discussion of selected imaginative and expository pieces. (Graded)
SPR56X College Skills: Mathematics (1)
A course designed to address the basic math skills in addition, subtraction, multiplication and
division of whole numbers, fractions, and decimals. (Cr/NC)
352 SPECIAL PROGRAMS
SPR 57X Basic Mathematics (3)
A skills course in fundamental processes of arithmetic designed to develop both accuracy and
speed in addition, subtraction, multiplication, and division of whole numbers, fractions, and
decimals. (Graded) Does not fulfill AA Liberal Arts math requirement.
SPR 60A Social Action (1-3)
A multi-faceted community action program geared to help people in need. Approximately
fifteen hours of volunteer work under supervision in an approved agency or center and a
weekly seminar required. May be repeated for credit. Fulfills outreach requirement which
may also be fulfilled by fieldwork or clinical experience required by specific majors, or by
successful completion of a service learning (SL) course.
SPR 70 Careers in Health (1)
A course designed to explore selected careers in health. Gives the student an opportunity to
develop career goals related to individual interest and skills. Includes an introduction to
medical terminology. Required for AA. Pre-health majors. (Graded)
SPR 71 Preparation for Nursing (1)
Introduces cognitive skills and learned behaviors required for the professional nursing role.
Practice and development of communication skills, word and reading comprehension, math
calculations, test-taking skills, and time management. Recommended for students preparing
for the Baccalaureate nursing program. Does not fulfill the requirement for NUR 42A,
Fundamentals of Nursing, and credit does not apply toward the Baccalaureate degree.
Prerequisite: Declared nursing major and success in required courses.
SPR 72 Career Exploration (1)
Designed to allow students with undeclared majors or those considering a change of major to
explore educational and career options. Using various assessment tools and exercises students
will examine their talents, skills, interests and values as they relate to determining major and
career choices. Emphasis placed on the decision-making process in regards to choosing
appropriate major and career goals. Resume and cover letter writing as well as interviewing
skills will be discussed. (Graded)
SPR 85 Introduction to College Studies (1)
This course, coordinated by the Division of Student Affairs, is designed to assist new students
in successfully transitioning into Mount St. Mary's College. Faculty members conduct this
class in a seminar format and address the most common issues facing first-year students.
Course topics may include time-management, effective utilization of college technology, self-
care and stress management, academic planning, career planning and introduction to college
resources. First-year students enroll in this course during the Fall semester of their freshman
year. SPR 85 is a required class for all students entering the College with less than 24 units.
(Graded)
SPR 87 Technology Internship (0.5)
In this course, a student participates by assisting faculty and various academic and
administrative departments in using technology effectively and efficiently. Students should
have a reasonable understanding of computers prior to enrolling in this course. Under the
direction of the Coordinator for Technology Mediated Instruction, students are given
appropriate training and placed in areas of need and student interest, such as video
conferencing, web page design and development, technology equipment distribution/set up.
May be repeated for credit.
SPECIAL PROGRAMS 353
SPR 96X Summer Study Skills Workshop (1)
Workshop offered to incoming freshmen to review study skills and prepare for college level
work in writing, reading, basic math, and studying the sciences.
SPR 99 Undergraduate Teaching Assistant (1)
After participation in an extended training seminar, undergraduate teaching assistants will
support the faculty of SPR 85 — Introduction to College Studies. Responsibilities may include
facilitating class discussion, reviewing assignments, providing assistance, support and
encouragement to first-year students, serving as a role model and engaging in out-of-class
contact with students. Upon completion of the semester, the teaching assistant is required to
submit a reflective journal. Enrollment is limited to students selected for this leadership
position. Permission of instructor is required.
354 SPEECH
Speech
Department Affiliation: English
SPE 10 Introduction to Communication (2)
Introduction to basic principles of communication theory in both small and large groups
together with practice in discussion and speech delivery. GS-IB
SPE 12 Business and Professional Communication (1)
Examination of the communication that occurs in corporations and professional settings with
practice in interviewing, in group dynamics, and in public presentations typical of the world
of work. GS-IB
SPE 91 Directed Study (1-3)
Study in a field of special interest in speech or drama, under the direction of a department
member. May be repeated for credit.
SPE 92/192 Special Studies (1-3)
Exploration of special interests in speech communication or drama. May be repeated for
credit.
SPE 96/196 Workshop (1-3)
May be repeated for credit.
WOMEN'S STUDIES 355
Women's Studies
Women's Studies Minor
Department Affiliation: History and Political Science
The minor in Women's Studies (WS) offers an interdisciplinary, cross-cultural and critical
understanding of women and issues relating to gender including the practice of leadership.
Courses focus on the intellectual, political and cultural life of women in a variety of social and
historical contexts. The minor provides students with a strong theoretical and empirical
background in understanding how gender and women's roles in society are shaped by factors
such as race, class, ethnicity, culture and sexuality. The program emphasizes women as
agents of social change through advocacy and policy making. The interdisciplinary nature of
the minor exposes students to a diversity of approaches and views on gender and women's
issues.
The Women's Studies program is well suited for students who are interested in pursuing
advanced academic work in M.A. and Ph.D. programs, professional schools in law, business
or medicine as well as for those students planning a career in public service, advocacy or
social activism.
CURRICULUM
The Women's Studies minor consists of 18 total units, including WS 10 (Introduction to
Women's Studies). Nine (9) of the remaining fifteen units must be at the upper division level,
and at least two of the courses must be from two different departments. All courses that are
counted towards the WS minor must be approved by the Director of the Women's Studies
program. Courses that emphasize leadership theory or practice are designated "LWS."
Requirements for the Minor
1 8 total units consisting of:
LWS 10 Introduction to Women's Studies (3)
The remaining 15 units will consist of the following courses that carry the Women's Studies
course designation (Course descriptions can be found in the appropriate departmental sections
of the catalog.):
(i)
(i)
(3)
(3)
(3)
(3)
LWS 1A
Leadership Concepts
LWS IB
Leadership Concepts
WST 10
Introduction to Women's Studies
LWS 100
Leadership Studies
WST 191
Internship in Leadership
WST 196H
Senior Honors Thesis
356 WOMEN'S STUDIES
ART 174
Women in Contemporary Art
(3)
BUS 140
Women's Issues in Business and Economics
(3)
ENG 27/127
Women in Quest
(3)
ENG 123
Women's Voices in Literature
(3)
ENG 129
Ethnic Literature of America
(3)
HIS 191
Major Issues in US Women's History
(3)
HIS 192
Women of Color in the US
(3)
HIS 186
Gender in American Life and Thought
(3)
NUR182
Leadership and Management
(3)
PHI 170
Social and Political Philosophy
(3)
PHI 178
Philosophy of Women
(3)
PHI 179
Women and Values
(3)
POL 102
Women and the Law
(3)
POL 139
Women in International Politics
(3)
POL 147
WTomen and Development
(3)
PSY110
Gender Issues in Psychology
(3)
PSY 139
Child Abuse and Family Violence
(3)
PSY 144
Psychology of Prejudice
(3)
PSY 175
Human Sexuality
(3)
PSY 186
Violence Against Women
(3)
RST23
Spiritual Journeys of Women
(3)
RST 135
Women and Christianity
(3)
SOC 115
Sociology of Violence
(3)
SOC 160
Diversity in Society
(3)
SOC 161
Dynamics of Majority-Minority Relations
(3)
SOC 163
Women's and Children's Human Rights
(3)
SOC 164
Advocacy and Human Rights
(3)
SOC 191
Social Movements
(3)
SPA 146
Women in Hispanic Literature
(3)
LWS 1A Leadership Concepts (1)
An introduction to key leadership issues and concepts, with special emphasis on the
connection of self-awareness, self-development and the role of gender to the leadership
process.
LWS IB Leadership Concepts (1)
An introduction to key leadership issues and concepts for women, with special emphasis on
the development of team work, decision-making and communication skills.
WST 10 Introduction to Women's Studies (3)
Analyzes the theories, concepts and issues in Women's Studies. Emphasis is placed on leadership,
social justice and agency. This course focuses on women's issues (both historical and contemporary) by
examining how gender interacts with race, class, sexuality and ethnicity. Gender is applied to various
forms of social organization in different societies such as work, health, education, mass
communication/media, law and policy.
W0MEN5 STUDIES 357
LWS 100 Leadership Studies (3)
A critical examination of the leadership process, including emerging approaches to leadership,
the leaders and strategies for change. A special focus will be on the role of college students in
the leadership process.
LWS 125 Applied Leadership (3)
An experience-oriented course involving the student's observation and some application of
the principles of effective leadership. Weekly seminars integrate fieldwork with theories and
models of community and civic leadership.
WST 191 Internship in Leadership (3)
Qualified students intern in nonprofit organizations, government offices, or businesses where
women's needs and concerns are being addressed. Selected readings and a written analysis of
issues and experiences are required. Prerequisite: LWS 10. Maximum 3 units may be applied
towards LWS minor.
WST 196H Seniors Honors Thesis (3)
Open only to students admitted to the Honors Program.
358
TRUSTEES AND ADMINISTRATION
Board of Trustees
Michael A. Enright
Chair
Dr. Helen S. Astin
James R. Belardi
Sister Marilyn Binder, CSJ '65
Thomas J. Blumenthal
Msgr. Clement J. Connolly
Jacqueline Powers Doud
Kathleen M. Duncan
William H. Elliott
James Flanigan
Mark Foster
Phyllis L. Hennigan
Sister Miriam Therese Larkin, CSJ '53
Thomas E. Larkin, Jr
Karl H. Loring
Monica Spillane Luechtefeld '71
Sister Mary McKay, CSJ '67
David L. Mclntyre
Sister Jill Napier, CSJ '71
Sister Maureen O'Connor, CSJ '63
Barry Patmore
Sister Mary Patricia Rosholt, CSJ '64
Jack H. Schuster
David W. Waechter
Joseph W. Waechter
Val Zavala
Trustees Emeriti
Dr. Rosemary Park Anastos (deceased)
Sister Mary Brigid Fitzpatrick, CSJ '47
Sister Mary Kevin Ford, CSJ (deceased)
Sister Cecilia Louise Moore, CSJ '53 (deceased)
Dr. Frank R. Moothart
J. Robert Vaughan (deceased)
Administrative Officers
and
Members of the President's Cabinet
Jacqueline Powers Doud, Ph.D.
President
Eleanor D. Siebert, Ph.D.
Interim Provost & Academic Vice President
Stephanie Cubba, Ph.D.
Vice President for Institutional Advancement
Jane Lingua, Ph.D.
Vice President for Student Affairs
Chris K. McAlary
Vice President for Administration and Finance
Lawrence M. Smith
Vice President for Information Support Services &
Enrollment Management
TRUSTEES AND ADMINISTRATION
359
Regents Council
Eileen Murphy Bigelow '65
Hank C. Bowman
James A. Cole
Sheila Cole
Bebette Gualano Coleman '52
Thomas J. Coleman
Karen McKnight Compton '88
Keith Compton
Jane Zola Delahanty '65
James Delahanty
Genevieve Castellanos Denault '53
John C. Fitzgerald
John J. Gillin
Martha Gillin
Deborah Morris Greene '66
Patrick Greene
Toni Bannon Gross '67
Steven Gross
Angela Hawekotte '75
Casey Quinn
Helen Hawekotte '68
Mary Anne Sterling Houlahan '75
Michael Houlahan
Roger Hughes
Katharine Hughes
Mary K. Hughes
Kimberly H. Iselin
Carl N. Karcher
Margaret Karcher
Elaine Kindle '75
Javad Hashtroudian
Jack A. Knight '96
Vivien F. Lo Pizzo '65
Fiorenza Courtright Lucas
The Honorable Malcolm Lucas
Montgomery F. Lunn
Kathleen Lunn
Allison Lynch '86
Kathleen A. Maloney '71
Lola McAlpin-Grant '63
William G. McGagh
Michelle Melanson '75
Rosemary Moothart '70
Sheila Kelly Muller '57
Pam Rubin
Mark Rubin
Marshall C. Sale
Suzannah Sale
Sandy Sawchuk
Mariette Sawchuk
Richard F. Schmid
Gena Schmid
Mary Caratan Sloper '63
Donald Sloper
Gail Sullivan
John P. Sullivan
Margaret Thalken '46
The Honorable Kim Wardlaw
William M. Wardlaw
Jeffrey Whitman
Katherine Schreuder Whitman '63
Grace Kadner Wickersham '69
Regent Emeritus
Frank R. Moothart
360 ACADEMIC AND STUDENT AFFAIRS
Academic and Student Affairs
Gina Aguirre, B.A.
Senior Admission Counselor
Aimee Arreygue, B.A., M.Ed.
Assistant Director, Weekend College
Daniel Aucutt, M.A.T.
Assistant Director of Learning Assistance Programs
Jessica Benson, B.A.
Assistant Director for Operations
Araba Blankson, B.A.
Senior Assistant Director for Nursing Admission
Maureen Bond, M.A.
Director, Fitness Education and Athletics
Sister Carol Brong, CSJ, B.A., M.A.
Assistant Registrar, Doheny Campus
Lydia Castillo, B.A.
Director of Academic Advisement
Marisol Castillo, BA
Administrative Assistant for Nursing Admissions
Kevin Collins, M.S.Ed, Ed.M
Director of Internships and Career Placement
Rocio DeLeon, B.A., M.A.
Registrar
Audra DiPadova, M.A.
Assistant Director Women's Leadership
Sister Janet Duffy, CSJ, Ed.D.
Dean, Associate in Arts Programs
Sister Joseph Adele Edwards, CSJ, B.A., M.A.
Dean, Baccalaureate Programs
Arleen Fernandez, R.N., P.H.N, M.S.N
Director of Health Services
Romesh Fernando
Admission Counselor
Mark Forte, B.A.
Director of Learning Resource Center, Doheny Campus
Wendy Galan, M.A.
Director, Child Development Center
Laura Gomez, M.A.
Coordinator for Campus Ministry
and Music Ministry, Chalon Campus
Gail Gresser, Ph.D. (Cand.)
Director of Campus Ministry
Thomas Hoener, B.A.
Director of Graduate Recruitment
Carrie Jo Johnson, Ph.D.
Assistant Director, Counseling and
Psychological Services
ACADEMIC AND STUDENT AFFAIRS 361
Rosalyn Kempf, Ed.M.
Director of Women's Leadership Program
Dean Kilgour, B.A.
Dean of Admission
Mary Kranz, B.A., M.A.T., M.L.S.
Assistant Librarian, Doheny Campus
Michele Lewis, M.S.
Director of Learning Assistance Programs and ISAE
Monica Lond-LeBlanc, M.S.
Director of Career Planning
Laura Lopez, M.Ed.
Director of Residence Life
Maria Lyons, B.A.
Director of Student Activities and
Community Liaison, Doheny
Veronica Martinez, B.A.
Assistant Director of ISAE, Doheny Campus
Chinako Miyamoto, B.A.
Assistant Director of Residence Life, Chalon Campus
Linda Moody, Ph.D
Dean, Graduate Programs
Faraah Mullings, M.Ed.
Director of Student Activities
and Commuter Services, Chalon Campus
Sonali Perera, B.A., M.B.A.
Associate Director for Freshman Admissions
Ruzica Popovitch-Krekic, M.A., M.L.S.
Reference Librarian, Chalon Campus
Veronica Portillo, B.A., M.A.
Assistant Registrar, Chalon Campus
Claudia Reed, M.L.S., M.A.
Director of MSMC Libraries
Bernadette Robert, B.A.
Assistant Vice President of Student Affairs
and Experiential Learning
Merrill Rodin, M.A.
Dean, Weekend College
Jessica Rojas, B.A.
Assistant Director, Residence Life, Doheny Campus
Renee Rouzan-Kay, B.A.
Associate Director for Transfer Admission
Susan K. Salem, Ph.D.
Director of Counseling and Psychological Services
Shannon Shank, B.A., M.B.A.
Director of Data Integration
362 ACADEMIC AND STUDENT AFFAIRS
Jeanette Stone, M.S.
Coordinator of Inter Campus Transfer Programs,
Pre-Health Director
Cynthia Tamayo, A. A.
Admission Counselor
Kimberly Terrill, M.A.
Coordinator of Experiential Learning and Career Planning
Annie Terry
Admission Counselor
Mari Wadsworth, Ed.D
Associate Vice President for Student Affairs
Stella Wohlfarth, RN, PHN, MSN
Coordinator, Doheny Health Services
Business Management and Administrative Services Staff
Akousa Amporful, M.S.
Assistant Director of Human Resources
Joanna Banks
Manager Public Relations
Nora Cobian
Director of Student Employment
La Royce Dodd, B.A.
Director of Student Financing
Patrick Dull, B.A.
Assistant Controller
Lois Dunne, B.A.
Director of Development Services
Peggie Ehrbar
Executive Assistant to the Vic President
Don Haviland, Ph.D.
Director of Institutional Research and Assessment
Milania Henley, B.A.
Planned Giving Officer
Joy Jacobs, B.A.
Assistant Director of Communications and Marketing
Francine Marlenee
Director of Public Relations
Jeremy Niculescu
Grants Coordinator
M. Sue Ott, B.S.
Director of Development Services
Jotanna Proescholdt, B.A.
Director of Food Services (Bon Appetit)
Elizabeth Robles
Alumnae Relations Coordinator
BUSINESS MANAGEMENT AND ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES STAFF FACULTY 363_
Angelic Rome
Office/Special Events Assistant
Jeanne Ruiz, B.A.
Director of Alumnae Relations
Melissa Salazar
Director of Annual Giving
Heather Schraeder
Director of Special Events
Maria Solano
Manager of Major Gifts
Nora Swe
Assistant Development Services
Rosie Taravella
Assistant Vice President for Institutional Advancement
Fermin Vigil, M.B.A.
Controller
Faculty
Kelli-Ann Agner EDU Department Fieldwork Coordinator
B.A., California State University, Northridge, CA; M.S., Mount St. Mary's College, Los Angeles, CA
Pat Alford-Keating Lecturer in Psychology
B.A., American Christian College; M.S., Northeastern Oklahoma State U; Ph.D., Oklahoma State U
Mark S. Alhanati Assistant Professor of Business Administration
B.S., California State University, Northridge; M.B.A., Loyola Marymount University
Marianne Annis Special Education Supervised Teaching
B.A. and M.A., Pacific Oaks College, Pasadena, California
Peter H. Antoniou Lecturer in Business Administration
B.S., M.I.B.A, International University, London; D.B.A., U.S. International University, San Diego
Edward Archer Lecturer in Music
B.A. California State University, Northridge
Sister Patricia Arnold, CSJ Associate Professor Emerita of Psychology
B.A., Mount St. Mary's College; M.A., Ph.D., Loyola University, Chicago
Lorenzo Arengo-Yarnes Instructor in Education
Patricia Ash Assistant Professor of History & Political Science
B.A. and M.A., Rice University; J.D., University of Miami School of Law; Ph.D., Claremont Graduate U
Margaret Avila Assistant Professor of Nursing
B.S., Mount St. Mary's College; M.S., California State University, Los Angeles; M.S.N.,
California State University, Long Beach
Milarose Baleva-Wilson Lecturer in Nursing
B.S.N., University of California, Los Angeles
Nancy Ballesteros Lecturer in Modern Languages
Jody Baral Associate Professor of Art
B.A., California State University, Northridge; M.F.A., Cranbrook Academy of Art
Brigid Barrett Instructor in Nursing
B.S., University of San Francisco, CA; M.S. California State University, Sacramento, CA
364 FACULTY
Roxanna Baiter Instructor in Nursing
B.S., University of San Francisco; M.S.N., CSU-Long Beach; Acute Care NP, CSU-Long Beah
Albert Beach Lecturer in Art
B.F.A., University of Arizona; M.F.A., University of Colorado
Daphne Nicholson Bennett Professor Emerita of English and Speech
M.A. University of London; M.A., Ph.D., University of London; M.A. Ph.D., University of Southern California
Amy Berfield Lecturer in Education
Suzanne Birman Instructor in Nursing
B.S., Georgetown University; M.S.N., University of San Diego
Juliette Boewe Instructor in Education
Maureen Ann Bond Lecturer in Education and Fitness
B.A., CSU-Dominguez Hills, Carson, CA; M.A., CSU- Northridge, California
MaryAnn Bonino College Professor at Large
B.A., Mount St. Mary's College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Southern California
Helen Boutrous Assistant Professor of History and Political Science
B.A., UCLA; J.D., University of San Diego; Ph.D., Georgetown University
Sister Annette Bower, CSJ Professor of Biological Sciences
B.S., Mount St. Mary's College; M.S., Creighton University; Ph.D., University of Arizona, Tucson
Matthew Brosamer Assistant Professor of English
B.A., Georgetown University; M.A., C.Phil., Ph.D., University of California, Los Angeles
Jim Browder Lecturer in Philosophy
B.A., University of California, Los Angeles; M.A., Northwestern University, Illinois
Michelle Browning Lecturer in Physical Therapy
B.S., Auburn University; M.B.A., Southern Methodist University; Ph.D., USC
Frank Custer Brownstead Lecturer in Music
A.B., B.M. College of Wooster; S.M.M. Union Theological Seminary
Katherine T. Brueck Professor of English
B.A., John Carroll University; M.A., Purdue University; Ph.D., University of Illinois
Madeleine Bruning Associate Professor in Nursing
B.S.N., Mount St. Mary's College; M.Ed., CSU, Northridge; M.S.N; C.P.N.P, UCLA; Ed.D.(c), USC
Pam Bruns Lecturer in Sociology
B.A., University of Southern California; M.A., New York University
Scott Bryson Associate Professor of English
B.A., M.A., Baylor University; Ph.D., University of Kentucky
Charles Bunce Lecturer in History and Political Science and Sociology
B.A., Brigham Young University; M.A., University of Chicago
Richard Burns Lecturer in Pastoral Care Counseling and Psychology
B.A., University of San Francisco; M.Div., Graduate Theological Union; M.S.W., USC
Larry Cahalin Lecturer in Physical Therapy
B.S., St. Louis University; M.A., University of Iowa
Tori Canillas-Dufau Associate Professor in Nursing
B.A., CSU, Los Angeles; M.Ed., M.S., Mount St. Mary's College, Los Angeles; Ed.D. Pepperdine U, Malibu, CA
Ronda Carlson Elementary Supervised Teaching-Education
B.A., California State University,-Los Angeles
Lisa Carroll Lecturer in Physical Therapy
B.S., University of Connecticut
Lynne Carscallen Elementary Supervised Teaching-Education
B.A., University of Louisville, Louisville, KY; M.A., California State University, Long Beach
FACULTY 365
A. Tad Chamberlain Instructor in Sociology and Documentary Film & Social Justice
B.A., Brigham Young University; M.F.A., American Film Institute
Julia Chang Associate Professor in Physical Therapy
B.S., University of California, Irvine; M.S., Ph.D., University of Rochester
Tanyetta Chateau Lecturer in Sociology and Gerontology
B.A., Mount St. Mary's College; M.S.W., M.S., University of Southern California
Carlos Chavez Lecturer in Physical Sciences/Mathematics
B.A., California State University, Los Angeles
Joan M. Cho Professor Emerita of Nursing
B.S.N., M.S.N., Indiana University
Jennifer Chotiner Assistant Professor in Biology
B.S., UC-San Diego ; Ph.D., UCLA
Ralph Cioffl Lecturer in Psychology
B.A., Pace University; M.Ed., Antioch College; M.A., California State University, Los Angeles
Deniz Cizmeciyan Assistant Professor of Physical Science and Math
B.S., Bogazici University, Istanbul, Turkey; Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University, Pennsylvania
Michael Cooper Lecturer in Sociology
B.A., Point Park College, Pittsburgh; M.S.W., University of Southern California
Laura Crandall Lecturer in Physical Therapy
B.S., California State University, Long Beach
Jane Crawford Lecturer in History
A. A., College of Southern Idaho; B.A., Ph.D., Brigham Young University
Randal Cummings Lecturer in Religious Studies
B.A., California State University, Northridge; M.A., Ph.D. (c), UCLA
Edythe Davis Lecturer in English and Speech
B.S., Kent State University; M.S. Emerson College
Maggie Davis-Kendrick Instructor in Nursing
A.S.N., University of New York; B.S.N., CSU-Dominguez Hills; M.S.N., Regis University
Karol Dean Assistant Professor of Psychology
B.A., Boston University; M.A., Ph.D., University of California, Los Angeles
Sharon DeBriere Supervised Teaching Education
James Delahanty Professor Emeritus of Political Science
B.S., M.A., Rutgers U; Ph.D. UCLA; J.D., Loyola-Marymount University
Matthew S. Delaney Professor Emeritus of Mathematics
B.A., Immaculate Heart College; M.S., University of Notre Dame; Ph.D., Ohio State University
Debbie Diaz Assistant Professor in Physical Therapy
B.S., CSU-Long Beach; M.S., CSU-Long Beach; PIlD., UCLA
Mary Patricia Disterhoft Associate Professor of Education
B.S., University of Iowa, Iowa City; M.A., Pacific Oaks College; Ph.D., Claremont Graduate University
Arthur Dixon Lecturer in Physical Sciences
B.S., University of Missouri; M.S., University of California, Santa Barbara
Darin Dockstader Lecturer in Philosophy
B.A., University of Utah; M.A., Ph.D., Claremont Graduate University
Matt Doran Professor Emeritus of Music
B.A., B.M., M.Mus., D.M.A., University of Southern California
Aaron Drane Lecturer in English
B.A., Washington State University; M.F.A. University of California, Los Angeles
Michele Dumont Professor of Philosophy
B.A., Mount St. Mary's College; M.A., CSU-Long Beach; Ph.D., Boston University
366 FACULTY
Darla Dunlop Lecturer in Psychology
B.S.N., Northeastern University; M.S.N., Boston University
Sister Joseph Adele Edwards, CSJ Assistant Professor of English
B.A., Mount St. Mary's College; M.A., University of Southern California
Marie Egan, IHM Professor Emerita of Religious Studies
B.A., M.A., Immaculate Heart College; S.T.B., S.T.L., S.T.D., Catholic University of America
Terri Eichman Assistant Professor of Nursing
B.S.N., California State University Consortium; M.S.N., University of California, Los Angeles
Donna Emmanuel Lecturer in Physical Therapy
B.M., Webster University; M.A., California Family Study Center
Sister Teresita Espinosa, CSJ Professor of Music
B.M., Mount St. Mary's College; M.M., D.M.A., University of Southern California
Julie Feldman-Abe Assistant Professor and Director of Elementary Teacher Preparation Program
B.A., Brown University; Ph.D., International/Global Education, New York University
Michele Fine Associate Professor of Modern Languages
B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of California, Los Angeles
Jacqueline Fisher Instructor in Education
Sister Mary Evelyn Flynn, CSJ Assistant Professor of Education
B.A., M.A., Mount St. Mary's College; M.S., University of Southern California
Eugene G. Frick Associate Professor of Religious Studies
B.A., University of Dayton; M.A., Ph.D., Marquette University
Makiko Fujiwara-Skrobak Lecturer in Modern Languages
Charlene Gagliardi Instructorr in Nursing
B.S.N., University of Texas; M.S.N., Catholic University
Carol Garrett Assistant Professor of Business Administration
B.A. and J.D., University of Louisville; M.B.A. and Ph.D., Georgia State University
Laurie Wright Garry Assistant Professor in Religious Studies
B.S., University of South Dakota ; M.S., University of Notre Dame ; Ph.D., Marquette University
Sister Aline Marie Gerber, CSJ Emerita Professor of Romance Languages
B.A., University of Southern California; M.A., University of California, Berkeley; Ph.D.,
University of California, Los Angeles
Lance Gist Lecturer in Business Administration
B.A., Holy Names College, Oakland, California; J.D., Gonzaga University, Spokane, Washington
Pamela Gist Associate Professor of Psychology
B.G.S., Gonzaga University; M.A., Ph.D., University of Michigan
Barbara Goldstein Lecturer in Education
Jim Gordon Lecturer in Sociology, Social Work and Gerontology
B.A., Cal Lutheran University; M.A., Azusa Pacific; Ph.D., Sierra University
Robin Gordon Assistant Professor and Director of Secondary Teacher Preparation Program
B.A., California State Polytechnic University, Pomona; M.A., Califronia State University at
Los Angeles; Ph.D., Education, Claremont Graduate University
Keith Gosselin Instructor in Business Administration
B.B., Loyola Marymount University; M.B.A., College of William and Mary, Virigina
Paul Green Associate Professor of Philosophy
B.S., Biola University; M.A., Ph.D., University of California, Irvine
FACULTY 367
Cynthia Hagstrom Lecturer in Education
Carol Hahn Instructor in Nursing
B.S.N., University of Virginia; M.S.N., California State University, Dominguez Hills
Pamela D. Haldeman Professor of Sociology, Social Work and Gerontology
B.A., Mount St. Mary's College; M.A., M.M.F.T., Ph.D., University of Southern California
Sandra Harte Associate Professor in Sociology, Social Work, Gerontology
B.A., Mount St. Mary's College; M.A., M.M.F.T., Ph.D. University of Southern California
Jacquelyn Herst Lecturer in Education
B.A., University of California, Los Angeles; M.A., Pepperdine University
Fehrn Hesse Assistant Professor in Nursing
A.A., Pasadena City College; B.S., La Verne University; M.S.N., Azusa Pacific University
Ruth Hoffman Professor Emerita of Sociology
B.A., B.S., M.A., Ph.D., University of Nebraska
Amina Humphrey Lecturer in Education
Joseph Janeti Lecturer in English
B.A., M.A., Fordham University ; Ph.D. Michigan State University ; Ph.D. Pacifica Graduate Institute
Joan Johnson Lecturer in English
A. A., Foothill-DeAnza College; B.A., M.A. San Jose State University
Sister Darlene Kawulok, CSJ Assistant Professor in Religious Studies
B.S., Northern Arizona University; M.A., St. Michael College; D.Min., Barry University, Miami
James Kelly Lecturer in Business Administration
B.A., Yale University
Kathy Kelly Instructor in Nursing
A. A., Mount St. Mary's College; B.S.and M.A., California State University, Northridge
Veronica Arespacochaga Kelley Lecturer in Sociology, Social Work and Gerontology
B.A., Mount St. Mary's College; M.S.W., University of Southern California
Millie Kidd Professor of English
B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Illinois
Nancy Lee Lecturer in Physical Therapy
B.S., Marquette University; M.S., California State University, Northridge
David Leese Professor of English and Business Administration
B.A., Amherst; J.D., Northwestern U; M.A., Ph.D., Brandeis University; M.B.A., CSU- Northridge
Marie Leighton Lecturer in Political Science
B.A., Cabrini College; Ph.D., Temple University
Frankie Lennon Lecturer in English
B.A., M.A., Indiana University, Bloomington
Darlene Levy Assistant Professor in Nursing
B.S.N, and B.A., CSU-Los Angeles; M.N, UCLA; N.D., Case Western Reserve University
Barbara Lewis Lecturer in Fitness Education
B.A., University of Vermont, Burlington, Vermont; M.B.A., University of California Los Angeles
Debbie Lowe Assistant Professor in Physical Therapy
B.S., Pepperdine U; M.A., University of Texas; M.S., Duke U; Ph.D., U of Wisconsin
Verle Lubberden Assistant Professor Emeritus of Education
B.S., M.S., University of Southern California
Corinne Hay Mabry Associate Professor of Psychology
B.A., M.S., U of Tennessee, Knoxville; Ed.D., George Peabody College at Vanderbilt University
368 FACULTY
Eileen McArow Associate Professor of Nursing
B.A., Mount St. Mary's College; M.N., University of California, Los Angeles
Kelly McGoldrick Assistant Professor of Biological Sciences
B.S., University of California, Davis; Ph.D., University of California, Los Angeles
Patricia Melnick Assistant Professor in Nursing
B.S., University of Illinois; M.S.N., California State University, Los Angeles
Doug Meyer Lecturer in Art
B.F.A.; University of Southern California; M.F.A., University of Arizona
Susan Meyer Assistant Professor of Nursing
B.S., Mount St. Mary's College; M.S.N., California State University, Dominguez Hills
Helena JinAh Min Lecturer in Art
B.F.A., Otis Art Institute; M.A., California State University, Long Beach
Lora Morn Lecturer in Education
Marie Alexis Navarro, IHM Professor Emerita of Religious Studies
B.A., Immaculate Heart College; M.A., Fordham University; Ph.D., St. Michael's College,
University of Toronto
Angella Nazarian Lecturer in Psychology
B.A., University of California, Los Angeles; M.A., California State University, Long Beach
Craig Newsam Lecturer in Physical Therapy
B.S., Holstra University, Hempteore, NY; M.A., University of California, Los Angeles
Marsha Nickerson Instructor in Nursing
B.S.N., Mount St. Mary's College; M.N., UCLA
Zeba Noorani Lecturer in Education
B.A., University of California, Berkeley; M.A., University of California, Los Angeles
Ronald J. Oard Professor Emeritus of History and Political Sciences
B.A., Regis College; M.A., Creighton University; M.P.A., University of California, Los
Angeles; Ph.D., St. Louis University
Reverend George O'Brien Associate Professor of English
B.A., St. John's College; M.A., Loyola Marymount University; Ed.D., University of Southern California
John O'Callaghan Lecturer in Religious Studies
M.A., Loyola Marymount University; Ph.D., University of Southern California, Los Angeles
Sister Ann Patricia O'Connor, CSJ Supervised Teaching Education
B.A. Mount St. Mary's College; M.A., University of California at San Jose
Judith Ontiveros Instructor in Nursing
A.A., Pasadena City College; B.S.N., CSU-Dominguez Hills; M.S.N., CSU-Dominguez Hills
Philip Otis Lecturer in Languages and Culture
B.A., M.A., University of California, Los Angeles; M.A., Universidad de Mexico
Rebecca Otten Associate Professor in Nursing
B.A., St. Mary's College; M.S.N., California State University, Dominguez Hills; Ed.D.,
Pepperdine University, Malibu, California
Karen Perell Research Director in Physical Therapy
B.S., M.S., PhD., University of California, Los Angeles
Dave Powers Lecturer in Physical Therapy
B.S., Loma Linda University; M.B.A., University of Redlands
Elisa Pulido-Ragus Lecturer in Education
B.A. and M.A., University of California, Los Angeles
Sister Carol Purzycki, CSJ Associate Professor of Nursing
B.A., Mount St. Mary's College; M.N., UCLA; Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
FACULTY 369
Montserrat Reguant Associate Professor of Language
B.A. and M.A. University of Barcelona; M.A. and Ph.D., Yale University;
Susan Mais Requejo Lecturer in Physical Therapy
B.S., UCLA; M.A., New York University, New York; D.P.T., USC
Anne Rigone Lecturer in Business Administration
B.S., Pepperdine University, Los Angeles; M.B.T., University of Southern California
Lia Roberts Instructor in History/Political Science
B.A., University of North Carolina at Charlotte; M.A., University of Tennessee; Ph. D., UC-Santa Barbara
Janet Robinson Lecturer in Business Administration
B.S., University of Redlands; M.B.A., Loyola Marymount University, Pepperdine Univ., Ed.D.
Diane Rodriguez Assistant Professor in Sociology, Social Work, Geronotology
B.A., San Diego State University; M.Ed., Ph.D., University of Southern California
Maricela Redriguez Lecturer in Education
Melanie Ronning Lecturer in Education
Sister Callista Roy, CSJ Professor Emerita of Nursing
B.A., Mount St. Mary's College; M.S., M.A., Ph.D., University of California, Los Angeles
Stuart Rugg Lecturer in Physical Therapy
B.S., University of California, Davis; Ph.D., University of California, Los Angeles
Marsha Sato Assistant Professor of Nursing
B.S., Mount St. Mary's College; M.N., University of California, Los Angeles
Jeannine Savedra Secondary Supervised Teaching-Education
B.A., California State University, LOS Angeles; M.A., California State University, Dominguez Hills
Eileen Schiffrin Lecturer in Psychology
B.A., M.S., Mount Saint Mary's College, Los Angeles
Karen Schoen Lecturer in Psychology
A.A., West Los Angeles College; B.A., Ph.D., University of Southern California
Diane Searls Elementary Supervised Teaching-Education
B.A., University of California, Los Angeles, M.A., United States International University
Mary Sedgwick Academic Resource Personnel HI
B.A., M.A., California State University, Long Beach; M.A., Immaculate Heart College
Jennifer Selig Lecturer in Education
Beverly Serra-Brooks Lecturer in Music
B.F.A. California Institute of the Arts; M.M., CSU-Northridge; D.M.A. Claremont Graduate School
Michelle Shwartz Lecturer in Education
Eleanor D. Siebert Professor of Chemistry
B.A., Duke University; Ph.D., University of California, Los Angeles
Dennis Signorovitch Lecturer in Business Administration
B.S., Georgetown University, Washington, D.C.; M.A., Old Dominican University, Norfolk, Virginia
Fred Simonelli Lecturer in History
B.A., John Carroll University; M.P.A., University of San Francisco; Ph.D., University of Nevada
Lance Skidmore Associate Professor of Mathematics
B.S., Pomona College; M.A., University of Michigan; Ph.D., University of California, Santa Barbara
Dolores Sloan Lecturer in English, Speech, and Sociology
B.A., M.A. Claremont Graduate School; M.A., Lone Mountain College, University of San Francisco
Mary Sloper Professor Emerita of Nursing
B.A., Mount St. Mary's College, Los Angeles; M.N., University of California, Los Angeles;
M.B.A., California State University, Dominguez Hills
George E. Snow Professor Emeritus of Biological Sciences
B.A., Rockhurst College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Colorado, Boulder
370 FACULTY
Elena Stark Assistant Professor of Biology
M.D. and Ph.D., University of Barcelona Medical School
Michele A. Starkey Assistant Professor in Mathematics
B.A., Mount St. Mary's College; M.S., California State University, Long Beach
Eric Stemp Professor of Physical Sciences
B.S., University of Denver; M.S., Ph.D., Northwestern University
Delores Stevens Lecturer in Music
B.M., University of Kansas;
Elizabeth Sturgeon Assistant Professor of English
B.A., UC-Irvine; M.A. Northwestern University; Ph.D., Northwestern University
Tonia Symensma Assistant Professor of Biological Sciences
B.A., North Central College, Naperville, IL; Ph.D., Indiana University, Bloomington, IN
Peter Tan Lecturer in Philosophy
B.S., University of Arizona; M.A., Boston College
Wanda Teays Professor of Philosophy
B.A., California State University, Fullerton; M.A., University of Alberta, Edmonton; M.T.S.
Harvard University; Ph.D., Concordia University, Montreal, Quebec
Valerie Teglia Assistant Professor of Physical Therapy
B.S., UCLA; M.P.T., Mount St. Mary's College; D.P.T., Temple City College
Michael Temkin-Martinez Lecturer in Education
B.A. and M.A., California State University, Northridge
Susan Terrell Lecturer in Physical Therapy
B.S., Simmons College
Cynthia Tino-Sandoval Lecturer in English
A.A., Marymount College; B.A., Mount St. Mary's College; M.A., CSU-Dominguez Hills
Shelly Tochluk Assistant Professor in Education
B.A., UCLA; M.A., Loyola Marymount University; Ph.D. Pacifica Graduate Institute
Paul Trautwein Lecturer in Art
B.F.A., Atlanta College of Art; M.F.A., University of the Arts, Philadelphia
Olivia Trevino Lecturer in Modern Languages
Rose Marie Toliver Elementary Supervised Teaching-Education
B.A., Los Angeles State College; M.A., California Lutheran College
Helen Tsuda Assistant Pofessorr in Physical Therapy
B.S., University of California, Davis; M.A., Stanford University
Monica Turner Lecturer in English
B.A., M.A., California State University, Northridge
Sharon A. Vairo Professor Emerita of Nursing
B.S.N., Wayne State University; M.S., University of Colorado; D.N.Sc., University of San Diego
Sister Kieran Vaughan, CSJ Professor of Education
B.A., M.S., Mount St. Mary's College; Ed.D., University of California, Los Angeles
B.A., St. Ambrose University; M.A., University of Iowa; M.F.A., University of Iowa
Christopher Walker Lecturer in Music
B.A., M.M., Bristol University; Certificate in Music Education, Trent Park College, London
Dan Wanner Lecturer in Music
B.A., M.A., D.M.A. Columbia University
Joann Watchie Lecturer in Physical Therapy
B.S., University of California, San Francisco; M.A., San Francisco State University
FACULTY 371
Elizabeth Weiner Lecturer in Education
Bill Whiting Lecturer in Physical Therapy
B.S., Stanford University; M.S., Ph.D., University of California, Los Angeles
Katherine Whitman Associate Professor of Business Administration
B.A., Mount St. Mary's College; M.A., UCLA; Graduate Study, Temple University
Lea Whittington Lecturer in Art
B.F.A., California State University Fullerton; M.F.A., Claremont Graduate School
Anne Wilcoxen Professor of Education
B.S., University of Oklahoma; M.A., George Washington University; Ph.D., UCLA
Sister Mary Williams, CSJ Professor Emerita of English
B.A., College of St. Catherine; M.A., Ph.D., Stanford University
Michelle Windmueller Lecturer in Education
B.A., California State University, Northridge; M.A., California State University, Los Angeles
Patricia Woodlin Lecturer in Education
B.A., M.A., California State University, Los Angeles; Ph.D., Union Institute
Bruce Yazajian Assistant Professor in Biology
B.S. Michigan State University; Ph.D., USC
Colette R. York Lecturer in Nursing
B.S.N., M.S.N., D.N.Sc, University of San Diego
Peter Zaferes Lecturer in Music
B.F.A., M.F.A., California Institute of the Arts
Marie Zeuthen Professor Emerita of Biological Sciences
B.S., Mount St. Mary's College; M.S., Ph.D., University of California, Los Angeles
372 AGENCIES / AFFILIATES
Teacher Education Program -
Cooperating Staff
Agencies/ Affiliates
Early Childhood Education
and Teacher Preparation Programs
Cooperating Schools
Anna Bing Arnold Child Care Center
John Tracy Clinic
Mount St. Mary's Child Development Center
Trade Tech Child Development Center
University of Southern California School for Early Childhood Education
Alta Loma School (LAUSD)
Ann Street School (LAUSD)
Arlington Heights School (LAUSD)
Bancroft Middle School (LAUSD)
Bell Gardens Intermediate (Montebello USD)
Bella Vista School (Montebello USD)
Brockton Ave School (LAUSD)
Buford Elementary (Lennox SD)
Camino Nuevo Charter Academy (LAUSD Associated)
Canfield School (LAUSD)
Delores Huerta Elementary (Lennox SD)
Eastmont Intermediate (Montebello USD)
Esperanza School (LAUSD)
Franklin Elementary (Santa Monica/Malibu USD)
Foshay Learning Center (LAUSD)
Granada Hills High School (LAUSD)
Grant Elementary (Santa Monica/Malibu USD)
Hazeltine School (LAUSD)
Hubbard School (LAUSD)
Humphreys Math-Science Magnet (LAUSD)
Jefferson Elementary (LENNOX SD)
Kenneth L. Moffett Elementary School (Lennox SD)
La Merced Elementary (Montebello USD)
Leo Politi School (LAUSD)
Lockwood Ave. School (LAUSD)
Los Angeles Center for Enriched Studies (LAUSD)
McArthur Park Primary Center (LAUSD)
McKinley Elementary (Santa Monica/Malibu USD)
Magnolia School (LAUSD)
Montebello High School (Montebello USD)
AGENCIES / AFFILIATES 373
Norwood School (LAUSD)
Overland School (LAUSD)
Plainview School (LAUSD)
Ramona School (LAUSD)
Roosevelt High School (LAUSD)
St. Euphrasia (LA Archdiocese)
St. Genevieve High School (LA Archdiocese)
St. Joseph High School (LA Archdiocese)
San Fernando Middle School (LAUSD)
Sierra Madre Elementary School (Pasadena USD)
Stevenson Middle School (LAUSD)
Roosevelt High School (LAUSD)
32nd Street Visual & Performing Arts Magnet (LAUSD)
University High School (LAUSD)
Van Nuys High School (LAUSD)
West Vernon School (LAUSD)
Wilcox School (Montebello USD)
Wilmington Park School (LAUSD)
Applied Music Faculty
Piano: Nancy Fierro, Hyeja Chong Ganahl, Ruth Goldin, Deborah How, Beverly Serra-
Brooks, Delores Stevens, Chet Swiatkowksi, Hak Soon Hahn Swiatkowski.
Organ: William C. Beck, Frank Brownstead, Harold Daugherty.
Voice: Nicole Baker, Martha Cowan, Yvette Devereaux, Melodee Fernandez, Gail Gordon,
William Hanrahan, Linda Sue Marks, Agnieszka Noris, Sue Ann Pinner, LeNore Porter, Seth
Riggs, Joyce Sweeney.
Harp: Dorothy Victor, Carolyn Sykes
Harpsichord: Frederic Hammond.
Violin: Briana Ackerman, Franklyn D' Antonio
Viola: Briana Ackerman, David Stockhammer.
Cello: Gianna Abondolo, Janice Foy, Rowena Hamill, Victor Sazer.
Bass: Nico Abondolo.
Flute: Deborah Avery, Susan Greenberg, Salpy Kerkovian,
Oboe: Deborah Avery, David Sherr.
Clarinet: Deborah Avery, Kay Nevin, David Sasaki.
Bassoon: John Campbell, Norman Herzberg.
Saxophone: Milton Hall, David Sherr.
French Horn: Gale Robinson.
Trumpet: Kevin Brown, David Searfoss.
Trombone: Miles Anderson.
Tuba: John Johnson.
Percussion: Linda Sue Marks, Thomas D. Raney, Kenneth Watson.
Classical Guitar: Anthony Lupica, Peter Zaferes.
Folk Guitar: Anthony Lupica, Peter Zaferes
374 AGENCIES / AFFILIATES
Nursing Department
Cooperating Agencies
Accredited Home Health Service
Encino, CA 91316
AltaMed Health Services Corp-MSSP
Los Angeles, CA 90063
Alta Med Health Service, Corp.
Los Angeles, CA 90255
AltaMed Health Service Corportaion
Huntington Park, CA 90255
Assisted Home Recovery
North Hills, C A 91343
Children's Hospital of LA
Los Angeles, CA 90027
Children's Hospital Orange County
Orange, CA 92868
Christ Lutheran Church School
Rancho Palos Verdes, CA 90275
CHW: St. Bernadine Medical Center
CHW: California Hospital
CHW: Northridge Hospital Medical Center
Northridge, CA 91328
Biola University
LaMirada,CA 90639
MSN PROGRAM
Breast Feeding Task Force
Pacific Palisades, CA 90272
Brotman Medical Center
Culver City, CA 90231-2459
California State University, Bakersfield
Bakersfield, CA 93311
MSN PROGRAM
California State University, LA
Los Angeles, CA 90032
MSN PROGRAM
CCFS Headstart
Altadena, CA 91001
CSUN Student Health
Northridge, CA 91330
Cedars-Sinai Medical Center
Los Angeles, CA 90048
Centinela Hospital Medical Center
Inglewood, C A 90301-4011
Century City Hospital
Los Angeles, CA 90067
Century City Hospital
Center for Geriatric Health
Geriatric Day Hospital
Los Angeles, CA 90067
Cerritos College
Norwalk,CA 90650
MSN PROGRAM
CHW: St. Francis Medical Center
Lynwood, CA 90262
CHW: St. Mary's Medical Center
Long Beach, CA 90262
Circle of Friends ADHC
Inglewood, CA 90302
City of Hope
Duarte, CA 91010
College of the Canyons
Santa Clarita, CA 91355
Compton ADHC
East Rancho Dominguez, CA 90221
Corinne Seeds University Elem. School / UCLA,
Los Angeles, CA 90095-1619
Crown ADHC
Pasadena, C A 91101
CSUN Health Center
Northridge, C A 91330
Culver City Unified School District
Culver City, CA 90230
Cypress College
Anaheim, C A 92801
Daniel Freeman Memorial Hospital
Inglewood, CA 90301
East Los Angeles College
Monterey Park, CA 91754
MSN PROGRAM
AGENCIES / AFFILIATES
375
El Camino College
Torrance, CA 90506
MSN PROGRAM
Kaiser- Sunset
Los Angeles, CA 90027
Encino Tarzana Regional Medical Center
Encino, CA 91436
Kaiser- Woodland Hills
Woodland Hills, CA 91365
First Choice Adult Day Health Care
Los Angeles, C A 90061
Kaiser- Senior Services
Los Angeles, C A 90010
Garfield Medical
Monterey Park, CA 91754
The Kensington
Alhambra, CA 91803
Glendale Adult Health Care
Glendale, CA 91201
Little Company of Mary Hospital
Torrance, CA 90503
Glendale Community College
Glendale, C A 91238
Little Company of Mary Hospital
San Pedro, CA 90732
Glendale Gardens ADHC
Glendale, CA
Long Beach Memorial Medical Center
Long Beach, CA 90806
Glendale Health Center (Public Health Dept.)
Glendale, CA 91206
CHW: Glendale Memorial Hospital & Health
Center,
Glendale, CA 91203
Good Samaritan Hospital
Los Angeles, C A 90017
Harbor - UCLA Medical Center
Torrance, CA 90509-2910
Henry Mayo Newhall Memorial Hospital
Valencia, C A 91355
Hoag Memorial Hospital
Newport Beach, CA 92658
Hollywood/Wilshire Health Center (Public Health
Dept.)
Los Angeles, CA 90038
Human Services Association-MSSP
Bell Gardens, CA 90201-4958
Huntington Memorial Hospital
Jewish Family Service
West Hollywood, CA 90046
Kaiser Bellflower
Bellflower, CA
Kaiser Harbor City
Harbor City, CA 907 10
Kaiser Panorama City
Panorama City, CA 91402
Kaiser West LA
Los Angeles, CA 90034
Los Angeles Harbor College
Wilmington, CA 90744
MSN PROGRAM
Los Angeles Southwest College
Los Angeles, CA 90047
MSN PROGRAM
Los Angeles Mission Community Clinic
Los Angeles, C A 90013
Motion Picture and Television Fund
Woodland Hills, CA 91364-2792
Motion Picture and Television Fund
Toluca,CA 91505
Moorpark JC
Moorpark, CA 93021
MSN PROGRAM
Mount St. Jacinto College
San Jacinto, CA 92583
MSN PROGRAM
Northridge Hospital Medical Center
Northridge, CA 91328
Northrup Grumman Medical Group
El Segundo, CA 90245
One Generation Adult Day Health Program
VanNuys, CA 91406
Partners Adult Day Health Care Center
Jewish Family Services of Los Angeles
West Hollywood, CA 90046
376 AGENCIES / AFFILIATES
Partners for Healthy Kids
Pasadena City College
Pasadena, C A 91106
Pasadena Unified School District
Pasadena, C A 91109
Presbyterian Intercommunity
LaMirada,CA 90638
Project Achieve
Glendale, CA 91204
Public Health Agency
Los Angeles, Alhambra, Inglewood,
Canoga, Van Nuys, Hollywood-Wilshire
Partners in Care Foundation-MSSP
Burbank, CA 91502
QueensCare Health and Faith Partnership
Los Angeles, CA 90027
Rio Hondo College
Whittier,CA 90601
MSN PROGRAM
S. Mark Taper Foundation ADHC
Los Angeles, CA 90057
Saddle Back College
Mission Viejo, CA 92692
MSN PROGRAM
St. John of God Retirement & Care Ctr.
Los Angeles, C A 90018
St. John's Health Center.
Santa Monica, CA 90404
St. Mary's Medical Center
Long Beach, CA 90813-3393
St. Vincent's Hospital
Los Angeles, CA 90057
Sunnyside Rehab and Nursing Center
Torrance, CA 90502
South Health Center (Public Health Dept.)
Los Angeles, CA 90002
Torrance Memorial Medical Center
Torrance, CA 90505-5873
Trinity Care Hospice
Torrance, CA 90505
Valley, Mission Hills, CA 91345
UCLA Medical Center
Los Angeles, CA 90024
UCLA- Santa Monica
Santa Monica, CA 90404
UCLA Neuropsychiatric
Los Angeles, CA 90024-1759
San Pedro Peninsula Hospital
San Pedro, CA 90732
Santa Ana College
Santa Ana, CA MSN PROGRAM
Santa Monica / Malibu USD
Santa Monica, CA 90404-3891
Santa Monica/UCLA Medical Center
Santa Monica, CA 90404
United American Indian Involvement, Inc.
Los Angeles, C A 90017
USC University Hospital
Los Angeles, C A 90017
Valley Presbyterian
Van Nuys, CA 91409-9102
VA Sepulveda Ambulatory Care Center
North Hills, CA 91343
Senior Care Action, Network Health Plan-MSSP,
Signal Hill, CA 90806
Senior Care Network - MSSP
Pasadena, CA 91 105-2619
Sherman Oaks Hospital
Grossman Burn Center
Sinai Adult Day Health Care
Los Angeles, CA 90035
VA West Los Angeles Healthcare Center
(Greater Los Angeles Healthcare System)
Los Angeles, CA 90073
Ventura College
Ventura, CA 93003
VNA Care
Glendale, CA 91206
Western Medical Center
Santa Ana, CA 92705
AGENCIES / AFFILIATES
377
Westside Children's Center
Culver City, CA 90230
Westside Regional Center
(Health & Medical Services)
Culver City, CA 90230
Westwood Adult Day Health Care Center
West Los Angeles, CA 90064
White Memorial Medical Center
Los Angeles, CA
Physical Therapy Program:
Clinical Affiliates
A Physical Therapy Alternative, Inc.
Santa Monica, CA 90404
CCS-Kern County
Bakersfield, CA 93305
Alameda County Medical Center
San Leandro, CA
CCS-Los Angeles Co.
El Monte, Ca 91731
Albert Einstein Medical Center
Philadelphia, PA 19141
Alhambra Hospital Rehab Center
Alhambra,CA 91801
CCS-Orange: Regional Coordinator
Santa Ana, C A 92701
CCS-Riverside (Central Office)
Riverside, CA 92513
Alvarado Medical Center/SDRI
San Diego, CA 92120
Anberry Rehab Hospital
Atwater, CA 95301
Ando & Aston Physical Therapy
Anaheim Hills, CA 92807
CCS-San Bernardino
Montclair, CA 91763
CCS-San Diego
San Diego, C A 92 120
CCS-San Luis Obispo
Oceano, Ca 93445
Baby and Baby, Inc.
Culver City, CA 90066
Bakersfield Memorial Hospital
Bakersfield, CA 93301
CCS-San Rafael
San Rafael, CA 94903
CCS-Ventura
Ventura, CA 93003
Brotman Medical Center
Culver City, CA 90231
CCS-Ventura
Oxnard, CA 93036
California Pacific Medical Center
San Francisco, CA 941 15
Carondelet St. Josephses Hospital
Tucson, AZ 85711
Casa Colina Centers for Rehabilitation
Ponoma, CA 91767
CCS-Contra Costa Co.
Alamo, CA 94507
Cedars-Sinai Medical Center
Los Angeles, CA 90048
CenterlMT Los Angeles
Los Angeles, CA 90045
Centinela Hospital Medical Center
Inglewood, C A 90301
Centre for Neuro Skills
Bakersfield, CA 93306
378 AGENCIES / AFFILIATES
Chapman Medical Center
Orange, CA 92669
E & L Associates
La Mesa, CA 91942
Children's Hospital Central California
Madera, CA 93638
Eden Medical Center
Castro Valley, CA 94546
Children's Hospital Los Angeles
Los Angeles, CA 90027
Eisenhower Medical Center
Rancho Mirage, CA 92270
Children's Hospital of Orange County
Orange, CA 92868
Elite Performance Physical Therapy
Newport Beach, CA 92660
City of hope Medical Center
Duarte, CA 91010
Encino*/Tarzana Regional Medical Center
Encino,CA 91356
Coast Physical Therapy
Oxnard, CA 93030
Enloe Medical Center/Rehab Center
Chico, CA 95926
Coast PT & Sports Medicine
La Jolla,CA 92037
Felix Canout Rehab Services
Los Angeles, CA 90057
Cognitive Rehab Services
Redondo Beach, CA 90278
Fortanasce & Associates
Arcadia, CA 91007
Community Memorial Hospital
Ventura, CA 93003
Fountain Valley Regional Hospital & Medical Ctr.
Fountain Valley, CA 92708
Continental Rehab Hospital
San Diego, C A 92103
French Hospital Medical Center
San Luis Obispo, CA 93401
Corona Del Mar Rehab, Inc.
Corona del Mar, CA 92625
Garfield Medical Center/Tenet
Monterey, CA 91754
Corona Regional Medical Center
Corona, CA 91720
Glendale Adventist Medical Center
Glendale,CA 91206
Country Villa Health Services
Marina Del Rey, CA 90292
Glendale Memorial Hospital
Glendale, CA 91204
CPMC - Davies Campus
San Francisco, C A 941 14
Goleta Valley Cottage Hospital
Santa Barbara, CA 93 1 1 1
CVMC/Intercommunity Medical Center
Covina,CA 91722
Good Samaritan Hospital
Los Angeles, C A 900 17
Cypress Center
Pacific Palisades, CA 90272
Good Samaritan Hospital
San Jose, CA 95124
Dagostino Physical Therapy
Oceanside, CA 92056
Hairston & Daley PT
Santa Ana, CA 92705
Dominican Hospital
Santa Cruz, CA 95065
Harbor-UCLA Medical Center
Torrance, CA 90509
Downey Regional Medical Center
Downey, C A 90241
Harborview Medical Center
Seattle, WA 98104
AGENCIES / AFFILIATES
379
Health One LLC
Denver, CO 80237
LDS Hospital
Salt Lake City, UT 84143
HealthCare Partners PT
Torrance, CA 90505
Legacy Health System
Portland, OR 97209
Henry Mayo Newhall Memorial Hospital
Valencia, CA 91355
Little Company of Mary Hospital
Torrence, CA 90503
Hetrick Center
Middletown, PA 17057
Long Beach Memorial Medical Center
Long Beach, C A 90801
Hoag Memorial Hospital Presbyterian
Newport Beach, CA 92658
Los Robles Regional Med Center
Thousand Oaks, CA 91360
Holy Spirit Hospital System
Camp Hill, PA 17011
Magnolia Physical Therapy
Huntington Beach, CA 92646
Human Performance Center
Santa Barbara, C A 93105
Mariners Physical Therapy
Costa Mesa, CA 92626
Huntington Memorial Hospital
Pasadena, CA 91 109
Mercy Healthcare Sacramento
Sacramento, CA 95819
Organizational & Staff Development
Phoenix, AZ 85020
Mercy Healthcare Ventura Co
Oxnard, CA 93030
Joyner Sports Medicine
Harrisburg, PA 17111
Mercy Hospital (Bakersfield)
Bakersfield,CA93301
Kaiser- Woodland Hills
Woodland Hills, CA 91365
Mercy Medical Center
Redding, CA 96049
Kaiser Foundation Hospital
Honolulu, HI 96819
Methodist Hospital of South CA
Arcadia, CA 91007
Kaiser Sunnyside Medical Center
Clackamas, OR 97015
MHS- Mercy General Hospital
Sacramento, CA 95819
Kapolani MC for Women & Children
Honolulu, HI 96826
Mills Health Center
San Mateo, C A 94401
Kate Grace Physical Therapy
San Diego, C A 92122
Mills- Peninsula Med Center
Burlingame, CA 94010
Kaweah Delta Health Care Center
Visalia, CA 93291
Northridge Hospital Med Center
Northridge, CA 91328
Kentfield Rehab Hospital
Kentfield, CA 94904
Olive View-UCLA Med Center
Sylmar, CA 91342
Kuakini Medical Center
Honolulu, HI 96817
Orthopedic Rehab Specialist
Los Angeles, CA 90007
La Palma Intercommunity Hospital
La Palma, CA 90623
Paulseth & Associates PT, Inc.
Los Angeles, CA 90067
380 AGENCIES / AFFILIATES
■
Pediatric Therapy Network
Torrance, CA 90501
Rehabilitation Management Services
Beverly Hills, CA 90211
Physical Therapist Specialists, Inc.
Beverly Hills, CA 902 11
Robert H. Ballard Rehab Hospital- CMS
San Bernardino, C A 92411
PRN Ergonomics Services
Milpitas, CA 95035
Saddleback Memorial Med Center
Laguna Hills, CA 92653
Physiotherapy Associates
Hayward, CA 94541
San Antonio Community Hospital
Upland, CA 91786
Physiotherapy Associates
San Francisco, C A 941 15
San Diego Hospital Association
San Diego, CA 92123
Physiotherapy Associates/ BAK
Burlingame, CA94010
San Gabriel Valley Medical Center
Laguna Hills, CA 92653
Pomona Valley Hospital Medical Center
Pomona, CA 91767
San Pedro Peninsula Hospital
San Pedro, CA 90732
Presbyterian Intercommunity Hospital
Whittier, CA 90602
Santa Barbara Cottage Hospital
Santa Barbara, CA 93 102
Progressive PT
Tarzana, CA 91356
Santa Clara Valley Med Center
San Jose, CA 95 128
Providence Holy Cross Med Center
Mission Hills, CA 91346
Santa Monica UCLA Med Center
Santa Monica, CA 90404
Providence Holy Cross Med Center
Mission Hills, CA 91346
Scripps Memorial Hospital
Chula Vista, CA 91910
Providence St. Joseph Med Center
Burbank,CA 91505
Scripps Mercy Hospital
San Diego, CA 92130
Queen of Angels/ Hollywood Pres MC
Los Angeles, CA 90027
Scripps-Shiley Sports & Health Center
La Jolla, CA 92037
Rancho Los Amigos National Rehab Center
Downey, CA 90242
Sharp Grossmont Hospital-Brier
La Mesa, CA 91942
Redlands Community Hospital
Redlands, CA 92373
Sharp Healthcare
San Diego, C A 92123
Rehab Hospital of Nevada- Reno
Reno, NV 89520
Sherman Oaks Hospital & Health Center
Sherman Oaks, CA 91403
Rehab Hospital of the Pacific
Honolulu, HI 96817
Shriner's Hospital for Children
Honolulu, HI 96826
Rehab Institute of Santa Barbara
Santa Barbara, C A 93 105
Shriner's Hospital for Crippled Children
Los Angeles, CA 90020
Rehab Institute of So California
Orange, CA 92866
Sierra Vista Hospital
San Luis Obispo, CA 93401
Rehab Care Group, Inc.
St. Louis, MO 63105
Simi Valley Hospital
Simi Valley, CA 93065
AGENCIES / AFFILIATES
381
So. Bay Rehab/ Paradise Valley Hospital
National City, CA 91950
Sports Medicine Institute
Orange, CA 92868
St. Bernardine Med Center
San Bernardino, CA 92404
St. Francis Medical Center
Lynwood, CA 90262
St. Francis Medical Center
Honolulu, Hi 96817
St. John's Hospital & Health Center
Santa Monica, CA 90404
St. John's Pleasant Valley Hospital
Camarillo, C A 93010
St. John's Regional Medical Center
Oxnard, CA 93030
St. Joseph Hospital
Orange, CA 92868
St. Joseph's Hospital & Med Center
Phoenix, AZ 85013
St. Jude Med Center
Fullerton, CA 92635
St. Mary's Med Center Long Beach
Long Beach, C A 90813
St. Mary's Regional Med Center
Reno, NV 89520
St. Vincent's Med Center
Los Angeles, CA 90057
Stanford Hospital & Clinics
Stanford, CA 94305
Summerlin Hospital & Med Center
Morganville, NJ 07751
Tuality Community Hospital
Hillsboro, OR 97123
Tustin Hospital Med Center
Tustin, CA 92680
Twin Oaks PT
San Marcos, CA 92078
UC Irvine Med Center
Orange, CA 92668
UCLA Rehab Services
Los Angeles, CA 90024
VA Med Center
Long Beach, CA 90822
VA Med Center
LaJolla, C A 92161
VA Med Center
Los Angeles, CA 90073
VA Palo Alto Health Care System
Palo Alto, CA 94303
Valley Presbyterian Hospital
Van Nuys,CA 91405
Washoe Med Center
Reno, NV 89502
Water PT Specialist
Venice, C A 90291
West Hills Reg Medical Center
West Hills, CA 91307
Westside Spine & Joint Rehab
Los Angeles, CA 90024
White Memorial Medical Center
Los Angeles, CA 9003
Terrio Therapy/ Fitness
Bakersfield, CA 93308
The Queens Med Center
Honolulu, HI 96813
Torrance Memorial Hospital
Torrance, CA 90509
Torrance Physical Therapy
Torrance, CA 90503
Tri-City Medical Center
Oceanside, CA 92056
INDEX 382
INDEX
AA Nursing Program Tuition 25
Academic Advisement 49, 70
Academic Advisement Center 70
Academic Calendar 4, 10
Academic Dishonesty 39-41
Academic Information ,33
Academic Integrity 39
Academic Internship 38
Academic Petitions 41, 88
Academic Policies
Associate in Arts Degree 45-49
Baccalaureate Degree Programs 57-69
Graduate Degree Programs 83-88
Undergraduate Programs 33-44
Academic Probation 87
Academic/Student Affairs Staff 359-361
Academic Support Services
Associate Programs 49-5 1
Baccalaureate Programs 70-78
Accelerated Baccalaureate Nursing
Program 244-246
Accreditation 2
Activities
Associate 54
Baccalaureate 73
Administrative Officers 358, 362
Admissions
Undergraduate 16
Graduate Students 81
AA Nursing Program 228
International Students 20
Transfer Students 18
BA Weekend College 19
Advanced Placement 20
Advanced Standing 43
Advanced Religious Studies 314
Affirmative Action 2
Alumnae Association 6
Alumnae Scholarship 21
Ambassador Program 55, 69
America Institute for Foreign Study
AIFS 71
American Studies 90-92
Application for Graduation 44, 75
Applied Music Faculty 373
Archives 9
Art Majors/Minors 94-101
Art/Music Requirement 59
Arts and Sciences Requirement 59-62
Associate in Arts Degree Program . . . 6,7,45-49
Athletics. (see Fitness Education)
Attendance 37
Audit 34
Baccalaureate Degree Program 7, 57-69
Biochemistry 102-103
Biological Sciences Major 104
Board of Trustees 358
Border Links 72
Business Administration 111-130
Accounting 111-113
Associate Degree 120-121
Double Major 115
English & Business 116
Entrepreneur Certificate 122
International Business 111,113
Majors Ill
Management 1 12, 1 13
Marketing 1 12, 1 13
Minor 121
Spanish & Business 117, 346
Weekend College 118
Business Management Staff 362
Calendar, Academic 4, 10
Campus Ministry
Chalon Campus 73
Doheny Campus 51
Career Planning Center
Chalon Campus 74
Doheny Campus 52
Center for Cultural Fluency 9
Certificate Programs
Advanced Religious Studies 314
Catechetical Ministry 316
Counseling 296
Gerontology. 189
Graduate Religious Studies 314
Music Ministry 221
Pastoral Ministry 315
Hispanic Pastoral Ministry 314
Pastoral Care/Counseling 312
Youth and Young Adult 315
Chalon Campus & Map 12, 13
Chemistry 132-134
Child Development 135-137
Child Development Center 19
Classification of Students 44
Class Level 44
Coe Library 9
College Skills 50
Commencement/Graduation 36, 67
Communication (Sociology) 336
Commuter Services 77
Comprehensive Student Fee 26
Computer Information Science Minor . 138-139
Computer Labs 51
Computer Programming Minor 216
Concurrent enrollment 44
Contemporary Econ or Politics
Requirement 62
383 INDEX
Counseling Services
Chalon Campus 75
Doheny Campus 53
Course Fees .26
Course Load 83
Course Numbers and Designation 91
Courses of Instruction 89
Credential Programs 153
Credit
By exam 42, 87
Credit/No Credit grade 35, 86
Credit Load 48
Transfer 42,86,313
Criminology 333
Critical Thinking 59
Cross-Registration, UCLA, UJ 72
Cultural Studies Minor 140, 210
Dean's List 36
Deferred Payments 30
Degree Programs 6, 45, 57, 79
Graduate 79-88
Undergraduate 45, 57
Degree Requirements
Associate 46-47
Baccalaureate 57-69
Graduate 79-87
Deposit
Housing 25
Tuition 25
Designation of Credits and Courses 89
Directed Study/Independent Study 38
Disability Policy 11, 41, 75
Dismissal 40, 88
Disqualification 40
Diversity Requirement 65
Doctor in Physical Therapy 269-279
Doctoral Degree Program 269
Documentary Film 181
Doheny Campus & Map 14
Double Baccalaureate 67
Double Counting Courses 67
Double Major 67
Early Childhood Education 143-144
Economics Courses 141
Education 142-171
Admission to credential status 147
Admission to program 81
Baccalaureate Degree 144
Credentials 142
Course descriptions 158-171
Graduate Program 155-171
Elementary Teaching 142, 144
Employment, Student 24
ENLACES 296
English Major/Minor 172-180
Examinations
Course (Credit by Exam) 42, 87
Placement 37
Expenses
Tuition and Fees 25
Faculty 363
Family Education and Privacy Act 10
Family Relations (Sociology) 337
Federal Nursing Loans 23
Federal Parent Loans 23
Fees (Tuition & Fees) 25-27
Film Major 181
Financial Aid 21
First Year Merit Award 21
Fitness Education 53, 75
Foreign Language Requirement 63
French Major/Minor 185
FPLUS (Federal Parent Loans for
Undergrad Students) 23
General Studies Curriculum 58-66
Double counting 67
Requirements 46-47, 59-66
Gerontology Major 188
Gerontology Minor 189
Certificate 190
Global Studies 334
Grades and Grading Policies
Graduate 85
Undergraduate 33
Grade Point Average (GPA) 33, 85
Graduation GPA Requirement 57, 85
Graduate Council 88
Graduate Degree Programs 79-88
Academic Policies 83-87
Admission Policies 81
Application for Graduation 84
Graduate Program Application 81
Graduate Program Tuition 25
Graduate Religious Studies 307
Certificates 312
Graduation 44, 84
Graduation/Commencement Date 4
Graduation with honors 47, 68
Grants 2 1
Grievance Procedure 40, 88
Health and Accident Insurance 28
Health and Human Services Major 191
Health Insurance Waiver 28
Health Service
Chalon Campus 77
Doheny Campus 55
Hispanic Pastoral Ministry 322-328
History Majors/Minors 192
History Requirements 60
History of the College 5
Honors
Dean's List 36
Graduation with 48, 68
Societies 37
Honors Program 69
Housing Deposit 26
INDEX 384
Human Rights (Sociology) 334
Human Services Program 191
Humanities Major 198-207
Incomplete Grade 35, 86
Independent Study 38
Instructional Media Center 9
Institute for Student Academic
Enrichment(ISAE) 53, 75
Institutional Loans 23
Insurance, Health and Accident 27
Intercampus Transfer 48
Scholarship 22
To Baccalaureate 22
ToAccBSN 244
Interdisciplinary Courses 350
International Business Emphasis 113
Internships 38
Japanese 208
Journalism 209
Keck Toddler Center 15
Language and Culture 210
Leadership Program
Chalon Campus 78
Doheny Campus 56
Leadership Program 78
Learning Assistance Program 75
Learning Resource Center 49
Leave of Absence 41
Legal Responsibility of College 11
Liberal Arts
AA. Program 211
B.A. Major (Weekend College) 212
Liberal Studies Major 213-215
Library Facilities 9, 51, 70
Loans
Information . 22-23
Federal Nursing Loan 23
FPLUS (Federal Parent Loans for
Undergrad Students) 23
Federal Stafford Loan 23
Institutional Loans 23
Short-term Loans 23
Majors Offered
Associate in Arts Degree 45
Baccalaureate Degrees 57
Master of Arts in Humanities 198
Master of Arts in Religious Studies 307
Master of Science in Counseling
Psychology 294-306
Master of Science in Education 155
Master of Science in Nursing 253
Masters Degree Programs 79
Mathematics 216
Mathematics Requirements 61
McCarthy Library 51
Meal Plans 29
Medical Sociology 334
Minor Policy 68
Mission Statement 5
Modern Language Requirement 62-63
Music Majors/Minors 221-227
Music Scholarship 21
Natural and Physical Sciences 61
Non Degree Seeking Graduate
Students 84
Nondiscrimination Policy 2
Non-matriculating students 84
Nursing Fee .....26, 28
Nursing Loans 23
Nursing Program 228-256
Associate 228
Baccalaureate 239
Masters 253
Cooperating Agencies 374-377
Off-Campus Student Employment 24
On Campus Student Employment 23
Orientation 53, 76
Parking Fee 28
Petitions 41,88
Philosophy Majors/Minors 257-263
Philosophy Requirement 64
Physical Education 264-267
Physical Science Courses 268
Physical Therapy Degree Program
Doctoral Degree 269-279
Clinical Affiliates 377-381
Physics Courses 280
Placement Examination 37
Political Science 281-287
Pre-Dental Program 132
Pre-Health Program 288
Pre-Law Minor 290
Pre-Medical Program 132
President's Cabinet 358
President's Scholarship 22
Probation (Academic) 40
Psychology Courses 297-306
Psychology Majors/Minors 291-306
Baccalaureate 291
Certificates 296
Master of Science 294
Quantitative Literacy 66
Race Studies (Sociology) 335
Readmission
Graduate 83
Undergraduate 18
Regents Council 360
Religious Commitment 6
Religious Studies 307-328
Baccalaureate Degree 307
Graduate Degree 312
Certificate Programs 314
Religious Studies Courses 316-328
Religious Studies Requirement 63
Repetition of Courses 86
Residence Costs 28
385 INDEX
Residence Life
Chalon 76
Doheny 54
Residence Life Office 54, 76
Residence Requirements
Associate Program 45
Baccalaureate Program 67
Graduate 83
Room Deposit 25,28
Scholarships 21
Science Requirement 61
Scholar Mentor Program 76
Second Baccalaureate 68
Second Major 68
Secondary Teaching 145
Service Learning 52
Sexual Harassment 10
Short-term Loans 23
Sisters of St. Joseph College-Consortium
Exchange 72
Skills Program 51
Social and Behavioral Science
Requirement 62
Social Justice (Film) 181
Social Services (Sociology) 336
Social Science 329-330
Social Work 331-332
Sociology Major/Minor 333-344
Spanish Major/Minor 345-349
Special Education
Mild-Moderate Disabilities 150, 153
Special Programs 350-353
Speech Courses 354
Student Activities
Associate 54
Baccalaureate 73
Student Affairs
Chalon Campus 73-78
Doheny Campus 51-56
Student Employment 23
Student Health Services
Chalon 77
Doheny 55
Student Health and Accident Insurance 27
Student Responsibility 83
Student Services
Associate Programs 49-53
Baccalaureate Programs 70-78
Student Support Services (ISAE) 53, 75
Study Away 71
Summer Skills 51
Supervised Teaching 151
Table of Contents 3
Teacher Education Cooperating Staff 372
Teacher Preparation Programs 147
Technology Policy 11
Transcripts 41
Transfer 18
Admission procedures 18
Credits 42, 86
Transfer Scholarship 21
Trustees, Board of 358
Tuition and Fees 25
Deposit 25
Tuition Discount (MSMC
Graduate Students) 22
Tuition Payment Options 29
Tuition Refund Policy 30
Unauthorized Withdrawal 35, 87
UCLA Cross-Registration 72
UJ Cross-Registration 73
Undergraduate Academic Policies 45, 57
Undergraduate Tuition 25
Undergraduate Tuition Deposit 25
Unit (Academic Load) 83
Washington Semester Program 72
Weekend College 7
Admissions 19
Information 7
Tuition 25
Withdrawal
From college 40, 87
From courses 35, 87
Women's Leadership 56
Women's Studies 355
Youth Ministry Program 315
.. •*•-
- $$M
-
. ,-^lr-;'
MOUNT
ST. MARYS
COLLEGE
haiofi cammis
los Angeles, ca 90049
(310) 954-4000
,os Angeles, ca 9000
13) 477-25'